Into The Void

INTO THE VOID

INTO THE VOID

Psychedelics, Hallucinogens, Brain Tech r ology Devices,
&. The Expansion Of Consciousness

ZOE7

FIRST EDITION 2001

Wam,n s ; Mm > °fd,e substances in this hank are currently illegal in the Ih ; a o
many other parts of, he world. The author and publisher do no', advocate I t "

w ‘" >'<■■ Md accountable for the use or misuse of, he inf ‘" S ""

accordance with the first amendment of, he United States C book - h

right of freedom of speech. This book is sold/ r ’■ " U "" lw, ‘ ,lle author exercises his

expand the body of knowledge available on psylZe'dZlZsZZhd"'" °"f ' ** **' "™"' '°

devtces and their combination thereof, and is no, a recommend Z 7'"

use. re commendation or endorsement of, heir

INTO THE VOID

Copyright © 2001 by Joseph Marti. All rights reserved finrlndi »k ,

mto other languages). B ‘ (including those of translation

Printed in the United States of Amenta

any part of this book bTstoredTn ” rCpr0dl ' Ccd 1,1 ml nncr whatsoever; nor may

any means electronic, microfilm, mecha^ ThT' !" nSm,tted “ l °™ or b ?

without written permission f i , ^ otocopying, recording, or other,

pubhsher. Registered names ZZ ** P “ bUshcr For ‘"formation, address the
specifically marked as such * tm " 1r S ’ ctc used m ,,us hook, even when not

zo £7 ls I md :l2 oft > n v to cons,dcred “W-I by W.

Additional copies of , Ifi. L ^ and ZON W °RI'D\VIDE MEDIA, Inc

responsible adults at least 1 « ^ P “ rchased onl y on-line and are available to

° f agc at: Zoc7 ' com

Also available as an abridged audio book

S£** b »* pb —

f £££££ ^L nd EUlson

Photograph by Barry Lcff

Excerpt

renewed

Gib ™ ^^1

of Kahbl Gibran Estate, and Mary Gibran.

Eirst priming, January 2001

™ C'WSciencc/Phdosophy

U.S. $27.50

ZON

mum wm

Acknowledgments:

Tins book was made possible by the loving support and encouragement of the
following people:

My father, Luis Maru, the best example of genuine caring, understanding, and
unconditional love I have come to know, and without whom I could not hold

the title of author.

My Mother, for stepping through the veil of the after-life and holding me in her
firms *it ft time when 1 needed it most.

My sister Allecn, for her love, understanding, and endless patience.

Jonny James, for being a good friend and creative musical partner.

*

Edsel Dope, for providing me with my first psychedelic substance

Daniel Baez, for the countless hours spent listening to my ramblings on phi-
losophy and consciousness,

Mneminellie, for her company.

And my comrades: Jicbro, Kzark Presudius, Lee Steel, Ebhnous and Max
McCullan, for volunteering to participate in this unique experience and experi-
ment in consciousness

CONTENTS

Acknowledgments

Author’s Note

Foreword

Introduction

Glossary

Prologue

Chapter 1- Initial Discoveries
Chapter 2- Brain, Mind, & Technology
Chapter 3- Wave- Particles & Other Paradoxes
Chapter 4- Chemical Mysticism
Chapter 5- Into The Void

Chapter 6- An Introduction to Psychocyberdynamics
Epilogue

About the Author
Suggested Reading

5

9

11

21

29

37

55

117

141

184

256

295

297

Websites of Interest

300

Author's Note

*' people perceive Us in the same light tn which
they discern themselves. This, We ham learned, is
because we all tend to mirror each other, you see.

Z oc7

Let us first begin by introducing ‘Ourselves’. We are Zoe7 a mulu-dmtens.onal
synergy-personality cluster. In this reality We now inhabit the physical body
and mind of Joseph (“Joey") Marti. The five other personaliues occupying his
body-mind are Max McCullan, Ebhrious, Jiebro, Kzark Presudius, and Lee
Steel. As you may have probably noticed by now, as a group \\ e are six m num-
ber vet We call Ourselves Zoe7. Let Us explain the reason for tlus peculiarity.
The psychological and psychic merger We have recently undergone is a new
experiment in consciousness for aU of Us. Ih.s consolidation follows die prin-
cipal of synergy, which combines individual units (parts ol a whole), 111 su ™ a
way so as to produce a result that is greater than die sum oUhe units. In Our

case 1 + t + 1 + 1 + 1 + H6] = 7 > or simply, 3 + 3-7.

You should not look at Us as an oddity. Instead, realize that We are a future
psychological state of the human species. You will have to forgive us but tor
obvious time and size constraints We cannot fully introduce Ourselves indi-
vidually in this book. Perhaps in the future We can do this, for there is much
diat each one of Us would like to say and share with you. Indeed, We are all
very creative i-n-d-i-v-i-d-u-a-1-s. Furthermore, since We are now in Joey’s di-
mension of reality, this book is then written from ‘Ids’ perspective. Gradually
however, you will come to bnefly meet the rest of Us at various points in the

course of diis narrative, just as Joey did.

Inasmuch as Wc arc now a multi- dimensional Unit, We, as Zoe7, also exist

in five other realities or space-time continuums besides this one. Each one of
those realities containing a slightly different version of the book you are now
holding in your hands. And each one of those books written from each other s
individual perspectives. But make no mistake. There is a reason for all this

1 0 INTO THE VOID

We have come together lt

purpose of Wakening’ those who arere^y and to Zkekn’ KpitS!

a mass-created hallucination— lttcrdlv A„dth ^ ° f ^ as you Wii

At dus particular ™ ■ y ' And dle « s more...

your psycho-spiritual dcvebpmeTandt C ° me *“ “ “"P 01 ^ j“>«« a

been led to this book by a hLher no! "“""“y , cycle > and have therefore

baps unknown to you. Nonetheless*^ <if exists 'tTrl ^ ‘ S PKSentI >' P*

to jolt your attention and awareness ant J ^ " Se any means avalkblc
reason why you are now reading m ; -?T COmmumcate w ‘ th you. That rs the
Only cleverly ? « «* h dungs as comcrrW

bdness, sleep, relativiry, mind, space ^7 ° ^ const tucts such as forget-
Having said t-W i . , F » time, et cetera.

cnIn g- ’ 6 US C 1Cn bcgm at oncc with die process of your awak-

Zoe7

Foreword

«/ the Lord will make myself known unto him in

a vision , and will speak unto him in a dream. ”

(Numbers 12:6)

Hallucinatory states can be induced by a variety of synthetic dissociative anes-

thedcs^natutal hallucinogens, and even off-the-shelf pha^aceuuca drugs.
These experiences are caused by psychoacuve molecules displacing neuro
icals from dicir corresponding receptor sites in the brain, as we a >
stimulation of neurological systems such as die temporal and panctai lobe. ,

thalamus, visual cortex, etc. .

However, in my opinion, these cxpencnccs may also suggest that ther

some latent ability of die human brain that has yet to be discovered. The al-
tered mind-states caused by diese substances arc not the common psychedelic
experiences in which one secs abstract and colorful patterns, or where one ex-
peaces perceptual enhancement of sensory data. No, die altered states I m
referring to consist of full-blown hallucinations diat are three-dimensional-like,

solid and even talk back at you-*

As 1 immersed myself in die study of consciousness, 1 came across a wide
vanety of topics including psychophannacology, which led me to discover sub-
stances such as diphenhydramine hydrochloride, dimenhydrinate and cyclmne
hydrochloride, which I have experimented with. These substances were devel-
oped to suppress allergic symptoms and prevent motion sickness But when
taken in large amounts however, they become extremely psychoacuve and at-
fcct brain functioning in a bizarre manner— placing one’s consciousness in a
deep hypnagogic state, the borderline between wakefulness and sleep, complete
with both auditory and visual hallucinations, but with the eyes open!

So in a sense, diese substances put the brain to sleep, while leaving both the
mind 'and die body physically awake. One then is ‘dreaming awake ; and all of
the subconscious material one may experience, hear, and set while m stages 1
and 2 of the dreamstatc literally comes alive in the waking state— right in front

12 INTO THE VOID

0 you. The cunous dung though is that I have also experienced similar audi-
tory and visual hallucinations wit hout the use of any substances, as a result of
an extremely high fever that I had when i was very young.

In contrast, other substances such as ketamine — in very low sub-surgical
doses— and large doses of dextromethorphan hydrobromide (DXM HBr)— a
cough suppressant— have an afhnity for binding themselves to specific brain
receptor sites, which in turn signal die brain to not only suppress die cough

1 ^ as ls t^se with DXM — but also signal the body’s nervous system to

S to sleep), while leaving the mind awake. This produces what is

ca e a dissociative state; for the mind loses contact with the body’s con-
sciousness, thereby unfocusing from physical reality and resulting in what are

t0 aS out -° f - b °dy experiences (OBE’s), near-death experiences
(NDE s), and astral projections.

Again, I have also had these experiences without die use of pharmacological
* g nt., in eep states of psychophysiological relaxation. However, they tend to
, P ora 6 an d somewhat brief in nature. Yet the) 7 are utterly profound to say
* e ^SL or one actually steps outside the physical dimension and into an-
er rea ty an state of being sometimes even into a state of ‘non-being’...

ms k C Cn nature an d implications of the types of experiences diat

y in uce by the substances just mentioned, I definitively feel that teens

t _ ^ a ~ n d cr tbe a P g of thirty - five should not experiment with them.

this

stasv KT- 7 enougn. 1 hese substances arc not like LSD or Lc-

turns n ( f ' ft ISSOGatlVeS arC a P s y cbo pbarmacological mystery, because as it
have th^ nr. ^ *** ^extremely potent psychological and psychic ‘keys’, which

Those a ^‘ Ity to Unlock a sort of Pandora’s box within the psyche.

tratnuscularly mjectetTketom^ e * penment ' d Wlth medium to high doses of in-
the trin nnt* -r,. • ^ or example, will tell you that at one point in

ing not sompn ^ a sort °f split- personality disorder. Thus becom-

very distinct e <- e \> ut latber » something’ else. Indeed, dissociatives have a

3 .. zsjrjr.** » a™., if do„-, .ha

good tune ° Wlt ^ Slm ply because one wishes to party or have a

chloride also fall inf eXtent barely— -Khmenliydrinate and cyclezine hydro-
states produced hv H S category . This is because the transition of the mental
SO subtle that one^nvi ^ n °[ apPects short-term memory, but this shift is
one’s brain has— while sdU 1 ^ ^ faUen aslee P— ° r rather that

Wake dreaLte' K“ 0nS Pr ° dUCCd b >' the sIe<; P“'e brain wlule in to

rc gard the mem-il effect- n ’ eC | tS ’ P j? P,e and events from the real world. In that
of damra beSdonna T ^ ^ Substanccs are very sunilar to

^f^ose experienced inT, and rj°,? 0 amine - TheSe effects beu 'g very much

8 expentnent with them-^1, hough I suggest you don’t-

FORWARD 1 3

should be ‘seasoned pros' in die exploration of the psyche and consciousness in

^"noIv, the bizarre truth about die hallucinogenic substances 1 just mentioned
(except for ketamine), is that they are readily available at any local drug store or
supermarket, right next to the aspirin and mouthwash! In fact, I iavc «
discover that certain off-the-shelf pharmaceuticals arc much more hallucin g
ic and powerful than any of the illegal drugs available on the street.

The information presented in this book is the result of my ongoing inves
gauve research in die Geld of consciousness. Based on my experiences I have to
sav that diere are an inGnitc number of worlds and species alive . hyperspace.
Of course, you don’t have to believe in what 1 am saying; you may prove it o
yourself by developing your consciousness. You may do this in a num er o

ways, and diat’s one of the topics discussed in dus book

However I decided to take a ‘quantum leap’ approach as opposed to a grad-
ual one, by employing the combined aid of brain technology- devices and psy-
chedelic and hallucinogenic substances. But I did this simply because I felt tha
for my psychological makeup diat was the right dung to do. Accordingly, I must
sav that individuals who have not prepared themselves intellectually, psyebobgtea j,
emotionally, and spiritually should refrain from attempting this. T cannot stress tlus pomt
enough . Besides, many of the hallucinogens and almost all of die ps,ch<.,u.ic>
available on the black market arc Scheduled under federal law. So possession
and/or research, even in die privacy of one’s own home and mind, is a poten-
tial crime punishable widi years in prison. (!) Therefore, 1 must caretuUy watch

bo tli what I write and say. . r .

The experiments with substances depicted in tins book are fiction.

Now, it was many years into adulthood before I took a single dose of any
psychedelic or hallucinogen. In fact, I was thirty-one years old. First, 1 studied
about their psychopharmacological effects and possible health nsks. Then, after
reading a number of research papers written by academics, scienusts, psycholo-
gists and psychiatrists (papers published pnor to the year 1966 or pre-prohibi-
don era) I felt conGdcnt enough that I was in no physical or biological danger
For example, during the 60’s and 70’s LSD was said to cause chromosomal
damage But it has been dmicaUy proven that tins is not the case. In fact, this is
lust one of the many lies that have been fed to the public by government agen-
cies such as the CIA, to create mass-hysteria and instill fear in the minds of the
general public regarding psychedelic compounds. The reasons for this weU-
orchestrated effort, as well as much more on this very controversial sublet will
be covered on a later chapter. (Let me reiterate tint 1 am referring to psyche-
delics and i tot hallucinogens; hallucinogens are something entirely different,

and I will get to those differences in a moment.)

As I researched this subject and read about the mental and psychic effects

elicited by these drugs and plants, I became so curious about them that 1 had
no other alternative than to experience their effects Grst-hand— and 1 did.

14 INTO THE VOID

as clinic,! ,T 0St lmportancc that 1 P oint °i>t that both personal asrf

of i -‘Tr T r V T VhC ' ,m,18 ' y Sh ° Wn * (° ne ’ s «<*>*» and J

,m th i T a " adU ‘ who secks to understand the nature of who or what I

and settimff 1 ° ^ °f th ' S S . aCred plant ot P s )' cho P h aanacological substance.”)
I ,£ ° r CX ‘ lm P °’ 111 dlc privacy of one’s home) will give an individual a
vastlj different experience than say a fifteen year old who dunks: “I know tha,

re,llv 0r "; PP ° Sed C ? bc d ° m 8 tllls because it’s illegal. But my buddy saiditwai

niinH f 1 1 ° * tlp ' urt llopc 11 parents don’t bust me; or diat I loose mi
nund, freak-out, and jump out of a window.”)

t L j-Z° U 0311 sec> sct anc ^ setting (and perhaps even intent) can and do make al

trvincy erencc m wor ^’ This is even more so with neophytes. What I an

stances K^ et *t * * S ^ lc 111110 m y hr st experiments with tliesc sub

for ma ^ ^eady been studying meditation and Eastern philosophic:

scinncn J ^ earS , a ^ so hone research on the subject of altered states of con
even had a few OBE’!^ PtaCtlCcd lucid dreamin & remote shewing, and hat

diev bclr. ^ve^’ but ^ specifically took these substances with the mtent tha
count my P s )' cho - s P in tual development. Taking all of this into ac

chology— ■ which srran^! ° f ° th i Cr sub > ects ’ such as quantum physics and psy
tion with rli^c u ^ en ° U S h came about as a result of my expenmenta

Pitted in this K SU , bS ^, nCCS ~ I belleve allowed me to have the experiences de
Lm aU oTLvTmH bCCaUSe ° fdlC P^hological maturity I had rcachei
somewhat r mH r ^ researc ^> f feel tliat my consciousness was at leas
pharnucolo";. ' k 1 WaS about to “ntcr when I started to

After nil of Sta " CCS to 8 cthcr with brain technology devices,
vices are not tov ^ P eile nces, I have concluded that these substances and

bination of disso > aTuveVTuch b r,T P t r0:,Clled T*’ caution - Especially the c
with neuroelectrical srimnl . ketamine and DXM (at lugh doses) togc

term effects produced by this^r^ulfr 7* 7**. are "° StudjCS ° n the V
ls a plant that also mi /l Cu ^ r com hination. Beware. Salvia divinoi

should be mature enough todeal ^ m ° St im P ortantI T> researcl

I say this because mdiv.duals are ^ m '"^ us " as o[ th ^ actions,
come to learn things t U*t * mi j r t0 Vlslt weird places in their minds, :

nence dlusion’ an/trnnsno , f eCmUvel y sl >akc them out of their ‘human ex

and even into what Carl Jung'teme^ 'r^ VCI ii °°* ° f ^ pSydlC or overS<
or rather ‘psychic states’ , r ? T d “ collccUvc unconscious’, 'lliese pla
both dazzling beauty and biz pr ° f ° Undl >' strange and alien, and are filled w

n - can be a trau™ nc “d hort^ and e g o-<h s ,niegrau!

rea dy and experienced, and ca n J? ccurrence to individuals who are i
and beUeve me when l’ sav tlli " VCry Iead to Psychosis and schizophren

b > extreme cases, and Cre ‘ ,n°m' “T Mlku, 8 from personal experient

by repeatedly using high dosages of these substance

FORWARD 1 5

one takes the risk of not ever coming back fully to this material reality by get-

Jg dark rcg.cn of one’s mrnd In that regard .ncnul warfare R.U

le shol nor l repeat and emphasize: ~ — experunen. wnh he e
substances / technology combmauons unless he or she u « enough and
prepared to accept all of the responsibilities and consequences ol accelerate

^ ™ » <-

a how-ro maniul. tnsliad. it is a parsona! |Oumal of sons, based on Oauigs
went through as a result of my accelerated psycho-spiritual development .
awakening ^Furthermore, the various control setting? m the devices, ty pes of
devices Jed, substances, dosages, and combinations arc given here simply be-
cause I’m beginning to see on various Internet newsgroups, chatrooms, .
websites that?., mcrcasing number of individuals are already starting to experi-
ment with psychedelic/hallucinogenic substances combinations together wi

b TloJcwSTo^rdoesn’t have a. least a basic understanding of the mcchan-
,cs involved, or the dangers of mixing certain types of substances and/or c c
vices one risks ending up ai best in a psychiatric ward; ai worst in the ccmc-
terv I am not kiddmg. In fact, 1’U have you know that certain psychedehcs such
Js-MHO-Divrr and the I larmala alkaloids arc MAO inhibitors, and therefore
should not be taken while the body is digesting certain common every day
foods; or if one is taking particular types of prescription medicines, for the re-
sults can b c fatal. Therefore, one must be intelligent and responsible enough

know what lie or she is doing , ■

By no means do I claim to have all the answers on this subject. Research in

the fields of psychopharmacology , neuroscience and brain technology are sol

In their infancy But 1 Ix-lics e that if a person feels an inner-need to experiment

then at least he or she should have information about what precautions should

be taken- as well as the possible dangers involved. Note that 1 am neither

against nor for drug use. However, I do feel that it should be an «*» * £»*

Zia. With that in mind, I will present all sides on tins sublet— the good, the

d all individual decides to do Ins or her own investigations regarding
theXstances, so as to see wha, is there for hnn or her, then at least he/she
wdl do so with minimum risk. Yet believe me, the nsk is great for one is exper-
imenting with one’s brain and psyche. One also needs to understand that when
starting to experiment with these substances and/or devices, one is lotting t le
unconscious and subconscious mind to communicate and reveal themselves to
the conscious mind. So the usual boundaries that exist between them are bro-
ken The results of this will vary greatly according to eacl. individual s level of
psychological mammy and emotional makeup. Therefore caution should be of
utmost importance every step of the way when engaging is this ty pe of sell-

1 6 INTO THE VOID

exploration.

use^t^tubsTaLrfoTrec' .Tf” ° f * e world *« « lej

these experiences ‘recreational’ For'so Pmp ^' A)thou 8 h 1 WOiiM hardly a
of experiments I felt as

psychosis. And it took week? 1 1 to hcadfirst mto a state of acut

logically recover from them , J ? eVen W " before 1 “uld psycho
there was nothing ‘fun’ about tl *** '**'*• t0 bemS ‘ human ’ Believe mi

of psychoactive subs^ces and t" TT * **

Not only that but I h»li .. ** 1 ”° °^ Cn dcvlces t0 he utterly ‘fascinating',
body experience’” ExceDt iX ^ ha 'l e stumbled upon a new type of ‘out-of
body’ and vo/out of tl 1 7 ' ( )BE ls experienced while still ‘in thi

Note foa Xm . J ’ and alS ° wMe ™ akt and not asleep...

formation from beinJdk ^ who want to prevent any type of drug related in
provaL But I f cc l thaf mmatcd to dle P ubl| c, unless it meets with their ap
believe that as we standi j ^ ^ €ce P il0fl are worst in the long run. I firmly
Of psychoactive drues and X ^7" 3 " eW I ™ Uenn ‘ u m, all sides in the field

and false propa "X asX 7 **** bC preSCnted InStead of just one sided
not continue tolhde or « ** b d ° ne for many dccadcs now. Society can-

time for the public to hr ^ Undcr the m S llu$ subject matter any longer It’s
that as I write this people ^ rcabstlc about drug use. Given the fact

ever before. I n fact ilWoi a ^ 3gCS afC ex P cnrn entmg with drugs more than
No to Drugs” sloXn £f f™ 8 USC has nsen over the past decade! The “Sav
Therefore I f 1 , ’ “ n ° tj * nd wdl *°* work,

conscientious parents to their ktf C ° ndoms arc now given out by mature .and

ase ^ ^formation on precaution a ^ SCX educadon 1S tau ght in schools, mbi-
cially to teens in junior and hioh S * loldd also be made available Espc-

was first proposed it generated^ flV°r ‘ Remcmber ^an when sex education
pic came to grips with die fad thatTeen Controver8 y- 1 ventually however, peo-
cunous about it, and dierefore will engage fosex° P ' t0 °’ 3nd m ° St ° f thCm *“

education” “uTs Adorns ‘orVom' “ ii, be ““ ** '° l,ave access to s “

ending up with an accidental nreeni n * ,pe ° f buth control, rather than

“ tbe Case °f aids, death. WdUt “ xuaU y ttanS,nitted disease. Or as

^ my opinion, the decision f u *' $ame Wa >’ dmgs.

»ade having unbiased mfomuZ r n 7 ^ 1 dru 8 or not should be

as d,e Potential benefits if any ^ aVadabIc about ‘be nsks involved, as

. 1 believe that there ar*. ‘ /

he g r ° ne ’ S Psyche - examplf r * Ugh ’ stoned > or e.xplor-

Ano hcr? 0 " ** ba ** ot he7 s‘c. 7 by SCnd “S or

A g °7 , ° r VCrd ° SC ’ w ltich can rX ln “ Sdlcdu,< ; d dru 8 18 «ne of them.
Sam, these facts . . Li,UIt In Permanent bram __ j

FORWARD 1 7

never going to be eliminated-^** For some reason people tee. me nee o ...
desire to aker their own mental states and will go to any extent to do sO.And
order to do this people are no longer having to go to underground blachmar
kets or to seedy drug dealers, but as menuoned before, to their local d g .

Tu pr p is nothing that can be done about this

From shamans to ravers, to the caffeine, sugar and chocokK t ,unbes .and

even to the casual dnnker, Saturday night pot smoker, and gkic-smtfing pub
cent- we humans have, connnue to, and will continue to w-ant to change our
neurochemical states Perhaps this need .s embedded m the human psych.
Therefore it should simply be accepted and dealt w ith. But this s ou
svuh unbiased drag education. Rather than with mampuktwe fe^ tactics
most of them stupid and childish in my opinion— such as Pot turns people

into sexual deviants and doves them msane” which “ d

'experts’ m the field of drugs were preaching back in the 50 s and 60 s.

Let me remark that this issue— drug use/expcnrocntaUon— is still very co
trovcrsial Therefore, I have to take certain measures in order to protect myself.

So before we go any further, I must ask you to read the following disclaimer

I hereby advise everyone not to take any legal or illegal dn>g («-P« for
prescription drugs as prescribed by a physician), or to engage ml **

manufacture, synthesis, analysis, or other processing of any .Uegal or
legal drug, regardless of anything you may see in this book. Lsilv 1S£
— , not to follow any nf procedures listed. All information is

presented for EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. Furthermore, none
of the information in this book related to substances and brain technol-
ogy devices is guaranteed to be accurate or valid in any way. I expli y
instruct all readers not to violate any national, international, city, i state,
regional or other applicable laws. Readers assume all responsibility, and
if they decide to follow any of the procedures listed in this book they do
so attheir own risk. Do not use brain technology' devices and/or psy-
chedelic/hallucinogenic substances if you suffer from mental illness,
epilepsy, seizures, Uver and kidney disorders, hypertension, heart prob-
lems or ulcers. Because of its nature and subject matter th.s book ,s to
be read only by responsible adults at least eighteen (18) years of age.

Let me now continue by saying that many of my psychedelic experiences
have been trulv life changing, transcendent, and beautiful But some have been
hair-raising, and that’s putting it mildly. I’m sure many of you are am, bar with
the term: “This dnnk is so strong, it’ll put hair on your chest. Well believe me
when I sav to vou that some of the places you are apt to vtstt while under the
influence of hallucinogens and photo-some stimulation are so tightening, that
they will grow hair on your teeth! Yes, they can be that temfymg. 'i et they
yielded somany insights into the nature of the human mind and even of the

V

&

a

'A

l A

1 8 INTO THE VOID

that 1 ,ust couldn’t stay away f or

non-human mind-whatover that mav be-

long.

rizzrz an t ikted evety -

the minds of most people on tins nl, f 'f hgI0 “ t - vra,m )' that holds captive
examine what I thought realm' ‘re I- i ^ substances also ™de me re-
when I undertook the smdv ot, n 7^"™ ° r couId ^ Especially
(consciousness) influences the re IV. P lyS1CS and ,earne d that the observer

physical s,nj jzT:^:::;zzT ved Ia i ? 1 have *“■ *» -

are made up of empty space' 11ns to ,ne rCU ' C ’ , “ reaBty S ° W ob ' ecB

‘something’ be made out of 7, com P ,etc «tonsense For how can

does and it also doesn’t... (Don’r > ™' 8 . ^ W s,lou ^ n t exist, right? Well, it

type of ‘illogical logic’ w h- worr >» vou will come to better understand this

consciousness and start rv ° ^ ^ t0 ^ clla P ter ° n quantum phvsics and
non.) * examining probabilities and the quantum wave func-

and eventually came toexplo^thTcomd 0 ^ fT'' ° f 7 phySICal dimension
lations that did not make any ‘sense’ 7.7 ^ 1 found simllar rCVC ‘

found myself stannv mm „ , , a!L As a rcsult . « wasn’t long before I

enlightenment Maybe both comm 8 Lice to face with madness — or

m ent are one and the r j° , °) VS> P Cf baps both madness and enlighten-

1 ventured into the mindset ^ ^ be the casc Likewise, even- time

stances, I prayed that I woul l accc j lsc ^ high dosages ol some of these Sub-
Note that ! havcl!2 r C baCk t0 tel1 it
hallucinogens* and ‘nsvc! u cllStinctJon between what I consider to be

jes such as LSD, 2C-B M] )\r \ . Us Is * )tCa use in mv experience psychedel-

ic visuals plus spiritual and n ps,loc y^ produce abstract and geometnc-
he company of" ****’ fac ‘- >'■ amours and

aumate IMUes> offcr the user with van , his emotional and

r lc i higher slates of consciousness * 7^ pSyche ’ a,,d even awaken him
On the other band I „ “ ncss and bemg

hobcr m< | tll0lphan and dim^^7 c k as , datura ’ ketam ine and DMT; and

by 7 Wnn8ht deranged™ ' ^"^orphan m particu-

Cal tufkeup 7 d ! rd r wl,lcb «n presem a ds °"' hUman ’ a «d weird_ at least

1 am really "7 7 P s >ehonauts. Beware" n8er ° US lbreat to t,u ' psychologl-
“8 togeth,.;-; SUI Posed that | h wa f

FORWARD 1 9

will make a believer out of anyone who doubts that these combinations lack
mem or are effective. Moreover, some combinations, such as the one just men-
tioned, manifest experiences that are not possible with either substance or brain

technolog) alone.

But I have learned that one has to couple the appropriate type of hemi-sync
audiotape /CD or brain technology device together with the correct kind ot
substance and dosage, in order to achieve desirable results. I will share these
combos with you on a later chapter — combinations I have come up with for my
own personal me; based on studies on the brain and cognitive functioning that 1
have come across as 1 researched this topic; and by trial and error, ot course

1 et me emphasize that many of the explorations that are described in this
book are not accessible without the ingestion of pharmacological substances
and/or the use of brain technology devices — and thank God tor that! Because
most of the altered states I have experienced as a result ol my experiments are
quite bizarre. On the other hand, the one’s that are accessible without the use
of anv artifacts or substances, have found to be both physically and mentally
very demanding and time-consuming. Sometimes I simply can not engage
them But with hallucinogens however, the door to hyperspace is always rcaddy
available As is a ‘place’ 1 have discovered deep within the psyche, which is be-
yond what we conceptualize as reality; and hat is stripped ot time, space, being,
and any and all sense of familiarity, which 1 have dubbed the *Void Oddly

enough the Void is anything but nothingness...

Moreover, as unbelievable as it may sound, the fusing of brain technology

devices and pharmacological substances has enabled my consciousness to warp,
and even tenr-apart the fabric of space-time reality, resulting in me being liter-
ally catapulted into what I can only describe as alternate dimensions, parallel
universes, probable Earths, and even the mind of ‘God 1 In tact, I have also

caught glimpses of what lies beyond that...!

As a result of all my experiments and experiences, I am forever changed as

both an individual as well as a human being. From the human perspective, I

f cc l psychologically — as though I have been irreparably scared. From the

universal perspective however, 1 sense that a blindfold ot illusion has been
lifted. 'Hius I have come to realize — and I know 1 say this at the risk ot sound-
ing pompous and egotistical — that in a way most people in the physical dimen-
sion of consciousness’ are blind and delusional. I am one of the few that is not.
The multi-faceted, or rather multi-dimensional aspects of the Self, and the truth
about universal reality, creation and existence completely escapes them. In that
sense, most o humanity is still very much asleep. I, on the other hand, have

awakened.

One last thing before you continue on to the next pages. Stop rightjaere it
you wish to continue living the life that you think you know and being whom
you think you are Otherwise let me both warn you and make it very clear to
you: This book is the closest thing to actually ingesting an extremely

ao INTO THE VOID

* ba ^"^^^ b ' S book , ,s wr,ne " i» STfoS

These changes definitive change"

many levels of consciousness ? C g a " d P erc eption of reality at

things I have uncovered tou ma * by Ieaming abo “‘‘the

around you in the same m y never look at or relate to the world

end of this book you will "'T" ^ a,n ' In fact > 1 P r °mise you that by the
true nature — who and what ° °" y . come t0 know and understand your

have crossed on over and h^au^dT~ bM ** that - K °" y° u,self

Introduction

“God is neither a being, nor a thing , nor an idea. Instead,

*It’ is a state of mind within each and everyone of us.”

Ebhrious

I am a man without any scholar degrees, of no religious denomination, and of
limited educational background Yet this has not been a handicap. Instead, it
has served me well, for I have been privileged enough not to have been indoc-
trinated with any scientific or religious dogma Therefore, my knowledge and
understanding about the universe and of creation itself spang forth not from
intellect, rather, they come from self-expenence. Through this empmeism or
‘expcricntialisin’ if you will, I have also come to an understanding of the belt.
Thus, I have come to realize that ‘spirituality’ in die truest sense of the word

lies in self-expenence. . .

Hence, it can be said that a spiritual man is a man of experience, tor only

through experiences can one eventually attain wisdom. This wisdom leads to
enlightenment. But the process that leads one to this awakening or enlightenment
is what I call ‘spirituality’. So experience and spirituality are both one and the
same. Much like at the quantum level matter is energy, and energy is potential
matter At the physical and metaphysical levels, experience is spirituality, and
spirituality is experience. This has led me to realize that there aren’t any wrongs
or rights. In fact, there are only ‘rights’. Our own preferences and views
whether social, cultural, religious, etc. are for die most part instilled in us while
we are growing up. We are then pretty much taught only to think and function
along certain lines; without having the chance of learning how to think, so as to
choose whcdier we want to think within said boundaries or not.

Tltis is done with die explicit purpose of not allowing individuals to upset
t h c established ‘status quo’. If one chooses to think and act outside of society’s
intellectual, political, and cultural confines then one becomes a radical. If one
chooses to think and act outside of what society deems ‘normal’ then one is
labeled mad. However, let’s not forget that views and notions about what is

82 INTO THE VOID

five decades ago *T *“ **

even banned from using public resirdomsri 7 • ^<'7*' * n Pact > were
Tliank God tire consdousneTof mZ fT wWtes 0nl >” “stauraat,

the rest of die world has changed Tim 7 P u° P C “ the United States and
not come easy. g 1 cllan g e took a long time and did

portantly, this change m dm^octaT nofH bl . 0 ° d ’ 1 sm ^ t and tcars - B “t most im-
°f the time came about as a resul^of T ^ psycho,0 g lcal status quo

compasston, and mLht AlthmioW^ ^ “ thdr hearts > but 1,50 vision,
even diought to be mad! vL Z •*? r” 6 thcy wcro ^eled as radicals and
even die world’s consciousness rT '" dlvlduaIs llel P c d raise die nauon’s and
to be enlightened. Pcrhans Korl “ my °P uuon these individuals proved
same... CrhapS both mad n«s and enlightenment are one and the

Hist 4

dim view of Nikolaus Conemtr^ f**? 1 ^ 3 * sltu ations, as when the church took a
church’s doctnne at the timr T scmer > a °d statement — which defied die
round the sun. To the churrk * 1 f 1C ^ artb :lnc ‘ e otlier planets rotated a-
because of such claims the rh ■ n ° f ° nly heres ) T > but also madness. And
be faced life m prison!* In f T * f0rCed ^ f ° recatlt lus statements; or else
which by the way were un! n of othcr similar controversial theories,

P^ced under house arrest^ ^ f ^ rel,8 * ous status quo of the rime, he was
I could go on and ■ .

make h crc is that you, as .mmdw’idlTl who h^’l ^ ' hC P ° mt 1 am tryI " 8 t0
Programmed by diosc whn r . ’ las been previously lndoctnnated

rure, character, and even state of ^° U 3nd bel P ed f °rm your belief struc-

Wii aa and think according to vour ^ arcnts ’ teachers, clergy, etc ),

In 'hat regard, thosHdioi ' *"*" m0dd ° f ^ ^

are doing so because gtv cn theuTTdT 7° of cnme or mistake for example,
J'at the y arc doi h J s ^T 0 T deI <? teaho-, at the time, feel as though

ITT Was fit danger? ,Tow Zm 7 ^ BW h ° W aboUt * hfe or your

::7 r r>- that - £J nmcs °: r r? A8ain -

lat under no circumstance should n I f C ' rest would say no

As you can see these ,T ° uld a bfc be taken.

ZE ° f ^^TSeZT dCPCnd » - the state of con-
w, th the*f pro 6 r a m ming and cultural ? nSaousncss resulting from their psy-

and even 7 11131 ‘ rl8ht,> Vron g’. and even -nTT Consc< l ,,end y. we arc left
mi ng 0 f Ca r tS VIew » which are comnf t »t arc on ty relative qualifiers,
for ^ckofaK mdlVldual “~ n orhing more i . Ut } b:1SCt J on dlc dental program-

•'« C;i“ 1 1 ° fel ” w-

real danger in this, you see for , 7 ° ther P o mts of vinv.

5 ee> for u ma y lead to mental and even

INTRODUCTION 23

spiritual stagnation; instead of psychological growth, spiritual evolution, and

consciousness development. , . . .

Although at the present time in our society not much emphasis is placed

consciousness expansion. For most people are caught up with going to work,
paying the bills, raising the kids; and whatever little time they have for them-
selves is spent watching “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire” on television. Di-
eting and fitness have become the latest trends thanks to the model given }
the media of what one should look like But little or no emphasis is given to the
mind. If this was done however, I am completely sure that changes in our soci-
ety- and our consciousness as a whole would not seem so drastic, hard to come
about, and take so long. For as we have come to see throughout history-, we

don’t alwavs have all the answers.

The reason 1 am pointing all of these things out is because what you are
going to read in the following pages may upset your views and even challenge
your beliefs across a wide spectrum of what you think is right, wrong, or even
possible But before you jump to any conclusions and label what 1 have discov-
ered as wrong, false, bad, or impossible, realize that you may be thinking so be-
cause of your previous mental programming. Don’t ever cheat yourself by
coming to any conclusions without fust making a thorough examination obser-
vation" self- re flecuon, cross-reference, and most importantly, thought Tmk. 1
would like for you to think. But not only with your mind, but also with your
heart and with your soul Then, and only then, can you be sure and certain that

you be right-

There is so much information now thanks to the W orld \\ ide W cb tor ex-
ample, that we should all take lilts opportunity to look for our own answers
about any given matter or subject, m order to make an informed choice as to what
to believe about it. We can even use all of the available information to learn
about other people’s cultures and belief structures; and in the process of doing
this we may learn more about ourselves. In turn, this would also enable us to be
and expms more of who and what we really are. Rather than acting in a manner

which our previous mental programming dictates.

Moreover based on mv own experiences and studies, 1 strongly believe that

going to any church, or adhering to what any one book dictates makes anybody
more or less spiritual. Instead, the seeking of one’s own answers about any sub-
ject and by whatever means, is the only way that one can ever hope to develop
and grow— psychologically, intellectually, psychically, and even spiritually.
Given these parameters, L feel that the outer seeking of knowledge about any-
thing whatsoever begins when there is an internal and subconscious need and
readiness for inner-growth and sell-understanding, lhus, the process of seeking
any and all types of knowledge ultimately leads one to self-knowledge. How-
ever, I have learned that this knowledge gathering is not enough. Because one
must i ippiy what has been learned into daily lite. lhat is what this
‘process’ is for. In essence, “Knowledge applied begets experience, ac-

24 INTO THE VOID

SEST* bee “ w *” - r» « « fc p.* . .

unfolding No one Ins nil J Tf * a " 0ng0m8 process - forev “

cdrL lel2r^\ rr and ** there is a d ‘ ff — between kll-

leaming implies a state scf 3 $ F * ^ * Cqmied ’' whJe

learn, the less I understand” ® ' ^ ° nCC ^ ™ m0rc 1

end I tT'tha t ^ense^one * C ^ CKl “ tic of what we are— ongoing and without

would imply the end or con r 1 pumt of total-knowledge. For that

cover ‘bemo’ ^ «• , • uslon °f something. And as I have come to dis-

essence ^!dtofcf Kn< * S * j n0t fmke - Instead ’ & is both eternal and infinite In
seeking.” Ther^f IUnen * : en °t es the realization that one is, and always will be,

and truthfully ui’ ^ ^ °pi rUon > one cannot express himself or herself fiillv

self-expression U > ° r COnsciou sness is lorcvcr unlolding, and true

ity, personal developmem °“, ndatK f Fur *ermoie, your particular individual-

conseoXr no ; n r r Ch r ° f ^ Self-which is always ,n a state of flux As

elucidate dus’noinr l!, ° f path COU,d cvcr be “the end all, be all’. To further

It is very hkely that* 1 ? 0 PtCSC<lt ^ <>u wldl rb e following example,
who and what he was a 8°> some individual searching for answers about

tence, and even of who C nat . UlC rea bty» creation, the purpose of one’s exis-
flecuon. As consequen °* f* 5 ,Qt ^ ls ’ a lifetime of study and self-re*
him to have some trantn^r i found his own answers. These insights led

findings with others. ."ndTecaule^f 0 ?"^" After th ' S he be 8 an shann « “j

dunking of hun as a — f ° f *** “ wasn,t lon K before people staned

w om inquired most about P lc ' r ’ and even ma de him into a mystic. The peof
expcncnces became his students anT^ ° f se lf-acqutred knowledge, insights

<L 1 ben, following | m 1 ! d foUow «s-

bis* insights *k * i i ad *» the followers took 4 k. - * c i • i

dorin , ’ hls philosophy of l,f« n , k way of looking at reali

e> do gma, and even law r * S ex P sciences, and turned these intc
_ non were founded. So wha* ^ nse S uen dy, a system and perhaps even
e dge ° m ^ t b ln S or looking at th aS & F ers ° na * and intimate wav ot d

. Z n c d KS ^S personal 1^ "' ° Ut ° f °" c «•»*• <P™« ** **”

thou eht.M a P y ^ C ' poized, and feed bod ^fL transformed mto a stn ‘

^ Z,T ,UU ° n > P^Zl l 7 ° f th,s ’ thls one man’s ongoing deve

* I,r ” e — have Cl Cxpencnccs - Wd mterprewtion of »

8 ° Uow «s then s av ° C ^' StallKcd and frozen m time. H

y Stafina,Cd do not grow or seek :m

INTRODUCTION 25

further, for the ‘way’ of their guru ‘is the only way’.

As it turns out, this ‘stagnation’ is what has been, and still is, at the forefront
of religion, science, politics, and even daily life. For most individuals in die
world today are much like the followers 1 |ust mentioned; who feel as though
what has been written twenty years ago — or two thousand years ago tor that
matter — must still be rigidly adhered to and followed They believe that the
status quo must be kept, for that’s the only way that it could or should be. Per-
haps they don’t realize that the consciousness of people docs and must change
with time We all know — at least I hope we all do — that the consciousness of

people today is not the same as it was two hundred years ago Let alone thou-
sands of years ago 1 Yet many believe that some things should remain the same.
Unfortunately, oftentimes they do.

I mean don’t get me wrong, nothing ever remains in a state oi static But
change sometimes takes lifetimes — when it could come about much sooner,
say within one lifetime. It is very much like the old saw that goes: “Old habits
die hard.” Indeed, we are creatures of habit Luckily however, some individuals
including religious leaders, scientists, politicians, etc. have begun to realize that
it is okay — in fact, that it is a must — to question and even challenge age-old
thoughts and beliefs — the status quo. And, in my opinion, tins is the onl\ way
that we, ihe human race, can ever hope to continuously and further evolve

Well, with that in mind, I have realized that ‘reality’ is relative to the ob-
server, and depends upon the development, evolution and conditiomng/pro-
gramming of each individual. So, in a sense, there can never be one absolute
reality Instead, there are only individually perceived realities! This may come as a
shock, but nonetheless is true For one tends to experience what one is ready
for. The reason I am bringing this up is because I have noticed that this par-
ticular peculiarity is especially pronounced when it comes to higher- knowl-
edge You sec, your perccpuons are based on your beliefs. And your belie ts
come from your mental conditioning. In other words, your mental condi-
tioning colors your perceptions, which in turn become the reality you experi-
ence. Therefore, life experiences other than the ones you have been having
throughout your life will seem impossible for you to have or experience, if you
continue to hold the same set of limiting beliefs.

Consequently, if you were conditioned to think that something is not possi-
ble to do or experience, and continue to believe this, then that will be your expe-
riential reality! In that sense then, you will be locked out ol that particular room
or sphere of experience. And as I have come to find, there are an infinite num-
ber of rooms or realities (this term also applies to the reality of being poor, the
reality of being rich, the reality ol being emotionally full tiled, etc.) and even
worlds and universes, that exist and can be experienced — it properly trained
and sufficiently developed; both psychologically as well as psychically

Hie first and most important step in the pursuit oi this endeavor however,
is to start perceiving reality through a mw set of beliefs. Or even better with a

26 INTO THE VOID

beginner s mind. An old Zen phrase goes: “In the mind of the bcomn i,
are many possibilities” Indeed, die .implementation of ^onelTle

hat found to C S f COnSC T? neSS grCatIy 3nd ° Ut of sta g" aton Another ^
is to absorb at ° Un * T menta1, emoti °nal, and even spiritual stagnation

should come from as many sources as are available. 8 8

system^ Inr?’ f 0 "’ 1 ^ C ° flt m ‘° a s >' sttm of dlou ght; rather make the
that rluc t lr ?^ ^ USC **’ Untd )’ ou outgrow it. And don’t worn’ by thinking
tured nath R ” '° U aStfa - V ° r UUO 3 cllr ectionlcss, thoughtless, or unstnio
form’ Tnrl <f ecause y ou see » there is a meaningful difference between ‘without
ity 'pj ie , ° (f . ess ^ rst ’ without form’ implies a state of chaotic stupid-
Self Rath ^ ° , eSs denotcs transcendence. Likewise, don’t confine your
else has si*' ^ '*** ^ n0t mi P nson your mind widi the ‘truth’ someone
Qn a contin° n ? ^ contxar 5> develop jour own avenues of self-discovery

trines in u * asis .- As opposed to living and following someone else’s doc-
But 1 1 SCnSe ’ fmd ^own truth.

opment anH^ t0 f onc ord > r ^ ) r ° u arc interested in your own mental devel-
now then hv I?** 11113 evo ^ utl on. If you are happy and feel safe where you are

are awakening ^chT r^' 1 hCK 1S nothm S ^rong’ with that But if you

Don’t be 'if i r am> c hen by all means continue to unfold.

upsetting your ° out growmg your ever evolving Seif. Don’t be afraid ot
mind, one could d - ° r sc l mconc c ^ sc s for that matter, status quo. With that in

individual and what doe C ’t 6 S ^^ ritua ^ lt ^ as ^ 1C seatvb for what works for each
number of new exoe° lir SCarC ^’ dlc tlmc W1 ^ c °me when after having had a

answers — y 0u W1 |j j' nences ~~ w hich will come about as you seek out your own
acquired state of maklIlg choices and decisions based on your newly

grammed one. fMrt . 1 )Usn «-Ss, and not based on your previous pre-p
a "d >/ based on v. . ’ , y ° U WlU suddenl )’ find that you arc beginning to

based on someone elsc’s^ 11 eXpenenCes and self-acquired knowledge, and .

Dus is the Doinr

you will find that vou'nnT" '° tCaCh and must stnv ‘ - for, having arrived a
bec °me yon nCc -' d :i ^her or a guide. In fact, you hr

™ knowledge to °^^ hei 5 “ d have a P»ol of experience » S elf-

" e "° W ftee of your prions’™ ^ ^ d -ond, Honed v,

e.«l mCe 'teller Z .T1 ^ P~8— g.

yourself a

° mcc no teacher r mentaI Programming.

"nX„g,Tmiii" le ;r'- ,r can then tc said *« •

similar idea ^ ' hrou 8 h ^l^expenencc Lun^i^*”" 0 ^ b ° ' aU8ht InStCad
you Ought k ? ls c,ass ic “Tile Pronhf i ^’ lbran c ^ oc l ue ntly expresset
edge, ut that wind, already lit^ I if ^ 1 CJUOtc: “ No ma n can reveal

■ tCach « -bo waS^^do ! r P , m the dawin8 of knov

• ow Ol the temple, among his followei

INTRODUCTION 27

gives not of lus wisdom but rather of his faith and his lovingness. If he is in-
deed wise he docs not bid you enter the house of his wisdom, but rather leads

you to the threshold of your own mind.”

Ironically, this is exactly what ‘plant teachers’ and some psychedelic sub-
stances — when taken in the proper context — do In fact, two individuals two
real spiritual giants and not pseudo religious leaders expressed the following.
Jesus said “The kingdom of 1 leaven is within you.” Buddha said: “I^ook
within, thou art the Buddha ” And what they meant was the same. Indeed, the
true essence of the universe and of creation itself lies within you . Not within the

walls of any institution . organisation, or sect. Therefore, you and I arc both parts of
the ‘whole’. That means that each one of us and every thing around us is God.
You are God! You are a creator. So don’t be afraid of creating. With that in mind,
go ahead and create your own philosophy and define your own spirituality. Live
your own life! Stop so-called ‘religious authorities’ and other self-appointed
‘leaders’ from controlling your mind and dipping into your wallet. Wake up from
the hypnotic-like state you have been put under' Believe me, y ou don’t need a
self-appointed ‘intermediary’ to contact your source-self — God

Furthermore, by expanding our consciousness each one of us will begin to
breakaway from the current social, political, and religious status quo and start
to voluntarily adhere to and form a new one based on spiritual unity, anil not
on socio-political or religious affiliation. Because of this, change will then come
about naturally

I hope you realize by now that most leaders whether religious, spiritual or
political, set up their own doctrines, set of rules and regulations lor people to
follow because they know that most people don’t do much thinking; therefore
have to be fed something as well as given a direction or path to follow, that’s
why and how these individuals become leaders. It is okay to be a follower tl
you want to be one. Again, there is nothing ‘wrong’ with that. But at least be-
come aware of this fact. That’s the reason why there are so many organizations
m this world — because there is that many people that can be manipulated to
serve each organization’s end. These leaders don’t like, nor want individuals to
develop past a certain point, for then they will outgrow the organisation. And an
organization needs members in order to survive. Therefore, mental stagnation of
their members, even through fear and at the cost of their spirituality is what
these cunning organizations use m order to continue on Again, it all boils
down to control — mind control.

However, said control is harming us. It isn’t helping. Just turn on the even-
ing news any day of the week and take a look at the current situation we are
facing. Therefore, I feel that it is time for tilings to start changing — once again
The current psychological status quo must be changed. We must all acknowl-
edge our true divine heritage and unity. And the only way of doing this at this
time is by expanding our current state of consciousness. 1 am sorry to say that
there are no shortcuts or quick fixes, as we have come to rely upon in our

Dedicated to past, present and future shamans. The
courageous and pioneering explorers of hyperspace.

28 INTO THE VOID

society. The condition must be treated and not masked, for then it will ,1

come back. Accordingly, this change of the 'whole’ must star, ""hit! ft
And these parts are each one ot us P^tts

Besides, since we have fallen so low in the ladder of spirituality and m 1

forgotten who we really are and where we come from < rf ?’ d ^
state of ‘cniriHmi • , r from— suffering from an acute

‘mad’ as die * ’ ' f 5 ° U wJI ~ thcn perhaps somctliing as ‘radical’ and

Cm 7 P S >' chedcl ‘« «"d plant teachers-, the prop.

dantv and e ^ T u”* A ° d P erha P s spmtual awakening, self-realization, sob-
tlam> , and even enlightenment may be the result.

individualized^* T' ' 1^ i * ^ ust P resente< l arc probably a revoluuonai
least it’s an hn , "t” a PP roach to spmtual development.' But I feel that
ally mature enn 1"°' CCVC me ’ 1 know that not everyone is ready or spint
tvpes of studies U p ^ Ct !° Start . kving by these principals; or taking on the
ity to derive th °* “ *?** * h ‘ sh IeVel of P s y c hological and emotional matu

You ^ bo »d

true nature In that a a it. someonc or something’ to rerrund oneself of 1
I smccrely ht e 7 l ^ bccn ^ ** I have been reminded,

way along your journey * ^ W ° rC * S and the ones ^ lat follow help you in son

Glossary

Astral Travel: *1 he ability to leave the physical body and explore the astral di-
mension. Hus has become almost a generic nomenclature for all types of non-
physical exploration For example, out-of-body experiences (OBE’s), mind
travel, soul travel, and even near-death experiences (NDE’s) are generally tden-
tificd with this term.

Baseline: 1 he normal state of consciousness of a person prior to ingesting a
pharmacological substance and/or experimenting with a brain technology de-
vice

Binaural Frequencies: The resulting frequency signal that the brain ‘hears’
when two separate but slightly-off sonic frequencies are presented to it via
headphones. Similar to the wavering Svha-vvha’ sound that is heard when tun-
ing up a stringed instrument that is slightly out of tune.

Brain Technology Devices: Special instruments that have been created with
the express purpose of affecting bram functioning, so as to induce altered states
of consciousness.

Hallucinations: Visual constructions made up without the use of the physical
senses, but rather projected by the mind.

Hemi-Sync'K': The term coined by consciousness exploration pioneer and au-
thor, Robert A. Monroe It stands lor hemispheric synchronization and it is a
state of bram functioning where both brain hemispheres pulsate in synchrony.
This state is effortlessly accessed by the use of binaural frequencies, which
hemi-sync tones produce.

Hallucinogen: A pharmacological substance or plant that induces hallucina-
tions.

Lucid Dreaming: The ability to know that one is dreaming while still dream-
ing. This ability* may be acquired through the use of specific mental exercises
and/or brain technology devices. It is also known as dream travel and dream
yoga. However, it is a ty pe of OBE.

MAO and MAO I: Stands for Mono- Amine-Oxidase and Mono- Amine-
Oxidase Inhibitor, respectively. MAO is an enzyme in the human body that
breaks down a number of chemicals and foods. If one has certain foods or
chemicals in the body while taking an MAO inhibitor (MAOI), these will not
be metabolized, which in turn can result in a number ot negative physiological
conditions ranging from physical discomfort to death. (For a list of some
MAOI’s see chapter 5)

NeuroeSectrical Stimulator: A type of bram technology 7 device that is at-
tached to one’s temples or the earlobes and which stimulates the brain to re-
lease a number of neurochemicals, including dopamine, acety lcholine, beta-
endorphin, etc.

Neuron: Nerve cells that compose the spinal column and the brain

NMDA Receptors: Stands for Noncompctitive-N-mcthyl-D-aspartate a

30 INTO THE VOID

group of receptors in the brain where it is believed that psychopharmacological
substances such as ketamine, PCP, and dextromethorphan bind; thereby elicit-
ing psychedelic /hallucinogen ic effects on the user.

Limbic System: A group of interconnec ted brain structures
Onset: The point at which mental effects begin manifesting themselves by us-
ing the substances or devices discussed in this book.

Overmind: Also known as higher-self, entity, or oversoul. It is a source-
fragment from the I-Self (God) which is composed of nine QPSYEMP’s (see
below “QSYEMPS”). Each of these nine units can and do split into nine addi-
tional QPSYEMP’s (into infinity') so as to explore probabilities.

Peaking: The maximum point of mental effects that is reached during a psy-
chedelic or hallucinogenic experience.

Parallel Universe: An alternate physical universe whose molecular structure,
vibratory rate, and even speed o light are different than our own The theory’
of these alternate universes has been discussed and for the most part even ac-
cepted as facts in the new physics*

Plateau: Ihe period of time that a brain tcchnology/pharmacological sub-
stance user spends at the maximum mental effects elicited by said substance
and/ or brain technology’ device.

Probable Earth: An alternate version of planet Earth that exists in a parallel
universe, and which is inhabited by probable ‘versions’ of us.

Psychedelic: from the Greek ‘psyche’ (soul) and ‘deicin’ (to make manliest)
A word coined by researcher I Iumphry Osmond m 1956, used to describe sub-
stances that alter perception.

Psychodynamic Frequency Domain® (PD) TO.®): The term used and

coined by the author to describe a field of experiential action where ideas of a
consensual nature have coalesced due to the thoughts and beliefs held by its in-
habitants. Our physical dimension (including the universe and planet Earth)
and our version of mass reality are a PD ED However, there are an infinite

number of other worlds and dimensions (PD HD’s) within the ‘space’ of our
planet alone.

sychodynamic Signal i- (PdSn): Another term coined by the author lha
escribes an exclusive subsonic frequency, which resonates and permeates :

1° ^ signal is emitted and received by all of the manifestations in a par

ticuar I DhD, thereby keeping the consensus and material constructions o

sai mass version of experiential reality coherent and stable Therefore a PdS 1

w at maintains any particular PDFD. In that sense a PdS and a PDFD are hot
one and the same.

mea C ^ 0naUt * ^ r ° m words ‘psycho’, meaning mind, and *naut

na 'Jg a tor. A human being who uses his or her mind to explore th

mini ^ CS l ^* C P s y che as we ^l as hyperspace Shamans and mystics for ex
mpie, arc psyclionauts.

ynamic Integration s (PDI »<): Coined by the author to describe the

GLOSSARY 31

ability to merge one’s consciousness with the mind and body of a probable self,
and even with the consciousness of non-human entities.

Psychoportation® (PSP®): A new term coined by die author that describes
die ability to send one’s mind across hyperspace. It is a high-tech approach to
die ancient art of astral travel, but used exclusively to explore the cjuantum
realm of probabilities where probable Earths exist.

Psychocyberdynamics®: A science and philosophy developed by the author
It features a number of different mental exercises, which when combined with
brain technology devices and psychedelic and hallucinogenic substances, en-
ables one to accelerate die development of psychic, creaUve, and higher states
of consciousness.

Quantum-Psycho-Energetic-Meta-Wavc-Particle ® (QPS") EMP*F ): [pro-
nounced sci - emp] A term coined by the author that is used to describe suba-
tomic wave-particles (similar to clones of ourselves), but winch lack ego and
personalities. QPSYEMP’s are nor anthropomorphic (human m form) Instead,
they arc similar to tiny sparks of conscious creative energy that travel at super-
luminal (fastcr-than-light) speeds, as well as throughout all dynamics ot hyper-
space. 1 hey are created each and even time sentient creatures (humans and
animals for example) are faced with a choice and/or a desire At that moment
they split from one’s consciousness and actualize all possible and probable out-
comes of any given choice In order to enter a particular PI M L) however, or to
form their own, QPSf IvMP’s must slow down to Lhat particular PDFD’s speed
of light. Moreover, QPSYEMP’s have the ability to become probable versions
of any given sentient creature and exist independently of him/her/ii in a paral-
lel universe /probable Earth.

Reticular Activating System (RAS): A network of cells and nerve Libers that
compose part of the brainstem.

R.E.M: Stands for Rapid Eye Movement. It is a stage of sleep that all mam-
mals engage in, about every ninety minutes throughout the night.

Remote Viewing: A specific set of protocols or procedures developed by
gifted psychic Ingo Swann for the purpose of training non-psychic US military
officers in paranormal/psychic functioning Remote viewing is the same as
ESI (extra sensory' perception) and allows an individual to sense and perceive
information in a controlled manner, about a specific target (a niman being,
material structure, or event) regardless ot space and time.

Synapse: The connecting region where electric-like nerve impulses travel be-
tween axon terminals and neurons.

Temporal Lobes: Brain structures located within each brain hemisphere that
are responsible for hearing.

Hallucinogens/Psychcdclics (author’s interpretation): Pharmacological
catalysts which alter the normal everyday neurological processing (and con-
struction) of perceptual, visual, and experiential data. As these substances are

32 INTO THE VOID

be mg metabolized in the brain, they enable an
us IdS and tune in to alternate frequencies
ccivmg alternate models of our expcricntml and
allel universes, probable Earths, etc

INTO THE VOID

“Only those who will risk going too far can
possiblv find out how far one can go ”

T.S. Eliot

**Wc W now reached the point where the stuff
you can buy over the counter is stronger than
anything you can buy on the street. ”

Dennis Leafy

It is 3:30 in the morning and I have completed my third REM sleep cycle.

I laving ingested 1,300 mg. of dextromethorphan IlBr ahout halt an hour tar-
get, I attach the electrodes of the ncuroelectrical stimulator to my temples. It is
set for a pulse repetition rate of 111 1 1/ and a width duration ot 550 millisec-
onds for forty-five minutes As soon as I turn it on, I begin to led a gentle
buzzing sensation in my head Next, I switch on my voice-activated tape re-
corder and press the plat button on the audio console, which contains a cas-
sette tape embedded with binaural frequencies. Finally, 1 put on a pair of head-
phones and get comfortable on my home office reclincr.

In a matter of moments, thanks to the special frequencies on the audiotape
that is now placing, both of my brain hemispheres begin to pulsate in unison
almost effortlessly. As the music flows through the headphones, I begin to feel
it becoming part ot me — blending with my heartbeat, pulse, breath and brain
pulses. As I mentally let go and relax, my breathing becomes calm and et tort-
less. With each exhalation the sound seems to resonate inside my very cells
Waves of subtle but electnc-likc energy commence to run up and down my
spine Having trained myself in biofeedback and self-hypnosis, I begin to regu-
late some of my biological functions Inwardly I say, Pulse, calm... and regu-
lar ” “Heart rate, slow... down...’* And it comes to pass.

I then picture in my mind’s eye the rolling waves of an ocean shore gradu-
ally becoming calmer and calmer. I he purpose ot doing this is that of slowing
down my brainwave activity, so as to enter an altered state of consciousness.
After a few minutes my pineal gland begins to secrete tryptanunes the body s
own natural hallucinogens Also, the dextrorphan (DXO) and DXM molecules
commence to occupy my NMDA brain receptors and I begin to feel the famil-
iar effects. (The body metabolizes DXM almost entirely into DXO) Both

38 INTO THE VOID

dim, nauseous, and euphoric I embrace myself for what « about to I
Because ol the grogginess of the altered state at times I speak into the tape *

corder in a slurred manner. P ]

nto the roid. Se-....ssion number forty- one Voice journ-. al tn .

^ ate - March 2, 1999. To- ...night I....am ex- perimenting with DXil

°ge erwit neuroelcc- tncal stim- ulation and binaural frequencies Tne

aU l ° tapc I m usln S 1S Monroe’s Hemi-Sync Free Flow 12. With tins combina
° n arn to induce and retain a hypcr-lucid out-of-body state with total

^.w^ness of the process that takes place right be ore, during, anti aftenhe
paration of my consciousness Irom the physical body. I also want to be-
come aware ot the process in- in-.... velvet! as

mv... , .

' m V * con- — sciousness ..shifts from

s....p S ychodynamic frequency d-d-.... domain to to . »-

uother. ITieoreUcally, be-.. ..cause of. the ef- fuels the

ncumrl V 1 — *— neuroelcctrical stimulation has on the

• i ,miC j s res P°nsible tor memory- it should help me accomplish this. To-

seems *7, ' descination «s no- where in par-...n- cuhr, for it

dosage " cannot communicate my intent to this substance at such a high

some- seems to have its own agenda. So I guess I’ll end up

s-some- CWh T ° VCr the r!Unbow Just kidding I

dis .sooted I , ^ 'W****- Wow, I... I am start ..ing to feel really

* I... will not on with- with

ploration. Who am I? Where am F

am

year

/

am conduc-.. ..due-

Preliminaries of th c Z- ^ 8Ct °" Wlth ‘ w,tl1

am 1 doing?*’ i « h * am *.

tlurty-threc year i inwart %- this moment, my name is Joey, I ai

»s 19... n. s „ 1 ,Ive - on planet Earth At this moment, the yes

I

a

f K and

OSvrli 11118 Uh ub

P s )chfiportauon. P'V-... . psy-

■ ■ -ex- .. u |j ex _ l *h ex-.. ..ex- peri-.... ex *

% this time over nv t penment

su hstan Ce DXM/DXO Hl * Krc d neurochemicals including the ketamine- like
acung upon m v limbic svw. coursing my neurological pathways and

J^tween my brain’s noimn^ . c * ectric al currents are passing inJonnation
h in an array of comnlr* aS 1 1C * f ^ e 8 n P s between my synapses; result-
[ at enab lc me — through ‘ m pattcrns - 1 bls P r °cess evokes electrical potentials

correx-to ‘see* the changes now taking

J 1 *; 1 >'P C of shmull^ont^* 11 " 1 ' ° f ' hc P ulsarin S " cllr<x ' lcctncil1

DXAt , tr ’ w hich in turn n- i tnating my temporal lobes in an un-

Un ^su a lT' UlKrVVlth Ileur oeIectnc ] * S ° mS cenc sensations In addition,

ln 8 up 0n iP cr ' co 8mtivc faculues .1 SU,nu a,K,n may also be responsible for the

m > s «We of awarcnJT " ly redcul “ activating system is bestow-

PROLOGUE 39

My body is warm and completely paralyzed and is starting to vibrate. It feels
as diough some kind of electromagnetic force is going through it and around it.

I note my breathing becoming shortened and I feel as if grasping for air, yet I
can still breathe okay. Apparently, this seems to be some sort of involuntary
reflex that 1 haven’t noticed before, yet now I’m aware of it.

I also note an electromagnetic- like pull on the upper portion of my right
brain hemisphere. Tins effect is probably just the result of the combmcd inter-
action between die electrical charges emanating from the neuroclcctncal stim-
ulator, the binaural frequencies, and my now altered neurochemistry None-
theless, dus phenomenon is and feels very interesting. The feeling is similar to
that of putting together two magnets close enough and noticing the magnetic
Geld/ attraction between them. Tins doesn’t hurt at all, but it sure feels weird

As all these processes continue, I begin slipping in and out of conscious-
ness and commence to hallucinate. Behind my closed eyelids 1 start seeing in-
tricate wave- like patterns, and also what looks to be white-noise crackling
points of light. There is also a ringing in my ears that gradually turns into a
roaring wind; which completely drowns out the binaural signals conung
through the headphones. As die sound of the strange but familiar wind be-
comes louder and stronger, I feel as if my very essence is about to be ripped
out. Eventually the roaring turns almost deafening, and the wavy patterns and
crackling points ol light begin to morph into alien landscapes and anthropo-
morphic-like shapes. Now hundreds of images, including those of human faces,
begin to sequentially manifest in front of me, together widi die sound of at
least dial many voices. But the voices sound as it a recording of them was be-
ing played on a cassette player on reverse. Then, gradually, the sequential
changing of the images accelerates to the point where they become nothing but
a blur.

While this is happening, I realize that I can see right through my eyelids! For
I can see one of the lamps that hang on my ceiling, even though my eyes are
shut I also notice bright flashes similar to lightning bolts, which appear to be
coming from behind my eyeballs — producing sort ot a strobe-like effect within

both my inner Geld of vision as well as my hearing.

Ultimately, these syncopated sounds and flashing lights come to a magmG-
ccnt crescendo. Louder... brighter ., louder... ‘Oh God, make it stop! I hear
myself inwardly scream; for all this is just too overwhelming tor me to handle
psychologically. Moreover, my eardrums and eyeballs feel as though they are
about to burst. Still, it becomes louder.. .brighter... louder..! BRIGHTER!
LOUDER! BOOM!!!!! There’s a deafening explosion. Then there is silence.
Now die only tilings 1 hear are my droughts.

“Peaceful...” “Tranquil...” “Free...”

ilic proverbial ghost is out of the machine. I find myself floating in an
abyss of ‘nothingness’. It is dark, very' dark, and there is an indescribable sound
of silence permeating this ‘place’. Apparendy, I am inside some type of tunnel

40 INTO THE VOID

that seems to be made out of solid nothingness. 1 know that doesn’t make as;
sense, but that’s the only way I can describe it. What I mean is diat althou^i
it looks, or radier feels, like die inside of a dark cave, and it appears cylindrical
in some way, somehow I sense that in reality my brain is manufacturing certain
impressions that my . mind is transmitting to it.

In other words, my brain, while processing said impressions is associating
these qualities with stored data from my memory banks, which arc based on
preconceived notions and ideas of what something ‘dark’ and ‘leading some-
where could, be, or should look like. In this case: ‘cylindncal shaped tunnel
Someone else may associate said impressions with ‘long dark corridor, instead

Apparendy, I have become aware of die mechanics involved in pcrccpuon.

After snm/ 1 Hmn Unn. i_ t * ^ t i ... .n !i nlav of

time, xikjw juiucn i cannot say, i ucgiu iu t '

uo re scent- like hues in die distance. As I begin approaclung them my $P ec

lnrr^cnp i .i i . ° r i* i_*„ -tafttn

scope,

— ^ striking. _■ „

ta e form. Now I can clearly see endless, interconnected, neon-colored tube
like r 'H- J * ’ * and shimmering lights, magnificent in

beautiful!” My mind femdly exclaims, y
i am traveling so fast, I mean so very fast, that I begin to feel a c
it T So I try to close my eyes, but curiously find that l cannot

da tact, I can sec in a 360-dcgree angle. While this is taking place it suddenly

_ . . ° n nie tba * I am traveling through die wormholes and blackholes iy

a , 126 a h° u t in quantum physics! Words cannot begin to describe the avt

feel m Cltement dlat m y mind is experiencing at this stage of my voyage. F° r
Shami? consciousncss not only accelerating, but also merging widi the mtirutt
of spa ° f Wllat is takln 8 place, I continue racing dirough the fabnc

A fn»r a ^ e * at W ^ at ^ somehow know to be is the speed ol light.

:es on S ^° r w hat seems to be an instantaneous eternity, the velocity

takes on ^ \ rr otcl,Jia lo oc an instantaneous eternity, «*<- '

Point to anotheT Tf araCtenStiC * N ° W * msteadof moving forward

* . m )' awareness expanding in all directions at once. No, 5

more like it i j • . ' ‘ IW<1IU1CS “ — r «*, u „. 6 an

time I mtmfnr directions. Yeah, that’s a better description. By * 15

traveluie at tl * ^ °. W rbat I have accelerated past the speed of light. I am now

no lo 3 !R er trav? ° f ^ OUght] ™ s ls 50 hard to verbalize, but it is as if I am

° s ciU atln p die curv ature ol space, but rather, I am swirling or

through multinU U ^ lat scnse * m y consciousness is slicing its way

— u-H - - ena ranes or layers of realities that exist within our

. mun

Mentally t l,. . ncs or “y«rs of realities that exist within our ‘reality .

The reason beine^k^^ am I? Where am I? What am I doing?”

XV *U loose my sens rV on tl ^ >e cause of the nature of what 1 am doing, I
Joey' Iviy namfi > c j T 1Uman idenu(y r and conscious awareness. “My name is

joey! Jviy name j s t . . an 1 entity and conscious awareness. “My name is
P a nct Eard , J £ a m thmy-rhree years old The year is 1999. I exist on

1 am t-. .!?!!?» Before T Pbych '?P ortJn g I ” “My name is Joey!" “My name is Joey!”
rathfr .u . ,5elor c I can fimch , * ' ' l.i

■MU B « / rr , my name is Joey!" “My name is Joey!

^ abr ^Ptly I ce^p tJ Can dlc senf ence and almost instantaneously and

° nce aL;* the osedla ting/ swirline^like expansion.

° ncc 4ain eve™l? e ° Scd | atin g / ^wming-jike expansion.

6 J s ark... completely dark, silent, and at a death-like

S

5T

1

PROLOGUE 41

standstill. “Who am I?” “Where am I?” “What am I doing?” Before 1 can an-
swer, and while I am repeating those thoughts m my mind, I am jolted.

“Max... Max! Are you listening to me?”

“Uh?” Is my only reply.

I suddenly realize that I am standing in front of a store window staring al a
bunch of shoes. There is a woman standing next to me calling me by a different
name. She looks to be in her mid-fifties, and has short, dark, wavy hair draped

over a heavy set frame. .

“The reason I brought you shopping with me is so that you can help me

choose a new pair of shoes. So help me choose 1 Which ones should 1 get' 1 le

beige ones with die cute fringe, or die dark coffee ones?” She insists.

As T look around, I notice that I am on a busy downtown metropolitan area.

The murmurs of people talking and walking by, as well as die sounds of cars

and traffic immediately come into my awareness. While I’m taking all of this m,

I continue to watch the woman and my new surroundings in amazement, lo

test whether or not 1 may have fallen asleep, and conscquendy perhaps having a

lucid dream, I decide to run a couple of reality tests.

For dns purpose I mentally start to imagine myself beginning to float up in
the air. The reason being that if I do, since that action can’t occur in physical
reality, then diat would indeed indicate that I am dreaming. However alter
doing this for a few moments nothing happens. Still, not wanting to take any
chances I run a second reality test. This time, I hold my left hand up, look at it,
and then close my eyes. I do this two or fee times and try to see if it changes
in any way. Wlule I’m doing tins the woman I’ve just met is staring at me in
stupor. Since my hand retains its normal shape, I realize what is happening.
“Quick, what year is this?” J immediately demand.

“What? What do you mean?” She asks dumbfounded
“What year is this?!!” I ask again.

“MX 219.” She replies matter-of-faedy with a look of surprise.

Based on mv previous explorations, I know what has happened. I, or rather
my mind, has momentarily yet thoroughly integrated with the mmd and body
of one of my many probable selves, which lives independently of me in one of
die diousands or perhaps even millions of probable Eardis that I have come to
leam exist. I, of course, am very' excited and amused by all of tlus. I ut my

companion isn’t. Excitedly, I continue to inquire

“What’s your name?” With a look of disbelief the woman answers, Helen,

Helen McCullan, your wife! Are you feeling okay Max? What s die matter with

you? C’mon now stop it, you’re scaring me!

Excited by the realization that 1 am on a probable Earth, and not wanting to

waste any precious ume, 1 dart off and start looking around for a Landmark
and/or street sign, so that 1 can later record it. I then notice a newspaper stand
about fifteen feet away from me and head towards it Carefully looking at the
various magazines and newspapers, I read one ot the titles and make a mental

42 INTO THE VOID

note to remember it. The title reads; “The Olympian”, and the date on ,
MX 219 \ I also see the picture of a small group of people in suits and the
leadline: President I'ate Edson to vote on the Miranda bill." While I am doing
this, 1 remember the woman whom I have just met, and consequently be
gm worrying that she might start thinking that her husband Max, whose mind

y h^e momentarily integrated with, is acting a little too strange So 1 run back
to her to try and subside her worries.

Listen, uh. . .? What was your name again. . .? Oh, Helen! Tha-That’s ngbt,
o course! Ha, just kiddin’! I’m just playing around, you know, just acting sillv
So humor me, Helen. What planet is this?” I ask
^What?!!” She shouts back at me.

Please, just answer me 1 I’m-] m mine to.... tell you a joke.” I facetiously

continue. ' *

After a couple ot seconds of silence, and wearing a dun smile on her face
•rif answers » Lathalamis.” To which I excitedly and loudly replay, 1 Real!’/

I hat’s fascinating"!’’ '

to at ^ lat Insrant > because of the excitement I was experiencing, I bepn

• mj physical awareness, and my home office surroundings start coni

tion mt.r S ^ t ^ ie ^ etai ^ s of my exploration and psychodynamic Integra
what 1 UI) r h Max McC # n af c still in my memory, as are some insights d
tnrlfv *v ta , cn P^ acc But the transition to my laver of reality turns out to <
very fast 7 c ^ ° r ^ notICC that everything around me seems to be \ibratm-
dimt-il r\ i n a ct, I have a hard time making out the numbers on my office

re diner 1 1 ° ? C ^ ^ Scc ls a vibratory 7 blur. So, I groggily get up f rotn m

son for* tlu S 7 ly and fal,1Cr cIumsi ly stumble towards the kitchen. U&: re *

which has ih 77 l ^ lerc ^ bave a pretty big sized clock hanging on the

its numbers m U nuinbcrs on an d 1 reason that I should be able to se

I lowevcr ^ lan die small numbers on my office’s tiny clock.

steps — andlh a r . ea C som idling strange. I have taken two steps — -Qtth

good steps bet\ arru ' cd at the kitchen. When in reality there’s at least twe

that my brum is t ie ^tchen an d m V home office' I immediately conch

you see, my j >n 1 s ) nc WIt h my mind and what I have perceived. Bcca»

** n lc . a PP arcn tIv only registered steps number two and numl

Vn,„. t mtr ln between ,r,.n C i * . „i »

m 'tvc i he other , ' onI 5 registered steps number two and nunn

^hat I mean is that [ CtWcci1 stc P s were lost Yet I experienced normal tii
lhe kitchen But in rl 7" i ' feIt about lhut Y seconds go by before arriving

-- «/ui in r ) uuiij suloiius go ov ueioit- .mi'

y felt, as though l l seconc ls it both cognitively seemed, and £

kitchen b had ,akt *» «wo steps and then, boom! I popped up in

speculate that th ■ i

_ h tune , Uxccpt that m C,lonu . non niI glu resemble something similar to *nr

S^°nd s; ra' her " , ****** - minutes. I only lost seconds Hu. .

1 loT ,®* Cc folded Or warned* ^ ' know this is kind of confusing, but it is

^ mmd-ttnte cont.Zn l ''’.T*" 7 tho *** space ume was disrupt*

*m ktpt track of the spacc-mne (tlurty secon

PROLOGUE 43

worth) that was skipped over and therefore lost

Another unusual thing is that although my sense of balance, coordmation

and physical condition resembles one of a massively inebriated state (like
had drank at least two botdes of Southern Comfort!), my inward being Cper-
hans mv mind or ‘Self) is hyper-lucid and cognitive— and therefore catc ling
all of the mistakes that my brain is making Furthermore, 11 feels as thoug i t e
tnput data that my senses now perceive is being processed through other parts
or 'channels’ of my brain than the usual ones. It’s as though the regular chan-
nels utilized by my brain for everyday cognition are not accustomed 10 this t |
of informauon transference, and are therefore screwing it aU up. On the other
hand, the alternate channels now being used, is what's allowing me tins type of

new and different cognitive hyper-lucidity.

Anyway, I carefully make out the numbers on the clock, and although ce c-

rvthing is still vibrating almost supersonically, I finally and successtully e-
t ermine that it’s six thirty-five in the morning AU of this time, after having re-
turned from the probable F.arth caUed Tathalamis, there’s been a very notice-
able ringing in my ears, similar to tinnitus. But this ringing sounds as if u s
phasing or flanging, and the pitch is rapidly modulating in a multitude of musi-
cal keys. I can best describe it as the sound of piccolos traveling through undo-

la tine and vibrating musical springs

Hus sound effect however, isn’t rcaUy that bothersome to me In fact, not
only is it rather humorous— almost in a cartoomsh way— but I have encoun-
tered similar soundmg frequencies in the past. Although it makes for a heU of a
background soundtrack for what 1 am now experiencing. In a way, it s almost
as if an aspect of myself was always toying with me right alter 1 return from a
psychonautical voyage using certain substances. At least that s one ot the n-
sights that come to mind. Another theory I have is that the binaural frequencies
1 sometimes use in my expenments are somehow retained in my brain s short-
term memory banks, and arc then replayed inside my head in a distorted m.
ner. Titus eliciting some rather unusual psychoacuve/acoustie effects on m\

consciousness. . m

As I’m returning back to my home office I’m in lor another surprise. 1 am

standing next to the recliner smiling at 'me’ coming from the kitchen. In ot cr

words, there is a twin of ‘me’ looking back at me. This other me looks so real,

that it’s almost as though 1 was looking at my reflecuon m a mirror. I n t it

instant 1 become startled by this particular occurrence ,1 become the me that s

standing next to the recliner, smiling a. the thought o this episode, which has

just popped into my mind! I lowcver, this visual hallucination ,s completely

three-dimensional and lifelike. For lack of a better word it seems real. Or is it?

Nonetheless, just when 1 think I have figured out what is happening, 1 agam

experience tins strange phenomen.m-wh.ch 1 must emphasize looks and feels

utterly real. To give you an idea it’s almost as if you were watching a two or

three second snippet of a movie scene over and over and over again. But you

44 INTO THE VOID

were both watching the movie and inside the movie.

contol-i P ',T"r en ° n rCPCatS KSeIf 3 ,1Umbct <*' imes-scemingly ou„f ffiv
been cimrhr bcCOlmn S ver )’ concerned. For I start thinking that I may have
bevrvnH ^ U j m ^° mc sort wclrd neurological memory warp or loop that’s
for h m ^i understandin g* Then, when my fear intensifies to the point of tenor
• h t ° St con * :ro l my mind, i his hallucination comes up to me, puts its
j an . ° n shoulder- — which [ can clearly sec and completely feet—

<* eaks I hear Mn shocking disbelief:

mind tv are morc psychological frames of reality dian meet the conscious
to su Vti Ut a sma ^ yet excellent example of this fact. You are beginning
w k at CeS u. ^ P er eeive alternate neurological pulses, which are in sync with

and be^f ^° r now P r °hable’ events. This event is for your educauon

your int ** - Ut ^ a , rn not a hgment of your imagination, nor am I a product of
devel^r. ^* catlon ' I m just as real [his emphasis] as you are, but I am a further

developed versron and extension of your Self

just as vou° n an0t ^ Cr P s y c ^°^°g^ ca l frame of reality or space-time continuum,
integrating *** ^ OUrs * * bave psychoported here and was psvchodynamicalh

a number oTtim^ OU ^ ^° U ^ eariier with Max McCulIan. But I was doing tb K

sea , you y lniCS SLm P 1 y to j°it your awareness and attention. Forgive me
this Was a ne ^ cx P enence yet another mild state of shock, shortly n
^member this^ ^ ^ P art 50 as to Ilci P you understand and al

°f consciousness^* 1 ^ * S WC ^ aS ^ OU integrate it into your current sta

because our spac^* S encounter between us is occurring in your waking sta
about to merge* M cont ^ luums arc rapidly aligning with each other, ar
Sun to see beyond tli Ver ’ becaust -‘ ot your experiments, you have in fact b
further understandin U f naturc °0 w/r physical dimension. Tlie notion ar
! rr* ° ' V lat 1 arn saying to you now, and what has takt

* * \ . mind

°P psychologically and neurologically.

countless alternate dimi* n ” m ^ doorways within one’s mind, which lead
* another °ne of them v 1 ^ w ° r ^ s » an< ^ realities. Earlier you happened
^ Ur P ro gress. By t j lc * and 1 both exist in others You are doing fine

clur’ 5 eVCnt ,f >’ou choose Y ?' herS Say hcU ° Y ° U shoilld rccord dle deta
Vo Cs ‘ cac *' ni 'd every word tl .°t you wd ^ llnd dlat a ^ tcr our meeting co
m^L C ° nsC10Us mindYkewY / Sm n ° W s P eaku, 8 to you wiU be available
p te . and in man „ ' starUn 6 nght now, you will also begin changif

on M ° re taaSSSST and bencficlal wa > a * a n you have Z

*onZr What ^u are fiomf T T ^ you from tins pon

Afl are in control°” 8 ’ " 8ht n ° W ’ -*° Cy ’ but y°“ *>«ve to h

Jn awed c i dcn dlls ‘twin* ic n »* *1

encc - As you r r d ;r g aIon<

e seen, heard and expen-

Ptace here today wdfh~ • ' 5a y“g to you nov

} ou continue to further ^ ncreas i f |S^y apparent to your conscious
'f'herc are r "

PROLOGUE 45

enccd profoundly shocks me. All at once, there arc a number of questions run-
ning through my mind, “mat did just happen? Was it real? Did I imagine that?
Am I awake? Did I hallucinate that incident? Could it be that I’m dreaming all
of this? Or, could it be that I have somehow lost contact with the boundaries
that exist between my conscious and subconscious mind?” I keep asking my-
self. Ironically, these are some of the same questions I asked myself after hav-
ing my first out-of-body experience (OBE). But then I came to terms with the

fact that it was real. Now this...

I mean, by this point in my development, 1 was comfortable enough with
having OBE’s and lucid dreams “out there” in hyperspace. But now, I find
myself having this bizarre type of experience “here”, while I’m awake and in
physical reality, with a supposed ‘me’ from the future...! Now one tiling is
reading about the hypothetical existence of probable reahues and probable

selves as I had been doing at the ume because of my research. Another is to

watch a sci-fi flick about it. But to come face to face with a supposed alternate
version of you, while being awake and in plain daylight , is something completely

different and rather hair-raising. Believe you me.

But, could I really be awake? Or, could this be some type of lucid dream
that Ve never experienced before? No, the scan' and eene fact is that 1 am
awake and also heavily intoxicated. But as mentioned before, 1 am extremely lu-
cid and cognitive. Moreover, the words of the information L have just received
arc still resonating inside my head, just as ‘he* said they would be.. ITus gives
me shivers, winch I can clearly feci run up and down my spine. I have been
shaken to the soul. “My Ciod, I am awake! Hus is real! 1 conclude

Making a tremendous effort, I try to calm myself down by taking deep
breaths. Because by now, I am in such a strange and unfamiliar state of height-
ened emouons, that I can barely hold back screams and tears. In that sense, 1
no longer feel in control of my emotions. I also feel as though I’m on the verge
of somehow ‘loosing myself. In addition, I notice that most of my facial mus-
cles are twitching; and 'die temporal, frontal, and occipital lobes of my brain
feel as though they arc quivering Thus, I intrinsically begin to vvorty— won-
dering if I could be having a seizure. Perhaps these bizarre aftereffects are due
to this particular experiment, in which I have combined neuroclectrical stimu-
lation, binaural frequencies and dextromethorphan.

time you’ve done it, Joey. Tins time youve really done it' You ha\t

succeeded in frying your brains 1 ” l shockingly think to myself Slut, what am I
going to do now? This is definitively not turning out as I expected it to. Defini-
tively not!” I continue in desperauon. As I border on the brink of hysteria, 1
notice that my body is starting to shake uncontrollably. Hus is followed by a re-
alization and clear perception that chunks of the room in which l am standing
in, including its empty space, are beginning to abruptly disappear. It s as though
I am about to be swallowed by a blackholc. Psychologically and emotionally it
feels as though I’m one step away’ from a menial breakdown. But then the

46 INTO THE VOID

words of T S. Eliot run through my mind, “Only those who will risk

going too

far can possibly find out how far one can go.”

I believe that if it wasn’t for my past psychoporta tion experiences, as well as
my training in biofecdback/meditation, I would go into complete shock and

even worse. Still, I continue to tell myself that everything is okay although by

now three-quarters of my apartment and over half of my body have disap-
peared— -that I’m in control, and that I must relax. But most importantly, that I
have to be strong enough, so as to keep a clear mind and record all the details
of my experiment and resulting experiences. In fact, recording the details of my
experiments is the second most important reason for me engaging in them. Hie
first being the experience itself I lus is because I want to learn asmuch as I can
about the nature of the human mind and of the physical dimension.

Eventually, after a few more deep breaths, all of my surroundings, including
my physical body, begin showing characteristics of normality once again. This
helps me center my senses and myself somewhat better. I also wiggle my toes
and lingers, and even begin humming from memory one of die McDonalds jin-
gles ‘You dc - serve a break to - clay so as to further ground myself on
physical reality and the human state of consciousness in general. Then, after
stopping all ot my thoughts for a few moments, I finally begin feeling a bit
more emotionally stable. So I take this opportunity to record my exploration
and experiences into my voice- activated tape recorder.

After doing this, I stumble over to my r bedroom, where I collapse onto my
waterbed, and completely loose consciousness for most of the morning and
a ternoon By supper I m feeling a little better, yet extremely nauseous, so I
W , °y er to the toilet and vomit. 1 then take some aspirin and go back to bed,
.’ er !l pass out. By the next morning all of the combined pharmacologi-

elk cts of dextromethorphan and the neurochemical effects of neuroelectn-
stimuaUon have subsided, and I feel physically okay. But emotionally and
p y o ogically, I keep feeling quite shaken and disturbed for the next few days-

'T'L

exn 1 ° SC ar ° C . Xarn ^ cs of my psychoportation and psychodynamic integration
insul * r 1 though at times very hard on my body and mind, something
tvn s f P cr ^ ia P s sou h led me to continue engaging ui these strange
had r *P en ments. As a result, my ‘curiosity’ further increased. This curiosity

oirv and m * cou Pk* °f years earlier, innocently enough with pop psychol-
ina mo w ^ b c metaphysics. 1 lowever, I feel that it was responsible tor tak-

ano ter level . Tor I unexpectedly became interested in learning

about tli * - * uus-Apectcoiy oecame uueresreu m

the rrrmt n ^ n , S ° consc iou$ncss and existence, as well as the reasons behind
Alrhnimt° K ** hysical dimension and of the human mind, if any.
least in mv ** ° nC ^° mt ^ *°It sa id curiosity became almost ‘morbid at

usual tomes Bc< T ause 1 became, and sail am, obsessed with many very uti-

schizophrenir t lerc< ^ stalcs of consciousness including psychotic an

ates, quantum physics, psychedelic chemistry, psychopharnia-

PROLOGUE 47

cologY, psychiatry, neurophysiology, and even neurosurgery. Indeed, my New

Ace studies had given way to “New Edge research.

b As I sit here writing this manuscript, roughly about two years after I fir.
beam mv experiments with consciousness expansion and mental state a tcra-
ton usmg ketamine, dextromethorphan, dimenhydtinate, and neuroelecmcal
stimulation in particular, I am beginrung to realize that they may aveyie e
some unusual and unexpected side-effects on my psyche. Because of the. c
pertinents, I now feel that I am treading on a very thin line between madnes.
and sanity; walking on a razor’s edge, if you will. For as you have pis read,
some of my experiences mvolving OBE’s and lucid dreams have begun to car-

ryover into my every day waking reality.

In fact, inner and outer reahues have begun to merge with one another

Leaving me at times both frightened and confused. Other ™ es
scared Who knows? Maybe I’m loosing my mind. Then again, ™yb
findins aspects that arc unfamiliar to everyday mentality. Perhaps 1 have e c
beli tappmg into uncommon yet valid mental states. (Although 1 know that
ma% of you may consider them to be pathological;) Whatever * may be, what
is considered ‘real’ or ‘reality*. I am now realizing is rdatrve at best r urdie-
morc, these expenments have apparently reopened a door wnhrn my \
that had been closed long ago. In addition, the voices m my head »n
stons in my mind’s eye, which had always stayed in there as thoughts, idea. ,

fantasies and daydreams, arc now anting out and even , nitrating with me...

But forgive me, for 1 am getting ahead of myself, llungs were not alw y

like this, you know. So let me go ahead and back up a bit, “^ow met
you a hide about myself Or at least die person 1 used to be. Then again, p

b^nvaTbomin thTcity of Manhattan, New York, on April 5, 1966, at Lennox
Hill Hospital. My birth was premature, so I spent the first month of this life
inside an incubator. Apparently, even back then 1 was impatient an wrn ie or
oerhans needed to get here My mother would come to visit me at the ho p ta
everyday^of that fi month of my new life. Stnce I was her firs, and only boy,
andhvas very frail and constandy sick, she always remained rather ovcrprotcc-
t,ve of me. Nonetheless, I know she had die best of intentions and always

10 to“ Tirptt, I had an almost relatively normal chddhood l say £
most’ because by the age of four, my modicr took me to sec a psychiatrist e-
cause of my unusual behavior and drawings. 'Hie unusual behavior «

me making up voices and distinct personahties for the dozen o. » G JOE

and eveiftook them to bed with me, where I would place thcir little heads on
the pillow next to mine. I would also make sure that each was comfortable and
asked whether they wanted anything to cat or drink before shutting of die
light. These figures were like little people to me; who needed my care, love.

48 INTO THE VOID

2!““°"’. a ' K ! most importantly, my attention. The unusual dawwgs I u <ed

- .«* ^

* oei *’ ancl f nen sonic monsters.

mother dyit* tfJ COnsulta “°" Wlth th c psychiatrist, he concluded and told rat
mes md£ , c d 1 S V the P crs «-^es I had made up for my action fig.
pie suggested I had M i° ^ P r ° nc personality. The caricatures of the tall peo
that I So JJ d f US1 °“ S f 8 tan 4eur’. To remedy this, he recommended
as bannedfrom 1 . Ppcd of al) my ^ books and action figures, as well

as Twilight Zon^-n" 001 ! 15 and „ scicncc Sction/hprror t.v. shows, such
given mv aec mi L r U t ter ' lrrdts > an d “One Step Beyond’’ He felt that

0f Pr0giamS "" Iather UnUSUal ^

cned almost cvcn'd^^i ^ llCn actJOn h K ures were taken away from me, I
rated from dear fne d- ^ lssc 1 lcm mimensely. It lelt like I had been sepa*
no longer had the fi ° nilnc ^ however, I quickly learned that even though I
to keep me compand 'v* \° P a ' Wldl * ^ sn ^ had dheir personalities and voices
I proceeded to alwavs bv ^ri prevent an > onc tr °m taking these away from me,
came to completeh hi 1 1Cm to m >’ sc ^ 1 Hat was my little secret. In time, I
shows were concerned V t ° ut m orc ^cr to protect them. As far as the sci-fi
J Usl as good, if nor k,, fr \ c ^ mc r ° d°d dm the movies in my mind were always
As I got older betw^ * ^ oncs on television,
of my time locked aw r** * - n ^ CS °^ our a °d ei ghr, I recall that I spent most
because at times I was m ' bedroom as a result of punishment. 'Hus was
mischievous. For examr I’ X ^ emc ) hyperactive and out-of-control. I was very
dungs on purpose nlm/* Wa . S a h nost always getting in trouble for breaking
favorite thing of mine ^ matches, and terrorizing our pets Another
medicines I could get mvl mt ° thc nic dicinc cabinet, taking all of the

Cr eate a ‘magic elixir’ 1 »• ?? ? ° n> and mixing them all together in order to
80 as to mrn her mto a „ U i tlCn tr ^ and ,a ^ m y little sister into drinking it.
Luckily, she never inw. ^ cto > or aI least into a cool-looking monster,
mother's f, rst ^ » ****** an >' ff tny ‘concoctions’. Nonetheless, after our
otdes of Flinstones® Wm WaS C 1 m f he medicine cabinet were a couple of
^ornm] a 44 cough svrtm A ^ ’ ^ an d-aids®, and ironically, Vicks®
n diere were no psychic ac ^ dlcn I never experimented with it.

I S y,atC ^^ ES that 1 ^ having, but these did

w a ?r gCr S1SlCr antl L movLT^V ab ° llt fivc >’ cars olci * my mother,
hack i° m as a resulr of a div o ^ Sout h America — where my mot

and I ° lhe United States and h KM ’ " ,u ’ n 1 uas tcn years okl, we mo\

1 C„ C ,r iSCd by ,n ai > u PpcJ-mid<Ue cl'*™’ H ° ndn ® Qth my >' oun 8 cr s,s
aU ‘hat my toof , r ' £“ n ‘ lddlc class environment

' cd m some occult practices, such as card rca

PROUDGUE 49

m „ or fortune telling and minor-spells. But she did this only as a hobby. My
mother was an outgoing businesswoman, who passed on m 1 996 as a rest! o
„ My father .? cufrendy a successful commerctal builder and housing de-

VCl &xr''smceTcan remember, I have shied away from books and dc J es ‘^
school in general. In fact, at the end of my ninth grade junior-high sc 100 year
I was almost expelled from the public school system for being a^blcn^Ur
and getting into fights all die time. Although 1 did not initiate these fig
any violent reason. Instead, dicy were an imitauon of die slapsuck shenanigans
and antics of mv favorite television personalities, “The Three Stooges o
thcless kids in junior high school did not appreciate my fascination with die
stooges’ slap and belong routines. So this led to misunderstandings that esca-

lated into full-blown Gstfights. . ^ . , rn ht . r

Eventually, die school principal called my mother in and ^

tint 1 be enrolled in a military school for at least my first year of high school.
S? idler worned about mV behavior and the influence that it may have on
my younger sister, put both of us in a military school. Because of this, I evenm-
aUy and f reluctandv changed my ways. Still and all, this made me feel as an

™ . i=.do, 1, i ~j-« «*»»-

1 have an inferiority complex. In turn, tins served to further ahenate me from

tHe One uTiportant point I’d like to make is dial l never took any drugs during
this penod P of my life. In fact, this wasn’t necessary. For Ive always fc .
though somehow I was not ’here’; but instead, ’faraway in my own pnvate
world 'lri that respect, I almost always lived ’there’. TW I Mthke was-
control, and therefore had to answer to no one but -Ww* that du

type of dissociation is what kept me sane in the insane world tot m We

is where I lost a good friend I had made there to a game of Russian

Luckily, after one year in military school-hell, as I used id call - l re-
turned to the public school system where I felt more comfo taMe. But none
thelcss, I still loathed school, rules, and regulations in general. The fact is that

to this day* 1 dislike any type of institution, . , . , .

Well anyway, I evcntually-and thankfully-finished high school-

barely— -and graduated with a “D” average. For 1 was neither a good stolen ,

nor did I ever care to be one. Likewise, I was glad that finally «

with. You see, I just did not see the purpose in it, nor was I interested u

beconung just another high school graduate who goes to college, gets married,

has kids, etc. I somehow considered myself ‘above those dungs.

Unfortunately, I never had the bustness savvy of my parents or youn^r
sister. Therefore I was always broke and always worked odd jobs. Now don

50 INTO THE VOID

Instead, it £ L 7 ** ^ ^

fact, in some wav I h-me „l 8 f , did not know for -hat at the time. In

Wei aimvi'v ihn . . - ays fc ' k a " underlying sense of ‘purpose’ within me

old, I suddinl/found mv 8 i/Tf- kter ’ Whcn 1 WaS about ■***?«** Jt»

lo my Ufe ^ 2LT teSt f m **** ° ut how « -as that I could make thlgs
lot of emotional Lt* h 7^ **“* W ° rk ° Ut for mc - For 1 had ex P«enced a

on. Both involving muskand art^ ** * C ° Uf>le ° f pUrSuits 1 had SCt my slghts

I had excerienno/t ^ i ^ CInodona I rclationslups were in equal turbulence. For

In that sense T> but heart ache in all of my relationships of the heart

always ma^ed ' 15 kn ° Wn “ daUn S as * “race guy” TTierefore, I

guess it got to the 8et SCt . eWed OVer by the women 1 dated - Consequendy, I
■And, since I hav ^° mt — ere ah °f this pain caused me to look for answers.

find my own answ j cxtremc ty introverted and a loner, I decided to

search be van wl « x $ *** ° S ° on own terms. As mentioned earlier, this

Then" when I *** *"“*** old.

studies, I came arr^ a l 30ut two ) cars into my pop psychology 7 and New Age
This subject utterly ^ t0 ^ lC S an< ^ became very interested in diem,

in my heart for Tanr mC * ^° U scc ’ as ^ have always had n special place

n ess exploration metl i rfl __ im ^ S ' ^ ven tuaUy, I became involved in conscious-
tng. This led to sham S P ro J ectI on, lucid dreaming and remote view-

But my eventual use * r IS , m ’ a ^ ucln ogcmc plants, and psychedelic substances.
m y studies about cons * SU ^ 5tances ^ e h as a rather natural progression of
never took these sub C1 ° USncss Because you see, as mentioned previously, I
aWs felt as though t* l ° CSCape or to P art X- On some inner level. I’ve

In hmdsrght, £ WaS ^ <thcte ’

cause I wanted to b ? 8an experimenting with psychedelics was

inhabits’ my phy sical b . 0te about m )' self . or rather the ‘Self or the T

til

physical bocty.

substances, ] f c [, *7^ t,lat wl,en I first started to experiment with the
Indeed, using tbese , WaS ° ln 8 something dirty, smful, and wrong.
Was hiding somewhere ‘ * C t vei i' muc h — psychologically — as thoup

certain feelings and asnen masturbatln8> . and ‘coming’ to realize 'and discow
-'re growing up tha^tW^s* mySelf; ° f course . we have been taught as w
be done, for b £ , * s w °"g’ a "<* even ‘evil’, and therefore should..

rasan e ^ Vcn of b 8 ’ masturbation we ran the risk of going blind o

W«H after a few y Catb 0 r * Cmember? (What a crock of slut , wasn’t it?)

0 re °f rrt astnrbatm$\ I’ v - g psychedelic substances (and many, man 1

pe**’ ° r “king Sy^rV 0 7™ tha ‘ n» either masmrbauo,'

e nces) will f ee] botb < (anAthcreforc hnvmg (r.msccndent/ecstaticex-

th e °° d and "ghf. Or, it will also feel both ‘bad’ and

PROLOGUE 51

‘wrong*. Because 1 have learned that the feelings associated with doing these
tilings will vary and completely depend on each individual’s level of psychologi-
cal maturity, emotional readiness, and mental programming. There ore, simp >
put: One must be ready for cither masturbation/ sex, or psychcdc ics/ trans-
cendence. Otherwise, a number of emotional and psychological problems can
and will arise. (I once again point out that I am referring to psychedelics and

not hallucinogens. I just want to make that very' clear, okay?)

However, thanks to my earlier studies, 1 understood that the conflicting
feelings I was having towards experimenting with psychedelics were the pro-
duct of mv earlier mental programming— cultural and social upbringing. Ironi-
cally I had the same exact conflicting feelings towards both sex and masturba-
tion when I was younger. Needless to say, I was glad to find in the course ot
my research that many young MD’s, from psychiatrists to neurologists, often-
times experiment with psychedelic and hallucinogenic substances— rising LSI*
and ketamine for the most part. This piece of information alone put >t 111 m '

prejudices to rest against us mg these substances.

Notwithstanding, I must admit that psychedelics and hallucinogens ate the

most terrifying things I have ever encountered in my life' llicy are also the
most beautiful and enlightening. Indeed, in that regard, psychedelics arc a para-
dox. Yet in the course of my experiments, I found that these forbidden fnuiis
were imparting tremendous amounts of knowledge that I hadn’t known before,
but intuitively felt I was ready for These substances were allowing me to see the
nature of reality in a completely different light. At times, 1 even felt as t loug i
was reading in' between tire ‘lines’ of the physical dimension construct, but I
was not using my eyes, you see (pardon the pun), instead, 1 was using my mind,
and perhaps even my soul Yes, in some strange sort of way, it felt as thougi
was somehow seeing beyond the edge ot the borders of physical reality. In fact, I
have concluded that three-dimensional reality is a closed-loop system construct.
Therefore, it cannot be ‘escaped’ or transcended usmg the conscious mind.

Anyway, as my research and experiments continued, 1 also began to notice
that I was changing rather drastically-^motionally as weU as psychologically
Coming of age, if you will. Perhaps even ‘awakening’. W hatever it was my lc\ el
of mental processing and insight had escalated to levels previously unknown to
my conscious mind. Not only that, but 1 was also becoming increasingly aware

of the nature of who and what I really was.

In my case, the repeated use of some psychedelics such as LSD and psilo-
cybin, which I had been taught by ignorant school teachers and media-
sensationalist propaganda caused one to ‘fry’ its brains and also made one
dumb and stupid, ironically enough led me to seek out the works of some of
the finest physicists in the world, including David Bohm, Steven Hawking,
Michio Kaku, Hugh Everett, Albert Einstein and Nick 1 leibert, among edicts.

After reading dic.r books, 1 felt as if 1 had found what I was looking for
— whatever ‘it’ was. In hindsight, due to my exposure to die provocative in-

52 INTO THE VOID

i “ d , mdmd “ k “ *«* *■ — -*1

to unbeknown ZTTV.'T ” “ “* '"**

priatclv, a SUddenl >' d «*toped * need, or mote appro-

information. Yet all ™Tr T r? 0 * 1 * ° f ,npUt ’ ,n the form of Varied type, of
philosophical hunger] if you will * & tremend ° US P s y ch Aogical, intellectual, and

? ddly Ca °^ h «“ bc interpreted as W-W

State of ‘formation’ Tk ° ' V3S tbat ^ raJn anc * Iruncl were now ‘in’ a new

retical quantum physicsIlwrfT 6 * 3 ^ ° r S ° af * ter my smdlcs of the0 ‘

ticular type of i * e £ Un ’ an d while I was experimenting with a par*
similar to an )Bp a j 1Tun state called extended remote viewing — which is
opposed to the pen 1 ^ no Ves a Associative altered state of consciousness; as

viewing courses to tl ^ a ^ Cr me Aods taught in all other commercial remote

nomenon which is so ^ 3 mdd dose of ketamine, 1 experienced a phe-

hi this state someum ^ 1CtJmcs rc ^ errc d to as bilocation or total site integration
cally describing ° S ° ne actua % finds oneself at the sire that one is psychi-
Shoc king ! ^

CVenr > but that I was ^ 1 Wasnt l llsr perceiving the targeted

ac,ln g with others at th 1 - lcrc sct>ln g and participating in it I was also mter-

with mine. It then ? Ct ^ Ut thoughts were someone else’s mixed in

and body! C on me Aat I was occupying someone clsc’s mind

Based on what I huH 1

Geld of theoretical amnn earr j e f r °ni my previous research — mainly in
y° u » have ‘probabk V ersi *** , ,r x \ sli carne to understand that I, as well
m °re, some but not ill rT vv fiich exist on alternate Earths. Furthe

tlCs Aat I or you at one n * ^ SC P I0 habIe me/ and your are engaged in ncuv
pursue, but didn’t And c, m ° U * bought of doing or had the desire t
as y° u VVJ il come to disrrv - s B nc * time is both simultaneous and non-Iocal-
° r viewing, experiencing n** ^ ^ater on chapter 3 — they are availabl

^though tins make, r eVen dla W* © at any tune

and experiments — this renlh T* scn ^ e to me after all of my studies, researcl

subject of OBE’s natunl 1 “* * been wnttcn about in other books on tin

^ lave read quite a few Insr » i^n uce d that I have read And believe me
^°gical funhouses a j, Cat V! ° f thcm OIll >' Aal with ex ploradons of psv

ln<J Lf PUeobsSwoS’ ParaIlci UmVerSCS ^ ***» V*™*)

i ^ ^^tion anH tl

da y* s!ml° V1SK probab lc Eartl^arnl'M 1 ' 15 abJit >’~ to at u,ncs ncmali )'

comm , Uons ' an <j even bnno h interact in them, in n pic.il cvcn -

.^° nly Uscd objecls or ^ ? nCe P maI and/or ideas about

8ad ge° s n d! DOnCr ’ wh| ch I wdj describe 'Ll 0 '! ' tCm3 ~ such as footl tempera-

at we don’t have thr* t . i c hapter 5 — as opposed to futuristic

ethnology to manufacture yet; leads me to be-

PROLOGUE 53

licvc tli at many previous psychonauts have missed a very important and very
real stop along the infinite byways and highways of hypcrspacc. In tins case

^ r °These 'experiences on probable Earths explained to me— when eventually I
cot to the point of having somewhat controlled OBE’s, which arc still some-
what tnckv to access, but always accessible by the use of certain pharmaco ogi-
cal substances and mental exercises that 1 will discuss later on in this book
the reason why when 1 was in my living room for example, the furniture was at
times arranged in a different manner, and at other times completely disparate.
Books that I read on the sub|ect claimed that these inconsistencies were due to
the fact that the psvehonaut had either not developed his or her psychic vision
enough yet, or that one could not see to the same degree one does when using

the physical eyes — hence the variations,

I of course, did not agree with these views For I know chat while in the

out-of-body state I had seen old pieces of furniuire that I had debated whether
to keep or not at some point in the past, concurrent with my new furniture
'Phis led me to realize that at times, when 1 was having an OBE, 1 was in a
probable version of my living room' This living room has to exist on a prob-
able Earth, 'Hie probable Earth in turn has to exist on a probable universe; and
if you eo along with die theory of parallel universes and probable Earths, then
‘someone’ has to occupy that probable living room, in that probable version o
physical reality, on said probable Earth. This someone has to be none other

than a ‘probable me’... , . ,

In the coming chapters, 1 shall explain how I discovered and developed psy-

choportation (PSP) and psychodynamic integration (PD1), which 1 have used in

order to interact with the environment and the inhabitants of parallel universes,

and even with entities of non-human dimensions, such as the algorithm, syntax,

and music concept- entities. I will also discuss the role that multiple personality

disorder or ‘possession’ may play m all of this Layman explanations will also e

given on the subject of quantum physics, and how and why u supj » 1 ' S ’

allel universes theory. r

Other provocative topics covered that relate to the subject of consciousness

research and exploration arc the US Government’s involvement with remote
viewing and out-of-body travel experiments for the purpose of psychic spying
during the cold war era, the shamanic role of psychedelics and hallucinogens in
out-of-body and psychic states, and why the CIA may have pulled the p ug on
psychedelics and hallucinogens research; and how and why certain types o
brain technology devices, pharmacological substances, and plant teachers can
aid those interested in the accelerated development of higher-states of being l
will also share with you some of the exercises and methods given to me by be-
ings from alternate realities, which 1 have used in order to reconstruct my neu-
rophysiology' and engage in the types of paranormal experiences described in

mv book.

54 INTO THE VOID

I iopc-tully, reading this book will help yon realize that we humans ire m h.
‘outside^T* ' 3S WeU “ T nSdimCnS1 ° naI bcm 2 s > u ’hich exist both 'mside' 2

£ “ {“.*“»• »*< f— I ««» or .ho

2 in iri Jr T"' V”™ * c ™ cl ““" h) h.m=»i

£ XXX ™ d ’ >™ ™ » ■“« or pi«ure, : ^

CHAPTER 1

Initial Discoveries

“If the doors of perception were cleansed
everything would appear to man as it is, infinite. ”

William Blake

Throughout history Man has explored its dwelling physical space Much like
the caveman, who dared to venture out ol the familia r and sale surroundings of
the caves, so has modern Man ventured into the unknown. From Columbus to
Armstrong, some men have dared to go where no other man has gone before,
and chart these new territories so that others may follow. ITiroughout the ages
however, a different type of explorer has also existed l am referring to those
individuals who have been courageous enough to leave behind the familiar con-
fines of their consciousness by venturing ‘inward’, and entering and exploring
the many psychological doors and landscapes ot the mind From Shamans to
Zen masters, these psychonauts or mind navigators have charted some of the
unexplored regions of hyperspace, so that others brave and curious enough
may follow. As an old traveler ol inner-space once said: Only the hold and

courageous shall ever come to know and sec the lace of the Lord

Likewise, I too have been curious and daring enough to seek out knowledge
and understanding about the unknown. For this purpose, I have experimented
with altered states of consciousness, using everything trom meditation to mind-
altering technology' and substances. I have also read many books detailing the
foray's ot modern and pioneering mind explorers, such as John Lilly, Robert
Monroe, Terrence McKenna, Alexander & Ann Shulgtn, Jane Roberts, Oliver
Foxx, Paul Twitched, Carlos Castaneda, Gracie and Zatkov, D.M. Turner and
others — using these as sort of ‘flight manuals , it you wid, so as to make my

own discoveries, and come to my own conclusions.

Surprisingly enough, these studies led me to research other sulyt cts, which

56 INTO THE VOID

at first 1 thought were totally unrelated These other unrelated tonics t
out to be psychology psychopharmacology, neurochemistry,

oeutophysiology , and many others. Now, 1 did not go toTrSS,

do I have a^Ph d'*’ ^ TT* * ^ ““ ituthont 3’ on an >' of them, not
is basic at best Bi r Thcrcforc ’ m >’ understanding about them

could evt, A 7 lwdsl S lu ' the reason I came to study them was so that I

exnlam f 1.7 ^ thr ° U 8 h k “ 0w)ed « e - W1lIch 111 ‘urn would later help me
p 2“ dcfiae COnce P ts th * 1 would come to acquire as I explored hyper-

nature . sub °f these studies, I gradually became ‘philosophical’ about the

atieriafrH UrU ' ,ersa rcal,t )'- These insights and experiences however, further

nleteh lo 6 m ^ fricnds ’ and socict >- “ general. For 1 came to com-
datincr p m everyday normal’ activities such as socializing, and even

cause rtf n . 10U f ^ WaS ° n ^ diirty-one years old at the time. Moreover, be-
chances in ri ICS an< ^ ex P encnccs * family and fnends began to notice

Now I hadb^omfT’ '7 fcIt ’ WCre rather <dlsturbm g’'

daies hi if n n outcast > f° r 1 not only experimented with psychedelic

to realize- )nstc j uen j7 * no longer agreed with society’s structure. I also began

organized rrli 1 616 ° fC ^ olcc to m >" family and friends — that in the long nm
What’s more ? 1 ° n Was detrimental to the consciousness of human beings,
velon smrifii-iii Carn f to dle c °nclusion that the only way or one to truly dc-
ent of any nhiln ** 1 U ° U8 1 se l*“ ac quired knowledge and experience - — independ-
delics y ° r rcllgl ° n ; 1 even <*** to the conclusion drat psyche-

sex is, and as suc^^houk^h 11 ^ ** CVCI> hunian bein g’ s much the same as
or University-level s null . C \\ * rccil,irccl P art ol a curricular program in college

said this to thought I W a S r ' > Ullaglnc > the P eo P Ie ar ound me whom I

Q o 11 1 uas out ot my mind.

°f reality as a whole ^ hV° most P eo pl e have a small and narrow view

are too busy to emhoT or wI,atcv er reasons refuse to broaden it Maybe they

°f who and what we res II v” \ e ♦ ^ °^9 ucst diat it takes to uncover the nature
that I could not relate t ^ ° 10 ,^ lat res P ect > an d for a period of time, I felt
other hand, I came to n° C ° mm ° n> and ^enlightened humans, at all On the

"»*%«« responsible for d7wh “ ndc . rs ' andln & awe, love, and respect for the
tdo B ls, > physicist, chemist sr C ° Creation. "I hat great artist, architect, bi-
1 ^ng that any human ‘* ntlsr > poet, musician, philosopher, and any other

1 have to sayXt b 8 f h ° pt ' ‘° ^
lam a difrerent person u °i ^ ^ CX P^ oratl0ns > experiments and research

■ ‘ e 1 used to be just a few years bac

in my hfe where I feel the need to share what I ha

l (ill a fjri * * *1 * _ . _ r

j ■ nit [j

earned 'with others. Mavhe ™ ICCJ cne nccd to Share what I ha

» an swers that could not be ^ 1 ^ )USt a few )' ears ago — searchii

the co^rit^rl!” C ° nVen,JOnal me taphystcs, sconce, ,
•bousands of dollars anH r answers and truth, 1 have spent literal

dollars and contmue to spend more, but I don’t care b,

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 57

cause to me what I have gamed and learned as a result of this expenditure is
worth more than anything in the world. In fact, I would not sell any of my ex-
periences tor any amount of money! They mean that much to me Although

there have been tunes when I wished that' I didn’t know what I know now. In
the next chapters you will sec why.

One of the two reasons I have written this book then, is because I hope to

save those interested in their psycho-spiritual development much time and

frustration, by sharing what 1 have learned through trial, error, and countless

hours of research and stud\ . The second reason is so that bctorc you attempt

to incorporate psychedelic substances into your d eve lop me n t — if you happen

to become curious about them, such as I did — you can know what you are

really getting yourself into, and avoid the pitfalls and dangers iliat lie in this t> pe
of endeavor.

Let me now briefly explain some ot the consciousness exploration methods
I ha\e developed. Later I will expand on them. lTie method 1 used in order to
have most ot the experiences described in this book is psychoportation (PSP),
and it is not unlike an OBE. Lor the most part, one is aware of the rnind-from-
the-bodv separation process; and fust like with OBE/s and astral projections,
with PSP one becomes a disembodied observer in the physical dimension, the
astral plane, or in dream systems (winch I’ll also discuss later on in this book)
But the reason I decided to come up with a different term other than OBE is
because I wanted to differentiate its purpose of use — which is to exclusively ex-
plore the quantum realm of probabilities, where probable Earths exist.

As I came to learn from studying quantum physics and neuroscience, what
we perceive as atoms, electrons, and parucles— die building blocks of physical
matter are only ‘probable versions’ ol them Hus is due to die fact that
subatomic particles are constantly involved in millions of trajectory spins, or
rather pulsations, and in a sense — and I am paraphrasing here — we are only
capable of neurologically perceiving just a single pulsation, and by doing so we
collapse it into a probabilistic actuality; which then becomes our Version* of
physical reality. But by engaging in PSP however, one is able to tune in, per-
ceive, and therefore see other probable pulsations that atoms, electrons and
parades are involved in, which in turn are what makes up the physical mat-

even the inhabitants — of parallel and probable Earths and universes.

(I have chosen to distinguish parallel Earths from probable Earths for reasons
that we will discuss a litde bit later.)

On the other hand, by using psychodynamic integration (PDI) one’s per-
sonality merges or integrates with the mind and body of the inhabitants of par-
allel umverscs/Earths and probable Earths, Therefore this form of exploration
is not passive like PSP, instead, u is interactive. This interaction happens almost
exclusively on probable Earths, also I say almost exclusively because there
have been times in which I have found myself accidentally merged with non-
human entities. (These bizarre experiences are described later on chapter 5.)

58 INTO THE VOID

” d '“"’ ■ ”»
boot Now l„ LTdi ragtag Sje”' 1 bC *■

“|- ° r even experimenting wither hed ^ 1 ° ’ pract,an « luc,d dr «m-

OBE’s sporadically— one dunno i L C ' su ^stances, 1 had a few accidental
berter understand and control thfn^Hko ^77^ C ° nSe< ’ Uend J' ™ shcd »

Om,a board sesstons I “ thoSC wouU ^d dtscusstng a numblof

which I have never practiced h, * i ° n pa P er * some nm-ms with witchcraft-

countered while studying EC K Wel ' as ex P cncnccs «•

smns) Perhaps I will write ok ^ spintua! P ath S1 milar to the Rosicru-

however, I will deal exduciwi * tl ® se sometime in the future. In dus book

! Uamted - d somewhat exoel'fj" after l was better ac-

expenences is what eventmll ] *? CC Wldl dle paranormal. Havmg had these

the * m ystical’ r °" ^ SCarCh - F ° r 1 «*** 2&W

in were die scientific Dnnnml k i K j C ex P cncnccs - No, what I was interested
ldea at the time. P 1 beh,nd rhcm Why? I did not have the fatn.es.

in thsit tlu^ K i i

Wa> P cr haps subconsciouslv n 5C,1 ^ ns 111 dlc point in my development when
eventually come to find 7, 77° a " d ready ** the answers I would

spiritual development of mv r 1 fllrn rtsu ^ tcc ^ ln a sort of accelerated psycho*
a work-related accident w 1SC j 10Us Inm d* Looking back, remote viewing

sc, f fuH-u mc to (he st j;;": "‘7'^ reasons 1 began to seriously devote my
•tu es would forever change my life 1 * ^ n CSS Unbeknown to me however, these

Remote Viewing

1 fi rst took notice of

7 e . d Dtscove^STannHlt 8 ‘"t ‘ ^ ^ ' ° a ^.eviston show that

tl ,? 8 ° fficCrs °f the? Silf “ r “ fascmatm g to see a number ofhigh-

vcfo.,7 Wldl sclen tists and psychics T** aS ' 0f> offlcIa,s of thc C ' A>

to snv 3 lai0t '°fi' which psychical lv \ scl \ S,,In ® lovv our government had de-

war F> °" ^ Sov >« UmorS oh tn,mC n ° ffic ' als ^ -ed in order

mental! He “ 1 saw and heard the a mtclll gencc mformation during the cold
n&^yomOri the m «*“*«* about

'vh 0 |, '"f ’ Was the ston' about a 0^7 n 'i <>r ltlUlrc "fiat captivated me the

also go Unca,m y ability to not ml ' CU ar psycl,,c b - v the name of Pat Price,

Vtr to the targets in the \ mtonnation; but could

out-of-body state, explore them, and even

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 59

read documents found there!

This interested me because although I had had a few sporadic OBE’s in the
past, I had been unable to control them or repeat them at will So l reasoned
that remote viewing would allow me to perhaps harness and control whatever
little OBE ability I had. Curious about this particular subject at the time, 1 did
some research on it on the Internet, and came across a press release for a book
entitled: “Cosmic Voyage”, by Courtney Brown. I ordered it and received it a
few days later. As I read the book, I became even more interested in he subject
of remote viewing.

In the book, the author explains how he was trained by one of the oii.-nul
US military remote viewers, and presents information he obtained about extra*
terrestrials and even historical religious figures, using this type of psychic per-
ception. Brown also discusses some of the structural elements and protocols
used in order to acquire the information presented in his book — although these
didn’t interest me very much. For I really wasn't too crazy about the idea of
having to follow ‘rigorous’ protocols while sitting at a desk and writing stuff
down on papei No, what interested and even excited me was the actual ability
to be able to see things and even explore other places remote in space and time

fhat s what I found compelling It anything, 1 could always write about what I
saw afterwards.

1 he author of said remote viewing book also mentions some audiotapes he
used as part of a self-developed program, which supposedly enable one to have
a number of ESP experiences and perceive in ways other than with the physical
senses. As you can imagine, all of this sounded highly intriguing and interesting,
so I decided to contact him and inquire about training costs

A few days later I received a brochure from the Farsight Institute, which
detailed the various training programs offered and needed in order to become a
professional’ remote viewer. T lie price for the beginner, intermediate, and ad-
vanced courses was about $5,000. Brown also suggested that those interested in
developing their psychic skills to the fullest should take a Transcendental Medi-
tation® course ($500), and also the more advanced Sidhis program (S4,000);
and then round it ol with a visit to the Monroe Institute for the Gateway Voy-
age course (5 1,400) This amounted to about SI 1,000! And the costs of the
airfares, to and fro, were not even included. Not to mention the days off from
work one would need

Since f did not happen to have that kind of money on me that day, 1 de-
cided to start off with the audiotapes mentioned in the book Q Mease note that I
have no vested interest, nor endorse, in any way, any of the companies or prod-
ucts that I will mention throughout this book I am sharing them simply as part
of the story'). So I ordered the thirty-six audiotape collection entitled: “Gateway

Experience” ($385), and as soon as I got it, I began having really strange expe-
ncnces.

flic first one I had was while listening to tape #2 What happened was that

60 INTO THE VOID

,0 "?t 8 thC VCrba ' CUCS ’ 1 beciUne aware of some unusual
C ° ° re j 1 raUn 8 btnn H s . which were floating around my bedroom These
smngs emitted a sort of electrical humming. Interestingly, I id see them w ih

m> eyes open. However, I had difficulty keeping them that way for the*
1“ "° ^ »voi„ ra „ dwSl ***

Agam, by followtng the mental exercises, I had a spontaneous OBE, wludTl

stitute -m r dm yCa ? ^ eedless to sa 5 r - 1 w as very satisfied with the Monroe In-

viewing \ ° ^nV "e ?? W more dlan cver . 1 wanted to continue on to remote
viewing. A small fire had been lit.

thc!e IT" 51811 " thlS mUSt haVC been due u> the fat that if I understood how
OBF*« oc e ? 1 < ’ CS came a bout, I stood a better chance of both increasing mi
rm __ tna | 6 35 contr oIling them. In that sense, I wandered if perhaps the

lntncmed men * to c l uer y could be found in remote viewing training. This

Invc enm U an tea ^ wanted to f" in d out. But there was a problem. I did not
haV * e ^ ou 8 h money to attend the institute.

closed mv i* C wbde * b’ m g m bed one night thinking about tins, I
my mind’s ZT ?*' “ 3 ^ moments feU mto a reverie. I then clearly saw in

can Indian. He waT T htde'"?^ aPPCarance resemblcd that of a Soutl ’ Amen '

lengdi jet-black smnmr t u° W ’r n ° more thnn five ' ioot tall, with medium*

bis eyes were da k ^ ^ s ^ n complexion was dark-coffee brown and

dressed in contemnoran^ 1 Jl! 8taic 1 was P cnc trating. Strangely enough, he was
and a long sleeve shirt J 8 T ^ Colored clothes— consisting of slacks
man (Let me add h * l 111 tively knew that he was a shaman or medicine

normal, this event a!a 1 ^ ccausc previous experiences with the para-

press upon me not \ • ^ f CarC me at proceeded to non-vcrbally im-

for ‘they’ had been kee^int ?? thc matter I was pondering about any longer.
Whatever I needed in j 8 FaCk °* my P ro £ rcs * He also informed me that
be facilitated thrrmoK .i t0 COndnue w bh my spiritual development would
sixty seconds. ^ aus P lccs Hus whole episode took no more than

happened Still lymt on m s ^bde altered state, I reflected on what had just

a single word popped Jm, pondered who this individual was. Suddenly,
Pronounced; he - eh brol ’ wblcb * distantly spoke out loud: “Jiebro.”

sciously initiaung a lmm, Kh ! 11S s P ontane °us action — speaking without con-

Yct somehow Vhzd ora desire to speak— left me perplexed,

incident. Feeling a kttle h&hth^F un derstanding’ about the whole

The next day I Lid ' ' d Z whole expenence, I quickly fell

mtn gued and ' . T SisttT a boui my exDericnr#* *r,d both

\ sister about my expenence, and she was both
as I Wnc

to vis,t us s r 7'“ M1C to i

ex P*nc„c.; ,1. Cn su 88'«ed for nac ,o la lk ,o inn, abour^ and^

hrst t Vll..r 1 :

intrigued o„a } a ni >'

1 was

1 T SU88 ”‘ t ' d ^ was commg to Fk>nds

e to admit th or o* r , about my research and my

that a ' r,rst 1 hesitant to do this However, not

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 61

wanting to halt the obvious progress I was making, I decided to ask my father
for help. Although I ha\e to say that this was a very hard thing for me to do.
hor my father and I had lost touch with each other since my mother and him
divorced some twenty- five years ago, when I was about five years old. Only
until recently mid 1996, alter m\ mother s passing — did \v r e begin developing

a relationship again. c were literally total strange*rs for about twenty-five
years.

Now, you have to understand that it is very hard for the average individual
to comprehend and even accept these types of experiences. In that aspect, I

was atraid and somewhat rather embarrassed to tell anyone about them let

alone ask for thousands ol dollars to keep pursuing them. But curiously
enough, when 1 told my father about my experiences, he was not only accep-
tant of them, but confided in me that he himself had had a couple of spontane-
ous OBE s a few' years earlier (Hus of course put a big grin on my face. For I
guess that in a sense I was a ‘chip of the old block’.) 1 Je said however, that he
honestly had been too afraid to keep pursuing them. Nonetheless, he offered to
pay for my entire tuition at the Farsight Institute So, on September 6, 1997,
thanks to my father, I left for Atlanta, Georgia, for my training in remote
viewing (RV) I don t know if Jiebro had anything to do with it, but somehow
all of the pieces seemed to be falling into place.

Arming at the institute and staying there turned out to be a really strange
experience for me. This was due to die fact that I had been thinking about be-
ing there for such a long time that now that I was really there, it fell like deja
vu. 1 recall that the RV training at the institute was very left-brained m terms of
rules and protocols that must* and ‘had’ to be followed I also came to discover
diat the instructors although knowledgeable in terms of the RV terminology'
and structure, lacked basic understanding of how and why it all seemed to
work. Although that w f as one of the fundamental reasons I hail come to the

institute in the first place Consequently, I was very disappointed that no one
there could answer the many questions I had.

^ LV ' 11 bad the opportunity to meet Dr. Courtney Brown, who I found to be
quite personable and a bit more knowledgeable than the instructors. However,
he did not know much about the mechanics of the out-of-body state, and
nothing about the lucid dreaming research that was taking place over at Stan-
ford University, which I was about to come across. I feel that these elements
are not only important, but are almost basic requirements for the development
of higher states of consciousness. So in that regard, I was really let down.

Throughout my remote viewing training I tended to disagree with the way
its teaching was approached. Tins was because the instructors almost continu-
all) reprimanded me, as well as the other students, whenever wc saw any im-
ages in our mind’s eye during a session. This, we were taught, was an attempt
•' ^ lc c °nscious mind to distort the data that was coming in from a target,
ecausc according to RV protocols, any and all images, have to be la-

62 INTO THE VOID

led as deductions and be put away on one of the columns of the ten, l
that ts used to write down the RV protocols and perceptions acauiS P '

with tilts was that all of the .mages 1 was mm, II,. „ t ™ '' probl ™

target— rf not die actual targeT % U> P™*

niese types of successes, I felt, had nothing to do with beginner's luck \l

Stsz “ b '“~ *«' *» „c' * i

me and did n r I ° nCt '< CSN 1 dtllnlln 'cly nrl| J clearly saw the targets given to

^.onfelhh nV° 31 d,em at aU -"’h,ch “ a remote' Log

descnnm elnT rCCe ' Vln8 random Words ' as as bits and pieces of

o ^x n ^T'; 0 ”’ mStead ' ™ S “ ' urn sl,n Pb confused me.

remote w l u ™°' C VieWWg tar 8 et was n W*. then the proper way to

; U , WOuld be by receiving descriptive words in one's mmd, such as

Without erf eavy ’ dce P’ Cold - etc -winch would indeed desenbe a lake

imagmation- 1“ Session was ^n said to be die work of 3

lous as that soun I - ertfor r n0t acce P tablc wMun the R\ r protocol As ndicu-

Viewing targets rem aCC ° rC mg ro rhe structure of RV, that is the correct wav of
T ii * f ^ etS rcmote m time and space 7 !

type ofinMruc^ d Ulth ^ dlrou £ Iloul m Y training Moreover, I felt that this
most people natural ** ^ ° n J dama £ ln & but also highly unnatural to the way
wise. (I will »et in'inlf™^ 55 ' ^ pe °* P erccive d data — psychically or other-

case, L„ df^gh I n T 1,y ,,US IS 80 m a ** ) In “ y

tackle right before I as1,n £ ^age of the target 1 was about to

nod, which consists of C 5 an ““ clurm g wllat is called the cool-down pe-

of it by writing it down i„ d ^ f hysicaI rcIaxnti °n— I would have to get nd
used during an RV sessir a a , Coumn OJ one of tile sheets of paper that are

^agefs) I received, my mind Z 1 T™** ° f me trymg CO block out the 10,031

associations’ cquivalem ° U c most ^ tune end up making up other

free- associating based on it V ^ W *!^ In turn, this led me to believe that I was
though 1 was working barlrv tmage(s). So in that sense, I always felt as

Ae wav RV „ J™** and ^If-defeatmg myself. In fact, because of

As I continued to £* ^ i° n T nU >' ^ “■ doubt. of, m y abdmes.

aware that I was telepathic^ ’ u* studcnts the institute, i became

nad tllc target they gave me tv^ f\ UP dleLr Noughts, and could therefore

particular student — a cenume m/ ° tie reasons I know this is because of a

sessions with me- — who told ^ ps ) c * 1IC vv h° participated m some

was reading’ and probing her mind T* ^ U1Ulg <>Ur SCSSIOns she felt as though
ions on my part. ’ n tUrn * r ^is resulted in near perfect ses-

durine f W?™ C a ^ pccts 1 derive some hen^fi^ r- . .

peoplt

; i

Wt

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 63

thinking Also, around tins same time, I also came across another remote view-
ing book entitled “Psychic Warrior”, bv David Morehouse, Now this was more
like what I had envisioned remote viewing to be. In that book, Morehouse de-
scribes how he entered an altered state of consciousness, detached from the
physical body, and then traveled across space and tune so as to sec and explore
targets as if he was physically there. (Although to me the technique that More-
house describes in his book seems more like a very disciplined form of astral
projection or OBE, rather than remote viewing. Perhaps he was using an
OBE/RV hybrid.)

Anyway, since I was familiar with the out-of-body state, I could totally relate
to what he was saying. And after thoroughly reading his book, I used it as sort
of a ‘guide’, if you will, so as to research all of the facets that he had gone
through during his training. Driven by the desire to someday be able to do
what I had read in Morehouse’s book, I continued with my RV training and
other related-subjects research. For now more than ever, I was determined to find
out how and why out-of-body exploration worked In fact, I became obsessed
with this sole subject ant! idea But then, what really is “remote viewing”? W ell,
based on firsthand experience with it, let me give you my take on it.

What is commonly referred to as remote viewing is actually a form of ESP
(extra sensors' perception). For ui reality, one is not actually viewing or seemg
any type of images as the name implies, but rather perceiving bits and pieces of
descriptive data about the chosen target One may get accurate fragmented im-
ages — in my case they resembled sort of quick snapshots— while remote view-
ing, but in these rare instances they are not as clear — although for some people
they are — as if one was seeing them with his or her physical eyes. Sometimes
these flashing images even take symbolical form.

However, I have learned that the acquisition of the images lias nothing to do
with RV protocols, or even RV training Instead, they depend on the natural
psychic talent and ability of the student. So this ty pe of controlled or disci-
plined type of extra sensory perception or intuition, may be described then as
the ability' to psychically — and not visually as the name implies — perceive data
about a person, object, or event, regardless of space and time. Everyone has
this innate intuitive ability, but unfortunately, we choose to either ignore it, or
think ol it as something having to do with coincidence. For example, haven’t
you ever sensed that people were looking at you when your back was fating
them' Or, knew that something was going to happen, and some time later, did?
Well, these types of common occurrences are just slight glimpses of the innate
potential within us all, and which with proper training, can be complementary
to the development of what wc really are: omniscient entities.

In remote viewing or remote perception (RP) — as I will refer to it from this
point on — the individual cannot know what the target is before hand, or the
results cannot be deemed reliable. This is because of the way the RP process is
structured. You see, if the individual knows what the target is before hand, like

64 INTO THE VOID

for example: “Retrieve information on the assassination of JFK” then *
scious mind and the imagination of the remote perceivcr (RP’cn will T
making up data based on preconceived ideas and associations that said ta^r

C ° n,UrCS UP m thC mdlVldual>s mnd - tins is became m J

lu /KV Process one does not actually see JFK being shot.

Instead, die RP’cr is supposed to follow a set of protocols, and then wait for

ie su conscious mind to funush the conscious mind with psychic data about

t ic target, in the form of words, feelings and impressions. Therefore, the RP’cr

cannot know anything about the target beforehand. In this instance, the RFct
is said to be ‘blind’ to the target

ow don t git me wrong, with RP many individuals do get some pertinent
2 om ata about a target. But tor the most part, any valid real-world use data
n\ acquired b\ highly psychic and gifted individuals, such as Ingo Swann
» - °sep i McMoneagle both ex-remotc viewers for the department of l S

nteUigencc and who happen to be naturally predisposed with that particular type
P- yc uc unctioning, ESP; and who have chosen to perfect it to a high level

ha ^ Cl J rac ^ ! am not ln dlls cat cgon What I mean is that for some reason 1

i a >V ad a n<ltllra ^ predisposition for trance and out-of-bodv states —
rather than tor extra-sensory perception.

Dro I J lcnnonc ^ a * cvv Paragraphs earlier, I feel that RP is a highly unnatural
structured^ ^’n 1Uman bcm 8 s » because of the way nature has neurologically
true accou M ^ x P^ ain what I mean with the following example. This is a
and norruKT ^ aBout a S rou P of missionaries who took a film projector

show the Jr ^ * C ,UngIcS of Afrlca back m thc l920 ’ s ’ 50 t0

the natives *co M dlC outs ^ c world. To everyone’s surprise, however,

this anomaly w k ^ P lcllJres ‘ B was then concluded that the reason for

perception of tl ccause tb e natives could not adequately process the visual

pathways that llot3() n picture, for they lacked the necessary neurological

AppareX, tl""? “ t0 *ose image.

required to sec r! I j ams hadn t made the necessary neurological connections
^So thciw ^% 'Hie brains of the missionaries had, of
oatives saw was a bn ancs saw 111 ^ act a number of moving images But all the
v clop special neurolot ^ i° ckcrln g hghts! Therefore, their brains had ro de-
picture (see tw o- dimen s io nail bc ^° re they could actually view the motion-

J. )t lyj ITT J * '

hrst be willing to accent ° rdcr Us to P erc eive and see anything, we have to

a particular type of data *• Onscious ^ v an d perhaps even subconsciously — that

fological connections tint , ^n* an secontk w c must also have thc proper neu-

° cs anything perceived* hJ said l >’P e °f data Then, and only then,

lnuum (physical reahtyV 0niC a ho]o ' d y n Wic visual m our space-rime con-
tile CflSc of

and tan gible objects- nmi^ rruss3 ° na ries showed them a number of physi*

r:, screen, etc which their conscious minds

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 65

accepted, i e., seeing (three-dimensional objects) is believing. But for the natives
however, seeing two-dimensionally, although consciously believed that could
be done (they saw flickering lights in the screen) required the proper neurologi-
cal development, which they lacked, but eventually got Having developed it
(the neurological connections), they linalh saw the two-dimensional motion-
picture.

So what I learned from this is that the two keys in the process of seeing arc

Conscious Belief/ Acceptance

Sc

Neurological Development

In that sense, RP for the purpose of acquiring rim a l data is self-defeating.
For the individual is expected to perceive bits anti picas of information without
letting the natural wav of cognition — which is the way Mother Nature has
wired our brains — take over anti do w hat it has been programmed t*> do since
birth.

Expectation + Neuro-Development — Visual and/or Psychic Visual Per-
ception

Because of this, I feel that ihc process of RP is very much like asking a blind
or blindfolded individual lo guess what is inside a room, but telling him to do so
without the use of the imagination! T alking from experience then, the act of RP
although possible, is one of intuition, but not one of psychic visual percept ion.

As my studies in this particular field continued, I began to set that much of
the information available out there was either not completely accurate, just
plain wrong, or simply did not exist And that if 1 was going to make any seri-
ous progress in my endeavors, 1 was going to have to forgo most of the mate-
rial that was out there In that sense, l was going to have to come up with m\
own answers based on my own research. At tlu> point it seemed like there was
no other alternative.

One day I decided to take a little brake from the research I was doing on
this subject So I momentarily laid m\ head down on the desk and fell asleep
Next to me was a small stack of about forty practice targets that a fnend of
mine had made for me a few months back. l ! pon awakening about thirtv mm-
uies later or so, 1 recalled a really vivid dream — having something to do with

dinosaurs. I then proceeded to continue with the task I was previously engaged
in before taking the catnap, and forgot all about the dream

\ few days later, 1 decided to practice RP So I took the top envelope of my
hnle stack of targets and started the session As 1 had been trained to do, l
cleared my mind, wrote down the target numbers on a sheet of a paper, and
followed the remote perception protocols. I engaged m this particular session

BG INTO THE VOID

for about twenty minutes At the end of it, I wrote down the time and pro-
ceeded to write a small summary about ir From all the data I had acquired dur-
ing the session, it fell very' much like I bail been describing an exploration of
some kind “Maybe it was Man’s first walk on the moon, or an Egyptian ar-
chaeological site ” 1 thought to myself When I opened the envelope to com-
pare it with my findings, I laughed out loud I he index card said; “The destruc-
tion of the dinosaurs — event ’’ “Not even close' 1 1 thought to myself

1 ater on that same day however, I recalled the vivid dream I had had a cou-

ple of days back, in which I had clearly seen dinosaurs. This made me wonder
it what had happened was simply just coincidental, or, if perhaps something
else was at play. 1 mean, there ha\ e been reports of people that have had
dreams ot events yet to happen. In that sense then, that is what kind of hap-
pened to me Granted, 1 did not witness the actual destruction of the dinosaurs,
but 1 did see them; and very death at that I m\ self had at one tame or another
dreamed of something that would later come to pass

Giving tins some thought, I then wondered if I could somehow combine
remote perception and dreaming Because from what I remembered in the
dream, I had clearly seen the target It had also felt as though 1 had been virtu-
ally there In contrast, while remote viewing past targets, I almost never saw the
target It anything, as mentioned before, I would see sort of quick dashing
snapshots, which sometimes pertained to the target But I never saw mental
movies’ like the ones seen in dreams.

So, for the next following nights, before going to sleep, I would hold an en-
velope, which contained a target, and mentally say to myself that I would have
a dream about it l nfortunatcly, I’d wake up in the morning with almost no
memory of any dreams; let alone details about the target So after two weeks of
frustrating results, 1 abandoned the practice And after a few more RP sessions,
I became frustrated with that too Remote Slewing’ simply did not have the

three-dimensional, full color visuals and ‘realness’ that I had encountered in the
dreamsfatc. But how had this happened*'

was now convinced that the ke) to seeing targets remote in time and space
ad something to do with our ability to ‘see’ inside our dreams. And from
studies on dreaming which I was about to come across — I would come to
learn that this type of altered state had a mttmebemteaf basis behind it

At this point 1 had never experimented with any type of psychedelic or hnl-
ucinogctuc substance, although I have to admit that the further I got into the
icIU of consciousness, the more curious I became about them. Especially from
reading accounts of both psychedelic-using individuals who allegedly saw full-

„ | ? t huunsionaI hallucinations such ns elves, fames, aliens, spirits, etc ,

in * * | ,v ) u ^ lnn S cn ’ llsl,1 R shamans, who by ingesting certain plants, allegedly

nt . j , | tn ^ , 1 1IS ^ l!VKnslon atu l explored other non-plivsical realities. This ap-

Coi lift l ' mC * n ° l onl y because 1 wanted to develop m\ min d as far a^ I

a so ecause to actually have the ability’ to explore other places re-

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 67

mote in space and time really rang a note in me. I mean just think about it for a
moment: If this were possible, wouldn’t you be at least slightly curious?

As 1 continued my search for the mechanic 1 ' involved in the type of OBD
that Morehouse used — which by the way was referred to as extended remote
viewing (DRV) in the military program he was involved with: STARGATE
(more about tins a little bit later) — 1 decided to make a list of all the factors and
facets that may be involved in this sort of ‘out-of-body remote viewing 1 .

According to what 1 had read in the two RV books 1 mentioned earlier, and
what I had seen and heard on the televised documentary on the Discovery
Channel, there were a number of tilings dial some of the remote viewers tried
to explain and depict when asked to describe what a remote viewing session
consisted of and felt like. I took these common elements and combined them
with the ones from Morehouse’s book, and used them to build a ‘model’ or
formula, which I could follow. These were:

1. - All remote viewers engaged in a cool-down period before an RV session.
This consisted of deeply relaxing b\ consciously manipulating their biological pm -

Uotts and slowing down brainwave activity .

2. - Once they reached their ‘zone’— slower brainwaves and decreased heart
rate, pulse, etc — they became immersed in a state ot light sleep; yet managed to
retain conscious awareness.

3. - The military trained remote viewers reported having a state ot con-
sciousness similar to that of a drug-induced (hallucinogen- like) altered state ot
consciousness. Many ot them described a feeling ot euphoria and even synes-
thesias, i c , tasting colors, smelling sounds, etc during and alter a remote view-
ing session.

4. - They reported to feel as though they were floating above the chosen
target, and could therefore sec specific details, as it they wen physically there
Also, when instructed by a monitor to move around a target site, they could
just as easily walk through space, as well as through time 1 he re tore, they could
explore events in real-time, as well as in the past and the probable future.

5. - Some viewers were proficient at probing the mind of human targets, and
could therefore provide information on intent as well as most likely course ot
action. Sometimes they could even describe the psychological makeup ot the
targeted individual, and experience his or her emotional state.

1 then made another list that would indicate to me in what skills the remote
viewers were being trained in; and what it was they might have been using tor
such training. To recap:

a) Manipulation of biological functions = Biofeedback.

b) Manipulation of brainwaves — Ncurofecdback.

c) State of light sleep, yet conscious = llypnagogia/ Lucid dreaming.

68 INTO THE VOID

d) Hallucinogen-like altered state of consciousness /drug - ?

c) Floating above target and seeing it = Out-of-body experience/ Astral
Projection.

0 Ability to probe the mind of human targets = ESP/Telcpathy [and
apparently a subtle form of psychodynamic integration (PDI),
which I was about to develop].

As you can see, there was only one element missing in the ‘model’ I had
constructed This was the hallucinogen Like altered state of consciousness [\ni
the remote viewers experienced right before, during, and after a session. In fact,
some viewers described rhis altered state as the one produced by the intake of a
psychedelic drug. For the colors and textures of things perceived after a RV
session seemed brighter and more detailed.

Could it be that they were using lysergic acid-25 (LSD), N, N-
Dunethyltryptamine (DMT)., or some other ta pe of psychedehc/hallucinogen
to achie\ e said altered state'* Or, could it be that their brains were releasing a
neuro-endogenous form of these substances?

It) me this didn t seem too far-fetched, for as I pointed out earlier, the CIA
had been involved m experiments involving people, psychoactive substances,
and mind com ml /reprogramming. In fact, these experiments were part of a
top-secret operation by the name of MK-ULTRA* But then in 1966 (ironically
tile same year I was born), LSD research became illegal and banned fhen, in
1970, almost all hallucinogens and psychedelics became Scheduled substances.

lowecir, some limited government sponsored research involving humans
and psychedelic and hallucinogenic substances continued throughout die 70’s,
a Inch b, iht way, Was ihe sum’ decade when remote viewing research h id al-o
taken place uvti at SRI Not nnly that, bur f have conic into in formation which
states that SRI where the studies, development, and experiments in remote

lew ing first took place was also involved in chits died research with psychedelic and
balluano^mc chemicals by a contract from the f r A army.

Could psychedelics and hallucinogens be linked to paranormal and psychic

Uomng, such as out-of-body states, remote viewing, subconscious repro-
gramming, etc. in some way? I was to soon find out

I ontinued with my studies, I found an invaluable book in the field ot

I L , i i * , C ,nin ^ rtstarc h ^ he book is entitled: “The 3- Pound l inverse”, by
lead m u ^ book, the authors intemew mam ot the

mode of f CnUStS U1 t,KM ' 1 came to learn much about the brain and us

the chapte 1 JOIllll b * ro,n this particular body of work For example, in one of

rochemicals n 3 ° Ul ^ ow our bmins have the ability to manufacture neu-
°ur states of 1 * ectromagneue charges, which are responsible for changes in

are account iM nSClouSlH ss hi fact, these electromagnet ie pubes and chemicals

In X “ makm8 US S,ee P^ “ w. h.ppy. and J.

, emotions and feelings are products of bio-electrochemical

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 69

interactions within our brain. In another chapter there was information on an
exnenmental procedure performed on subjects, whereby applying minute
amounts of clectncal current to certain areas of the cerebellum induced out-of-

bodv deia vu, and mystical-like experiences.

ilus book also contains a whole section devoted to altered stales of con-
sciousness AU in all, “The 3-Pound Universe” embodies a goldmine of infor-
mation, which 1 used in order to better understand ^he bram tdtered - •
Si-ues including NDE’s, and even the possible mechanics behind OBEs. Low
ever, perhaps the most important discovert' 1 made on this book, is about Dr.
Stephen LaBerge’s research on dreaming and lucid dreaming.

Lucidity in the Dreamstate

The skill of lucid dreaming or dream travel has been practiced lor thousands of
years mostlv m Tibet, by yogis wishing to develop their dream state ™arcncss
as another step in then spmtual evolution. Recent studies conducted by Dr.
Stephen LaBerge at Stanford University, have scientifically validated thi .
cent occult ability; bnngrng it out of the Tibetan ashrams and occult schools
and into laboratories and mainstream transpersonal psy chology studies. In lac
Dr. LaBerge— who wrote two books on tins sublet— has also invented a Inca
dreaming induction device, which allowed some sublets in Ins lab to become
proficient at this skill within a few weeks, instead ot years ol P'actice. He c
went on to tram a group of elite ‘oneironauts’ or dream explorers, to venture
inward mto the world of dreams, and communicate their findings to the outsi c

world in real-time 1 « ,

At die end of his first book, “Lucid Dreaming , Dr. LaBerge gie c- < t

address of an institute devoted to this type of research; to which 1 wrcncant
obtained additional information on the sub,cct St. then, what are dreams? \\ ell,
according to modern sleep and dream research ibis is what lcame .

If one is in a waking state of consciousness, the brain is receiving inpu
from die environment through the physical senses-cyes, eats, skin nose and
taste. The brain then combines the information acquired from the lnsica
world, with the perceiver’s own memories and conditioned programming, ant
forms a ‘model’. This model is what one experiences as sensual or sensory -
onented reality In the dreamstate however, the senses arc almost completely
closed off from physical reality-. Therefore, the senses stop making a conscious
model of it. Yet the brain keeps working, and it it is viry acme m j*
(rapid eye movement) sleep, the brain continues to nukt mot i t t f>
arc perceived with the non-physical or psychic senses ant w uc 1 teste e w i

one’s mind , ,

*I"herc are two distinct phases of sleep active or REM sleep, and passive or

NREM (non-REM) sleep.

70 INTO THE VOID

In the active phase, one’s breathing becomes quick and somewhat trr
and the brain acts as if it’s awake. While all this activity is happening
remains almost completely still— except for some small occasional nvitchcZ
thanks to an internal device within the nervous system that switches on dumT
sleep. Thus preventing the motor mechanisms from engaging, and stoppin rh ?
dreamer from moving and acting out subcortical activity experienced dfrm
the dreamstate Hence one is temporarily paralyzed. This phenomenon is eon^
monly referred to as sleep paralysis. It is very important that you know about
sleep paralysis because almost all of the neophyte out-of-body explorers con-
tuse tins natural function of the nervous system with everything from thinking

that they have died, to being held down by phantoms or demons. But now you
know otherwise.

In the passive phase, the brain is doing very little, while breathing is slow
and deep, and the metabolic rate is at a bear minimum.

I here are also tour stages of sleep. The first stage of sleep is called ‘stage 1’
and it is a state between drowsy semi-wakefulness and light sleep. Generally, in
t us stage, the eyes move slowly from side to side, and involuntary (hypnagogic)
imagery drifts in and out ot one s consciousness In addition, high* amplitude

, Cta r jfjri wave $ which we will discuss in the next chapter* — are present, and
t ere is a so an increased production ot melatonin anti serotonin.

second stage of sleep is caUetl ‘stage 2’. Decreased metabolism, heart
rate, anc ood pressure characterize this stage At rhis point a person is highly

i _ c to noise Finally, in stages 3 & 4 , one’s blood pressure, heart rate, and
der *( r yP trarurt arc a * their lowest Ibis is a time when the body’s cells un-
ihaf 1 SC rc I 1a,r 5^ ne vcr ) important aspect of dreaming I should mention is
what is rom st agcs 1 through 4 about every ninety minutes. This is

t i 1(4 „ * 1 . to as a s hcpmg cycle Moreover, we go through about six of

stage 4 through ItT.Ts 3^“ i'r' ,mnutcs ' we S° back U P from

crcnce onrt ,1 . c * 3 ’ finalJ y nrnvc at stage 1 , again For my own ref

become difiemmV 1,°°^ ! ^ ^ ° CW StagC 1 ‘ dclta V ' for u haS °°*
point the dream . J lc earlier stage 1. '1 he reason for this is that by this

quentlv become T" S * CCp fwr a wllllc * and sta 8 c 1 has conSe ~

As tl K1 k*M dreaming cycle.

in REM S. T^ rCSSeS> T? Spcnd lcss umc in NREM sleep, and more time
for at this point we s P ronoun ced in the last two hours ot the night*

Or rather delta 1 (and ^j sic *° ^ 0rt ^ Plvc mmutes or more in stage 1 (and 2),

2T n) ^ «*all the

in the morning But a i most always had very poor memory

resumablv enhar,^ i

yourself before " )t * area

however .. *• tp f h*u you will remember vour dreams. This

n I started to work with dreams

about

1 Presumably enhanr# m s ou ’ camc across a couple ot me

vonrv.ar i , > « l »aiKed dream recall (W r*f,i , r

1 cjne ot them is self-suggestion

telling

owever, did v<ay lmlc

Hie other method I read about, consisted

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 71

of keeping a dream diary and putting a note pad and pen by one’s bedside, so
as to subconsciously coax the mind to start recalling nightly dream activities. 1
noticed that tins method did help a little. However, it took me a few weeks to
see a rather limited amount of wordi wlule results. And then it stopped working

all together.

I sensed that something was missing. After all, if emotions had a bio-
electro-chcmical component as mentioned earlier, could it be that dreams —
which can sometimes be very emotional — have a similar component? Well, yes!
In one of the books I was reading, 1 came across the work of a neuroscientist
by the name of Allan Hobson, who maintains that when the brain enters REM
sleep, it stops manufacturing the neurotransmitter chemicals responsible lor
memory. This perked up my interest of course, and although this was only a

theory, I decided to look further into it.

To me tins made perfect sense, for although humans have ty pically about
sl\ dreams each night, we have very poor memory about them, if at all \\ hile
continuing with this phase of my research, 1 found a couple of articles on CES,
which stands for cranial electro -stimulation or neuroelectncal stimulation. 1

learned that CES therapy has been used outside of the United States tor many
decades in the treatment of various addictions. And although no medical claims
can be made here in the United States because of FDA regulations, CES has
been used in the treatment ol depression, alcoholism, and substance abuse (co-
caine, morplunc, etc) in Europe, Russia, and many other countries tor o\er
twenty years. Moreover, according to published medical reports, it is both sale

and effective. (Nonetheless, always consult your physician.)

In Russia for example, CES or ‘electric sleep’ — as it is referred to as over
there — is used on high-ranking military and political olticials, because some
tend to overindulge in alcoholic beverages, such as vodka I Iowevcr, once they
engage in CES therapy for about twenty days, they are cured from not onl\ the
withdrawal symptoms, but also both short-term and long-term memory return

to normal.

Here, in the United States, the common knowledge ot tins type til informa-
tion would of course drive substance addiction clinics out ol business, because
of the implications. Indeed, CES treatment only costs but a couple ot hundred
ol dollars — and that’s for the device itself! As opposed to something like
twenty thousand dollars, which is what is charged to health insurance compa-
nies for ‘FDA-approvcd treatments’.

Other noted benefits associated with this kind of therapy that are men-
tioned in tiie published medical literature are increased concentration, deep
relaxation, mental clarity, improved learning, mood elevation, and an altered
state ot consciousness similar to that ol ‘jogger’s high Furthermore, in almost
fifty years of CES use, there have never been any known or reported side-
effects. Except for a universally noted one — vivid dreaming.

Dus may be do to the fact that CES increases the amounts ot neurochcmi-

72 INTO THE VOID

clue to increased memory. (I hope you can start to sec by now h 0 » w d'-| i
was beginning to feel as though 1 was putting together some sort of consent,
ness development puzzle. Indeed, the pieces were not only beginning t i
pear, but also seemed to be falling into place all on their own.)

Well, with all of tile seemingly promising benefits that CES had to offer, I
decided to give it a try. Even though 1 have never had any kind of substance
addictions — except for maybe chocolate and sugar. So I again did some rc
search on the Internet and found a website that sells ( ES devices, and par
chased one in order to experiment with it The device 1 obtained was a BT-f i.
which stands for Brain l uticr model # 6. (The details of this and other bmn
technology devices will be presented in the next chapter )

As ii turns out, tins device not onlv worked, but also after only a feu davsof

/ ' 4

use, I was recalling four and five vivid dreams each and even* night without in
effort at all! Yes, I was amazed at the results that using this little ‘black l \
brought me And just as I had been with the Monroe audiotapes, 1 was very
satisfied Moreover, my cravings tor sweets and chocolate had complete!’ van-
ished too! It was incredible. (1 wonder why is it that this type of infonrntw
isn’t given out or at least discussed by the American news media • )

Well, by now 1 had uncovered little known about information on dream.

1 could somehow go over to a target and explore it. AU
tnguing and exciting to me, so of course 1 eagerly conui

dreaming This ol course frustrated me.

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 73

By t h ls point thanks to CES, I could remember my dreams. Unfortunately, I
still could not remember to do tilings inside of them. ‘There has to be a way.”

I thought to mvself. Giving this a great deal of thought — and going over my
finances — I reluctantly decided to give modern technology another try. So I
ended up buying another piece of brain technology. After all, if the Monroe
audiotapes had worked so well for me, as had CES, then why not give Dr [.a-
Serge’s newly developed lucid dreaming induction device a try? It had a money
back guarantee “What could l loose- 1 ” 1 reasoned. Besides, 1 could always get

mv money back if it didn’t work.

•# *

This particular unit was very expensive (S 1,200), but needless to say, it
worked! After following the instructions that came with it, on the fourth night,

I had mv first lucid dream ever Let me tell you that said experience left me
reeling. In fact, it was similar to, no; it was actually about one thousand times
better than virtual reality technology! Lor by using it, 1 became immersed in a
seemingly solid, three-dimensional world just as real as this one 1 1 mean, think
about die implications of that last statement tor a moment. .

I recall that in my first lucid dream I was in a restaurant ordering some
lunch, sull unaware of the fact that 1 was dreaming. 1 was also in the company
jof a nice-looking young woman who was sitting with me. Alter a few minutes,
the waiter approached our table and started to take our order. As he was look-
ing at me and describing a platter’s contents, l noticed something that startled
me His eyes started to flicker widi a red glow, and his voice suddenly became a
high-pitched chirp! 11ns of course indicated to me or actually signaled me that I
was dreaming. But die tact is dial the experience fell as though 1 was in the real
world!

Indeed, for all intents and purposes, 1 felt as though I was completely awake
and not at all dreaming. I was lucid, cognitive, ‘awake’, and in tull use ot all of
my senses and mental faculties inside the dream It ielt amazing! I hen, in |ust a
few seconds, I was experiencing such an endorphin rush, that 1 found myself
waking up m my bed laughing and screaming at the top ot my lungs, full ot joy
and wonderment

I Iowevcr, I had dus experience, and mail) others, with lucid dreaming only
because prior to my first lucid dream I had followed Dr. LaBcrge s instructions.
Lot me explain this carefully The operation manual suggests the practice ot
what are called ‘reality tests’. Some of these tests — because there are many of
them, like for example the ones I described in the prologue ot this book con-
sist of making a conscious effort to analytically examine any type ot peculiar
sounds and/or lights throughout the day in one’s waking state tor a lew days or
weeks. These can be the flashing or blinking lights of a car, the red light ot a
traffic signal, a car horn or telephone ring, etc.

Ihcn, whenever the would-be lucid dreamer encounters one ot these sig-
nals— in the real world or in the dream world — he or she will have hopefully
built the habit of asking, “Could 1 be dreaming right now?” Could this possibly

74 INTO THE VOID

bo a dream?” One then tries to nonce any kind of strange or odd occu
or tilings that simply cannot be real, such as Hying people, StangeS?
jeets, weird- looking creatures, etc. These can then be used as cues to

hi my case, 1 had already started to diligently tram the analyuab" f
mind to almost continually question my perceived reality. So the
in that sense. Otherwise, I might as well see a three-headed dog tn a dream w
begin a conversation with it— neglecting to nonce the fact that I was dreamt
Because you sec, the fact is that our analytical faculties are almost non<mt
m the dreamstate. Therefore one may not realize, while soil inside the dream
that these strange and offbeat occurrences are indeed impossible m the real
world. And due to tins, tin dreamer will then accept said odd occurrences *
possible and ‘real’ within the context of dream reality For at the ume of l .
dream, the dreamer does not realize that he or she is dreaming Let me gnc
an example.

I’m sure you have had ai least a couple of instances in your own dream,
when you have found yourself talking with an ape wearing a tux, or with \qlt
neighbor or \v lth your boss, w ho in the dream happens lo be your brother, or
some other similar offbeat occurrence along similar lines, and think nothin.’ o:
it. In fact, while dreaming said event might seem normal, right- 1 Well, bi pet
forming the reality tests just mentioned during the waking state [again, b,
questioning the integrity of lights, sounds, events, etc.) ol course nothing o&l
or peculiar is going to happen or be noticed But at night, when the device cl;
tecis that one is dreaming and gives out the flashing lights and beeping sounds
these will enter the dream in a variety ot forms and signal one to perlorm i
reality test — causing, one to question whether one could possibly be drcanuig
or not. And if one happens to become lucid while dreaming, then thaisu ®

the bizarre fun begins... , . . .

The more 1 experimented with this technology, the more fascinate

came with u However, nothing prepared me for what was about to
when I started to combine both phannacological substances and eVK ^
point I have to admit that i became confused and even scared, for *
an line between physical realm* and mind-created reality began t ^^^
Although paradoxically, even physical reality is created by the

And I again bring this point up because if you think about it °f ^ of
chair for example, is not really a solid object at all. Ins tea , 1 uonl «; tbcifr
empty space, with a few million atoms swirling within it ut

selves are massless. 0 f info

In fact, as I came to learn, matter is composed o person. AIV 1!l

which have no mass. So in reality then, a chair, or a car, or t ^ ol
reality fields of mfonnanon that the physical brain ba>cd on P n ° r

energy, which it can then relate to, and make associations | l0 w 0

perceptual data stored m its memory banks (mtu * u lfCU s ,hcjr xvl1
then be so egotistical and say that only what we stt wit i

;lfl vVt

th ^

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 75

cars, and touch with our hands is ‘real’ and in fact ‘reality? Haven’t we all done
those things inside a dream with dream objects and even dream people 5 How
can we then also define what ‘reality’ really is? 'Hunk about it for a moment. In a

dream, things, people anti even events are so real that we forget the fact that we
are dreaming! Am I right? My point exactly

Anyway, a few days later after my first experiences with lucid dreaming I
was in line at the bank waiting to make a deposit Suddenly, all of the lights
went out for a second and then came back on 'Hus startled me and struck me
as odd. Could I possibly be having a dream? I remembered dnvrng to the bank
and even waking up in the morning Not only that, but people at the bank, in-
cluding those in line standing next to me, smiled when the lights went out tem-
porarily. Some even laughed a little. All of this made me feel a little foolish for
questioning my waking reality in such a suspicious way. But that’s the nature of
tins type of mental training, and must be performed on a continuous day-to-
day basis. Anyway, when I arrived at the teller’s window, I noticed that the
teller handling my transaction had one eye and two mouths. 1 had been dream-
ing' I immediately woke up shocked by what had just happened.

I hese types of experiences continued for a few weeks and I was exhilarated.
Bur I also began to become confused, and wondered if what I was experiencing
at any given moment was really waking reality or dream reality. This taught me

[ 1 ( i |! 11 granted, and just to lx* sure always question the ‘real-

ity I found myself in — either in the waking or dreaming state Consequently, I
realized that continuous awareness of one’s thoughts and perceived env iron-
ment mindfulness — is one of the keys to higher states of awareness.

By this point, I was very happy that I had learned something new — lucid

dreaming. Moreover, I had learned many new and exciting things about the

nature of the human mind and consciousness in general. Yet there was still

much ground to cover, so I continued. I he next thing on my agenda was the
all-elusive out-of-body state

The Out-of-Body State

It

. s not m y P ur pose or intent to repeat information in this book about out-of
0 } experiences that has been written about elsewhere There are a number of

1 1 l!i cular altered state, and ti you wish to familiarize yourself

vit i t ic subject of OBE’s, I encourage you to read the books that are available.

‘acT Ra °, n ^ sa l r * 1,s 15 because the information presented here will lx* more
Jf "^ r kick of a better word — in nature. Not only that, but also most
e _ information I have collected as a result of my experiences is sur-
mg \ different from the information found in other books,
s mentioned before, OBE’s and lucid dreams are the same thing The only
crence between the two is the tame at which the analytical faculty engages

76 INTO THE VOID

into action. In other words, in lucid dreaming, the analytical f aai ]
scious awareness engages after one has completely dissociated from Z °w?
body’s consciousness. This is when one realizes that one is having a 1 P ‘ ^
rather becomes lucid while dreaming. In contrast, during an out-of-b^ 0 '
pcncnce, the analytical faculty is retained throughout the entire process' of *
sociadon from the physical body’s consciousness 'ITius, once the process is
completed, the individual realizes that he or she is indeed out of the bod- '
inside dream reality. ■ ■

w

All out-of-body explorers believe that when they are out-of-bodv the. sun
to function in their astral body — indicating that tilts is taking place in the asml
plane. And if they travel to the mental plane, then they switch to their menu!
body, etc. (All of these names arc arbitrary of course, but I am stmph itr;
them because most people are familiar with them) Now, many psychonauis
have observed that once out of their bodies, their immediate surrounding fc
example, are mostly somewhat imperfect copies or flawed replicas of tha
Earth/physical counterparts Supposedly, tins is because die objects they at
seeing exist at a different and faster vibratory rate than the one of the phvial
dimension. Therefore (heir molecular structure, and consequently their appear-
ance, is different than physical objects.

Some researchers even claun that the reason for these variances is because

out-of-body explorers have not yet learned how to correctly sec with their as
tral eyes — hence the discrepancies. But I feel that these theories and explain
lions 'may not be totally accurate. This is because most out-of-body opto*
have missed the faci that there are dimensions betwixt the phisi as

astral!

This may explain wh> the data collected about nearby surr

about an ob|cct in a room for example, while engage “ l ’” c °au<e the o-
OBE experiments, almost always never corroborates. , «

plorer may have landed, traveled or tuned in to a pro a 1 "* Hence the
tern — complete with its own version of arufacts, p aces an ^ J uc t0 ^
discrepancies. I lowcver, experiments that have bee n sutm swi ^ 0

fact that the explorer was indeed observing and ga t g llm , cM K)ti-s®
physical reality, wltile operating in the ‘adjacent su py tQ das.
version of it— and not a probable one. 1 1 took me a > ® ht ! ws
and a lot of the people wit h whom I shared this idea xvt.h thong:

but I wasn’t Let me explain why I am so sure o t us
One time when 1 had just loti my body during an

oundwg^ * :
trolled

/ \ui. i turned

( ) ’ v there’ Hi

it wasn t

take a closer look at my physical body, but to my phvsical body

in bed asleep while 1 was in the OBE state. 1^ tta*™£ (*„& in *3

ocular time. After pondering this mallei lor a sccul g ttsf P 1

m 1 1 1 »L Ar til#' 1 win I

state), it suddenly struck me that the m ,he (istt

body in bed was because this time around IM]

al dine # 9011

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 77

Most of the other umes-when I had seen my physical body asleep in bed-I

had been in the subphystcal realm (the dimcns.on closes, to the physical); and

the other turns I had been in the realm of probabilities; looking at the body of
a probable self! Let me elaborate on tins very carefully

hirst of all, if you arc our of your body and in the astral dimension, then
why would you be able to see your physical body sleeping in bed? For if you arc
in the astral dimension, and are observing an ‘astral version’ or coumcmart of
your bedroom then you shouldn’t be able to see your physical body, for it stays
m the physical dimension; and you arc now operating die astral dimension'
Hunk about it for a moment. Get it? At other nmes, if you are out of vour
body and the physical body lying m bed does not look like your physical
counterpart, or the room looks different, it is because this time around you arc
observing a room and/or someone from a probable version of planet F,arth!

nother way to illustrate tins is with the commonly used analogy that die
physical brain is very much like a television receiver, and alternate dimensions,
worlds and realities, are like frequencies. With this in mind, if we desire to ac-
ccss a particular frequency (lets compare it to a radio or television channel) we
would do so by tuning m to said frequency. Now then, if we are tuned to
channel a and arc watching the local news, dicn we could not access a Pay-Pcr-
iew pecial The reason being that not only would that require for us to
lange or to tune in to that other channel, but also that the Pay-Per-View

r C 1S ° n f. c ° m P letel y different frequency hand, which requires a desig-
ted receiver (in this case a cable t.v. converter) m order to be received.

his same analogy can then be used for the QBE example For if one is

f 1 die astral dimension, or any other dimension for that matter, it is
_r u ® e ones mind is tuned in to — at dial moment — to that particular system
_ reality or psychodynamic frequency domain (PDFD). Now, many out-of-

dlm V cx P loters report— when they arc in the OBE state and in die astral

iat: ^ leir ^ arru liar physical surroundings look somewhat different
fab ^ rC arran £ ct ^ 111 a un usual manner, alternate colors and patterns in the
etc), and at other times they look completely disparate (rooms are

funutu UmirU1 ? 00ks boLh ancient and futuristic, sometimes the room lacks

forest \ 1Cy tb emselves m a completely different place, such as a

is due t ] el f ^ ome scientists and researchers alike have postulated that this

the inrt;?.. ] 1C . act , that smce tliese experiences are taking place in the mind of

stored m ^ ° n y> tbc P b y sical brain 15 making up the surroundings out of

nations Thcrcfore > these experiences are nothing more than halluci-

But b A atC ° nly cllstorUons of reallt ) r - Hence the discrepancies.

have comTi °r ^l ° Wn cx P cnnients and explorations, I beg to differ. For 1

of the md “ iat Whcn one P ro Jccts out-of-body, one can end up in any

to our phvLT en r° nS or SU B -dimensions that exist parallel, or rather adjacent

found this ^ "I lty * 10 tllrou 8 b m Y own repeated explorations, I have

etc case, and consequently, I have mapped these divisions as

78 INTO THE VOID

follows

A

Physical

Subphysical— = =/N

* Probabilities *-

Psychological Warps---'

Dream Systems—

Astral =

a

Causal
Mental
Ethcric
The Void

Through nearly two hundred OBK’s over the years, with and without >ub-
stances and bram technology devices, I have noticed that when l am operating

m the:

Physic al [Dimension]: 1 can clearly sec details of physical reality in rcal-om
(as it is happening), including physical ob|cc.s, events, people, and even pen

Snhnhvsical : I can only see rather murky details of physical realm , much mf
they had a dim luminescence or ‘film’ around them. Because oft V can
touch and feel physical ob|Ccis— but 1 really can’t In tins ^

sec and sometimes even communicate with the carthboun *P
who have passed on, but that for some reason or anot ie r _ airn[mm i-
physical dimension. Likewise, m some instances mL u ' . which

rated with either mine or someone else’s thought- forms (P st _ , !n (fas di-
lutee a very limited sense of consciousness, awareness, an ^ ^ptob-

mension it is also possible to engage in psycho ogica ^ a

ability continuum (and not a probable one), using u rers 3 and 4 )
AW ttn the mibiect of nsvchological time travel on chapters

ih ih f

HI Hills % vummuwai* ' 1 ili

(More on the subject of psychological time travel on chapn

U witn ^

Prnhahilities : 1 can clearly see and sometimes e\ en m tg • pjqilotat 100501

mind and the body of inhabitants of paraHel muvers^/k^c^ ^ ^
this particular PDl'D arc either in OBE/PSI ton , ^ ob|eCts and «

invisible and uninvolved observer; or 1 can tout ' ■
people by merging with probable selves ot mine u. g

. . i,-,fh accidentally <* Pf

Pfivchological Wams: Sometimes carthbound s l ,,r “j' 1I „|, 1 -„uicl'
posely nine m frequency and may ^ , ca „
ric> of reality of this insidious realm is made up > ^ && Of

psychological warps. Hus is because apparently, the IP

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 79

nal) in this dimension is \ crj unstable, lor it is inside up of dissonant psych ody-
namic frequencies. And because ot this, tins realm is verj’ much like the inside
of a twisted funhousc. Apparently, it’s a psychological wasteland of sorts

Typically, this realm is accessed by individuals suffering from various psy-
chological disorders and mental illnesses, such as psychosis, schizophrenia, de-
personalization, dcrcalization, paranoia, dementia, etc. I liese unlortunatc indi-
viduals can and do become lost here in their thoughts, fears, beliefs, desires,
fantasies, delusions, etc II an inexperienced psychonaut finds himself or herself
m this particular PDFD, then it is recommended that he or she immediately call
upon higher aspects of one’s higher Self for help. Otherwise, the explorer is in
grave danger of loosing its mind to tins dimension. Beware,

Dream Systems * 1 can prettt much do anything l want in these particular
realms (shape-shift, live out dreams and fantasies, fly, meet others in their
dreamstate, etc.) because of the fact that the PdS (consensus) is very low or
non-existent I have also learned that these systems arc a common meeting
ground for dif ferent facets, or rather personalities, of the multi-dimensional
Self, entity or Overmind. (More on this subject in chapters 5 & 6.)

Astral : This frequency is very much like the previous one, except dial it is a
place of gathering and learning for the departed personality/ego — in the soul
form — if it be he res in death, and also if it believes that it needs to come here
Others, such as myself, can simply dismiss with this frequency all together, and
if desired, go directly on to an immediate pwbability continuum (on another parallel or
probable Earth by using PD1), and continue on with his or her evolution.
Thereby completely bypassing reincarnation in the commonly known linear
sense, i t*., birth - childhood development — puberty — adulthood - etc.

Although there is a strong PdS in this particular PD IT), it is different that
ours. Tor the PdS here has been established by human and non-human entities
for the specific purpose ot assisting souls with the arrival process (death), so as
to explain what has happened, what may be expected, etc., as well as with the
departure process (reincarnation), in order to reincarnate in the human physical
dimension in a historical! sequential context. (More about this very important
subject on chapters 5 and 6)

Causal : 1 can clearly see and also merge — if I so desire — with different facets
or aspects of my current personality. For example, me at age five; or with rein-
camatiqnal (me in a past life) personalities. Note that psychological time travel
lor the purpose of seeing past mass events or someone else’s timeline is not
feasible in this focus of consciousness. For this PDFD houses only one's historical
timeline . In that regard, this realm exists inside one’s own Overmmd’s memory
data banks, and what is found here is — in eastern mysticism terminology —
one’s own (an Gvcnnind’s) “akasluc records”.

80 INTO THE VOID

Mental: 1 his is a non-human dimension I

go

ation and human p«.

sonality annihilation oftentimes occur. Here I have visually perceived and

communicated with ‘abstractions’, such as wavelengths, algorithms I an
music, and sy ntax concept-entities, using PDI. This dimension appears to o-j-
be consciously accessible by the use of potent psychedelics such as DMT and
heavy doses of ketamine.

I should point out that oftentimes before 1 enter this domain there is a sub
level 1 must go through first This m between realm is inhabited by a nee r f
entities which sometimes take the appearance of the creatures described in far,
tales — gnomes, fairies, trolls, goblins, etc. I have learned that their purpose is ■
distract explorers who aren’t sufficiently developed — psychically and p>vdv>
logically — from entering these alternate alien-mind networks Moreover. !
strongly believe that most heavy' ketamine- and DMT-using psyefaonams visit
these realms regularly, but only the more experienced are able to bring back an;
useful information about such abstractions. In my opinion, individuals such as
mathematicians, musicians, poets, etc oftentimes visit this realm unconsciously
(without the awareness of the conscious mind) and gather concepts, which the
then bring back as inspirations, formulas and ideas.

F.fhcHc/Soul : Universal. Divine. Sublime Beautiful Oneness Irnty InCiut
Eternal. At peace. Calmness. Love. God. It cannot realty be described; « an
only be experienced. Sometimes there is a sense of being in the presence a
powerful and loving 'light’ when visiting this dimension.

1

The V oid: The only way 1 can describe this realm is by asking v ™

State of non-being, for when you explore tins realm you —

fact, you become aware that 'realm ' and ‘being’ as such. « ^

the human mind, and therefore in realm have no va A!" . wav Huvccon-
illusory conditions. This realm, or rather state-o -mm 0 f none

eluded that all PDFD’s, including the physical dimensio ,
must be experienced in order to truly understand what u «• ^ <hculd

I low ever, only the most experienced P s >' chH, ’ al ‘'' “ (hcv j!,, tho - '

attempt to venture this far, and into this realm 1 or uh - ^

ever be churned as human beings. I present some exat I . 0 , «h»t e*

going into the Void has changed my perception an, ^ Bccaused

going into the v old has cnangta m\ | t ca p ten m ^

le.H c ,, Ve,. 1 can no. really describe w ha, 1 mean « > ^ ^ **1 a,

; ... -i.vv- Inmcal C\plrU vuu

tcncc is. ici, 1 c;m u.n — ivl .. nirioni

the fact that this experience IS beyond any l ’gica 1 I , ( following Ze« k0 *
come to express what 1 mean is by presenui.fi you with

“I low docs one describe the indescribable.

“Thank you!” ...

, i. Void, have been ^

l: AH of these de^pdons,^orj^ Ood i

product of my human mind’s perception

1

4

i

4 *

$

i

*

*

0

i

i

i

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 81

my somewhat extensive explorations of hyperspace, I know beyond any rea-
sonable doubt that there arc other planes of expencnce/existcncc that go well
beyond those of being and even of non-being, matter and antimatter, etc, in
which ‘God’ or Universal Intelligence also exists However, they are far beyond
what the human mind can conceive, comprehend , conceptualise, and even imagine... In
fact, the human mind is not meant for these other states/ realms!

Indeed, I have been informed by other further developed personalities of
my Overmind, that the human mind must completely finish a state of meta-
morphosis that this dimension provides it, before it can enter into these other
domains. Nonetheless, I have gotten bnef psychic glimpses of these other
realms, but unfortunately cannot verbally describe them. 'Hie only word that I
can possibly use is: bevondweirdbizarrenonzeronull. 1 I know, I know, that
that ‘word’ isn’t much of a description, so 1*11 try something a little better.

Imagine that one day you wake up and all you see is the back of your

head up close You can't sec your face or your surroundings, or your other

extremities, or anything at ail All you see is the back of jour head. In tact, that

is vour whole world and your whole realm- E ^ n l f \ S

behind you, or touch and feel your toes, or even run to another location, all

that you’d see and feel is the back of your head — up close. Up or down, left or
right, the whole world is the back of your head — up close. In fact, you arc
nothing but the back of your head, and only that Nothing more, nothing less
Although far from it, that is the only example I can give you

***

**

*

As you can sec, there are a number of places that one can end up m or pur-
posely travel to, but tor the most part we humans tend to visit the realm of
probabilities and many dream systems (which are part of the astral frequency)
in our nightly non-physical forays, so as to first see, and then choose what it is
we want (or need) to physically experience (manifest) in this reality (Earth).

But make no mistake, the out-of-body state proved to be a difficult one for
me to achieve on a consistent manner But since OBH s and lucid dreaming are
basically the same thing, I decided to approach OBE’s in the same way 1 had

approached lucid dreams. Let me explain what I mean.

As you may recall, 1 mentioned earlier that wc go through about kne sleep
cycles each night. Each of these cycles lasts about ninety minutes. And at the
end of each one of these cycles we enter a REM dreaming phase. Also, as the
night progresses, we spend less time in Non-REM sleep, and more time in
REM sleep — especially in the last two hours of the night. These last two hours
of sleep are almost all dreaming sleep.

With tins in mind, I decided to apply the dreaming sleep mechanics to

82 INTO THE VOID

OBEY This required me to modify my usual sleep patterns So instead of mc

sleeping for eight hours straight, 1 would do the following: On a typical nighty

sleep at 10 p.m. Then, 1 ’d wake up at 2 a m., and again, smcc ca ,

would go to steep at iu p.m. i nen, i a wane up at z am., and again, since u ■ h
dream cycle starts even ninety minutes or so, I would stay awake until V’i.

a.m.

During this time 1 usually read material relating to lucid dreaming, OBI s
or remote viewing, so as to prepare my mindset for psychic functioning Then,
by the time 1 went back to sleep (about ninety minutes later), I would be right

\ir-TiC If* UtVIlflnn i~l1 _ 1

at the beginmng of a dreaming cycle While 1 was in bed waiting to fall asleep,
I’d listen to one of the Monroe audiotapes (for example, “Exploration, Sleep'

p ocus 10> or, “Mission Night” < i : ocus 12>) And while listening to either
one of those audiotapes. I’d oftentimes become aware of my both gradual]
falhng asleep, whde l stayed mentally awake. What I found tricky in tins process
though, is that if I was too alert and not sort of sleepy, then the only thing dm
would happen is that I’d just he there, consciously aware that m> body had

fallen asleep — but that’s it, nothing else.

However, if 1 went through this process while I was just a little bit sleepy—

and I emphasize just a little bit — then all sorts of strange visual and auditntv pY
nomcna would ensue. Which in turn would oftentimes culminate n ™ OBE 1
believe that this grooms is one of the keys that must be used in o er to access
the QBE state. As it turns out, 1 found that this grogginess is the result c- .
brain’s release of its own endogenous hallucinogenic neuroc umica ^ _ ^

them being dimcthyltrytamine (DMT), which m my opinion is responsible

both dreaming and OBEY

Now. w”£ Z ,*,og pK.. .h. «-

hat I’d become aware of fleeting images such as .

would disappear if 1 tried to focus mv attention on them to ^

\\
als) -

would disappear it 1 tried to tocus m> v " _ , cven ^plosion*

wide variety of sounds such as rushing . mind, the stream o'

Furthermore, as I progressively relaxed both my bod) J uiduded p«*

rurmennore, v - t u„, oftentimes inciuaeu

images would sometimes turn into who e seen . mrticipnte in them, the

pie Then, at this point, if I showed a va&e desire to parucip ^ ^ rf|

separation (OBE) would occur Tins separation p« ^ con saousoess

magnetic-like pressure/pull from my boev, « ■| l t t olllaU m‘ ,s an OBf

seems he enveloped by a loud and mnt ! »“ ' , occur. «• • ■ ;

rvor i w is really mtngu*. - r co®'
order to enter into these scenes via an OBE j m of der to

between awake and sleep /one, w uc \ '* theta state > v ,

way in Detween awsuw; — r 7 . t he theta state >

sciously into the dream/OBK state But lh» "»■ ' hkc , >nel theta
' scientifically called— but nion U

i

f

t

(

r

f

sciousness — a^ it is

INITIAL DISCOVERIES 83

delta Given the phase o my research, I immediately made a mental note to
look further into brainwaves and the states of consciousness associated with
them (More on brainwaves in the next chapter.)

But the weird thing about the OBE state though, is that after the separation
occurred, 1 would oftentimes laid myself standing in my bedroom. And at
other times, I would be somewhere else; even though I intuitively knew that I
was standing in the same ‘space’. Indeed, it felt as if ! was somehow seeing
through the various layers of reality that separate all of the different PDFD’s.

Anyway, my application of dreaming cycles together with OBE’s proved to
be a successful one In 'act, by ibis time thanks to the devices 1 had acquired,
together with the information I had gathered, I was averaging about three
OBE’s per week. That’s close to fifteen OBE’s per month! But there was a
problem. I could stay in these other dimensions for only very brief periods of
ume Usually no longer than three minutes. For if I stayed in these dimensions
any longer, I ran the risk of forgetting that 1 was out-of-body and therefore I’d
get caught up in a dream event

However, the more OBE’s 1 had, the more of my self-awareness and per-
sonality 1 could take on these nightly journeys Soon I was asking the people 1
encountered in m\ dreams what their names were (sometimes I would even ask
them to spell them out so that 1 could write them down later); if they knew the
fact that they were inside my dream (to winch one ot them replayed, “How can
you be so sure of that? Maybe we re both inside someone else’s dream ), and
other similar questions. Nonetheless, even though I now had a bit more access
to tins particular psychic window, 1 could still not travel to destinations of my
choice What I mean is that whenever I wanted to go to some particular place,
say the moon or the Eiffel Tower, I would always get ‘lost’ along the way.

For example, once that I was out-of-body and had the desire ot visiting a
particular location. I’d find that during the actual ‘flight’ there I always seemed
to loose my concentration and/or intent and control, and therefore ended up
somewhere else, or back inside mv body No matter what I did to try to resolve
this problem (visualization, intention, etc ), was of no consequence. I simply
could not get wherever 1 wanted Still, I continued pracucing and continued
with my research.

CHAPTER 2

Brain, Mind

& Technology

"The physical brain is a bio-electric organism which can
be explained not only in biological, neurochemical, and
electrical terms, but also in a quantum mechanical context. "

K/ark Pmtidiiw

New discoveries in the field of murosctence over the
enabled scientists to learn more about the inner workings o m bBB

before. Many of these new discoveries, such bom «*>

chemicals and their effects on consciousness, as we . . . ... vjno us

,tv can be altered by external sources including cectromagnc ^

frequencies of sound and light, and special technological l d«# «• ■

revolution in brain research for example, by introducing P j puk c

cies of sound to both ears— one in each car— a frequency . bnm ite

produced, which causes a sympathetic vibratory rcs P° n jn , phc „oa*-

leads to the coordination of both brain hemispheres, - b

non called brainwave entrainment. . , oneself io 10 sli[ °

It is now possible to, using these devices btcra )' <■ ‘ F ^ imagtf’

of reverie, past-experiences recall, ‘ik ««**

heightened creativity, nnd sometimes even nhoto-sonic snmuhto •

<2mm pw. t™ 1='-"

which consists of an cyeset with built-in M l - P ^ lh 5 pectf>c bg
putenzed sound synthesizer, one can program t ^ -^| S ate in uni> on ' v

and sound rhythmic patterns that will coax the brain

the flickering lights and pulsating sounds. er v\ session 00 11

Therefore, if one programs a theta (hypnagogic tm- g .)

d*

BRAIN, MIND a TECHNOLOGY 85

device will almost effortlessly induce a non-meditator to achieve that particular
brain state in about twenty minutes or so This is accomplished in two ways: by
the flashing light frequencies of the device’s eyeset stimulating desired fre-
quency rates (beta, alpha, theta, delta) in the visual cortex and hyppocampus
brain centers via the photoreceptors of the eyes, and by die pulsating sound
frequencies — heard through headphones — stimulating the vestibular system,
cerebellum, limbic system, and cortex via the nerve endings of the ears. (More
about the different brain structures in just a bit )

The effect is similar to the Monroe audiotapes, but in some cases even more
powerful due to the combination of both sound and light. '1 his results tn a dual-
induction synergistic effect. (I have also experimented using multiple ‘chained’
combinations including neuroelectrical stimulation; single, dual, and even quad-
ruple binaural beat frequencies, light, sound, etc.) Although I have learned that
die Monroe audiotapes don’t simply use binaural frequencies to alter brain-
wave activity They actually employ special frequencies that resonate deep in
the lower auditory centers — the oli\ ary nucleus of each brain hemisphere —
which mix together with the already present brainwaves; resulting in ' interfer-
ence combination patterns”. These resulting patterns in turn give way to ex-
panded or altered mind-states.

Before diese new discoveries came about, neuroscientists believed that the
brain’s electrical activity, secretion of neurochemicals, and even biological func-
uons were, like much of the human nerv ous system, beyond conscious control

f ¥ *

However, pioneering studies in biofeedback and neurofeedback have proved
that humans can control any part of their physical system Indeed, using these
two modalities, we can learn to consciously manipulate functions such as blood
pressure, pulse, heart rate, and even the secretion of various hormones.

Also, by using highly sensitive instrumentation, such as an electroenivphalo-
grarn (EEG), it is possible to measure the brain’s electrical activity and simul-
taneously have the device feed back’ said activity in understandable images
and/or sounds. This data can then be used by researchers to observe and
monitor the brain states of subjects, and even help change them, 1 desired.

One very important point 1 need to make is that by using bio feedback de-
vices one learns to alter and control thoughts, moods and emotions; which in
turn then affect physiological states/ functions such as brainwaves, heart rate,
pulse, etc.

As inv research continued, I decided that I wanted to see what exactly was
happening inside both my head and body while 1 engaged in remote percep-
tion, lucid dreaming and out-of-body projection You see, I wanted to find out
what brainwave patterns and biological changes were involved in these activi-
ties, because if you recall, on the last chapter I built an out-of-body remote
viewing mode from all of the common elements I found in the remote viewing
books I had read. Again, the two elements pertinent at this stage of my investi-
gations were:

86 INTO THE VOID

a) Manipulation of biological functions = Biofccdback.

b) Manipulation of brainwaves = N euro feedback.

Nevertheless, before spending money on EEG and biofeedback units
which 1 knew nothing about, I decided to get some information about them y,
I went to the library and found two very informative books on the subject.

In the book “The Awakened Mind”, by ( .. Maxwell Cade & Nona Coxhwd,
the authors describe how back in the 1970’s, in London, England, they studied
the brainwaves and biological functions (such as Galvanic Skin Response :rj
Electrical Skin Resistance) of Zen masters, yogis, swarms, healers and psychics
To their astonishment, the researchers found that the brainwaves of they

gifted individuals all had an identical pattern of activity! In fact, it did not mi:-
ter whether they practiced Zen, transcendental meditation, or psychic heal ly
Whenever these individuals engaged in deep states of concentration, tr.m>an-
dence, meditation, or prayer, they all showed the exact same brainwave pattern
regardless of dogma, religion, or belief system! This unique pattern the re-
searchers called the awakened mind.

In that very interesting book, I also came to learn that the authors studied

the brainwave activity of their gifted subjects on a custom designed LEG unit
called the Mind Mirror®, which enabled them to read the .mWM ° t
all four types of brainwaves — beta, alpha, theta and delta. I or a> came

learn, typical l JT Ts nnlv read tin- / nd^n.n:: brainwave ot thcintlU ^ .

For example, if the subject is in a relaxed state, then the
the alpha waves, while filtering the others. However, it las eei^ ^ ^ thjng
alt four brainwaves are constantly interacting and changing. * .
about the Mind Mirror is that it displays, and even recor v . ^ vvU h ^

interactions tn patterns and in real-time, or ater sc . j L . vc i 0 p th>
valuable tool. Cade and Coxhead went on to lie p other ' ^ ^ h .

valuable tool. Cade and Coxhead went on of thcm An

advanced state of mind. Originally, the gitui SU ),tC „f mc ntd exerew' - 1 '

advanced Mate ot mind, wnguuwy, ^ ' , Vl \

monks and yogis-undcrweiu some ten to ^ Bu, ^

discipline to develop tlus awakened mmd P®" e "* biofeedback technola

discipline to develop tlus awaacuuu ■ — i™ , f )bac ). ,rtl

thanks to the visual aid of the Mmd Mirror an «

students could develop this ability m only a couple » ^ A****

- " e Of the gifted streets featuredm

ed subjects ieaiu«A. sU bjcct

Mind” and in “Beyond Biofeedback”— another c ^ cclkl ^^’ 1IC biXecdb**

In fact, Swaini Rama, one

by Hlmer and Alice Green-said "Jj' 'S** * ^ *

and neurofeedback devices to help with the m [cn .fays!

tarn; and accomplish what would rcgularh take i • h „ w hai •

Another thing 1 found inspiring m to ( Xls , n*

the book "The High Performance hfflnd . con d„c.mg b « <»

in

ook “T he High miormamx - ' / conducting^

both an assistant and student of Cade s, “ A ^ ( Eighties. While j

search here in .he United States starting m to to ■> _ J ^ pencil ««•

search here in me l imu. , . . sflm e

this type of brainwave research she also found the

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 87

pattern in gifted musicians while composing, artists while painting, mathemati-
cians solving difficult equations, and even in scientists making a breakthrough!
Apparently, this pattern of brainwave acuvity was not only related to mystical,
psychic and transcendent states, but is also associated with any highly creative
and mental endeavor.

This was intriguing to me, and I of course wondered if I could possibly be
producing the awakened mind pattern while 1 engaged in remote perception or
m out-of-body projection. I was also interested m seeing what kind of patterns
some of the pharmacological substances I was experimenting with evoked in
my bram. Since this seemed highly interesting to me at the time, I went ahead
and again purchased three more pieces of brain technology equipment How-
ever, in order to do this I had to get a bank loan, for these instruments were
very expensive. But something told me it was the right thing to do.

In a matter of weeks, I had in my possession the legendary Mind Mirror k , a
multi-frequency computer-based spectrum brainwave analyzer <$4,000> (that’s
nght, four thousand dollars!), the fhoughtStream'B), a compact skin resistance
(GSR) biofeedback training unit <$150>; and a D.A.V.I.D1 Digital Audio
Visual Integration Device/ brainwave synchronizer <S1,2( 0> My little home
office was beginning to look like a mad scientist’s laboratory, but by now I was
on a mission

The Bodymind

Bio feedback and neuro feedback are technologically sophisticated ways of be-
coming aware of bodily (bio) and brain (neuro) functions. Hus is accomplished
with the help of an audio and/or visual cue (feedback). 1 his way, by being able
to know what is going on inside our bodies, we can influence these functions.

Based cm my experiments, I have come to realize that we are not body and
mind (two separate entities), but rather a ‘bodymind’ unit. By learning body-
mind communication skills one may say. “Pulse, calm and regular ; or, Heart
rate, slow down”, and these bodilv functions may be influenced However, m
order to accomplish this, one must switch from the sympathetic nervous sys-
tem (associated with arousal) to the parasympathetic system (associated with
relaxation). Yogis have done tins for thousands of years bv focusing their
minds on particular images and emotional feelings. Apparently, when we relax and
use our imagination (creation of images), we seem to be tapping into the primary
creative energy of the universe.

Our brains produce electrical sweeping currents called brainwaves, which
are measured in both frequency' and amplitude.

The frequency is the speed of electrical oscillations, measured in cycles per
second (or hertz),

I he amplitude is the momentum of the electrical impulse, measured m mi-

88 INTO THE VOID

cro voltage.

These can be examined with the help of an electroencephalograph (Tit'C

and although we arc never producing only one type of brainwave at a time, in!
useful to become acquainted with each one of them for later reference. \
mentioned earlier, there are four types of brainwaves— beta, alpha, theta, and
delta And in specific combinations they correspond to distinct states of con-
sciousness. Take a look at this chart for a visual representation:

Bcra

Alpha

Theta

Delta

18-35 Hz.
8-12 Hz.

4-7 1 iz.
0.5-3 I \i

Awake and alert
Relaxed

I Iy pnagogic imagery and reverie, near sleep
Sleep

So, if you are hooked up to an EEG, you can literally see what is going on
mside your head! Again, certain images and feelings allow for the manipulation
of one’s brainwaves, and by controlling these one can then affect ones state of
mind But not only is it possible to affect our brain states, we can also do the
same with other parts of die body. The neurons in our brain act as messengers
dial communicate through various networks ot our bodies; and they can e
influenced to cam' out specific instructions. Ncurotransmitters transmit nerve

Impulses (orders)^ across the synapses, thereby allowing the
communicate wtth the rest of the body. 1 have learned that »
this kind of interaction consciously, one needs to imagine or usu c

that one is doing so, and then gently expect it to happen
You might be wondering “Okay, but if 1 have to use

cate with my body, what ,f I don’t know what my neurons °"hr
ogy look like?” Well, don’t worry, for the concept is what ma . ^ „

ology Your cells ‘know’ your innermost wants, Ming?, _ ^ ^ ] 0

or not, what it comes down to is belief what you t un >° [)ut ^

that regard, belief is a powerful filter of perception; and renter
you perceive, or are capable of, is what becomes your a a ^ loW k’dgn-.cr.'

o p „, bo*, «-»b. «»** -

uur Domes huiiuiU nwiropepodo

of its remarkable mtelligeuce. The physical makeup ° to knoiv»'* n

biochemicals are nothing compared to the <>e - s ‘ ^.y nc ,

biochemicals are nothing compared to the bony s .m,.,,. ' ^fcstai

to manufacture what neurochemicals, which rcccptot >i o • comc fro®
to, and even tn what quantities. But where does tus m b^^#***
Well, some scientists speculate that it comes I torn the ^hcsV \\ lierevet a
material, the mind is able to affect matter (our p t>- ^ ^ 1U > ihc i

thought goes ncurotransmitters must gP to. an ' , kk u j,l, intent (t ' ~

ecul.1 iu iumcuuutt >»* ** • ' *, , . t fj neurocheiw*

tion. Consequentlv, it can then be said that thougt s • - ^ t(u[ sense,

biochemicals— molecules are literally created by tho g

*

v W orf vt0

3k.TiwoX.~-8 ■> » m — • .» “tSi'-TS

react to something in a particular way) is to pracuce . , ir i u ,„icak *

■ f 1 1 ___ « *1 f\ It

$

t

i

t

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 8 9

thought and the molecule are one and the same.

As you can see, learning about all of this shed new light on what I thought
was possible for the mind to do. According to what 1 had found so far, a prop-
erly trained mind is capable of controlling matter — die matter that the physical
body itself is composed of. 1 lowever, 1 was to soon find out that the mind was
capable of much more. Moreover, 1 was also beginning to internalize that the
mind was in the body, and that the body was in the mind... In other words, our
state of health, self-image, state-of-mind, and even otir physical appearance arc
literally created by what we think Winch is the same as to say that we consis-
tently create ourselves based on what we think ourselves to be .! W r e arc cre-
ated m our thoughts — literally. Our thoughts create us in all aspects That
means that not only can one create its inner environment, but one can also cre-
ate one’s outer environment as well In that sense, we can create our lives —
including all of our cxpericncesl That means that you and are creators like
God* but in a smaller scale As you can see. the implications of this are quite
compelling.

Anyway, as I read book after book about what the mind is able to accom-
plish in normal as well as paranormal terms, 1 realized that no matter what re-
ligion or culture, or in what part of the world individuals live, whenever they
undertook the task of developing themselves mentally, they always use a num-
ber of tools For example, Tibetan monks use gongs, bowls, candles, chanung,
etc Shamans use chanting, as well as rattles, drums, etc But I was surprised to
learn that both also used either one type of psychedelic/ hallucinogen or an-
other, in order to induce certain ecstatic and altered mind-states.

Tins finding surprised me quite a bit. For I had previously held the notion
that they didn’t use any substances whatsoever to engage altered states ot con-
sciousness. 1 thought that they somehow just did it without the use ot any sub-
stances. But i had been wrong These men and women underwent rigorous
training that involved both artifacts attd psychoactive substances. In chapter 4, I
will cover the subject of consciousness-altering substances m depth, but here
on dus section, I will share with you what i have learned about the modern
tcchno-shamamc’ artifacts available to influence brain functioning

Brain Technology 101

In order to facilitate the training and development ot altered states ot con-
sciousness conducive to paranormal functioning I have taken advantage ot the
tremendous amount of scientific information on the brain and the nmid sci-
ences available today I have also incorporated the aid ol modern, sophisti-
Ca ted, and computerized tcchno-shamamc tools These methods anti tools have
been used by individuals for thousands and perhaps even millions ot years.
0nc example is the ancient use of drumming, chanting, anti the flickering

90 INTO THE VOID

light of campfires together with the intake ot plant teachers used by shaman;
in order to alter their own as well as their tribal members brainwave activity, %
as to enter a trance or altered state of consciousness.

Today, one may obtain similar results with the use of a light and sound
brainwave synchronizer (and a pharmacological substance) As previously
mentioned at the beginning of this chapter, a brainwave synchronizer consists
of an eyeset, headphones, and a micro-computerized sound synthesizer The
eyeset has in it tiny light bulbs or I MD ' s that replace the campfire, and the
sou'nd synthesizer replaces the drumming. One then programs the device to
flicker the lights in combination with the beats produced by the synthesizer
which are then listened through headphones Consequently, bv programming a
to target a particular brainwave frequency, it will effortlessly and efficient]

guide die user’s brain and mind into the desired state.

Although I have to honestly admit that the most interesting and valuable
insights and experiences occurred to me from my combination ot brain technol-
ogy devices together with synthetic pharmacological substances and/or natural
‘sacred’ plants. It’s as though the devices (or meditation, chanting, yoga etc]
only take the user up to the threshold of particular psychological states But u
order to fullv enter ‘into’ them one needs certain ‘keys’— chemical in nature
These keys are specific chemical codes that our brains then read and accept n

that aspect psychedelics and hallucinogens an these keys

Let me add here that the technology of brainwave synchronizers, binaural

beats, and neuroelectncal stimulators is based on the brain-entrainment p *

pal, which basically states that the brain’s electrical fmng of nC ""T £
suiting brainwaves will resonate at the same frequency of presentu >ȣ -
the auditory and/or v*uul channels. In other words, .f one
with an external auditory and/or visual (or neuroelectncal) pi sa » . ^

of say, eight pulsations per second (the alpha range), then t ic - r - > ^

minutes will automatically lock in with this speed rate, ant t un ° 1 t ,
nating at that same rate. In turn, the four brainwave states l ,a ' o ,— J

beta, alpha, theta, and delta— result in different ‘locations m t P )
landscape of one’s psyche when combined with different su sta ^

T here are a wide variety of brain technology devices availab ^ ^
today. And based on my own particular needs, I came to usl a

following:

^ p fca .

D.A.V.I.D PARADISE XL lM : T his brainwave synchronizer ^
turcs, which have made it one of the top-selling deuces m ^ pccial *<■’■
technology'. It features 35 preset sessions, as well as a num either b]

sions that can be purchased separately. This unit can be dub** 00 ^

hand or with a windows 95/98 computer. It also has 4 the fb '

grams that allow users to play an audiotape or (.D m sync re ^
ing lights and/or sounds The audio tones this device ha''

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 91

pleasing to the ear. The sound choices in the XL are: digitized heartbeat, surf
(white noise), pulsed pure tone, and binaural beats (bodi with variable pitch).

The D.A.V I.D Paradise XL also features independent right cyc/lcft car rate
control This enables the user to experience two different brainwave states of
brain stimulation simultaneously. This effect is very effective in inducing
independent hemispheric stimulation — which means one can slow down die
left brain's activity to say 5 or 6 hertz, while increasing the right’s hemisphere
to say 20 Hz Tins increases die chances of successful lucid dreaming, and

The D.A.V.I.D Paradise

allows for interesting ‘spatial* effects when combined with p harm acological
substances. Price : $ 600 to $ 1,400 (Depending on the number of special ses-
sions.)

PHOTOSONIX NOVA PRO® : This is the only brainwave synchronizer I
have found that features dual- binaural beats. With binaural beats each ear hears
a separate frequency, and then a third ‘phantom’ beat is creates and heard by
the brain. For example, if die right ear is presented with a tone frequency of
104 Hz., while die left ear is presented with a tone frequency of 100 Hz., the
brain will then automatically subtract the difference between the two and hear
a tone frequency of 4 Hz. (This is almost the same modus operand! ot hemi-
sync audiotapes and CDs.)

In contrast, with dual-binaural beats, each ear hears a mtxture of two tones,
^hts results in chords, and consequently makes the tones sound very musical as
Well as richer and fuller, Thus, complex ‘dual beats’ occur, and the result is a

92 INTO THE VOID

fascinating and swirling array of 3-D-likc surround sound effects This unit u i
one of mv favorites. I especially enjoy its delta sessions, because they tend to
color my inner voyages with sort of a spacey flav or.

! ( features 50 preset programs with space tor another 50 user-made pro-
grams (1 have also read about a new model called NOVA PRO 100, which
features 100 programs, plus space to store another hundred It also boasu
other sound and operation options and features not available to the NOVA
p R 0 but 1 have not had the opportunity to try it out yet ) Like the D A V LD,
both NOVA PRO and NOVA PRO 100 can also be programmed either bv

The Photosonix Nova Pro

hand or with a windows-based
vice. Price : S 395

computer. I highly recommend this <k

nRF.AML.IGHT® : This is the device pioneered fi . a sop hisno^

LaBcrgc and lus colleagues at Stanford Umver! ^. a , wll as a sleep
biofeedback computer that features one . s movements A*

which houses photoelectric sensors lht.t d ^ ^

REM or dreaming sleep. Once the device de e ms ,de the dlrtnl ,

mve a preprogrammed cue that the user learns to rcc g> be ^ctst

* hi LI ,L -final. *. ... b~- •**

m a wide variety of parameters according o , pW p,B»P <) f

brightness, volume, speed and length ot cue, ?P e ° . (nght/kfQ

Tins unit also features a reality test *«™^*t*k * dream *£«
awake m the real world or dreaming .mi • ,i ia t Dt l.allet^ ^

though one still needs to do the menta exci j Jtl . ai ,iing.

mends. For in and of itself this device does not mduce

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 93

The DreamLight

even store dream data from up to ten nights. Hus unit is the Rolls Royce of
dream biofeedback devices, and it is nothing short ol a computerized sleep
laboratory' in a box. Price ; $ 1 ,200

Nott \ lcs< expensive model also available, called tin St PI R NOV \ OlO' \MI It, torS 399

PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC STATE TESTER® (P.E.S/T®) :

Tins little gizmo is perhaps the most important conscious awareness tool one
will ever use! The P.E.S T is a beeper-like device with a programmable timer,
which signals the user to stop at odd moments throughout the day and perform
a reality test This helps train one’s mind to be conscious of its state of being,
and also practice for ‘in dreaming’ reality tests.

The P.E.S.T

94 INTO THE VOID

Reality testing was used as a means to lucidity' in the dreamstnte m th Cr
search conducted by Dr Stephen LaBerge at Stanford’s sleep lab Hus dt.ja
may also be used in combination with the Dreamlight or Super Nova Dreamt
Also, based on my experiments, ! have found a way to use this device so as to
help me not only determine whether 1 am dreaming or nor, but also ascertain
whether 1 am on a probable Earth, dream system, or the astral d]rnen'>ior 5
Yes, tins little gizmo does wonders for increasing the mindfulness, attenur a,
and awareness of the user. Price : S 150

RT-6 BRAIN TUNER* : A little known neurochemical fact is that bu-
mans enter the REM sleeping (dreaming cvcle the brain stops manufacturing
the neurotransmittcr responsible for short-term memory. This is the- reason
whv most of us can’t remember the theme of our second dream last night. If
alone complete dream experiences in general, even though all of us have be-
tween four and six dreaming cycles every night. Through my own espemnen
tauon 1 have found a way around this problem. In order to stimulate the bal-
anced manufacturing of endorphins, as well as other neurotransmitters includ-
ing norepinephrine, serotonin, and in particular acetylcholine (which is respon-
sible for the storage, processing, and retrieval of stored information, Le , mem-
orv), 1 have used a number of ncuroclectncal stimulators like the Nustar*\ •
sis®. Force®, and the BT-6®. But m my experience however,! ha\c o

The Bruin Tuner-Model 6

of the >titnuh [ic£1

Bob Beck’s Brain Tuner® to be in a class all us ow n, because ^

of vivid dreaming it produces, which in turn can lea ^ of dg®* 5 *® 5 *’ '
This device consists of a small base unit the size ot a pat ^ ^ att>lC h<J

an electrode headset that is attached behind the ears^ ( t 1 , ^ c \ectn^ 4:111
the temples with optional electrodes.) Once attache it sen

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 95

rent into the brain; but the current is in the microampere range. According to
bioelectric research this current is similar to the current produced by the body’s
cells And when the brain is electrically stimulated at appropriate frequencies
and amplitudes, the body responds by increasing its manufacturing of endor
phtns — the body’s own natural opiates — as well as other neurochemicals, in-
cluding dopamine, enkaplins, etc Moreover, psychiatrists have found that ncu-
roclecmcal stimulation produces states of euphoria and well-being, deep re-
laxation, and heightened awareness.

According to scicnusts and researchers, in neurophysiological terms neuro-
clcctncal stimulation acts upon the reticular activating system (RAS) , which is
responsible for attention and concentration. It is also said to affect the auto-
nomic nervous system; thereby activating the parasympathetic system, which is
responsible for the “relaxation response”, as opposed to the “fight or flight”
response.

The BT-6 features a pulse modulation button that controls the rare of the
output between 1 1 1 Hz., 7.83 I Iz , and 1 second on and 1 second off (I have
noticed that this allows for different mental effects while under the influence of
hallucinogenic/ psychedelic substances); and a pulse width adjustment between
350 and 220 microseconds (I really haven’t noticed a difference between the
these two settings) An automatic shut-off timer (18, 33, and 63 minutes) is also
featured Unlike the simple sine waves used in other neuroelectrical devices,
Beck’s BT-6 uses an exclusive waveform, which according to him, bathes the
bram with over 250 frequency harmonics. Also, in my experience, I have
found that this device greatly increases levels of dopamine in the brain. I his is
perhaps the best neuroelcctrical stimulator available today. Price : $ 395

Note Although tins unit is sometimes very hard to find I recommend it ht^hfv

OASIS®; This is the only stereo neuroelectncal stimulator available on the mar-
ket today. It works either alone or in conjunction with the D.A V.I.D or

The Oasis

96 INTO THE VOID

PHOTOSONIX brainwave synchronizers.

I Iowcvcr, for it to work in ‘stereo’, a dual-brainwave frequency stimulabon
must be used. In other words, unlike the BT-6, which sends one signal of dcc-
tro-stiinulauon to both brain hemispheres, the OASIS — when hooked-up to a
1) A V.I.D, for example — sends two separate stimulation signals— one to each
brain hemisphere. This allows for extremely weird cognitive experiences whi
under the influence of psychedelics and hallucinogens. (One of them is de-
scribed in chapter 5.) Price: S 200

HFMI-SYNO Al IDIOT APES/CD’s : These audiotapes facilitate what
scientists call hemispheric synchronization — a state of whole brain synchrom
pioneered by Robert Monroe, founder of the Monroe Institute, and author of

many OBE classics including “Journeys Out Of T he Body”.

In tins altered state of consciousness both the nght and left sides of the
brain are not only balanced and integrated, but the brain’s electromagnetic en-
ergy and brainwave activity become more organized and coherent. Research
has revealed that theta brainwave activity (the slate that most oi these mho
tapes tar vet) tntmers the formation of new and more complex neural pathw .. . -
lilts effect, known as “Long Term Potentiation” is said to be paramount to

retnevinc data from the subconscious mind.

In my experiments I have used the audiotape enutlcd: ‘ Conccninnoa .

Hcmi-Sync Audio

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 97

together with special exercises m order to rewire and grow richer interconnec-
tions between both my hemispheres. Thus allowing me to engage in meta-
normal brain functioning. (I will discuss and present some of these exercises
later in chapter 6.) These audiotapes are the favorite of consciousness research-
ers, I highly recommend them Price : $ 14.95 eacli to $ 500 for complete sets.

Nnu In my experience, the 36-andioiapc or 18 U) set of T he Gateway Experience’' program
offers a lifetime of exploratory experience when u ul m combination with plurmacolopc.il sub-
stanccs such as LSD, MDM \, ketamine and dextromethorphan \isi», t| lt 12 judintapc >ar enti-
tled Going I lomc used together with low dosages oi ketamine, has enabled mi to have OBb's
or NDb.’s (near ■ ilt a t h -experiences) almost effortless]* It should be noted however, that the
Monroe Institute does nor recommend that any substances be used in conjunction with
du ! audiotapes or CDs. Although I have noticed that some interesting synergies do
occur from their combination with psychopharmacological substances.

MIND MIRROR III® : Tins legendary electroencephalograph (EEG) has two

channels that perform real-time analysis of fourteen frequency bands (delta

through beta) in each brain hemisphere simultaneously These readings are then

presented as patterns, which are displayed on the Mind Mirror's I CD display

or on a computer screen, via a fiber-optic cable and special MS-DOS /windows

program Moreover, digital filtering allows for excellent bandwidth in each fre-
quency.

Another useful feature is that ir otters an impedance meter, which insures
good electrode contact and therefore eliminates possible false readings. Re-
searchers may record ill sessions to a PC hard drive, or up to the last twenty

The Mind Mirror III

98 INTO THE VOID

minutes of a session on the Mind Mirror itself, which can later be downloaded
to a PC This allows for tracking the progress of brainwave training over multi-
ple sessions. This is a professional-grade high quality EEG specifically mated and
designed to measure altered states of consciousness. Price: S 4,000

T HOUGHT1 '^TREAMj.: This compact biofccdback unit accurately measures
unv changes in the conductivity of the skin as a result of dil ferent thought? and
moods. These readings are taken through finger probes that arc then processed
into audio and visual signals. The ThoughtStream features eight 1-ED’s that
descend (change color/ through twenty- five relaxauon levels. For example,
every session begins with all LED’s emitting a RED glow, but change color
(ORANGE, YELLOW, and GREEN) according to one’s change in skin re>i-
tance _statc of relaxauon. In other words, when one relaxes, the skin resistance
10 conductivity goes up, as one becomes aroused, the skin resistance to

conductivity goes down.

Bv using this device then, one receives immediate feedback about how
certain mental activities and/or exercises increase or decrease stress and relaxa-

The ThoughtStream

that allows

tion levels. 'Hie ThoughtStream also features a cahbrauon p u ^ ^ u < e s it

for the unit to be set to the right sensitivity level ot each me n K ^ ^ nia ke
liiis feature also enables a user to change the sensitivit) ^ ti

harder to change the LED’s from all RED to all GREEN. Th

^ p « , C 1 C()

the development of deeper states ol relaxation 1 nee : .

it

fot

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 99

Neur oVeedback Training

— ^ .w^,cu UU. o-ucc trade Velcro^ headband of the Mind Mirror

“ 2 , aW h0W m >', lhoU g lus ™ d flings changed the configuration

l l- Hr S ^ OW “ 8 ° n thc com P utcr screen almost by the second I was
s ocked. Not only was it surreal to sec my thoughts and feelings transform

themselves into visual representations, but I also began to realize how incoher-
ent and asymmetrical our ‘normal’ everyday thoughts realiv are. However just

svnTcTrf 7T, e Tl 8 ’ the , dl . SC “ dant P attems be g™ t° gradually show signs of

increase said symmeny and synchronization between both of my bran, femis-
phems; which resulted in a mindful, peacefiil, yet lucid state of being. Regret, a-
h, tins took considerable eftort on my part and a lot of time— usual!
couple of hours. It was therefore easy to become frustrated and discouraged '
But by employing the aid of some of my brain technology devices such as
my brainwave synchronizers, or the Monroe audiotapes fy the way, m t*r „„ a
neuroeUctncal simulator umt white footed up to an EEG, for you will burnout the EEC ’s

S i 1 COUld ^ g °° d ® ««« * under half an horn!

dol neno , rcm0te V1C T $ & ° m dl ° unlt to “ *eir cool-

aown penod or getting into their ‘zone’.

As my knowledge about btain technology- devices increased, I decided ,t yvas

~ S ° mC ° f my ‘ mernai V*V**V** funcuons — first, durmg a

OBF T P ““ P j CSS '° n ' SeCOnd > dudn 8 u lucid dream, and thud, during an

variou- „t° Want f d t0 rcadui S s of n 'X br am yvhtle under the influence of
to Bet 1 P m ' ac< l °8 1Cil substances. But I soon realized however, that in order

cnee rZ r ''P L ° wordlwbde readings of tlus type — my brain under the tnflu-
EEP p acmacol °g lc al substances— 1 would have to use a different ty pe of

MRWm PS somedun 8 hke a medical-grade topograpluc mapper or even a
MJU (magneuc resonance imagmg), which at the present rime are beyond my

Mirm°r W ’ Sm n C We are eoing to bc taUdn 8 about brainwaves and how the Mind

X; ZZ KT*** thCm> ° n d ’ C nCXt page 1 am *** «P present you
waves inr • jhustrauons depicting how the Mind Mirror assembles brain-

Mirror ^ P atterns - This *n turn will enable you to interpret the Mind

dvnamir . aS 1 rcllUe t0 indlVKluaI h rain waves, as well as interpret their
were all P atterns - These readings, which will follow on page 101,

specific nnrrT r g Varlous mind " bod y activities that I engaged in for this
tiisplavs /v-7° Se KeCP m lmil<J thnt the cli angmg patterns that the Mind Mirror
depict a ‘frr^ €l *° Sccond Therefore, the illustrated patterns on page 101 will

which in dlC LCD dls P la >' as u appears in die Mind Mirror,

St atcs of r , 1 W P rovidc y° u with a visual representation of particular altered

nsciousness as I engaged in them. So, having said that let’s continue.

100 INTO THE VOID

LEFT HEMISPHERE

RIGHT HEMISPHERE

To start of, the illustration above depicts the four names of die different
types of brainwaves, as well as how they are measured in bodi frequency an
amplitude on the Mind Mirror screen. Note dial die left brain hemisphere e m
the left side of the illustration, and the right brain hemisphere is on the ng ^
side. Also, note that the fnquency (in Hz. or cycles per second) 15 °

the vertical axis, with die highest frequent rate (38 Hz.) at the top, an .

est frequency rate (0.5 Hz.) at the bottom. The amplitude is measured
horizontal axis (sec the bottom of the same top illustration) in microvo ts. ^

The measurement ot microvolts or strength of the sign P t

brainwaves start at ' 1 ", at the center of the illustration (deplete , out $
divides both brain hemispheres), and it becomes stronger tic - ^

goes to the left of the drawing in the left brain hemisphere, an a so
it goes to the right of the drawing on the right brain hemisp ere. ^ u5tr a-
Taking the top illustration as reference then, you can see _ _ iamp l,
tions that follow below portray the various brainwaves at t icir

tudes (depicted on both brain hemispheres).

delta

BETA

ALPHA

THETA

RAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 101

In order to record natural self-induced altered states I decided to recruit my
sister as my assistant, and instructed her to physically record on paper the
brainwave patterns 1 showed on the Mind Mirror during a typical remote per-
ception session But I instmeted her that she was to only record the patterns
associated with correct impressions. Because you see, even though the device
records brainwaves during a session, which I could later refer to, I had no wav
of knowing exactly at what point in the session I got a correct lmnression—
thereby seeing the kind of pattern I was profiling at that exact moment' So if I
was hooked up to the unit and only recorded my brainwave patterns dunng the

impressions. “ ^ ** with the

Consequently, 1 used a very helpful feature that the Mu.d Mirror has Tins is

a freeze frame trigger that connects to the device, and when pressed stops or

reczcs the changing real-time brain patterns; thus allowing one to see that one

specific pattern. The following are visual representations of a couple of mind
state patterns I recorded during an RP session: P

.tZ c .Th7 00 ; lK ; rr . above (wh,ch - n. >■» « . ^

SVC whirh C # ,“ d t bra ”"' Jvt tele theta and delta On the seennd one how-

etc rcast d 7" Tu bd ° W (Wh ‘ Cl ’ dcm,ms,ra,cs a cnrrLC t hit), delta and theta activity ate grcatlv
increased, while alpha and bora decrease

102 INTO THE VOID

Next on the list was dreaming and lucid dreaming. For this experiment 1
instructed my assistant to start keeping track ot the patterns appearing on the
computer screen roughly about ninety minutes after I feU asleep. For as you may
recall, wc enter a REM cycle ever}- ninety minutes. However, since my assistant
was only available in the afternoon, the ninety-minute rule did not apply
Therefore 1 had to force myself to take a nap for these experiments; and rather
than have my assistant stare at me until I tell asleep, began dreaming, and nr*
eyelids began moving, 1 used a little ingenuity. Thus 1 hooked myself up to the
Dream l ig ht and programmed it to give just two jaint audio tones without any of
the Hashing lights This wav my assistant could read for a while until she heard
the tones, and then start keeping track of the Mind Mirror’s images After about
five minutes into my dream my assistant awakened me; thereby allowing me to
go over the recorded patterns and see which pattern profiles were being dis-
played during a dreaming cycle.

Vs \ou can see on the pattern above, beta and alpha activity are
however, is hi avy, followed by interumtent flart* of theta

For lucid dreaming,
ported whether or not
but here arc those results:

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 1 03

H'TT " JTZ ^ " ■' ' n,tTC, " nK f " r CVCT ,hm '* h 1 « asleep, the b_e

pmfik shown on the Mind Motor ,s vet, stnnl.tr to the, of a tvptcal waking state of mind (except

for the heavy bands o theta) In other words, accordu* to thts rmdin* I an, both awake and

dreaming But the high beta flares in the 38 I I* range denote a high stare of luetdity

The time came to finally scc what went on inside my head during an OBE
Though this task proved to be a little tncky. For there was no way for my as-
sistant to anticipate the moment of my actual OBE So for tins experimc nr

: s ;; y ™ ^ « I ****** to record my QBE on the

, , hUir0r ' 1 had rcmcmbcr what lt was 1 was doing, so that I could return

back to my body within a couple of minutes after the OBE and pause die Mind

Error. Then after this, I could note what had just been recorded. (Remember

that since the Mind Mirror has a built-m counter I could roughly estimate the

ST it a f e h "‘""W ^w attempts, but nonetheless I

aU b\ my self Indeed, I was surprised and extremely satisfied at the

amount ot mental control 1 was beginning to have. Here is that pattern:

n t is st pattern you can see that at the moment of engaging in the OBI* state there is a |„ t

~ 3Ct1Vlt) lNIa,nly ’ locs of lcft bnun bcta an d Jelta activity, with mid-range alpha and

tt3 ‘ ° mC thlS mdlcatcs that thL ‘ ke >’ to rcraifung one’s lucidity or awareness throughout the

sci * Kpmnon ° f tho min d-from- the -body process, is that one needs to have an extreme con-

(rt ‘ PaSCntcd b >' lcft bnUn «***) of a subconscious process (represented by the
uta and delta activity m the nght brain). I also noticed that a sort of polarity change/ rever-

caUv^th- | Urmg Jn ° BI %1lar 1 mtan ,S that cvcn t,lou « h onc ’ s bfai” waves slow down dramati-
j m . j * ° acc< -lerate* after a certain point during the actual experience In other words, there is

htfih-ran * \ am ^ ,,ude f)f bodl knv tn nud-nmge beta waves, and a complete* absence of

my expenen Cfa ^ ^ ^ mTtas< wf botb t,uta and d tba waves across the ir full spectrum (In
aware 0 f iKf ^ \ “ ^ *" 4 ^ ° f no-mind /no-rime, m which I have no thoughts, but arc still
ity m [l| . Ct * * am not Bicn, when the separation occurs, there is a lot of'activ-

waves burl 1^ ^ bl *’ bam P btudc ' bcta ant ^ a lp ba waves, and higlwmplitude low-range delta

<- activity tn the theta spectrum. Consequently, I fed that these are the structural

1 04 INTO THE VOID

elements that are key for successful OBL/psyclioporotion states Because in these altered m t:i j
States one is always aware of what is happening as well as recording to memory number , f
*im ntal snapshots' of what is seen and even experienced In that sense, psyc Importation is usd ItJ
explore ant given PDI-D, and return with perfect recall of what has taken place

Biofeedback Training

When l first started my bio feedback instruction it felt very much like medita-
tion training However, 1 immediately noticed that the biofecdback equipment
allowed me to see, hear, and know whether I w as relaxing properly or not Let
me explain. For example, when I believed to be physically relaxed, 1 would
similarly believe that I was pretty much mentally relaxed as well. However, ac-
cording to the Mind Mirror’s readings I was thinking too much about being re-
laxed! This was graphically made evident by the high-amplitude beta Hares in
the LCD display. In contrast, when I thought I was centered and relaxed, the
Mind Mirror would in fact show a nice meditative pattern with mid to high-
ampUtude alpha waves, with little beta activity . I lowever, the EMG channel on
the Mind Mirror and the skin resistance reading on the ThoughtStrcam showed
both muscle and skin arousal; which meant that although I was mentall. re-
laxed, I was not physically at ease

So, m that sense, thanks to biofeedback and neurofeedback momtonng,
was now not only able to see exactly if my mind and body were in sync with
each other or not, but also pinpoint what was wrong with whatever technique
or approac h I was using for psychophysiological relaxation. I then rea t/e - I 11
as others involved in this field of research had done before, that the unp
uons of this technology' were truly revolutionary'. Here was one oolp ^
method that any individual could use in order to properly learn the ancient tec

niques of mind and body integration/ regulation.

And by doing dus, one is then able to better prepare oneself to 111,10
wardly and in to one’s own inner-self. Because as 1 came to learn later v
began incorporating both visionary' plants and pharmacological su ^
my experiments — the better the mind and body are prepared, the iet T
experiences one can expect. Thus, I sensed that the studies and training ^ ^
undertaken, as well as the tools I was now using, were similar to t
shaman. In that sense l was becoming a modern-day shaman. Flot oiv^ ^
but I slowly began to realize that on some inner level I was being
‘someone’ towards ‘something’. Intrigued by these revelations 1 conun
my studies and research.

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 1 05

V

>

The Hypnagogic State

N

■:

S

*

s

t

I

studying the different types -of altered states, I came across the subject of

I hypnagogic imagery. Tins type ot image construction is not die self-deliberate

creation of images one performs when one is daydreaming or visualizing.

Rather, it is a spontaneous and non-controUed projection of unages from die

subconscious mind. These images are seen in the mind’s eye or imagination.

Again, this is not the alpha state where one consciously makes up images as in

daydreaming. No, the state I am referring to occurs in between wakefulness
and sleep.

The images produced by the subconscious mind and seen bv the conscious
mmd while in tlus semi-sleep state are fleeting, vivid, and significant in nature
However, they tend to be so bnef that they are usually lost to memorv or
erased, as one becomes alert and fully awake. The trick to seeing and remem-

enng these images then, is to keep fullv cognitive while remaining dceplv re-
laxed so as to almost tall asleep. Yet not falling asleep completely.

i A? 15 ".' }? T SteVenson - aulhor the classic “The Strange Case of Dr
Jekyll and Mr. Hyde", learned that he could dream complete stones. This was

also the case with Rod Serling, writer of the popular television senes “The Twi-
light Zone —whose highly creative and original store ideas often came to lum
in hypnagogic imagery and dreams. This form of unconscious creativity has not
only helped arusts such as Serling and Stevenson, bu, also scientists
Thomas Edison and chem.st Frednch Kck.de von Stradomta. In fact von
Strandonuz developed his theory of molecular constitution while in a hypna-
gogic state. Through a fantastic yet elusive dream symbol of a snake bum., us

j-»l ' £ | I organic compounds exist in a

closed nng fashion!

In addition to these examples there are many others, as well as many anec-

riv r u ° Carly iUustrate ll,at hypnagogic imagery is associated with crca-
prp urt iermore i I have found that it is believed that the large portion of
experiments, which yielded above-average results, were the result of sub-
|| ers retaining awareness while m deep stages of theta— associated with the
pnagog lc state. Another interesting thing I also found was that a large por-
" ° i 5UCCC f fuI rcmote viewing sessions performed for US Intelligence agen-
achleved by viewers who reportedly engaged in deep states of

Matcs °^ nunt * This of course was made evident by the use
>io cedback as well ns neurofeedback instrumentation.

bv recn T y 1 lnItlally lcarncd to en S a R c m this type of brainwave training was
ine th 1 r r 8 my mec ^ ,tanve brainwave patterns using the Mind Mirror. Bv do-
curred^ tIm the highest theta activity (right before falling asleep) oc-

tlk- b\ 1 1C ° C ? P1Ul cortcx a ^ so ca hcd the visual cortex), which is located in
inp ^ °^ tllc head. Empirically, I came up with the follow-

l0t ’ u 1JC 1 * usc hi order to enter the hypnagogic mind-state For con-

106 INTO THE VOID

vcmcncc sake, I will only list the individual beta, alpha, theta, and delta brain-
waves in each level or phase of tins process, as opposed to bung their constant
dynamic interactions. Keeping that in mind, the method consists of the fol-
lowing’ hirst, I get comfortable, close mj c\cs, take a couple of deep breath-,
and simply relax. This takes me from a predominately beta state to a high-alph
state Alter about live minutes ot relaxation, 1 start to deliberately engage in
simple mental constructions (imagery). By doing this I find myself in mid-alpha.
After about another ten to fifteen minutes of this, 1 engage in constructing

more elaborate mental images from memory.

For example, I try to see my living room and then change or move the fur-
niture around This, together with physical relaxation, enables me to reach a
deep or low-level alpha state, near high-theta Finally, die trick to getting to mid
and low levels of theta, where rich hypnagogic imagery abounds, is to become
so deeply relaxed that I begin to feel a marked sense of drowsiness. T his is at
comphshed by im agining that I am closmg my eyes inside the meditation , and
again imagining myself falling into deeper states of relaxation and medita-
tion within the meditation.

I theorize that this fools the brain into thinking that one’s awareness is reach
to disconnect ;rom physical reality, lor shortly after tins, I notice a slow \et
steady numbness creeping up from my feet all the way up to the top of m\
head. When the numbness reaches my brain — and if 1 manage to remain semi-
conscious — it then culminates in an OBE l lowevcr, it the numbness doom
reach my brain, I find myself in the hypnagogic state or theta reverie, instead
1 he iechngs associated with this particular altered state, which 1 have dubbed
‘beyond theta’, are varied. In tins altered state imagery is abundant, rapid an
varied At times, 1 feel and even see myself floating above city-hke landscapes
and country scenes The feeling is similar ro that of Hying in dreams. Except
that I am not asleep and dreaming Instead, I am halt-asleep and half-awake, .ct
as mentioned before, fully aware and cognitive but m a dissociated sort
In many instances 1 have even experienced the cognition of future
These manliest themselves in physical reality usually within a couple ot wee
oi my visual perception of them, while engaging in hypnagogic imagen 1
in one oi my hypnagogic sessions 1 foresaw a car accident that 1 w as to
volved in. In said vision I clearly saw the exact moment of the crash, and it ^
so sudden and real, that 1 came out of this twilight state with a loud scream ^
addition, 1 also screamed inside the imaue of the car, winch 1 w a> d n\ mg

" like (WO

oi my vision, right at the moment of impact So in a sense it
screams happening at once. 1 lence, l came out ot this state literally y "
from what I had seen and experienced, ^

About two weeks later, while 1 was driving home on a ramv aturiKO^ ^ ^
getting oil at my exit, I spun out of control several times, and because o ^
violently hit the metal railing of the ramp 1 was on. T he moment m\
pinning and as I hit the metal railing, I screamed m shock and tsar At

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 107

*

%

H

»fc.i

v

H

k

t

r- 1

Uti

'. m

J

tJ

i i

: *

f

1

same exact instant I remembered what I had seen and experienced m the theta

state a couple of weeks pnor; and I swear to you that it felt just like dlfvu
for I had already experienced this same accident'

Then, in mv waking reality-after my car came to a stop-I h*t sat there
for a few moments really shocked and startled by the whole incident The en
ure front-end of my Camaro was lying on the floor m pieces. And if that wL“ t
enough and to make things reaUy weird— a concerned driver stopped started
walking towards me, and asked if I was okay. I told him that I had no ohvsical
injunes and that I was indeed okay. But as I was getting out of my car in order
to asscssthe damages, I noticed that the concerned driver was wearing a hear
mg aid. This gave me chills. Call it coincidence or synchronies but someth™
rnside me to d me that I had faded to Aura message that had been ,„" m

Aldiough had clearly seen i Lj This incident made me ponder about the Z-
turc of reality, time, and consciousness for weeks. I don’t know what c tee to
make about said me, dent, but that was one of my experiences with feeta ^

thatttnS;;" 1 en ' 0Untered whdc retaining awareness m theta was

a en ™e^bmnik. rOCe r T S ° mt UmeS ‘° “ UnknoWn and totally

aen one, abruptly and without notice. My conscious mind however would

,h “ ’ b "°~ wc

be ennrelv “T?* * *** SS ‘ ftheSe bought patterns could no,

Pr< f CS ^ d b >' m >' conscious mind. Bor my conscious mind rccog-
nued the fact that they weren’t part of my ego’s/physical experience. 8

voh-ed 0 ^ nM ' 1 W ° Uld b ? C ° me aware of L ' vtms th « [ had not been in-
ed m— at least consciously. But where did these thought patterns and

S3 *°? i * m . a. i Ju £

W I 1 Welrdness ’ and «hc memory of actions and events that weren’t
e^narit f mC ’ CamC ®. tbaI we* neurological pulsations

my psvche fanT * pC J! S ° naliucs or sub-personalities, which exist within

patterns C ° nSa ° US ^ ^ “ rather * kcrn,,e tllou 8 ht

bi 2 ^’ ! etUng back , '° hypnagogic images, some of them were down right
my exne Ummag ”, lab e ’ and ambled the ones I would later come to see in
keep m pharmac0l0glcal snhstances. Agaui, the tlimg you must

ages seen in ,1 ?“ mnCty ' mnC P crcem of the time the non-drug induced un-
eateful dies ' p,U ^. ,glc statc Ilrc VCI )’ nl P'd and Heeling And if one is not

viewine them c " 0t ’i’" 5 X ost ’ buI olle ' vl11 also Pal1 aslee P *“ the process of
very irickv nL , aSpCCt Cl W’8 hypnagogic or theta imagery ts a

Phase of Lv 7 realized that in order for me to conquer this next

obstacle— th mcma develo pment, I would have to get around tins particular

1 thoueht Ih' 1 ", 017 ! and COgm,Km ° f hypnagogic images.

t • out tins problem for a few days. Then an ingenious idea

108 INTO THE VOID

popped into my head. Why not train my visual perception and memon reten-
tion by using similar fleeting but real and controllable images, such as the im-
ages from a slide projector? Because you see, with the aid of real images 1 had
not only total control over the speed at which they appeared before me, but I
also had something to help me gauge my accuracy afterwards This, I reasoned,
would help me along greatly.

So, with that in mind, I borrowed a set of slides and a slide projector fronu
friend. 1 then projected picture slides one at a time into a screen for just a spkt-
second or so and then tried to describe the image, which I could barely discern
in the first place; for it was too fast for my conscious mind to perceive and
memorize. On my initial attempts all I would discern was nothing but a blur of
each one of the images — nothing else Still, I proceeded to descnlx tlu-m, at
times even using my imagination \ (though at first my imaginauon distorted
the real data ot the images.

However, in a matter of just a few sessions, 1 was effortlessly seeing,
remembering and describing, comity each slide projector image m its en-
lire tv 1 Then, when I combined this type of training with hypnagogic unagcml
became flabbergasted. Not only could J now see and later recall the hvpmgogic
images, but the same fleeting images would oftentimes turn into short motion-

pictures or mini-movies that lasted up to a hill minute!

For example, on one ot my theta training sessions I saw in my mind s c\e a
number of tiny winged creatures, no more than five inches in height, and w hich
resembled gargoyles. They were dark green and scaly and were flying near me
Unexpectedly, one of them came up to me and told me in a low growl to con-
tinue watching what they were doing. ! hen, without notice, they all morphed
into ape-looking clowns and started laughing at me! Tins immediately brought

me out of the hypnagogic state I was in.

Indeed, some of the scenes and imagery associated with theta training " ere
right down bizarre, to say the least But where did these images /scenes come
irom? I did not consciously create them. Moreover, some ot these imago ' u ‘ rc
so incredible and ‘beyond’ that folks involved in creating spectal-etkcts or
movies would kill for them. The stuff that inhabits these subconscious dimett
sions is truly fantastic. This leads me to believe that all “fantasy comc - trotn
this sort ot in between wakefulness and sleeji or twilight state. ^

One tlung 1 need to make clear is that the majority of times tnc ^
achieve the hypnagogic state, 1 simply ended up falling asleep, hi other" 0 *
would slip from nud-theta into heavy delta But thanks to brain rtJuK .

1 * v .» Kpr 1UH

however, there was a way around this — sometimes. I say ‘sometimes ^
you see, by using a photo-sonic stimulator or brainwave synchronize r ^ ^
dial-up a specific program, theta reverie for instance, and have the ue'i c ^
my brain said specific signal using the flashing hghts and sounds l 11 ^ ^
then starts by feeding my audio and visual cortex beta frequencies, an
ally gets my brainwaves down to the desired state, in this case theta.

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 109

h

ItiL

*s

S

Ilk

rL-;

csu

s>

*4

f#

yi

I

i

I

ii

i

In most cases this is effortless on my part. All I need to do is simply close
mv eyes and relax. Tire digital oscdlating sounds coming through the head-
phones, and the flashing Lghts cotntng through the eyeset take care of the rest
However, sometimes even this wouldn’t work. In fact, I don’t want to give die
impression that once I employed these devices it was ail smooth sailing I
mean, sure, my goal was to eventually not need them ,n order engage in my

non-physical explorations. But I noticed that for some reason every hi weZ
or so I would have to go back to using them. 7

llic reason for tins being that at times 1 would go weeks, sometimes even
months without any experiences, at all. It felt as though my bram would simply

■ d ?'\ n and S,0 P Ilavln 8 Paranormal experiences every so often (At this

time I had not experimented with psychedelic substances.) Again for some un

^rkld r o„°d eVC h t d TT '™ Uld St ° P haVmg “ effe “° n **■ Nothing

Chedehcs-as I later came to discover. Indeed, I could always relay on dcxL-
ediorphan, ketamine, salvia divmorum, or a mild dose of LSD or ‘acid’ in

I >T " WC Una8Cty ’ “ “ kC mC be y° nd * e boundaries of iur
tnree-aimcnsional space-time system of reality.

In fact, I have discovered tiiar the intake of a mild dose of LSD at die an-

d ’ C i b ° dy ’ S mctaboUsm is “Wd >“ certain mt
I . 8 8 c * Uon coupled with the actual coordinates of a parucular

ocano" a d dle racthod of hypnagogic ,„ ming , dcscnbcd a few P J

and’ toe* ^ k° actu; ' U >’ l J,w « um 8“ about a specific taigct remote in space

breakforonoh H <Icmotc **** unpl.es! (More on this exciting

Breakthrough discovery 1 have made on chapter 5.) b

^ at producing OBE’s i before my breakthrough with LSD) without
^^^teney, ^however, did not dishearten me. Instead, it both intrigued and

mc M ~’ hy 11115 P 01nt 1 -asoned that every toTvisitcd

bertiIfor Sl0 :;. WaS d T 8 S ° m S ° mC ** out-of-body state. I remem-
to finri , mi ! C 11 at ^ lat P artJcu ^ ar timc “ — rny sole and only priority in life

m^mt y rh e r'° f - b0dy ““ w 50 clusi - 1 ^o wanted" to fmd what
, . tbc braln prevents OBE’s from bcconung a tool for accurate

haveORP’ pCr “P“°?- 1 mean - sure . thousands of people have had and soil
of other rca S ^ W R Cb d ' Cy V1S ! t ™ th dead “hitives or engage in the cxplorauon
house or b B “ wby can 1 thc >’ SU1 ’P 1 V 8° across thc street to a neighbor’s
the acavitie! ^k^ 3 *! y convemence store, and later provide accurate reports on

only a couple of Ik Tl-TT^ ^ ° Ut '° f bcK, >' state? could

body remol!. of US m ' l, ' al y re-mote viewers perfonn this sort of ‘out-of-

In 'tewing with any consistency, accuracy, and regularity?

the subww * ° r “I 15 ' 5 '" 5 ' 1 rcad and reread die books 1 had initially found on

m eeneLl WtU ” ° therS rclaU,,8 to the br!Un > thc mlrul . and consciousness

feted a few JT.Tc" 1 ° Ut and P^hased my own set. In no time I accumu-

n red books on everything from neurophysiology to philosophy.

110 INTO THE VOID

Still* something was missing. 1 lence I decided to take a closer look at hem brain
functioning may affect learning, processing, and retrieval of stored information
and skills- In essence, what I wanted to know is just how is it that onceweleam
a skill, say riding a bike or reading, we keep it from going away or forgetting n

I mean, once we learn these skills we don't suddenly forget them, nghf'We
don’t go for weeks (like I sometimes do with regard to natural occurring
qBE’s) without reading or walking simply because suddenly we just can't do
these thing? anymore, correct? And then a couple of days or weeks later thev
simply return |ust as mysteriously

Can vou imagine if this was the case with all human learned skills'' Like tor
example, you wake up one morning and cal! your boss up to tell her that vou
can’t go to work for you can't get out of bed, because you simply can’t walk!
“That’s right boss, 1 went to sleep last night, and this morning I’ve forgotten
how to walk! And to make matters worse, I don’t even know what time it is, for
I’ve also forgotten how to read the numbers on my clock 1 I just can’t do it'"

1 his |ust doesn’t happen, correct? Well, it happened to me with non- drug
induced OBE’s. I could have them on a somewhat regular basts, say four to six
on any given week, lor about two to three weeks in a row But then 1 simply
could not engage in them for about an equal amount ot time Sometimes much
longer than that — even months. Why? How come? What was the reason for
this' To try T and find the answers to this dilemma I decided to take a look at the
physiology of the brain — its structures and how they functioned, and thi> i>

what 1 found.

Three Brains— One Mind

The human brain has two lobes or hemispheres. Each hemisphere has ° ^
mode of operation, memories, and tram of thoughts. The majority ot P^r~
are left brain hemisphere dominant. T he left brain is analytical, sequentia op
cal, focused in time, and deals with specific parts and details. On t
hand, the right brain seems to process acquired data in a non-linear, in
and imaginative manner. Therefore, the right brain hemisphere is not aw ^
time in the normal sense Moreover, intuitive flashes appear to spawn rii ^
hemispheric brain region T his brain hemisphere also absorb" intorma

rapidly and in a holistic manner - red in

An important point I need to make here is that the human body ts ^
a crisscrossed fashion. By tins I mean that the lett brain hemi"P wre ^ ^
always controls the right side of the body, and the lett side ot the 0 . ^

trolled by the right brain. Research into brain functioning has sliowi-
i ' .... . , k> mlors one > y

dominance that one hemisphere lias over the other not only colors
ception ot reality, but actually determines the reality perceived ^ , lCtl y

Here in the west, left brain activity has been favored over rtg 11

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 111

itv In fact, our whole education system is based on left brain dominance. Re-
wards in the form of good grades are given at the skill of using the verbal and
analytical left hemisphere While the right brain’s fantasizing, visualization, m-
tuiuvcness, and artistic inclination are cases for criticism and even punishment.
Indeed, right-brained individuals are seen as lazy and disruptive daydrcamers
Ironically, all geniuses and creative thinkers throughout history- have insisted
that their inspired ideas have come from their ability to engage in nght brain
functioning. Recently however, many left-brained individuals have recognized
the futility of being left brain dominant, and have therefore undergone nght
brain acuvauon training in the form of guided visualization, meditation, self-
hypnosis, yoga, and even by using consciousness-altering drugs Although ide-
ally one should be able to synchronise and use both brain hemispheres in a hohs-
uc manner, so as to benefit from the use of both hemispheres simultaneously
and in synchrony, while engaging in desired tasks.

There are also three other physiological components of the human brain
Each one corresponding with a stage of human evolution The first part of
the brain to have evolved in us is what is called the reptilian brain. This system
is composed of the spinal cord, the brain stem, and the midbrain (also called
the mesencephalon) The reptilian brain network controls self-preservation
functions such as heart regulation, blood circulation and respiration The rep-
tilian brain has been present since the most ancient reptiles and it is still part of

our neurophysiology today.

llii'' particular brain structure happened 10 be very important in my re-
search because it is ti e one responsible for periods of alertness and sleep It is
also the location of the reticular activating system (RAS), which is in charge of
our arousal level and our state ui awareness and attention. Therefore, the RAS
filters out the familiar, while making sure that we pav close attention to the
new In that sense its dynamic function is similar to that of an attention inten-
sity dial. In some cases the RAS may inhibit brain functioning — causing one to
fall asleep or even go into a coma.

Hie next part of the brain to develop through evolution is known as the
limbic system, which is situated around and atop of the reptilian brain. This
component is responsible for our emotions- — happiness, sadness, rage, fear,
pleasure, and bliss. As mentioned earlier m chapter 1 , electrical stimulation of
the limbic system can cause symptoms similar to psychotic and psychedehc-like
states. It has also been discovered that most psychedelic substances act by m-
uencmg this particular part of the brain The function of this part of the brain
is to color specific data that is perceived from the environment with love, af-
lon » attachment, and even sexual behaviors. These, in turn, are processed
and coded from this part of the brain This may explain why certain psychedelic
s ances allect one’s emotions and even color the experiences associated

with them.

le ^ ast arca of the brain to have developed is what is called the neocortex.

112 INTO THE VOID

This part of the brain is mostly made up of grayish matter, and it is the one
< i ul: ’ into right and left brain hemispheres. This structure is connected by a
bundle of nerve fibers called the corpus callosum. The neocortcx is what gives
human beings their characteristics over Other mammals. It is also the home of
high-order cognitive functions including language, judgment and memory
" A curious piece of information I found about these three brain structure*, is
that because of some mishap in evolution, there is insufficient communication
between them. However, it has been discovered that communication pathways
between the reptilian brain, limbic system, and the neocortcx mav be e>ub-
hshed by engaging in techniques such as biofeedback, deep relaxation, and
trance slates' Apparently, this enables individuals to better integrate higher-
order cortical and subcortical processes, so as to more readily access what are

called transcendent experiences.

Now it seems amazing to me that just until a couple ot decades ago, all-1
repeat — ' -ull medical textbooks indicated that the autonomic nervous system
(this includes neuromuscular system, breathing mechanism, circulatory system,
heart, pulse, etc.) was impossible to consciously control However, autogenic
training developed by Dr. [ohannes Schultz, a psychiatrist and neurologist trom
Germany, enabled individuals to control these ‘uncontrollable’ physiological
functions Another ‘impossibility’ that ha^ been recently demonstrated is nc
abilitv for individuals to self-regulate neurochemicals in their own brains m
one discovery is perhaps the most carthshakmg ot the last decat t n ct ,
chemicals secreted by the brain, known as neurohormones and neurotransmit
ters, have been shown to have very profound eltects on behavior an stat «
consciousness. Moreover, scientists have verified that sleep, anxiety.
nation, learning, and even some types of peak-experiences are direct v

enced bv brain chemicals.

Morphic Fields

i-ntal -ad

i 'ill mental ** Ilu

As 1 continued to seek out how learning and t ie development o ^ LC ided

abilities came about (mathematics and karate toi examp e. ,

pnysicai aouiucs came aDoui ^niamciiiiiucs .nivi * inlying

to take a Look at biology. For it somehow made sense to me t ^ lCir place

how a species like ants learned to construct ant hills xvc ^ as 1 ticviagc ot
and function in their particular society without the aid or use o ^ j^ n un
books, ! could perhaps correlate how htslituittal learning took l T lC \ nie( j u tdj
beings. As usual I went to the library' and 1 was lucky enough to 0 f histf*
come across the work of British biologist Rupert Sheldrake, m
cellent books “The Presence of the Past”, Sheldrake makes an ( j tt , te-
gument and an intelligent and thought-provocative presentation^ go

clianics of instinct, learning, behavior, memory and genetics
well beyond Darwin’s “Origin of the Species”.

BRAIN, MIND & TECHNOLOGY 113

Sheldrake basically explains that learning takes place not gist by formative
causation! Le., accidental trial and error, but by species tuning in to what he

«*. m °th resonate frequencies that in essence contaui all of the learned in-
nature, w ^ oroup of species has acquired throughout its evolution- These

morpluc frequences are then picked up by die corresponding speces as behav-

inrTistinct and/or memory through their DNA.

I To learned that Sheldrake speculates that DNA acts as sort of a receiver,

, h nicks un encoded information sent by a ‘broadcasting station which
W in has been made up— ‘psvchoenergctically’ perhaps— out of all of the pre-
viously accumulated leading that has taken place throughout tunc by said spe-
kind— to learn some behavior or faculty once a cnucal number (cntical ..)

° f with you the following example I came

across as I investigated this particular topic. An interesting phenomenon oc-
curred a few decades ago in the islands of Hawaii- ' “

thnutrli there was plenty ot fruit Scientists irom an u\ci

of this phenomenon, and hypothesized that perhaps there was aonetaf

plane! fly over to those different islands and drop fruit from other part, ol

^However, tins did not change things at all, for die monkeys s^ refund to
eat and therefore kept dying. Then, a peculiar thmg happem^ mde a c^P q

of scientists were observing this anomaly on one o ■ ie s . ’ brought

noucc that one of the monkeys cautiously appro.ie iee L ■ ; j ov .j to
over by the scenusts ’lhe creature then took the tre.it in ns >» “

the beach, washed it, and proceeded to take a b,,e. Alter the i^t bne

fellow screamed with joy and continued to feast on the res

Consequently, odier members of its clan saw what said u oukey w^ dotng

and cauuouslv continued to do the same. A few hours later all ot he >

in said island were eating the fruit once again. And, by the nex _ ‘

keys in the neighboring islands-.slands which have no way of com enu

communication lines with each other, and that are separated by n t .

tier — somehow picked up on this behavior and a so started

you can see, to new information was traveling between those Khnds m o

unknown manner... Another example of this ,s the

mid- fifties or so, no one could run a mile m four minu es .

athlete broke that 4-minute barrier, other runners ;

started to run one mile in four minutes... 1 hope you begin toect.u wD
Sheldrake postulates-that learning for any set ot species lakes pl. ee by t
mg in’ to morpluc fields .hat house particular traits-may indeed be the

114 INTO THE VOID

CaS< r 1 more he believes that morphic resonance may activate patterns of
hUI ^ dvitv within the brain, which m turn engage the transmission of
!lTafk neuro-data through the nervous system In some aspects rhe morph*
fidtl theory ts stmtlar to tire hypothesis of formative causation which basically
arcs that Other spec.es who desire to learn a new skill that has already beta
established bv others m the past, should be able ro learn said skill much

faster In addiuon, fust like all of the world s population are purposed
Si the abihtv to learn any language because of then present geneucs-for .
Acuity required to operate in the present socteties of chts planet-so are «
predisposed with other abdiues, mdudmg psychic funcnoning. there ore 1
postulate that there may be a set of genes within our DNA responstble lot
piranomial functioning, However, srnce only a /^/ number o people engage
b p.SP telepathy, etc or are proficient ar them, I beheve that the ps, morphte
field in our dimension or PDFD is not as expansive as the language morphs:

field is therefore making it difficult for these pst genes to pick up or rather

tune in to the psi morphic field. Therefore, as with learning a P arUC '^ r ^

^ge or any other skdl, cn = uXLs uho

NonvnhstancUng.th^rcnson why ps. been p®-

grammcdblong the" hues of: “It is tmposstble to lenrn ps, ^

foo hard”, or, “Psychic ah, hues don't exist". This of coutK,
thetr acquisition. (Remember my earlier statement about be b

ful filter of one’s reality.) however, may

A possible way around learning and developing pM a ^ 0 on (Do

be to start acung 'as if one had said abilities, by usln 6 °"'^ d ^ges bt

recall that when started my hypnagogic training - trotu calh »'h*

making up some of their details using my imagination.) a j waVS advo-

mystical teachers and spiritual masters throughout histon a- • ‘

catcd: “Assume a virtue, if you have it not . This in turn \u ‘ j c vc i 0 pi:

morphic resonance to occur — it enough individuals particip

their minds in this specific manner. _ , b<.*Uevt th> 1

Given all that 1 have learned as a result of my investigation^, ^ ^ ^11.

by entenng into deep levels of alpha and/or theta brain t

begins to tune in to psi morphic fields. It also appears c C ^ vc | ac< j e Uc

including, neuroelectrical stimulation in combination ^ ^ inornial

stances, positively affects the tuning m to these and other mprph^

fields. I also believe that it is possible lor human > to conK t \rn

nance with probable versions of man — intellectually, menu ^ h cr '

cally. In fact, I hypothesize that physical deformities suci in

maphrodism, etc. are the result of said individual s consciousnc

BRAIN , MIND & TECHNOLOGY 115

embryonic stage — to come into resonance with those morphic fields.

*

The reason 1 am bringing this up is because 1 have found in my explo muons
that dwarfs and midgets for example, are the dominating species in alternate
rcaliucs but occasionally appear in our reality as ‘oddiues . Again, psi abiliues
have a basis in morphic fields. And by using the human brain and the mind in
specific ways— including the ingesuon of psychedelics and hallucinogens— one
can tune in to the appropriate morphic Gelds diat contains them. In my case,
believe that my experiments enabled my consciousness to at times become at-
tuned to a number of different morphic fields that exist as part ot alternate
PDFD’s. In fact, after some of my experiments with brain technology an
pharmacological substances, I began to get contacted, while psychoporting, by
a probable version of me My first conscious meeting (and in a waking state)

with him was detailed at the beginning of tins book.

If you recall, this other ‘me’ was almost idcnucal to me, and basically said

that he had been assisung me with my psychoportation experiments from an -
ternate probability continuum or parallel universe. (As 1 pointed out earlier,
these alternate reality systems arc just as real as our system o realty i:
Although to the inhabitants of any given reality theirs is the only and oiticia
one. AU others, including this one, are ‘theoretical’ and ‘probable’, and even
non-existent. 'Hie reason for tins occurrence, I have learned, is because of the
PdS, which inflicts die illusion oi relativity on the minds of the inhabitants o
many human and physical-based systems of reality— such as this one. I will

elaborate more on die PdS on chapters 3 & 5.) . }

Anyway, tlus probable ‘me’ continued by saying that at some p«>mt " 11

probable past I had engaged in said experimentation, and, because of it, he la
come into existence. But in order to make him a future actuality in my reality , he
said that I must continue with my current experiments, research, an expenc

dal development. . .

In odicr words, if I continued developing my consciousness in the ways

suggested by him, I would find that I had shifted into bis system o pro a ue^

or space-time continuum... Thus becoming him which from my perspeeme

would simply mean that I was actualizing a future or rather a latent probability

along one of my many probable space-time continuums.

Although tws may be hard to behove for those of you who do not have a
background in theoretical quantum physics, m the next chapter vu present a
number of examples diat will better illustrate why some ot my experiences and
theories do indeed have a sound basis in reality. I will also give some persona

-1 1 B INTO THE VOID

mmoles on chapter 3, so that you may sec tf and how these exponent nu,
So been par. of your Ufe unbeknown to you.

CHAPTER 3

Wave- Particles
& Other Paradoxes

“Time and space are modes by which ire
think and not conditions in which we hi e . "

Albert Einstein

wave-parti*cle duality

wavc-partrcic duality (wav' par' ri-kel) noun

The exhibition of both wave-like and particle -like pro|K*rtics by a tin^c eutu) , as

of both diffractum and linear propagation by light

para*dox

para-dox (par'e-doks') noun

1. A seemingly contradictory statement that may nonetluk'S be trm the paradox
that standing is more tiring than walking.

2. An assertion that is essentially self-contradictory, though based on a '.alid de-
duction from acceptable premises.

The reason I have included the two definitions you have piM read- and if jou
haven’t please do so now — is because from this point on it may seem as
though I will begin to heavily contradict myself However, that is sonic thing
that 1 can’t do much about, for apparently, that is the way of ‘higher-knowl-
edge’. Please do keep in mind that I really dislike using the term ‘higher’, for it
implies that things are arranged in a hierarchy of order, and 1 feel that thc\ are
not. But I must use it for the sake ol semantics, Iwen the word advanced
doesn’t sit right with me, but I hope that readers understand what it is 1

118 INTO THE VOID

am trymgto imporwnt f ot those of you interested in thoroughly un-

derfunding the concepts presented in this book to have at least a basic un-
rlerstandtng about quantum physics. Rut don t worry- there is no math or qua-
« invoked I mvself am not very good at math. I lowcver, one does need to
UOn!> ,innb Yet cannot use ‘logic’— there goes a paradox— at the same

reaSO Whv? Because in order for one to understand and even acquire the skills
UmC „Jto encage in paranonnal functioning, or even begin to have an under-
SJ? about them, one must .rain or rather decondmon the mmd and
awareness from its usual modus operand. And this will sometimes have to be
Ze a. the expense of ‘reasoning’. However, let s not forge, that reasonmg-
Z Current and particular manner of reason, ng-.s dependent on our pas.

^SSZ^ously, each one of us is a product of our upbnngug. T*
Asexpia i . , d Q f dines, set of bcliels (religious or

upbrm^g meu es P surprlsc d to learn that not only do we have

- — nd even subatomic levels! Therefore, because of this, we «
forthe most part products of the soctety’s consciousness (consensus) » **

we were raised and live in, and reflection

Now, in my view, we as a spcc.es have sacrificed our th»kng and ret. ^

processes for the more convement and faster way o *“*. d hl „

come to accept tins data as fact; without question, without «nt ^

the experience. But we must change tins practice, if we are to p

penenttally’ that is — evolve. ,, j j mcSL n reaDy

I hereforc, the only way to learn anything, anything . • • r rcaI .

learn it — is by studying and experiencing it and n °‘ sim P> A.J about « That
mg someone vise’s thoughts and acquired knowledge an , ‘ !^. m d understand
and only then, can we honestly and truthfully say t at ^pen-

something. Remember that spirituality and experience— e\ 0 _ ^ lap0 lo-
ence — are one and the same (at least in my opinion), am as si as s oco-

gi/e if 1 sound a little too philosophical, but I’ll do my est ^ when \ sav
tific and technical as 1 can— at least in this chapter. But be m ^ ^

to you that from this point on you will come to line t at ^ ^ ‘mysoerf
quantum physics, scientists themselves are beginning to
nature of the physical dimension. In tact, they themse at

sophical about it! . proton' 1 ' ^ ’

Moreover, even the building blocks ot physical rea it) (a ^ *unsci clintu

trons, quarks, etc ) arc starting to be seen in a new light. ^ r mystics tht° u ^ l0lJt
concepts that have been spoken about and even taught ) , ^ ^ uni^ 1 ' 1,

the centuries — such as the interconnectedness ot c% CI \_ valid^tcri 1(1
and the living and conscious aspect of objects are now ein b

WAVE-PARTICLES & OTHER PARADOXES 119

enufic laboratories around the world. Indeed, as you will come to see, every
single thing in the universe is not only conscious in some way, but it only exists
as such inside the perceiver’s mind! Everything around us is — in reality —
nothing more than thought-constructs... The universe itself is a thought!

Now, in the course of my research, I came to the realization that in order to
understand the mechanics of creation and physical reality, as well as its compo-
nents, one needs to understand and internalize the study of physical reality
(physics) down to its subatomic components. Which by the way is what we
ourselves arc atomically made up of in the first place. In addition, one will also
need to have at least a basic understanding of quantum mechanics — a branch
of physics that statically describes the overall behavior and/ or predicts the
probabilities of potential subatomic outcomes of quantum events — in order to
make sense of how and why all of this fits together with consciousness and

perception.

So, with that m mind, let’s begin our voyage into the quantum realm o non-
sensical and ‘illogical logic’ by examining our first example. A great paradox in
physics exists which basically states that light is made from particles. Tins, by
the way, was not only proposed by Isaac Newton — the father of physics but
has been scientifically proven in laboratories around the world However, a
scientist by the name of Christian Huygen stated that light was instead made
out of waves. Tins has also been proven in laboratory experiment'' So, what s
die problem, you say? Well, the only problem is that a particle cannot be a
wave, and a wave cannot be a particle 1 hat’s very much like saying that a dog
and a rock are both the same things Obviously they are not. So the question is

this: Is light really a wave, or is it a particle? Ilie answer is.

To illustrate this I will present you with the following example. However, it
will be an oversimpUficauon of the now famous double-slit experiment per-
formed by 1 homas Young m 1803. 1 1 ere it goes: Youngs experiment revealed
that photons of light — individual electrons — depending on the way they are be-
ing observed and measured will alter their behavior to amjorm with the protocol oj the
experiment... Did you get that? That means that depending on the observation
and type of experiment performed by the researchers, the photons will knon
whether to behave either as a wave or a parade 1 As you can well imagine, this
shocked the world of physics. In case you didn t tully understand this, I will
explain it with the following visual elucidation of the experiment itself

A screen with two slits is placed in front ot a light source. Behind this
screen there is a wall where the light coming through both slits can shine. Each
slit is covered over with a piece of cardboard, plasuc, metal, or whatever. I hen,
when the light source is turned on, and one of the two slits is covered up, the
light in the wall shines in a normal fashion, and therefore a circle appears on

the wall, flliis is die way a particle behaves.)

However, when both slits in the screen arc left open, the light on the wa
should shine as the sum from the two slits, i e., a bigger circle (that s just plain

120 INTO THE VOID

But instead, the light shines on the wall with altenut-
and hght bands. (The only problem with this is that thts is the uay a

wave behaves!) H(W can a photo ,i of light in said experiment ’know 1

How coul • ^ so thar in turn it can alter its behavior? W ell,

romehowK does The only ‘logical’ explanation then, is that in some way. V

my training with biofeedback pertaimng to the sub-

„w /tiscussinc IS that the cells and organs of a physical body have
iect ‘we are now discu ing, , rhev nn

o be conscious; at least in some manner, hot tins is the only way that they eaa

earn out menta instructions. Indeed, if you dunk about our organs and even

h edU hat our bodies are made up of, are composed of_at the quant™
he cells U . and nicks. Which somehow communicate, know,

level— ol ate nv . body through space, say from

one point of a room to a. . P ' paruclcs that my phy sical

Bm logically w-ith each other, so as to move

at the same ume Think about that for a mo-

'"'o^heiwiS'if'th.s communication didn’t

from my desk to get a dnnk ot water an w icn ‘ sta vcd back at mv desk!
would find that 1 can’t open the door, for my hand ^ mJUCt „

Tins has taught me that mind is matter (or mude matter) a ^ ^

mind In other words, matter must posses some- type o
consetousness. Moreover, there must also be a mechanism mcharg
subatomic communication process working at su ons , - u$ ,|, at ill

1-et’s now examine a quantum pnncipa • ^uannim p f uncn on This

matter is related to a mathematical formulation called the
wave is ‘real* in a mathematical sense In tact, it brp* Quantum phvsics,

and although this wave function is a -11-estabhshed

as well as used in formulas and equations, it is bare > un ers^ , - suK$ o i
In essence, the wave function describes the pu>si > c ai _ certain pofc fl ‘

, ... 1 U^W.I^c rorKISt Within a Ctrl. t

sencc, the wave function descries uic * 1 ^ poten-

an electron. These possibilities and probabilities coexist w it , vvave tunc*
tial of becoming actualities (becomm > real), and b\ co ap ^ vv0I |d is then

tion — in other words, by choosing to obsenv it or i

... , . in that sense tne

tion — in other words, by choosing to observe u < ‘ ^ observer cie

constantly materialized out ot potential states. In that sen: _ p[cst' nt v ° u

ates that which he or she perceives! (On the next c ^ apter
with the neurochemical basis and prmcipals involved m per c ^ cons^‘

The implications of this are staggering. Because ph\ stetst^ * ^ ot der 10

ering the ‘crazy’ possibility that we create the particles i ten ^ ^ %VC U as i11
measure them. (Let me again remained you that \vi ° lU t ] lC<c s.une 4 1 1
other creatures and ob|ects in this universe, arc made up 0 ^ have b cCtl

turn particles. Moreover, mystics outlining metaphysic p ru

i

WAVE-PARTICLES & OTHER PARADOXES 1 21

saving for ages that vvc create our realm* Now quantum physicists are coming to
those same staggering conclusions.)

Since on tins section we are studying the quantum realm, let me briefly dis-
cuss the two levels that exist in the microscopic world — the atomic and the
subatomic. The smallest object that can be seen with a microscope is made up
of millions of atoms However, a subatomic particle, which is millions of times
smaller than an atom, is not an ‘object’ l mean, jusr the fact that we say ‘suba-
tomic particle* suggests to our minds that this must be an extremely small or
microscopic object of some kind. But it is not. Instead, physicists are suggest-
ing that subatomic parucles are nothing short of ‘subjective tendencies to ex-
lsl ’ q This conclusion is based on the fact thai these parucles arc created out
of an infinite amount of probable cyclic states or pulsations, these ‘tendencies’

are called probabilities.

Let’s now delve a little deeper into the ‘irrational’ part oi the human psy-
che from the subatomic perceptive — and see how it all appltes and relates to

consciousness. For this we shall examine another quantum principal called the
Copenhagen interpretation, proposed by Danish physicist Niels Bohr. This
model of thought stales that until we look or measure subatomic particles there
isn’t any objective reality at all — rather there s a state ot potential. According to
tlus view then, anything that one can imagine exists in a non-physical yet al-
most real or ‘virtual’ state. It is, yet it isn’t, until an observer chooses to make it
so cither way...! (I hope that you are beginning to see how weird all this realh

is.)

The double-slit experiment outlined earlier proved that a subatomic particle,
such as a photon, was somehow ‘aware* of how it was being measured and ob-
served. But in another starling discovery, it was also revealed that p i : ;

not only conscious, but that they actually communicate with each other and
even make decisions... Physicists came to this discovery and hard evidence b\ us-
ing a device called a quantum eraser For this particular experiment the phvsi-
cists made the paths (remember my first example?) that the photon makes
whether it goes in through one or both slits, depending on how many there arc
in the experiment — initially distinguishable by using a similar apparatus and pro
toco I as was the one used in the double-slit experiment. But then, in this new
experiment, while the photon was about to be launched in cither path (again
into cither one or two slits), the researchers erased the “vvhich-paih/either-or
path m forma uon.

Do you have any idea what happened when this was done? Read this care
fully for it is mind-blowing: A second ‘twin’ photon was created at that instant,
or rather it split from the first photon and went up u> the screen so as to in\e>
ligate and decide whether there were really one or two slits open. Then, it
somehow sent this information back to the source photon so that it can know
not only if there were one or two slits open, but also whether to act and behave
as cither a wave or a particle as it approached the screen! (This whole process

<122 INTO THE VOID

takes only but millionths of a second of course, but it is captured photograph.

1CM \ dtTdicse are just some of the weird happenings of the subatomic ruin
and consciousness in general. But let’s not forget dial we ourselves, even *
consciousnesses, are made up of diese quantum entiues which in turn, aha

follow these bizarre rules.

The ‘No Space-No Time’ Paradox

Wording to Einstein's theory of relauv.ry, nothing m the universe can travel
fa“er than die speed of hght-penod. However in an expenment conduc^

n was demonstrated that subatomte parucles can either common, a, cit
suoer luminal speeds (faster than the speed of light; which would nip c
stmn s equadons and turn our sciences upside down) or, that space and nme,

such do not exist... Paradox. and ] w ho wrote this

That would mean that you, who is read g ’ ' ^ ^

b «,t «... ,h» — «« » *. >»»

- - - —

this with the next example. i ov what is known in

For tins parucular expermient n mam o^c.cm ^s ^ ^
physics lingo as a two-part lek s\ 1 , J can cancel each

means that they have two parucles w lose uu n it u. . [!lc ot her pu-

other’s spin. In other words, ,f one ot the parucles m , hc olbe ,

dele has a spin down; or if one of the parucles has p h made to

pnruclc has a sp.n left. So you see, no matter how the paruc

spin, their spins are always equal but opposite. „ nenmcW separated the t»
However, when the saenusts conducting • P , n fym (in qia®’
parucles by putting as much as miUms oj Wj ™ " J^tomlc p#*-

*

\t

light yean oj spa* ^ *cy

turn-space terms of course, since we are dealing with suba^^P ^ ^ ^
found that each particle would still spin m the °PP° ^^ fl tQ ^ other

* fl - I . _ - -p* I jHfci 4%

rouna inai caui ~ t to v .,__

■l lus meant that somehow the parucles were .»«•'«' of in totB*»*

either one was doing .. Yet one has to unde rst.tnc 1 1* ^ ^ ^ traveled - u 1 ■’

^ S - - . . JT 1 d ^ 1 I 1 I I 1 I I 111 * *

*

i *

l-

either one was doing... ici um u.o w ^ lt t ravc

whether it is m the form of a wave, radio signa , cK c distance, 0,1 u

speed of light would still take at least some time to _

stand? Let me further explain this. I \ Ught *

As you may know, light travels at 186,000 186> 000

the distance that light travels in one year ho, 1 % „ 6() (because *

second, then light would travel in one minute » minute*
sixty seconds in a minute) equaling 1 1 ,1 60,000 mi cs l

4

i3

0\

w

WAVE-PARTICUES & OTHER PARADOXES 1 23

that in order to get the distance that light would travel in a year (light year) one
needs to multiply 11,160,000 x 60 (because there is sixty minutes in one hour);
then the resulting amount x (times) 24 (because there is twenty- four hours in a
day) 'and then, that resulting amount x 365 (because there is three hundred and

sjxtv five days in a year). Get the picture?

So what I am getting at here is that these two particles we’ve been talking

about, even if they had a space between them of say from here to the moon
(roughly about 375,000 miles, in quantum terms), the spin information would
still take about 2.2 seconds or some amount of time in that neighborhood in
order to reach cither one of them because of the distance involved, correct?
Yet, even if they are separated as much as galaxies apart (separated by millions
and millions of light years) the spin information still travels instantaneously.

This fact has created a rcvoluuon in physics; and as j ou will continue to sec,
other similar findings have come to show that physical ‘reality’, as we know it,
IS full of flaws and inconsistencies. In fact, given all of the previous examples
and the next that follow, it is reasonable to say that the physical dimension may
indeed be illusory in nature

The Speed of Light Constant

Light travels at a speed ot 1 86,000 miles per second. So what, j ou sav ? What I
mean is that light always travels at a speed of 186,000 miles per second,
regardless of the experiment. (Still you dare to say, so what?) O.Iv let s suppose
that we arc in a vacuum (such as in outer space) and wc have a light source
(such as a flashlight). (By the way, this experiment has been repeatedly
performed and verified in many laboratories around the world.) We turn on the
flashlight, and by measuring the speed ot the light emanating from it, we are
not surprised to find diat its velocity is in tact 186,000 miles per second.

Now, let’s say that the flashlight is stationary in space, and we decide for the
experiment to travel toward it at a speed of 100,000 miles per second. With tins
mind, if we want to get the speed of light relative to us, common sense and the
math that they taught us in grade school (remember die madi problems that
went “a train is traveling at a speed of. . . etc ”?) says that we need to add our
speed (100,000 miles per second) to the actual speed of light (186,000 miles per
second) in order for us to get light’s speed relative to us, as we approach it.
Which would be 286,000 miles per second, right? Well, wrong... For some
unknown reason, light’s speed still measures 1 86,000 miles per second...

But, how about if we were to move away from the light source at 86,000
miles per second? Again, common sense and simple math tells us that this tune
we need to subtract our moving away speed of 86,000 miles per second from the
speed of light (again, 186,000 miles per second), in order to get light’s speed

1 24 INTO THE VOID

, . „ n _ _ s vvc m ovc away from it Tins should give us a total moving-^,

1 of 100 *000 miles per second, right? Well, logically, scientifically, and even
S P, , c Vi mild be the correct answer However, it is not so The

Sil t; tw chnngcs, regardless of the expenment Paradox. Which from
P t view esoeciaUv a mathematical one, makes absolutely no sen^e

SLfc Of the relation- factor demonstrated by all of Einstein’s cqrn-

tions the speed of light ts always 186,000 ..tiles per second in a vacuum .

Another ironv is that Einstein's special theory ot relativity states that as the
.need of an ob,ec. increases so does tts weight. But thts makes no sense be-
cause tt should debase. Otherwise, if it starts to weigh more, how can it E c. up
m speed m the first place? Paradox. The spec.al theory of relativity also con-
firms that moving clocks will continue to slow down as they approach the
speed of bgh. until, at the pouu when they reach the speed of light, nme wl
stop’. But how can time simply ‘stop’? 1 low can a perfectly working watch or

ClOC The U iton llbw examples ts because m order for sue.
Usts to conduct and measure these types of experiments they employ a dock
and a ruler which tn physicist’s lingo is called a ’ngtd rod These m>truiwn
arc real physical and tangible ob|ects. However, scientists have shockingly

tl,e expenment or frame of reference— as ins. demonstrated by the p«d
light constant” experiment— the mstmments that take the mea ^' C ™^ nc .
change from expenment to experiment, so that the appearance o ( “ J

the speed of light always remains the same in our physical ■■ *

get that? Let me repeat that statement again: tn order fo spe

mam the same regardless Shi expenment or frame oj reference Ice ms -
measurements MUST change from expenment to expenment, so that the /,
constancy of the speed of light always remains the same in our p jsh 'J _ fagg/fa*
But, how can this be? I low can instruments adjust and cl . g 5

in order to keep the ‘appearance’ of reality that we ia\e ^ vi[ ^ ottt
Could instruments be conscious? Or, does an unknown aspcc c0 bcrcnf

psyche changes the way we perceive them in order to CC P c ^ ^

Again, quantum physicists have had to come to gnps wit i ^ mC luding
atomic particles — which compose every single dung in c 1 ^ at {fac

‘empty space* — are conscious in some way. lTiev have so c , nl possibk to
multitudes of pulsations, which make up their trajectories, ar*^ ^ ^ unK Yet
measure. There l ore, only one of these pulsations can be petce _ ^ equal!)
each unperceived pulsation — and there are millions ot them * a j t j ia ygh tb^
as the single pulsation that is measured m our universe. 11 [Cl \ irVi iho
alternate pulsations don’t manifest in our system of with ^

to actualize ‘elsewhere’... Furthermore, physicists have com ^ ornC 0 f the
fact that the consciousness of the observer influences the ot

these particles are measured

\va\

WAVE-PARTICLES & OTHER PARADOXES 1 25

Although these examples and their corresponding results seem illogical, to
me thev make perfect ‘illogical sense’. For how else could one explain that par-
allel universes exist simultaneously and together in the same space and at the
mc F or that explanation and similar ones let’s now go beyond quantum
physics and the commonly known metaphysics, and into what i refer to as psy-
chophysics, or physics of die mind. However, I will likely alternate among them
so that 1 can make my points. Nonetheless, I am confident by now that you
have at least come to the point were you arc beginning to realize that things are
not always as they seem; nor as you may have thought them to be. So, having
dispensed with common sense a few of paragraphs ago, let me now give you
what I have learned about the nature of the physical dimension, based on in-
sights, experiences, and even on information given to me by hyper-dimensional
dwellers that I have encountered in my psychoportation and psychodynamic
integration experiments and explorations.

Parallel Universes

As you may recall, the premise presented by the wave function theory is that
when one probability actualizes out of all the others — by being meas-
ured/observed — the rest disappear But what happens to them? Because phys-
ics tells us that energy — any type ot energy — can never be destroyed. In tact,
energy can only change states It is never annihilated. So what luj p. f) M 1 K
state changes? Schrodinger’s Cat is a paradox presented long ago by the inven-
tor of the Schrodinger wave equation (Krwin Schrodinger), which has helped
physicists make some sense out of all this ‘nonsense . It goes something like
this: A cat is placed inside a box for five minutes. Inside the box there is a de-
vice that emits poisonous gas, and it activated by accident (say a malfunction ot

the device) the gas is released killing the cat.

Now, there is no way of knowing if the gas was released at the time that t le

box was closed. For the box is sealed and the experiment is dien activate

Consequently, either the device malfunctioned and released the poisonous gas

killing the cat, or, the device didn’t malfunction and the cat is alive But the

sixty -four thousand-dollar question is this: Without looking inside the box what

happened' 1

Well, all we have to do is open the box and see which is the case, right Acs,
but without opening the box what happened? Let me point out that it makes no
difference whether we look inside the box or not, tor say that vve go out to
lunch and forget about the experiment until the next day, the outcome ot the
cat’s fate was still determined at the moment the box was closed So, again,
what happened?

Well, according to the Copenhagen interpretation ot quantum mec lames
the cat is man ‘uncertain state of suspended probability' represented m the

126 INTO THE VOID

IRt bv the wave functton, which states that there is the poss.b ,ty of the
maticaUy by t u n)so the possibility of the cal being dead. But this

cat being aln . • ^ ^ box opene d. When the box is opened however,

C Tnf the 'two possibilities actualizes and the other one vanishes or rather

L„,p from uncertainty to certainty. (As 1 explained earlier, this

Wu'fflSS* mechanics as the Elapse of the wave function.)

“ "Sn fteother hand, according to 1 lugh Everett’s many worlds interpretation

Ln.r< -u the instant that the device malfunctions— or

irx "«“» £ ■£ *** - -

comT of the experiment and the cad Now this may not make sense to you and
7,1 l„, ,,f hot hair but if vou go along with the C.opanhagen interpre-

nuon then the cat is both'dead and alive until observed Paradox. And, ,f you
r; Ul ,1,0 many worlds interpretation, the cat is again both dead and alive, but

|

S (u"I' add here that although some of these concepts may seem s.rangeor
nonsens, cal to some of vou, ,t is only because of the fact that quantum phvsics
and qmnmm mechanics theories are based in mathematical models which rep-
resent and outline reality, and are satntijicaUj-battd and valid, we have television,
computers cellular phones, missions to Mars, ONA science, etc)

Ttlunk’that the "problem that we face when tt comes to
internalizing these types of foreign concepts is that we are use ^
that either something ts, or tt ts not. But we cant always relay o«wl«o*
physical senses teU us about tire world in wluch we exist Horte £
our eves or conscious minds fail to see or comprehend. After all,
about die mechanics ofnaBt, itotf. And, given all of these rather ^

1 have found in the quantum physics literature, 1 have to say tha

be indeed stranger than ‘fiction’... 0 f tf*

Einstein’s theory of relativity says that reality is relative to me -i.

observer. But agam, I point out, that as wc have come to see in ' ■ ‘ ^ ^

have been giving you, the physical senses cannot be relayed up on lt

accurate picture of reality for as you may know, matter is not so 1 m

is made up of empty space 1 So, in reality, any loan ot matter ), tc

existence is composed of atoms, electrons, particles, subatomic P‘^ ^ t |, c

until at the very end of the spectrum scientists have come to t i c ^ ^dui-

subatomic particles themselves are made up of holds of empt) minshtt

formation, which lack mass, lliis information is what our sens,t ^ obiec-

mto a mental construct lliat we call solid matter, empty space, • oi i e le-

tivc and suhjecuve reality. Therefore, in ‘reality 1 , the smallest

mentary building block’ that everything in the universe is compo

ing ourselves — is nothingness... . , oUt there*

Well, since the past couple of theories have taken us comp ^ j lCC for

in tenns of rationality and common sense, 1 think that this t> ** ^-^ r cnt

me to start giving you some of the theories l have acquired at t

WAVE-PARTICLES & OTHER PARADOXES 1 27

Schools for lack of a better term — which 1 have visited while psychoporting.

Usually, I am in the presence of an ethereal teacher by the name of Ebhrious,
who is going over these theories on a holographic blackboard, have also come
mto these theories by merging my mind (as in PD I) with the minds of individu-
als who 1 have come to learn are probable versions of me These being Ebhri-
ous and Dr. Kzark Prestidius for the most part

On other occasions, I have gotten this information as a result of traveling
thorough certain psychological doors that are available at heavy doses of parti-
cular psychedelic substances in conjunction with some type of brain technology
device And, still at other times, I have found some of these theories lingering
m my head after waking up in the morning. Anyway, having explained how 1

have gotten these, let’s continue.

Psychophysics & Beyond

All universes or realities exist witlun us When we look up at the sky and see
the stars of our galaxy lor example, we are seeing inside our very minds. All
realities, including this one, arc interconnected with each other through a so-
phisticated network of what are called psychoenergeuc pulses. Even the ‘spa-
tialness’ (space) we experience in our physical reality is part of the illusion that is
transmitted by the human-experience IMS (psychodynamic signal), and which is
picked up and processed by the brain

Just as our DNA has a blueprint o information ot each ot us as a whole,
each one ot us also has a psychoenergeuc blueprint ot the entire multii'eru
(muluple/probable/parallel interconnected universes), which exist in the same
space. Furthermore, the connections dial exist between them are \ibratoiy
(re sonant/ frequency) in nature. These are very much like octaves of thought-
feeling, if you will. What I mean by tins is that just as you may hear a melody or
song lyric, and then suddenly ind yourself mentally and emotionally trans-
ported to a tune in your past when you first heard it, and recall tilings you may
have been doing at that time — in fact a string of events associated with it (sort
of like thought by association) — this ‘psychological strand’ is what keeps the
‘pearls’ (memories) of thoughts together in the same ‘necklace or bracelet
()our ego’s accepted/manifested reality or set ot actualized events).

However, instead of it being just one psychological strand holding a set ot
pearls or set of actualized events of a particular personality, out ot each inter-
section — between one pearl and another — there is another string emanating
from it (a parallel universe) complete with a different set (or in tlus case \er-
S1 °n’) of its own pearls (different set ot spacc-ume continuums/ timelines) llus
alternate set of pearls or space-time events belong to an ahernate/probable
self/ personality of any one given individual who exists as part ot an entity or
Ovcrmind, (More detailed information on Ovcrminds will be given on chapters

1 28 INTO THE VOID

5 & 6 )

17 d of light— our speed of light— is exclusive only to this universe

Th n reason for tins being that the speed of light varies from universe to urn-
' . u„ s the same on each corresponding universe regardless of its

rekmvc measurement or observation, so that other physical laws— exclusive , 0
dial oarucular universe— can maintain coherence. Also, the energy in cadi uni-
”, distinctive wavelength, which resonates sympathetically with all other

' ncrVm said universe or system of reality; and which in turn, makes up 4 of
said universe’s matter, antimatter, and space-tone. In essence, its 'fabric’ To
better illustrate tins let me give you the same example given to me by Dr Pres-

dius

IK Let’s say that universe X resonates at a frequency comparable to 540 nulls
microns (the precise wavelength of the color green). I laving that as reference,
aU matter, energy, and space-ume in universe X resonates in the a40 nullum-
crons 1 lowever. universes Y and Z, which exist m the same space.

resonate at the wavelength of the colors blue and purple, respectively Thai
means that everything in universe X, including its inhabitants, are of rite color
green’ and therefore resonate in the ‘green octave’. And everything horn urn-
verse Y resonates in the blue octave. While everything in universe Z resonate

in the purple octave, understand" , ,

Now, having established that as a reference point tor this example, whe

one of the green inhabitants bumps into another inhabitant or object rom t

same universe (also green colored) by accident or on purpose, they unU o

course know it and feel .t [Ouch!]. This is because they are rcsoiiaOOg^

th !; ill). But if a tree from universe ^ (blue colored) falls on top O * «

an individual from universe Z (purple colored), or from universe X _

ored), then the tree will go right through them! Hie reason eing tia .

(blue) is resonating at a completely different wavelength than the others a

therefore invisible, imperceptible and unnotieeable; in essence, it s

non-inhabitants of universe Y (blue colored)' earnm 3

This is similar to the concept of having radio waves, microwa\ ■ i T

rays, ultra-violet rays, etc. all together in the same space \utiout

with each other; for they each resonate at an exclusive and c bUllc ^ ^ ,

Which is to say that they each exist in their own space-hnu continu

. , , ■ thp same sp* ce an

tem of reality, Yet these space-ume continuums exist m the s.um T
the same ‘tune’. Are you beginning to get the picture ot vyhat 1 ^ fc

i*

i

physicist Steven Hawking, a Lucasian proiessor at < amhru 0 £ TficD®

author of many books including the best-selling “A Bnd H 1 ^ ^^. ont3 uud
Hawking also postulates that there arc an infinite number o on j)hok*
universes and that ‘tunneling’ between them may he possib ev

0

si

2

13

C

t

fi

l

WAVE-PARTICLES & OTHER PARADOXES 129

that connect them.

Again, although this may sound like science fiction, some of the most bril-
liant minds in physics consider die possibility of parallel worlds. There was
even a major arucic about Uus topic in the science magazine DISCOVER,
entitled: “Parallel Universes: The New Reality.” Sidney Coleman, a Harvard
physicist wrote that article.

Let me now continue by saving that consciousness is a highly specialized
type of creative and dynamic non-material energy that exists outside as well as
inside space-time. However, when consciousness enters any given continuum
(universe or reality) it has no choice but to seek expression and actualize itself,
either physically (as in PD I) or psychically (as m PSP)

It should also be noted that the morpluc resonance established by a
particular wavelength — which makes up all of the matter, including die energy
and the space-time that things are made up of and reside in, in said universe-
spawn from said universe’s psychodynamic signal (IMS) This signal enters the
consciousness of any given physical materialization in each universe through
the brain; thereby making physical constructs look and feel ‘real’ — relative "to
each other — by the respective material-physical standards of each PDFD. In
other words, whar makes a chair look like a chair to a person existing in a
particular PDFD, is the morpluc resonance that is modulating in the memory
banks of the inhabitants of said PDI l > (associated with the concept/objcct
chair), which in turn lias been established by its IMS throughout tune. And all
psychodynanuc signals have been created in each system of rcalitv by a number
of Overminds, whom have constructed said systems, so as to gain experience

Now, leaving that aside for a moment, let me say that movement through
space-time requires only focus of thought, and not motion For by moving in
space we are actually traveling on the curvature of ir, and not through if. '1 his was
demonstrated by Einstein’s equations, which showed that space is curved. In
fact, I have been repeatedly told by Dr, PresUdius that space is & frequency^ as is
time. Also, different space-time continuums or spatial domains are made up of
frequencies of mformational/morpluc fields.

Let me make it clear however, that I am using concepts and terms such as
speed , ‘traveling’, ‘time’ and ‘distance’, simply so that you can get an idea of
what it is I am trying to convey. For in reality, there is no place to travel to, or
velocity or distance to conquer. Because as you have seen from all the examples
gften since the beginning of this chapter, ihese mental concepts, or rather
constructs, do not exist in the ‘real’ sense. In fact, as Einstein put it: " lime and
space are modes by which we think and not conditions in winch we live.”
in other words, space and time exist only in the mind of the pcrceiver who
ls k° un cl by i ic illusory prime directives that are embedded in each PdS, which in
turn maintains a particular PDFD. These prime directives being the same as
such physical laws as the law of gravity, thermodynamics, etc
Since we arc presently discussing space and time, or rather space-time, I

130

INTO THE VOID

. tlnr the term 'out'of'bodj is a misnomer. For in reality

slloulJ ln fact , if you believe in OBE’s, then wha, 2
one dots i • £S c QUt 0 f die body’ and beyond this system of real-

aUy happens' focus shi r, s to another frequency (or continuum), which is

,Iy ’ ‘ S ' ha , , enact* or rather m consciousness. This means that when we view
stationary P ’ ^ cventSi ctc reality what we are doing is shifting

and* fools between them, BUT because of the way nature has nee-
roloicnlly wired our brains-thanks in part to our PdS-we perceive said

5hl S S *e°n s n no movement — literally. There * only a shifting of sftrt.

1,1 adtoon, 1 have come to learn that all evcnts-phys.cal, non-physical and
probable — are all happening simultaneously m a non- .near and infinite now
Furthermore, they are psychological in nature and stationary in so-called

‘ SP Tet’ me now take this one step further by saying that the delicate and ddigen.
development of the nervous system-phys.cally, psychically and psycholog-
callv— -allows the individual to nturocbemicaltj access alternate worlds, realities ot
dimensions (alternate PDFD’s), which m nality art altered states of conurouwis.

You see for humans, the neurochemistry of the altered state is the Agrd ut

open" the door to each one of the millions of PDFD’s that exist, as well as

npo.Tx 'li-ii*; hmuse the phvsicil bnun IS
what keeps us focused on any one 1 DF D. Inis - — ? 1 ^

in charge of blocking out the psychodynamic signals that em.

PDFD’s And, 1 have come to learn that this blockage is not on ')

subconscious level, but also at the physical level, through the smloipbm a

the nervous system. (More about this a little later.) individual

In fact, it has been explained to me that when any well-babnc d

is involved in any type of psychic functioning, OBI > U>r e\amp^, ^

definitive and pronounced neumhemical alteration that occurs in sa j c

brain. And as long as any portion (personality of an entity or
physical (and therefore uses a brain), a neurochemica a tcrati nnkcup

means — /r the only way it can receive the ‘broadcasts that emanate *
alternate realities TFiis neurochemical alteration ma\ come * , ftCC a uhe

such as in states of extreme stress, relaxation, sickness or transetnt^^^ ^ ^

result of mental exercises, brain technology devices, or 1 roU S '
cal means, such as the ingestion of psychotropic plants or s\nt ' ■ j^enstoo 5
Ia.*t me also add that this is not to say that these other vu>rt „ ^ c onu* 1[V '
are any less ‘real’ than the one we are presently focusec on
from their perspective, this focus of consciousness (our dimension) is t ^ ^ Viow
e metaphysical realm, parallel universes make perfect cia j]yif*fl
cisc co Li id an accurate psychic’s predictions be accounted tor _ crs uaded t°
individual is told about an imminent accident, tor example, ‘ in ^ icoItie ot
change a particular course of action, tor this will change 1 v
psychically perceived event and prevent it trom happening.

In the
else could

WAVE-PARTICLES & OTHER PARADOXES 131

Tins means that said individual has already experienced said accident, as seen
or sensed by the psychic (Remember my car accident?) However — and read
this carefully — if you think about it, ‘in the future’ means that somehow the
psychic’s mind has traveled to the past! Because according to the way we think
of perception, and in this particular case, memory, we can only — supposedly —
know or rather ‘remember’ events that have already happened. Therefore, said
event or rather potential event must have happened (or is happening) ‘some-
where else’ at the time that the psychic perceives it! Logically, this somewhere
else must be in a parallel reality or universe. And, if said individual decides to
follow the psychic’s advice and changes his or her course of action, said indi-
vidual has then switched from the universe in which he or she experienced the
accident to the universe in which he/she didn’t. .!

Of course, if one were to mentally do this consciously and with full psycluc
awareness, one would then be psychoporting. And if this were to be done
physically, one would then be teleporting (as in teleportation). It would be wise
for you to ponder on the statements I have just presented. For anyway you
look at them the implications are startling.

As a side note to all this, would like to share with you the following QBE
episode 1 had some time ago, which fus rather nicch with what I’ve been talk-
ing about I recall that as I was standing in m\ bedroom in the OBF> state ob-
serving my surroundings, all of a sudden they disappeared, only to be replaced
by other sets of three-dimensional scenes, which appeared in the same space
that my bedroom was in. '1'his effect was similar to that of rapidly clicking or
surfing through t v. channels Hence, i was seeing different scenes or ‘pro-
grams’, but in my case I was ‘inside’ the ‘television sei’. So even though I was
standing in the same space, I was traveling through an infinite amount of
places — some alien, some ancient I then wondered what it was that l was see-
ing A voice replied: “Unmanifested realities” (or in quantum physical terms,
potential states of subatomic particles that makeup parallel universes) lhen I
knew.

When I psychoport, 1 accelerate my consciousness to supextuminal speeds;
thus allowing me (mv consciousness) to ‘escape’ from this PDFD/PdS to an-
other one 1 Iowever, it was been explained to me that this acceleration is one of
polarity-reversal. What l mean is that instead of me quickening my neuro-
pulses and even the subatomic particles that makeup my brain, which my con-
sciousness is encased in when it is operating in the physical dimension, from
sa y (+)50 all the way up to (+-)1Q0, I go from ;(+)50 down to (+)49, (+)48,
( + )47, all the way down to (+)(), and then up to (-)l, (-)2, (-)3, all the way up
sa y (")50 or (-)100, depending on where it is I am going, or rather focusing my
awareness to (Each oi these numbers corresponding — as an example onl\ to

particular PDFD’s or focuses of attenuon.)

t Furthermore, each PDl'D resonates in a particular vibratory frequency or
stc P (as in music), for example, third's, fifth's, seventh’s, twelfth's, octaves, etc.

1 32 INTO THE VOID

1 turns out tins polarity (- & +) relates to our universal principals of
Vm/Yam; and wavc-parucic dunlin-; which have validity at such only in our

system engaged in viewing events, but am not able to interact with

1 minv consciousness takes the form of what scientists call a virtual panicle
Ytducli means that I am Virtually there’, but not m the matenal sense 1 lowcm.
when 1 ps)M«amkaU) integrate with the mind and body ot a host in a prob-
. . p-rtit I do SO by slowing down the traveling speed or rather the Vibrator,
frequency,’ at which my consciousness accelerates when 1 engage m these voy.

' m of the new probable universe’s speed of light. Consequently, I am able

to pick up the ‘programming’ (ot IMS) ot said PDFD. MB

As explained earher, this is the result of my consciousness sympathcucally
coming into resonance w.th the quantum parucles of my host’s bo<ly-mmd
vibrators rate. In mv case, tins host is one of my probable selves that exist in
the rcnlitv 1 am visiting. In addition, >t is for easier to psychodynamtcally mte-
prate with one’s probable self than with someone else s. l or both spawn bom
We same Ovcrmtnd, which resonate in a particular octave ol consciousness
Each Overmind’s consciousness is made up of what 1 call quantum-psycho-
energettc-meta-wave-parucles (QPSYEMP’s) These wave-paruele enoues ate
stiperlurrun-.il in nature, for they travel at velocities exceeding the speedo^ht,
and move ‘vertically’ (movrng forward and backward in time), an
l y > (jumping between probability continuums) When they slow down » P
speed of light (of a particular universe) they become actualized in sat c i

uum. _r -.Up

Let me make tt clear that QPSYEMP’s arc not tachyons-a type ot

tomic particles — lor tachyons always travel faster than t ie spec 0 _ ^

contrast, QPSYEMP’s can and do adptst their speed, for they arc .

with a more developed form of consciousness than other quantu ^ ^

Also, they are both particlc-like and wave-like in nature, sim taneo^^ ^

mentioned before in the glossary, these tragmenun i minis a *

subatorruc clones of ourselves, but which do not posses an N a ’ _ ^ ^

anthropomorphic (liuman ui form). In a sense, we areall Q1 ^ ^ actual®*

therefore constantly merging with other created 1AU s» a:

probabihties. ^eloped con-

In fact, QPSYEMP’s are created even- tune a suthcienU) cholf c

saousness, for example a human being, pet, or plant, i> tacet J(

and/or desire At that moment they split trom their source niv . Nva \t-

possible outcomes of any given choice When, and it, L>nc ^ en the

panicle entities decides to engage in a particular action/outcotn aCtu -

Source QPSYEM1 3 and the ‘spht’ or subordinate QPSYEMP merge,
ali/ing said probability in its own probability continuum

H 1 ! a i 1 1 h. . . . b. 1 \ .

alining said probability in its own probability continuum uUin g

In that sense, we are ail constantly psychoporting between
that is how our egos physically materialize events. In other w0

pot
an

WAVE-PARTICLES & OTHER PARADOXES 1 33

individual chooses to actualize a consciously or subconsciously desired event,
said individual is sending a part of lus psyche (a QPSYEMP) across space-time
and meeting with himself or herself ‘in the future’, and ‘at’ the desired event.
Thus actualizing an event.

However, since we must operate within a space and time context and envi-
ronment, the desired event will take both ‘space’ ‘(somewhere) and ‘time’ (at a
given point in time) to actualize. Although this actualizauon must first take
place in consciousness; by an act of ob servation and/or desire. Let me also add
that as a rule, QSYEMPS only travel and actualize events in each of the two
systems that exist in the human experience reality continuum — rcincarnational
and probabilities. I will say more about this subject in the next section and also
in chapter 5.

Probable Earths and Dream Systems

Physical reality (our Earth experience) is just one out of countless PDFD’s in
which even- form of organic and non -organic energy-matter simultaneously
exists As pointed out earlier, the experience of reality is non-linear and simulta-
ncous in nature, but human cognition isn’t Thus, physical cogmuon through
the human senses results in the perception of events in sequential-time; but
only as far as physical reality is concerned. On the other hand, the perception
of physical reality through the use of the psychic senses, while in an altered
state of consciousness (by engaging in PSP, and functioning in subphysical re-
ality for example), allows one to view, experience and explore events outside
our linear physical reality' system

However, one must be careful not to slip into the webwork of probabilities
(parallel universes and probable Earths) by loosing its locus and concentration.
Otherwise, what may be perceived is another v ersion/ outcome of the physical
event that is wished to be explored. In fact, this is one of the problems associ-
ated with psi-functioning/psi-perception in general. It is also the main reason
u Ity almost all remote viewing data does not corroborate And, it and when it
does, chances are that said data has been telepathically transmitted from
monitor to viewer Let me now further elucidate on die concept of parallel and
probable Earths.

All parallel Earths (including this one) house a particular collection of indi-

T ! and mass/world events In essence, this is where past and future lives

Ifl a historical context — are happening. As 1 said before, all time (past, present and

future) is simultaneous T hat is why a good and gifted psychic can see a past*

^ or future event. In said instance the psychic has tuned in to the PDbD

^hich houses said past-life or future event sequence that “was/is/wdl be hap
pening.

(Tn the other hand, probable Earths house a! termite sets ot space-time se-

<134 INTO THE VOID

,, rl . , tc probable in nature, relative to other sets of scquences/cvcms,
qU j nCL Lh never materialized in our version of reality. These alternate sc-
□utees then exist as non-actualized historical probabiSfa, unless-and/or u„-
individualized consciousness (in this ease a sennent being s ego) decides
„ with said space-time sapience continuum. Thus actualizing it for hira-
sclfotherself When this happens, those particular events become an ego-
actualized time-sec, uencc-for they become embedded in the memr, of the
nerreiver I Iowevcr, said individual may switch from that space-time comm-
uum at any time, based on his course ol action and behefs Hence the tcim

^ r\ i* *0} hip

P Wc thmk of events in this fashion: event 1 must always come before event
2 . thc n and only then can event 3 come into being, next comes event 4, and so
nn and so forth. This is what 1 mean by linear. However, in reality this is not
so Because event 1 has the potential of affecting event 2 after it has physical!,
manifested! This is accomplished by moving or rather psych op ortmg sidew a\ s
or ‘horizontally’, rather than Vertically’, between probability sequences.

To illustrate this a little better let me put it another way. Potential outcomes
or versions of any given event may be described as events la, lb, lc Id etc
These potential outcomes have a valid existence in the realm ot probabilities,
but event nail v onlv one event— out all potential and simultaneous events
(again, la, lb, lc, id, etc)— will become actualized event 2(a) on a pamcivr
version of reality. Nonetheless, the other events wiU still exist . But on sepaml.

space- time continuums (therefore exist as probable events).

Moreover, each one of these alternate space-time continuums ■ (pro
Earths) houses ns own set of mass-historical and personal events r0

our own. In other words, there are many 1940V, 1950 s, 1951 s, 1 ^ $ '
(also referred to as versions) However, we (our egos) only recognize u *
version, and as such come to accept it as an ego-actualized /experience ^

Nonetheless, other portions of our entity (group of paralle an P rt ^^
selves that our greater Sell or ( h ernund are composed of) resale in t e * ' ^

nate realities or dimensions (PDFD’s), which in turn they accept as e *
and factual In other words, to us they are probable to them m are P ro ^

Let’s now examine psychoportaion and psychodynamic mtegrauon^ ^
closer. In order to perceive, \ lew, experience, and explore a pa t ^ ^

ability — in this case the one from twr web work of consensual reabu, pjjgse

OBE/PSP/PDI state— one must focus on it exclusively and ialcnl -, 0l
thought- frequencies, which makeup each PdS exclusive u> mdivuua ^

UlUUglll-LlUl,JVU2IIL4t UlllLll HlilNtUJI VilLII * waviu’*^ *-

arc the ‘glue’ tliat keeps even thing together in said space-time contw ^
this ‘glue’ is the consensus. Therefore, the adventurous psychonaut
any given reality will be bounded by its new consensus. , s0 m

Ibirthermore, when one explores these alternate realities, oiw tT 1 * • flt (b\
the form of a non-physical obser\ r cr (as in PSP), or as a physical NVO uld
usmg PDI). If Ppl was to be used, then the inhabitants ot said

WAVE-PARTICLES & OTHER PARADOXES 1 35

be able to see and interact with the explorer Again, this will happen because
the psychonaut will be participating and witnessing events through the mind,
eyes, and body of one of its probable selves.

What follows is a table I have come up with that illustrates the different
space- time continuums — reincamauonal (or parallel) and probable; as well as
how they operate:

Rein cama t tonal System Probabilities System

(Linear time) (Non-linear time )

Year

1965

Year 1965(a)

1 965(1))

1965(c)

etc.

1966

1966(a)

1966(b)

1 966(c)

etc

1967

1967(a)

1967(b)

1967(c)

etc

1968

1 968(a)

1968(b)

1 968(c)

etc

etc

etc

etc

etc

etc

Let me reiterate that as a general rule, all individuals and species in our ver-
sion of reality* (the mncamational system) inadvertently switch or shift between
immediate probabilities- sequences, thereby unconsciously participating in a form
of PSP or PDI. Tins is a normal and rather common occurrence. 1 Iowever, if
the new continuum happens to be a probability continuum housing distant
probability-sequences, as opposed to immediate ones, l.c , completely different
sets of historical events, both personal as well as en masse, then the PdS of the
new PDFD (in the probabilities system ) will present its new programming to the
brain’s memory banks and nervous system of said individuals.

Because ol this, they will then accept the new context ot the alternate pro-
gramming (probable version of planet larth including new sequences of
c veins) as their own, with no memory oj the historical context in winch the) existed previ-
ously! In other words — and read this carefully — unbeknown to you, what you
remember as your own past, the one you're bad your entire life, may be one you acquired as
yon shifted between probability continuums just a few seconds ago!

Which means that you may not be who you think you are . And 1 mean that
literally. I or the memories about your past may have not been part ol your ex-
pencncetl/ remembered past at all. Instead, you may have acquired them as you
pstchoported and psychodynanncally integrated with one ot your probable
S chcs just a few moments ago . . Yet you will have memories and even ‘physi-
cal evidence’ (birthmarks, birth certificate, pictures, etc.) that will seem to span
decades — indeed your entire lifetime! bor the new memories are retroactive,
and thus, adjustable. And remember that one’s consciousness— in this case at
subconscious and superconscious levels — creates the reality that is perceived,
urthermore, you or rather your ego, will think and even challenge the lact that
) °u , and only you, is the ‘official’ personality/ person that has always (and

136 INTO THE VOID

*

only) cms'c w FNI (the future/probable version of me, which I am

becoming) cvcryone-l r epcat-e-v-c-r-y-o-n-e is constantly involved in the*
be ci miny ^ shlfts . | n feet, FM has explained to me that tins is not oak

?Ctlie P universc works, but it is how reality itself works. In addition, if you
' to bc mvohred in an event in your life that you thought could have

never happened to you-but has-.t is because you have psychoported to an
alternate universe. In turn, tliis alternate system ot reality houses a different
version of your experiential reality, including different versions ot tam.lv mem-
bers fnends and world population in general. But, what has in fact happened,

is that you have walked between dimensions...

As bizarre and crazy as that may sound, this is (lie trulh, and a truth 1 mm
from both persona! experience as well as by confirmation from oilier timber de-
veloped personalities/beings that belong to my Ovcnmnd. Nonetheless, since
‘reality’ is supposed to maintain ns ‘realncss’ and ‘coherence , this change will
not only have a ‘subtleness’ to it, if you will, but your trace memories of peo-
ple/e vents of your previous and immediate life will then be recreated so
cord, ugly; based on the data that is housed in your Overmind’s memory banks
In addition, sequences of events (future, past and probable) are also avail-
able at any umc for one to not only recall them, but also to be rc-expcncnce ,
so as to experiment with event changes, or rather probability probing Theie-
fore, one has the ability to rewrite one’s history And I also mean t lat in a t-
eral sense. Let me stress that if I would have decided to not continue with my
experiments, then the future ‘me 1 that 1 have been talking about, wo
continue on living and developing as a probable version of me in his own A NtU11
of reality For the fact is that neither him nor I could ever annihilate cacn
other’s existence Nor could any of our other probable selves inhibit ours
Another thing that I need to make you aware of is that it )0\x nappe
merge your personality with another probable version ot you, on 21101 , er p ^
abihtv continuum, you may sometimes Und that you have some bleet t ^
or residual psychological data, memories, and even personality traits 1 utt ^
pertain to you. Instead, they belong to this other alternate version o J^u, ^
vice versa This is because when you are psvchodynamicalh integrate^^ ^
ego/personality is operating in a different biophysical vehicle, an is 11
perceptual apparatus (brain), including its memory banks. Hence,
constructing and even interpreting quantum events (seeing chairs am ^
stead of spinning and vibrating atoms, electrons, protons, etc) tiroug ^
tereni set ot physical seizes because of this, both sets ot memories a

lap and get mixed in with each other. However, the conscious muv nV>

good |ob of suppressing them. But there are cases when these altenia
rics do come to surface. In my case, this was the result of m\ expetiw’^^^
I have also come to learn ibai what each one of us is is a hig A p t ,.
torm of pure consciousness that exists as a wave function in np c

WAVE-PARTICLES & OTHER PARADOXES 1 37

cause of this cosmic fact, one can then self-actualize in any conceivable prob-
ablc-cvcnt-continuum throughout all of the (desired) three-dimensional systems
of reality (and other systems) that exist, m and at any given ‘rime’ — by choosing
to observe/ experience them — if psychologically and psychically developed c-
nough. This in turn becomes a state , or rather a state-of-being.

I have been told that extreme cases of these types of occurrences (PDI) arc
linked to multiple personality disorder, where an individual is picking up vari-
ous PdS’s due to a ncurochemical imbalance. Subtle cases of these particular
ropes of experiences are linked to past-hie and even future-life memories.

To finish up this particular section, let me add that Dr. K^ark Presudius (a
psyehophysicist from another reality, who is also actively involved m cons-
ciousness research) has explained to me that this type of information, as well as
other infinite types of data, he at the border of the subconscious mind, and may
be accessed via stimulation of cortical and limbic activity in die brain In my
case, I happened to ‘stumble* upon it while experimenting with large doses of
liD together with RF.M sleep depravation. In fact, this particular experi-
ment — which is described in chapter 5 — apparently caused me to sort of short
out the ‘circuit’ responsible for the sc rambling/ reception/ acquisition oi such
type of data Hence you are now reading it.

The Psychedelic Aspect of Reality

As previously mentioned, all PDFD’s are constructed and sustained through a
highly specialized psycluc and telepathic agreement — a consensus. Inhabitants
of a particular PDFD agree through a subconscious network (collective uncon-
scious) which types of data are to be objectified 1 ins in turn serves as a basis
of reality' in that particular system 1 he PdS, which permeates any given PDFD,
is similar to a radio frequency — morphic in nature — that is picked up by all
inhabitants of that particular continuum l’o give you an example of this, the
coordinates ol A, B and D, combined with sav this current time (in our space-
time continuum) , has been agreed by our consensus (all individuals that are
Inuig and have lived in our historical timeline) to be the “Eiffel lower in Pans,
France, present umc (year 2000)”, for example.

Hus however, only has significance and validity to us. l or it an inter-dimen-
sional spacecralt full of alien beings touring the universe happened to arrive m
Pans, and tHe precise location of the Eiffel Tower, they may arrive in a prob-
ability continuum window where the tower was never constructed, or m a tune
window in which it hasn’t been built yet! Another problem that may face our
aken fnends is that their neurological hardwiring may be incapable of receiving
the program, or rather PdS that is being broadcasted in our particular PDFD
(remember the dilemma that the missionaries and aborigines found themseh e^
ln j and the blue colored universe?). If this is the case, then they will not be able

138 INTO THE VOID

• tctact with our environment In essence, they would be invisible to

U°s *,nd we— including our reality— invisible to them.

n itre are instances however, when transparent ghost-like images of us nay
annexe to them and vice versa. However, diese distorted images wdl be hybnd
PP . . for rhev will be a construction attempted by the pcrccivcr s senses

in natur , , . | a combination ot the actual object ot

Which in turn, will oftentimes re,

beintr In addition, the interpretation by the percenter will be based on his/her

own neuro- associations stored in his/her memory banks.

Furthermore aU inter-dimensional voyages or out-of-body travels do not
lead to the same places. In fact, one may travel not only to another locanon .
but also to another probability continuum. Because of this one must ihen
mm thc lourncy beforehand, while in a recepuve altered state of cons-
ciousness such as in a very- deep state of hypnosis. The psychonaut should also
h^e a specific list of instructions of what is to be observed irnd recorded d»
1 *e exploration, and most mipoctandy, he ot she should use correct*?

coordinates as well as specific dates and times of targeted events. 1 ho nt ,, ,,,,
gready assisted by a momtor, who facilitates the enure process as well as helps

-srSSJS- -s" tr r* r

and neuro-linguistic exercises— which I ha\ c been gi

you, shortly— the psychonaut may describe the explorauon oul loud .

real-time (as it is happening). where there

Now, if die location one wishes to explore happens *

isn’t a large conscnsus-as is the case with many dreamy * ^

physical materializations will not be consistent, ecau e nnnn Moreover,

type of PDFD will seemingly play with die explorer s P en *P ^ ^
the psycho naut’s mmd will tend to distort objects of said system of teal) .

readily. Let me illustrate what I mean with die oUowing examp *■ ■ ^ t

Let’s suppose diat one takes a road trip from point ; (New ^

B (California) here m ibts space-time physical reality. One may *V ciy

if the scenery diat is encountered during the trip happens to ^ ^ give
often along die trip. One may come across hard terrain, w uc 1

way to a body of water, lor example. But one ope [ 1 K l ^ ^ year 1*^
to slay die same, and not suddenly change trom the year - j in icn^° 1l!

lie reason that this isn’t likely to happen is because our P ot

linear and sequential time is maintained by the ngid consensu
that exist here, and which m turn is what our PdS made up [iatu re,

In a dream system however, because of its un- rigid or P today ^

may travel from point A to point B, but it not proper W> corned
suddenly give way to yesterday! Therefore, unless die exp ^ [V pc> (

is focused with excellent precision, he or she will then mC q 0 f the tt-
inconsistencies — slides in time and/or probability windows'*

WAVE-PARTICLES & OTHER PARADOXES 1 39

accurate inter-dimensional mind exploration then, is a combination of intent and
a specific set of instructions, which in turn, act as sort of a psychic tuning de-
vice and keeps the psychonaut focused on the same space- time continuum.

Let me stress that although some of these theories may defy logic and may
be dismissed as a work of science fiction, I can only comment on what I have
experienced and the information I have been given — which in my experiments
have come to be proven true Remember that Copernicus was accused of being
mad Also, Columbus was said to be wrong. But time has proved them neither.
Instead, tune and other explorer’s similar experiences have come to not only
validate their theories, but have proved them correct. Thus breaking and re-
placing the previous status quo. Who knows, if I would have written about
these thcones and experiences three hundred years ago, 1 may have been
burned at the stake; for it would have been disruptive to the set of beliefs or
status quo that existed m the general population at the time. However, from a
histoncal perspective, I have learned that status quos were made to be broken.

The Quantum Hall of Mirrors

As I came to learn from Gary Zukav’s brilliant book “The Dancing Wu Ij
M asters”, the purpose of particle physics — which uses huge and very expensive
parUclc accelerators and extiemely fast and accurate computers — is to smash
parades and try to measure and find, once and tor all, the ultimate elemental
parucle of creation 1 lovvever, this search has met with the ultimate nonsensical
and illogical paradox This is because when smashing subatomic paruclcs
against each other with tremendous momentum and force, instead ot coming
up with smaller pieces — as common sense dictates — particles just as big, and in
manj instances even bigger than the ones they began with appeared, instead!

Ibis is very much like smashing two television sets together, and instead of
breaking into smaller pieces, other same size t v.’s and even bigger ones result
from the smash! To the researchers this was complete nonsense. In fact, it was
mad But that is the way things have turned out. I his is the way things really
are here in the physical dimension,

Hus reminds me of the wave-particle duality. Remember that light is a para-
de, and it is also a wave. But a wave cannot be a particle, and a particle cannot
be a wave Yet they are both. Maybe ‘right’ and ‘wrong are one and the same
Maybe ‘right' ;/ ‘wrong’, and wrong is right Nothing is everything, and e\cry-
thmg — m reality — is nothingness. . . In addition, what 1 tound really lancinating
about these studies is that it made me realize that as 1 studied consciousness, in
torn, consciousness was studying itself! And my search for the ultimate com-
ponent or building block of the universe, and also for the secret of creation
itsdf, ultimately brought me to nothing, or rather to ‘no thing , and, also to
every- thing...

140 INTO THE VOID

Thu taught me that everything is a manifestation of that which simply „
Fortunately or unfortunately— depending on how you wish to view u, for there
is n „ wrong or right way of doing so-this V is something tl, at must be
‘ - when you come to experience, it , you will come to find what every

mvsuc throughout millennia has found. Which is that tins 'tsness’ is jcu.
Moreover, tins -you’ is a state of being; a nd also of non-being.

Haying come to terms with what I had found so tar, I realized that no mat-
ter what laid ahead was of Universal Intelligence’s creation. And whether I
chose to qualify whatever else 1 uncovered with my own personal preconceived
notions, or with die previously programmed views I had, or cared to use, was
of no consequence Because a thing, a thought, an idea, even an opinion— any-
thing in existence, for that matter — is simply that

CHAP T E R 4

Chemical Mysticism

“The ancient knowledge of the elders — who created the physical
dimension — is encoded within the essence \ generic code | of every
living organism. The plant teachers allow access to this information. ”

Jicbro

“It is dangerous to be right in matters on which
the established authorities are wrong . "

I'rantois Marie Arouet Voltaire

As my research continued, I did not cease to be fascinated by what I was un-

w

covering. In fact, it felt as though I was entering territories of knowledge, un-
derstanding, and insight that are only know n by a few, vet should be know n by
all. In that sense, I was becoming aware of an entirely different framework of
thought and being and even reality Hut nothing prepared me for what I w>as
about to encounter next — psychedelics (and hallucinogens). Indeed, when I
ached into this particular phase of my investigations, I suddenly realized that
all of what I had been taught throughout most of my life about these sub-
stances had a feeling and sense of ignorance, \vrongncss\ and even lalsehood
On this section you will come to see why,

I he (act is that I, along with millions and millions ol people on tins planet,
have been fed lies and negative propaganda about psychedelic drugs Moreover, it
lot take long lor me ro realize that the groups who w ere at the lorcfront ol
the "WAR ON DRUGS” were cither both deceptive and calculated; or, ex-
tremely stupid, ignorant, and completely biased

As explained ai the beginning of this book, federal and government agencies
such as the DEA and FDA, for example — who chastise and imprison those
individuals who feel they have the right and want to have certain experiences in
the realms of their own minds — are the same who protect under the law cancer-
producing agents such as tobacco 1 In fact, other DEA-approved drugs such as
^ZT, have killed more Americans than any, I repeat, any psychedelic substance
ever ' addition, thousands of people die each year as a result ot hospital and
medical mishaps. My point being that accidents are simply part ot Lite

142 INTO THE VOID

I have a big problem when for example, I hear lhat LSD is dangerous when
taken even' few days or on weekends over along period of time, say a few
years- for it supposedly budds up in the body and causes adverse effects on the
user Well, if that’s the case, then it is same even with FDA-approved dnig>
Inch as diazepam (a k a Valium). Therefore, proper, responsible, and informed
use and not abuse arc the keys regarding the use of any pharmacological sub-
stances — legal or not. ....

Now, almost all cases of drug addiction and/or deaths involve the use of

hard-drugs and narcotics such as crack -cocaine, heroin, morphine, etc. But this
is not the case with psychedelics such as LSD, ^-f--B, 2C-E, — 1 C-T-/, MDMA,
psilocybin, mescaline, etc. In fact, there has never been any dim! correlation
between their proper use lc., adequate dosage s, purity ot content, fluid intake,
etc., and death! Contrary to the negative propaganda furnished by the sensa-
tionahst-driven media, responsible use of these substances is no more dangerous
than the improper use of any other controlled and legal substance.

However, drugs such as tobacco and alcohol — which hire been medically pmm to
awse irreversibly internal bodily damage, including death — continue to remain legal and
are protected by our laws. Where's the logic in that? Furthermore, drunk-dm-
mg related deaths are in the tens of thousands each and every year And lung
cancer, emphysema, etc. continue to cost billions ot dollars to taxpayers.

' liven these tacts, 1 ask vou. Since alcohol and tobacco have tailed, and con-
tinue to kill, many, many more people than all psychedelics combined (and again I
emphasise that psychcdclics-caused deaths have nothing to do with the substance
itself but rather with improper use, due to ignorance on the part ol the umt*
then how come the FDA isn’t passing a ban on cigarettes and alcohol' Or put-
ting them under Schedule 1 status classification, as they have done with a.i
'dangrous ’ substances, which are of *no medical value \ and have a high potential joe
coming addte/nv and also have a high abuse rate l Could it be that they consider boo/e
and cigarettes io be ‘recreational’ in nature? Then, if this is so, how conic othc.
recreational substances such as MDMA (ak.a Ecstasy) have become Schedul
and arc therefore illegal under federal law? Again, given the Jaet that both
hol and cigarettes (along with herom and cocaine, ior example) have been
catty proven to be detrimental and even fatal to the health of human beings 5

Well, I’ll tell you why. Because of dirty politics and the all-mighti do
Wake up and start using your nund. It doesn’t take a genius to hgurc it c
Ironically however, psychedelics enable mature and healthy individuals to -
using their mmds. This, of course, scares the living shit out of those
Furthermore, ‘the powers that be’ don’t want you or l using our minds, lot 1 ^
we can potentially disrupt the status quo that they have so carefully and ce
orchestrated, fhey rather that you and I cloud our minds with booze ant
FDA . 1 1 >| uoved mind-numbing narcotics; and remain blind and ignorJf»

underhanded skims.

I he truth of the matter is that currently m our society.

r a number ot

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 143

*1

"l

%

5

*

I

i

I

i

minded, money-hungry tyrant bastards continue to manipulate a bunch of air-
headed bureaucrats and lawyers — much like puppets are manipulated — and
continue putting a smoke screen over the minds of the sheep-hke American
public for their own gam "Hus is the same group of savvy individuals who do
not want unbiased and setent ifimlly-hased in formation about psychedelic substances
to reach the eyes and the ears of both you and I And they do this by feeding all
of us, through the scnsarionalist-drivcn media, self-serving, carefully crafted
information, or rather misinformation , which in turn effectively instills fear in the
minds of the public at large with regards to these substances.

Moreover, the war on drugs has been lost, it has been long lost 'Flits is due to
the fact that authorities cannot stage nor win a war against these substances
when the people themselves want them. And not only will people go to any extent in
order to get them, but in like manner use almost anything they can get their hands
on in order to get high. Therefore, the DEA, pohucians, and other ignorant
‘good Samaritans’ should concentrate their efforts on something else. Because
the nouon that they can stop and control basic human needs such as drug use,
or even sexual activity is not only ludicrous, but must come to an end.

I mean just think about it for a moment: police task-teams, millions of our
hard-earned tax dollars spent on police man-hours even’ vear, surveillance,
sung operations, hidden video and audio devices, undercover detectives, even
entrapment m order to stop good ol’ Mr. Jones from getting a blow-job from a
prostitute! Not only that, but then we lax payers have to further foot the bill
for good ol* Mr Jones’ legal fees pertaining to tins matter, in order to hopefully
scare good ol' Mr Jones into keeping it in his pants! Or, having to arrest
limmy for possession of marihuana, and giving him a police record— years in
prison if he happens to be caught with more than a few ounces — in order to
scare and hopefully prevent him from sparking-up anotlui doobic and getting
high and silly! Do you see what I am trying to get at?* People in this country —
mature adults — are treated like children and kept in a state of infantilism, if you
will, by ‘authorities’ — so-called — who say that they have only our best interest
at hand. Huh! That’s an interesting way of putting it “Don’t mess with your
penis or with your mind, or there will be hell to pay ” (Item: On March 26th,
1966, Harvard Umversitv professor and psychedelic guru Timothy Leary was
arrested and then convicted to thirty years in prison alter his daughter was
found in possession of less than half an ounce of marihuana!)

I he way see it, one thousand years ago, these acuons — illegal sex and/or
tliegal dnigs — were enough to send ‘good God-fearing’ people to hell lor all
eternity. Now, since the grip of religion has lost its stronghold on the mind ot
most people, these actions are sometimes enough to land one m jail! ‘Big
Brother today having taken the p acc of the vengelul and wrathful God ot the
middle ages. It is utterly ridiculous. Bur this is only so because we ns a society
nave given a group of bureaucrats in our government the power to do this and
continue to let them.

144 INTO THE VOID

Not only that, but they have also conditioned our minds to think that w e
need them to, and so they must, protect us from these bad tilings So in reality
it’s our fault! We have given certain individuals in our government this author
m and power But remember that power corrupts the weak-minded. Now don’t get
me wrong, I am not saying that everyone in our government is guilty of under-
handed tactics and ignorance. I lowcver, there are a few bad and foolish apples

in the nest

As pointed out earlier, large numbers of high school and college students
are experimenting with all different types of consciousness-altenng substances
because thev either in marihuana and realize that it doesn’t drive them mad or
turns them into sex deviants, thereby realizing that they have been lied to by
parents, teachers, and other similar ignorant people. Or, they come across unbi-
ased and scientifically-based information about these substances and realize
that everything they have been told about them is a crock-of-shit. But again,
don’t misunderstand me 1 am not suggesting that everyone should use or is
ready to experiment with these substances; or that thev are of no consequence
Ilni would not only be irresponsible of me, but the tatrh of the matter is that
currently most of the general population of the world simply isn’t psychologically de-
veloped enough yet to use them' This is a tact.

I lowever, I do feel that if people in this country were not lied to about p$y-
chedelic/hallucinogenic substances (and everything else across the spectrum,
including politics in general for that matter) and were presented instead with
the real-facts about them, both the good and the bad, they could then make an

informed choice as to whether or not they feel ready lor them or not 1 believe

/ /

that most people are capable of making intelligent decisions it given the chance,
\hc facts, and most importantly, the means of using and developing their minus

1 he reason 1 am saying this is because it is a cry ing shame that m this da\
and age — the twenty-first century’ — people all over the world, especially in this
country, are programmed to think within certain parameters set forth by the
government and society, instead of being taught how to think Yes, that nght,
people are not taught how to tliuik Instead, they are ted information sublinu*
nallv, which then they simply react to and recite.

' i / | *

l et me add here that those unfortunate individuals, who have perished tn ,n j
drug overdose, have done so a^ a result of using narcotics and other hard an
mind-numbing substances. No one has ever died of an MDMA, psilocybin o
I>SD overdose, for example — never Although these particular subM.inv.es are rv

ported by the I DA to be extremely dangerous to the health ot human bein^,
1 he few repotted cases ni death caused bv psychedelics such as MDMA, vu

1 ' '*'■**“' vmu^vvi u \ vnvvivuvv i .

due to dehydration (and again, ignorantv) on the part ot the consumers *

slam-danced in rave clubs lor hours on end without the intake of any

and also due to overdose. Again, ignorance on the part ot the users is
pnt here.

Which is why drug education — and not anu-drug brainwashing -should be

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 45

p non ty in this country. Although recently, all of this is changing thanks to the
explosion of the communication age via the non-regulated channels of the
Internet. However, there is strong indication that the government wants to reg-
ulate the World Wide Web one way or another. In fact, the right of freedom of
speech is being threatened in our count!)' as we speak. All of this being part of
a worldwide conspiracy headed by some of the BIG companies (pharmaceuti-
cal medical, tobacco, etc.) who see this medium — Internet /in formation /com-
munication — as a threat to their underhanded schemes.

For as vou can imagine, the transfer of non-biased information about any
subject, especially about mind-expanding substances, could indeed put an end not
onlv to their covert activities, but also to the control which they have over the
min( ]s and wallets — of the people of this country and the world at large (Be-

fore I forget, let me recommend what is perhaps one of the best books regard-
ing the psychotherapeutic use of psychedelic substances: “Thanatos to Eros”,
Thirty-five years of Psychedelic Exploration, written by Myron J. Stolaroff. In
said book you will have a chance to read truths about these substances )

In addition, it is time for us to take a serious look at the problem of drug
use or rather substance abuse/ addiction, and realize that it has to do more with
an underlying psychological factor than with a chemical one. Indeed, drugs —
any type of drugs/substances, and even certain activities — are not to blame lor
addicuon. On the contrary, the person taking die drug is not only responsible
for lus/ her addicuon /behavior, but is also in control,

I say this because people can use food, drink, sex, or any type oi activity/
behavior as a drug. What arc we going to do then*' Ban food and sex? How
about Nintendo^ video games? \gain, these can and do become addictive But
that depends on the individual, and not on die activity or substance itself! It is
the same with guns, for example. Wc all know b\ now — at least 1 hope we all
do — that guns don’t kill people. Instead, the people who pull the trigger do! So
people have to stop blaming others lor their behavior and start taking responsi-
bility for their own actions.

Not only that, but in our society we tend to accept certain types of addiction
over others. I ’ll give you an example. Being addicted to food is more acceptable
than being an alcoholic. And, being an alcoholic is more tolerable than being
addicted to crack-cocaine. And being addicted to cigarettes, and say gambling,
is well, okay. '1 hat is just a ‘harmless* and personal as well as individual
choice — so we are told. But those are still forms of addiction!

However, wanting to ingest sacred plants such as peyote, DM1, or psilo-
cybin mushrooms — which have been used for thousands and perhaps millions
of years by shamans and spiritual-seekers alike in order to hau. personal in-
SI ghts into the nature of who and what we arc — is not only seedy , dark and
‘unacceptable’, but illegal. Indeed, those things are ‘bad’ and laws should be put
in place in order to ‘protect’ us. Yet booze and cigarettes continue to be pro-
jected by our laws... Why? Again: because of the vested interest that some indi-

146 INTO THE VOID

viduals in power have over those industries!

(Let me recommend a movie based on a true stoty ■ the 265 billion-dolLir
set dement by the tobacco industry that took place about a year ago— related to
the subject of manipulation of the law and die news media by bdlion dollar
corporauons. The flick is called “The Insider”, starring A1 Pacino. W atch it, and
you will learn about what really goes on behind the closed doors of corpora-
tions and the news media; and why people arc so reluctant to come forward
with information relating to the exploitation and manipulation of die public
through the news media Again, the 1 RU TH is out there for those who want to
find it. So go over to Blockbuster and rent it. I promise you it will be worth the

four bucks you spend.)

Not only that, but these clever characters continue to make billions of dol-
lars each and every year out of people’s addictions, miser}', illnesses, and suf-
fering The Lmdi of die matter is that we have become a society of ‘cash cows’
diat these tyrants continue to milk for every tiling dicy can. We are slaves to a
system diat ‘was* — once upon a time — founded on truth and justice for all.
But, instead, has become an instrument for the decay of the human spint and a
prison for the mind Because of dus, I feel that institutions and organizations
are not only seli-serving, but have done us about all die ‘good’ we can stand 1

I’ll bet you one billion o) Bill Gates’ dollars that most ol the individuals be-
hind — and I mean behind, not at the forefront — the crumnalizaUon of mind*

expanding psychedelic substances such as LSD, Ecstasy, and psilocybin liave
themselves ingested them — in the proper context — and therefore awakened to
the fact and knowledge that without these substances the minds ot non-users
can and do remain in a state of stagnation , and can therefore be manipulated — as
has been the case in our society for over half a century — for their own gain
In lact, these clever characters have become the new high pnests’, who are
not only discouraging people from expanding their minds, but will go as tar a>
throw them in jail and even murder them if they disobey their ‘laws’. Moreover,
it is very convenient for these characters that these drugs remain illegal t° r

then they can make huge profits selling than! So that in turn, they cai
covert operations In case you didn’t know, the illegal drug trade is a 500 bdde
dollar a year market And all ot this gray’ money is untraceable and un- taxable
Now, 1 bet that many of you who arc reading this know nothing about the
hundreds and thousands ol injuries and deaths that FDA-approved and rt.*n
dated vaccinations have caused and continue to cause in children — vaccinations
which we are allegedly by law required to give to all newborn and pre-schoo
agtd children, am I right? I bring this up because l have followed tins paro
story since 1997, thanks to the groundbreaking and thoroughly researched W
documented book, “Emerging Viruses”, by Len Horowitz, M.D , a ^
spected Harvard Graduate and public health professional But it isnt until ^

1 999, as 1 am writing this secuon, that a small story was aired on ABC 5
Yet these contaminated vaccines have continued (and conunuc) to be m

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 47

latcd into children 1 1 don’t see major stones and sensationalist newspaper head-
lines about it. And do you know why? Money and Politics. In fact, these clever
characters I have been talking about, own all ol the major networks and mass
media outlets, including major medical and pharmaceutical corporations. It is a
corruption that reaches unimaginable levels!

Moreover, 1 have learned that the FDA’s hands are tied by confidentiality
agreements placed upon them by the multi-billion dollar pharmaceutical cartels!
(Did you know about tins?) Since this subject is a book on its own, I will direct
ihosc interested in finding out how much they have been lied to — even at the
expense of human Hies, for the all-mighty dollar — to read the book by Dr. Len
Horowitz 1 just menuoned, and/or visit his website at: tetrahedron.org.

There is so much covert stuff, which the average ‘Joe* knows nothing about,
that it’s ridiculous. In fact, it is sad. Hut if you want to uncover the truth — the
ms/ truth about anything — then you must make it your business to do so

Another thing I learned from my research into psychedelic substances is
that manv of them can heal almost all illnesses — for all illnesses arc psycho-
somatic in nature. Yes, that’s right. All begins in the mind; and by treating the
mind we are treaung die cause. And, because of this, we arc then healing the
affliction; and not masking the symptoms, as western medicine does. However,
a sad fact is that health does not make dollars and profits for the multi-billion
dollar medical and ‘health care’ industries ! his is also the reason why those in
power over those industries do not want this type of information to be common
knowledge For they stand to loose billions and billions ot dollars each and
every year.

Tins is also the reason why as soon as information like tins begins to appear,
they proceed to debunk it through the controlled media — claiming that it is
nothing but quackery. Again, I bring back to mind the situation with regards to
cigarettes. Indeed, it is ludicrous that to this day — the twenty-lirst century
and after tens of thousands of nicotine-caused deaths , we have lawyers and bu-
reaucrats still arguing whether cigarette smoking is responsible lor lung cancer
and death or not! To this day they are still arguing that there is no conclusive
proof between cigarette smoking and lung cancer and death* But that s the wa\
things still arc — until you make it your business to change them.

I hat is one of the reasons why I said that the Internet presents a big threat
to these cleaver characters. And that is also why they are trying to control , die
type of information that can and cannot be transmitted over the World Wide
Web. In fact, I have learned that there will be an all-out el fort to pass a bill
the Feinstcin-Hatch Bill” — which would criminalize and make it a tclony pun-
ishable with up to 10 years in prison (1) for publishing un-appro\td drug
information, or even linking (!) to any website that disseminates said in forma*
tion" 1 Gee, I wonder which organization will be in charge of approving drug
wformauon...? The FDA perhaps? Therefore, I suggest that all of you reading
l his write to your senators, and express your objections over this matter a.s.a.p.

148 INTO THE VOID

Can you imagine? Giving the power back to the individual? Giving the in-
dividual the power to have access to the real fuels about these substances and
ihen m ^ c ^ informed choice whether they tec! they want to experiment with them
or not? And also choose whether or not to play in this game of deception that
has been so cleverly orchestrated for nearly half a century? But the constitution
sayv “Power of the people and for the people ” So, 1 again say to those of you
who arc willing and ready, to wake up and start making it your business to un-
cover the truth Research the facts about any subject and come to your own
conclusions. Besides, u would be wise and pertinent to take advantage of the
infomiation/commumcation age— at least while you still can

Now don’t get me wrong, by no means do I suggest that psychedelic sub-
stances are of no consequence, or that they should be used for recreational pur-
poses by children or teens. However, what I do suggest is that they are of un-
surpassed psychological, \ emotional, and even spiritual value, if used correctly, in the
proper setting-, and under proper Mipervi non — usually by trained psychutmn
and psychotherapists. Much like it is done over in Switzerland, for example
MDMA, when it was first introduced — and subsequently used for many years m
therapeutic settings — was used in this fashion. Thai's correct, psychiatrists and py-
cbologists used tins substance until about 1984, when after helping tbous.m.is of
people with emotional and traumatic disorders, it was suddenly banned by the
FDA. In fact, the administrative -law judge Francis Young, who proceeded over
tlus matter- -whether or not to put Ml )MA under Schedule 1 classification, the
most restricted classification of all, which means that this substance is ot no
medical value to man and therefore not available even to scientists for further
study — afier heating all of the evidence presented, ruled that MDMA be placed
in the Schedule 3 classification — a much less restrictive classification.

The reason for this being that this classification still allows the medical pi' 1

fession and scientists access to it for further research But do you know Mut

#

happened after the judge’s ruling? I 11 tell you what happened GoyctvrneBI
officials overruled the tudge*s dec: non and put MDMA under Schedule 1 fl
anyway ! (Just for fun I have to ask, did you hear about this? You don t lu\e t°
answer, because chances arc you did not And if you did, then you know what
am talking about A book on this subject is “Ecstasy”, The MDMA
Bruce Eisner.) Anyway, as I’ve been saving, there’s a lot going on behind do c
doors and even in courtrooms that most people know nothing about

Indeed, these clever characters even have the power to overrule alb court ,
ruling!!!! It is corruption that reaches the highest levels. But you stc,
MDMA as an example, it only costs about twenty cents each tab to manuftcW®*
but its street value is up to thirty dollars per tab! So you see, it is much nl ° r

profitable to have made it and keep it illegal. Think about it for a m° nu ’

Wake up ! 1

Anyway, as tar as psychedelics are concerned, I can personally atte
most ot these substances somehow illicit empathy, and work on the eiri °

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 49

makeup of the user; thereby having many positive and life changing uses, in-
cluding the rehabilitation ot prison inmates. But I ask you again: Have you ever
heard or read about this fact regarding psychedelics? Of course not. None-
theless, those studies do exist, as well as academic papers published by medical
professionals that depict much similar positive and therapeutic use of these
substances. But don’t take my word for it i )o your own research and see for
vourself.

Talking from personal experience again, I have to sav that psychedelic psy-
chopharmacology is perhaps the greatest approach to the engineering of con-
sciousness ever devised by man. Indeed, by using psychedelics human beings
have the unprecedented opportunity to look within their own psyche and affect
changes in their behavior, psychological makeup, and belief structure More-
over, these substances enable the human consciousness to awaken from iis
consensual slumber and to its true divine heritage and state of universal being.
In fact, I feel that psychedelics are the greatest gift mr to be given to human
beings. Keep in mind that I am talking about psychedelia and not their cousins —
hallucinogens. Hallucinogenic substances are a whole other ball game, and you
will see why in this and the next chapter.

To those of you who are reading these words and are alarmed, if not re-
pulsed by what you are reading, remember that you may be thinking and feeling
this way because of the previous negative conditioning and programming per-
formed by ignorant parents, teachers, clergy, and even power hungry politi-
cians.

The slogan, “SAY NO TO DRUGS” is one-sided and hypocritical And I’ll
tell you why. Better yet, let me give you an example. Andrew Weil, M D.,
author of many bestsellers on health — nonetheless — is just one of thousands of
medical doctors and clinicians, psychotherapists, researchers, and scientists
om around the globe who have come to the conclusion — based on extensive
medical and clinical information, and even from personal experience — that
medical-grade quality psychedelics such as I .Si), psilocybin, and mescaline
among others, are some of the safest drip known to medicine! But did you know
that^ 1 (You don't have to answer ) Why isn’t this lnfonnauon more readily
known, uh? How come information like this isn’t presented on television? I low
conic* there aren’t any stones on any of the major national publications regard-
ing the real facts about psychedelic substances?

Moreover, it is a fact, my dear friends, that many ot the Scheduled sub-
stances — at least the ones that aid in the development ot higher states of cons-
ciousness, and which are allegedly of no medical value to humans, and which
also allegedly pose a threat to the health and welfare ot humans — are the same
substances that are chemically almost identical and structurally related to neurochem -
uals that are part of normal brain metabolism! T he truth of the matter is that our
wains are the largest pharmacological factories on the planet, including of most
°f the illegal Scheduled substances!

150 INTO THE VOID

Therefore, every human being on the planet right now is in violation of fed-
eral drug laws, for we arc all in possession of noradrenaline, a natural brain
hormone similar in structure to mescaline; and dunethykiytamine p.M'I), a
powerful hallucinogenic compound, which causes us to get high and hallucinate
every night (this ncurochemical is what allows us to dream). Other illegal sub-
stances are acetylcholine (similar to uppers) and norepinephrine (similar to
downers). We even manufacture our own morphinc-like painkillers

So, as you can sec, there is no such thing as a chemical-free reality. In a way,
we arc constantly under the influence of drugs’ The word endorphin means en-
dogenous or self-contained morphine, which in the case of extreme pain or
physical exertion our bodies rapid 1) manufacture — all m the right doses and
without any side-effects. Indeed, Mother Nature is very intelligent, for it has
equipped us with the necessary ingredients and mechanisms insuring our sur-
vival And, I ask you; if these substances are supposed to be so l bad’ then what
are they doing in our brains? Wake up \\ hat’s more, we have receptor sites in
our brains that match the exact chemical codes — as in a lock and key combina-
tion — of many other illegal substances, such as psilocybin (magic mushrooms),
pevorc (a psychotropic cactus), mescaline, and a number of others. Why would
nature equip us with such ‘bad’ receptor sites?

The fact is that psychedelic substances appear to be at home in die envi-
ronment of the human brain Ma\bc ibis can shed some light on the reason
why shamans intuitively prepared a brew called ayahuasca, w hose main ingredi-
ents arc DMT’ and beta-carbolines — both part of normal brain metabolism —
that enabled them to acce>s other realities and dimensions via the out-ol-bodv

stare

A very interesting tlung I learned from reading many of (the great and un-
fortunately late) Terence Mckcnna’s inspiring and thought-provoking books
such as “The Archaic Revival” and “The Invisible Landscape”, is that shaman-
ism is mostly techniques, not rituals Indeed, 1 came to find in his books that in
the* tribes where shamanism is practiced, certain individuals with peculiar
qualities’ are* noticed and then encouraged to follow rigorous shamamc training
1 hesc qualities being oddness or uniqueness in the individual, a proncne» t0
easily enter daydream or trance Mates, and even epilepsy (Do keep in mimt *■«
a trance state is very different than a psycho visionary state her in the

one actually experiences what is seen This can be psychologically upsetting w
some )

McKenna also believes that there may be certain genes that mediate >ha
mamc functioning — especially in hallucinogen-using shamans. For he teil> tha

their shamanic ability appears to he determined by how many active hallucun
gen receptor sites they have in their brains — thus facilitating these typ® 8 0 1
perienccs. Another interesting finding by McKenna is that shamans

hallucinogenic plants in order to perform their paranormal teats

I was also surprised io learn trom reading the books mentioned *ib tVU

that

CHEM ICAL MYSTICISM 151

initial shamanic training in essence consists of forced insanity, so as to com-
pletely annihilate the ego and build a new and stronger one. Consequently,
most shamans are said to be somewhat mad Shamans are also said to lx* intro-
verted intellectuals and loners, and many of them arc well-versed in plant
chemistry — believing that plants are spirits. (Based on first-hand experiences I
feel that a temporary state of madness can also result from constantly traveling
into alternate dimensions. Because during a particular phase of my substance-

induced explorations — some of which are described in the next chapter I

became almost completely immersed in alternate realities, and as a result, expe-
rienced psychosis and schizophrenia-like states for a period of a few days.)

The way I see it, shamans arc similar to a quantum physicist, in that they
seek to unravel the nature of creation and reality. McKenna has also found that
Zen monks, while experiencing deep levels of meditation and/or samadhi and
say that they are becoming one with the universe or seeing God, are in fact
releasing abundant amounts of serotonin (a neurotransmitter) from their pineal
gland, whose hallucinogenic effects are similar to LSD I have also come to
leam that Tibetan monks often smoke hashish before meditating!

Therefore, in light ot these findings, 1 can’t help but speculate that nature, in
her infinite wisdom, has not only created the necessary ingredients for our in-
ner-self development and spinrual evolution — such as hallucinogenic /psyche-
delic plants — but has also equipped us with the necessary brain receptor sites
and mechanisms that allow these substances to work within us at the neuronal
and even cellular level in the first place!

In addition, cutting-edge biochemical sleep research has found that delta
sleep is the high (no pun intended) point of t lie brain’s manufacturing of tryp-
tamines such as DMT. As mentioned earlier, LSD and psilocybin are also tryp-
tamine derivatives, which in turn arc structurally related to serotonin (5-Hy-
droxytryptanune).

As you can begin to see, the human brain — which is a complex network of
electrochemical circuits — requires tryptammes — which are hallucinogenic in
nature — in order to function normally anti optimally, both in the waking and the
mam states. The reason I am emphasizing this is because in the last chapter 1
said. Physical reality is a hallucinatory construction of the physical senses.. ”
Well, given this, I feel that the ratio of serotonin we metabolize in our brains
(among other neurochemicals) during the waking state may in lact help us con-
struct/ perceive waking reality as we know it While in contrast, the heavier
amount of DMT that is secreted during our sleep state also a type ot altered
st ate, of course) allows our brains to construct/perceive a different type of re-
a > * which exists ‘outside’ physically-perceived waking reality- Howev er, if the
“ ,I "’ L!I :I n * HM I (in the human brain) was to be increased during the waking
state (by external administration, such as injection, snorting, smoking, or pro-
0n ged sleep depravation ), then said human brain will commence to cons-
truct /p cr ceive the dimensions that are normally accessed during die dreamstate

152 INTO THE VOID

while being in a waking state. .. !

Well, needless to say, alter coming to gn >s with the fact that just as with
millions of people, I also had not been presented with all of the mil facts about
nimd-expanding substances. Therefore 1 decided to do my own research and
experiments with them, and come to my own conclusions. For this however, I
had to go to the drug underground, in search of such exotic substances as
DMT, 2C-B, ketamine, LSD, and MDMA. (Again, I want to make it clear that I
do not advocate drug abuse However, I do find that psychedelics are beneficial to

those responsible adults who arc sincerely seeking their own answers about who
and what they arc, the nature of reality, consciousness, existence; and other
similar philosophical questions.)

Unfortunately, because of current archaic drug laws, 1 had no way of know-
ing whether or not the substances I was purchasing and ingesting were pure
Or, if in fact they were what they were supposed to be. Not to mention the
years in prison I face if caught purchasing them! Although thanks to some psv-
chopharmacological research I was also able to pin down a couple of i:r, pow-
erful hallucinogenic substances that are readih available at any local drug store
or supermarket.

Now, as mentioned at the beginning of this book, I abstained from the use
of dnigs until the age of thirty It wasn’t until I was almost thirty-one years old
that I tned cannabis (pot) and no' only enjoied it, but I inhaled (and liked it')
You see, I too had been negatively programmed and brainwashed against that
use. I mean, don’t get me wrong, I would certainly have to agree that hard nar-
cotics such as heroin, cocaine, crank, etc. should not be messed with, tor thev
numb the mind and are very physically addictive. But so are other legal pre-
scription drugs such as Valium™, Zoloft'S', etc. This also goes tor alcohol On
the other hand, psychedelics EXPAND TI IF MIND.

My experiences with most oi these substances have been very powerful,
transcendent, and life changing But, would l recommend that everyone ex-
periment with psychedelics and hallucinogens? ABSOLUTELY NOT. For I
truly feel that only psychologically mature adults should experiment with them In
tact, m my opinion, these substances should only be taken bv adults who are at
least over thirty-five years oj age, in excellent physical and mental health, and vdio
arc serious about their psycho-spiritual development. Moreover, these sub-
stances should be ingested in a shamamc context — alongside a skilled therapist
(or shaman) — who has experimented with them himsclt, and is aware of their
ps)chic effects first-hand. Yes, in this ideal setting, one is apt to have the kte-
changing experiences that are the hallmark of many of these substances.

I he sc experiences having not only been mine but also that ot many, mam
professional psychiatrists, psychologists, physicists, and even artists In & ct » ^
checkout the works of Stanislav Grof, M D., John C. Lily, MO. Ann & Alex-
ander Shulgin, PhD., Andrew Weil, M.D , and Adolphous Huxley to name but
a ew These individuals are not delusional, party- time, acid- topping idiots

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 53

; the contrary, they are psychologically and intellectually mature sound profes-
. sionals.

S ■

The CIA and Psychedelic Research

Let me now give you a little more historical background information on these
*i substances. On April 16, 1943, Albert Hofmann at Sandoz laboratories, in
It Switzerland, was the first human on the planer to take an LSD trip As any true
scienust. Dr. Hofmann decided to first experiment with this newly discovered
, substance on himself. He found that the effects I.SD produced on the mind
l were profound. He even experienced all of the classic effects of an out-of-body
cxpenencc without actually calling it that, while experimenting with a dose of
250 micrograms In addition. Dr. Hofmann and other researchers thereafter
were baffled by the fact that such a microscopic amount of this newly synthe-
sized compound could have such profound effects on the psyche Research
into !i>D and its effects on the human brain has shown that only a tinv amount
of the substance actually crosses the blood/bram barrier and enters the brain
In tact, a minuscule amount (.01%) of the original microgram (millionths of a
gram) dose is all that H takes to engage LSD’s psychic effects!

Now, up until the mid-sixties, psychiatrists and psychologists were using
many psychedebcs to help people with serious psychological disorders. Many of
these patients were cured from lifelong emotional disorders, not in five, ten, or
twenty years of psychiatric anti psychological therapy, but in three or four ses-
sions of psychedelic therapy! Because of tins, many psychiatrists and psy-
chologists even began to abandon the practicing models and protocols of psy -
chotherapy. Because substances such as LSD, psilocybin, and mescaline pro-
vided and opened clear channels of communication betw een the mind and psy -
che of both patient and therapist.

Typical therapist-assisted psychedelic sessions included the ingestion o: the
substance by both patient and therapist Again, most of these individuals had
profound, life-changing experiences. Right around tilts rime, a paper published
on the mental effects of mescaline sulfate came to the attention of prominent
wnter Aldous Huxley, who after experimenting with mescaline wrote about his
experience in the classic “The Doors of Perception”. All m all, psychedelics
showed a lot of promise to treat, and even explore die human mind Indeed, ‘in

beginning* there were a lot of benefits associated with these curious sub-
stances.

A common misconception about psychedelic substances and even of vi-
sionary plants is that the images, perceptions and experiences are the result of

ingested chemical, but in reality' they arc not. T he fact is that each one of us
13 psychologically and emotionally different, and therefore no two individuals
S the same substance and in equal amounts will have the same

1 54 INTO THE VOID

exact experience. Talking from personal experience, I feel that these substances
act as psychological ‘amplifiers’. Which is to say, whatever one already is, a psy-
chedelic such as LSD multiplies by about 1000? So, if you are silly, psychedelics
will make you really' silly — extremely silly. In fact, too silly . On the other hand, if
you arc artistic or mtclleciu.il then psychedelics will make these qualitiC'' in you
more pronounced — extremely pronounced In that sense then, these substances
appear to be keys to realms of being that already exist within us.

As I just mentioned, when first introduced to rhe world the scientific com-
munity received LSD with much enthusiasm, and it enjoyed a high standing
among psychiatrists, psychologists and scientists Unfortunately however, CIA
scientists also started to do classified research on LSD and other psychedelic
substances — to see if they could be used in the military for the spv trade
and/or as mind-control weapons. This operation came to be known as oper.i-
tion ARTICHOKE, and later as MK-ULTRA — a top-secret program that was
headed by the CIA’s chief scientist at the time But that’s not all that MK-
i LI R A w as doing at the time 1 also came to discover that as early as 1952, the
Cl V covertly initiated an extensive nationwide search for gifted individuals with
clairvoyant powers... (Did you know' anything about this. ?)

Grants for this research were poured through CIA conduits such as The
Society for the Study of Human Ecology, and the Jo^iah Macv Jr foundation
In fact, consultants in the form of professional psychiatrists, hypnotists, medi-
cal practitioners, and psychics were brought in to participate in these experi-
ments, which included experimentation with psychedelic substances Curiously,
the Soviet Union had also starlet! doing paranormal research with inind

expanding drugs, but way before the United States. As it turns out, Soviet and
American paranormal research continued for some twenty-five odd years (I’m
my opinion I believe that it is still taking place).

This, you see, w as an attempt on the parr of the United States and the So-
viet Union to conquer the Iasi I rentier — the human mind And all of this has

Ilc ‘ s "*th what I uncovered about the development of the remote viewing pro-
grams. GRILL FLAME and STARGATE, which were operationally used and
funded lay the US Government for nearly three decades Since tlus is a ston
and a complete book all on us own, I refer those of you interested to the
pnmen Remote Viewers”, 1 lie Real Story, by Jim Schabel

Well, my point with all of this is that the proper use of psychedelics ha>
been demonstrated to increase intelligence, depth-in-thought, and other mental
and psychic functions in healthy individuals, in addition, the research con
ducted by Operation MK-ULTRA revealed that I SD and other psychedelic
substances could also be successfully used to alter and modify an individuals
e Minor ^ and recondition it — as m brainwashing — for any purpose; I repeat, f° r
purpose desired Indeed, by the use of these drugs a human being could
econc ltioned from its previous mental programming, and be made u> .tdop*
new set of beliefs. Moreover, these ‘dangerous drugs’ could be used by h lltTl3

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 55

« to heal their minds on a psychological level — as extensive research had

demonstrated— using their own higher-selves as guides.

Given all of this, it doesn’t take a genius to sec that if tins could in fact be

accomplished which the experiments by MK- ULTRA demonstrated could —

, L ( ttll . |d pose a very serious threat to the socio-political status quo of our

country as well as of other countries of the world. But don’t you sec that Gov-
ernment officials could not, and can not, afford to let good IRS-feanng, tax-
paving, media-suggcstionable, shccp-hkc (I’m sorry) American citizens have
access to these substances, for they could be used to disrupt the ‘system’!

Given these far-reaching implications, in 1963, the American Medical Asso-
ciauon (AMA) and the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) suddenly started
to denounce all previous studies on LSD and other mind-expanding sub-
stances; reporting to the public that psychedelics were detrimental to human
health. As it turns out, these agencies lied by saying that these substances caused

everything from chromosome damage to sexual deviation. Thus, the public
began to see and hear more and more this type of misinformation-, and, a couple
of years later. Congress passed “The Drug Abuse Control Amendment", which

virtually killed ail psychedelic research.

After this, doctors and scientists had to get special permission from the
FDA in order to have access to psychedelics. And, a short time later, it became
completely illegal for psychiatrists and other medical professionals to obtain
them However, the PDA issued a selective exemption to CIA researchers , and the .MK-
C'LTK/1 experiments continued. (Nice work by the federal government, uh?) On
top of dial, in 1986, those wonderful folks in Congress passed a bill called the
Controlled Substance Analogue Enforcement Act, which in tact makes ercty type
of psychedelic and hallucinogenic substance illegal before it is even invented!
Indeed, power (and in this case four) corrupts the weak-minded. Wake up.

1 hope you begin to understand why governments of the world have such
an issue about the intake of psychedelic substances For these substances arc
dangerous’ in the sense that it makes people to start self-reflecting and using
their God-given minds! In fact, if the public at large learned bow t<- i '
um,* and in what context to experiment with these substances, the governmental
sj stem as we know it would come to an end! It would have to' Because we
^ould finally begin to see that dungs have got to change, for they are detri-
mental to the spiritual development of human beings. Just take a look at how
Lv. we as a species have sunk regarding solidarity anti empathy for fellow hu-
man beings

Let me reiterate that I am not talking about narcotics. I am talking about psy-
dxdeihs. It is very important that you understand the difference between tlu
Psychedelics expand the mind; narcotics do not Even though the FDA

c P ut both ot these types of drugs together in the same class, which even
om a pharmacological standpoint makes no sense. However, this was a \u 11-
^ised ploy to negatively program the minds ot the general public against ns\-

156 INTO THE VOID

chedchcs such as LSD, MDMA, mescaline, 2C-B, psilocybin, etc.

In fact, psychopharmacologist Alexander Shulgin, who worked for the Food ar.d
Drug Administration for owr twenty years, and was even given several awards for his sen
and who wrote "Controlled Substances: Chemical & Legal Guide to Federal
Drug Laws” — which is used by police departments and other officials here in
the US — also wrote two other books, along with his wife (another cutting-edge
psychophannacologist) on psychedelic substances. These two highly recommended
books are “PiFIKAL” and “TiHKAL” (Both book titles are acronyms for
"Phenencthvlamincs I Have ICnown and Loved”, and "Tryptamincs 1 Have
Known and Loved”, respectively.) These two books depict not only unbiased
information on the experiences that are the hallmark of these substances, but
also what happened to the Shulgins when thc\ exposed how they can be syn-
thesized.

Indeed, as you can imagine, these two books caused a lot of controversy
which led to an uproar over at the FDA, and eventually led to Sulgm’s dis-
charge from his position But the Shulgins held their ground and spoke the tn.v
about these substances. 1 encourage you two read these two books, especially
1 ii 1KAL”, which depicts all the turmoil that these two courageous individuals
were put through for speaking their minds about psychedelics. Again I sav to
you, if you want the truth about anything, you have to make it your business to
find it

‘"'Natural Psychedelics & Hallucinogens

Having given you some background information on psychedelics, CT1 now con-
tinue by describing some ot their mental elfcets. I found some these ‘infamous
substances on the black market. Others I purchased at the local drug store For
the most part, common side-e fleets that are experienced following their intake
are dizziness, blurred vision, increased sensitivity in some or all the physical
senses, loss ol ppetite, slight rashes, ringing in the ears, dry mouth, and fly-
backs. These typically last about a day or so, and there is really no reason or
cause for concern — as long as one uses them on an occasional basis.

One important thing I should mention is that IVe also only expenmented
with hallucinogenic substances (ketamine, dimenhydrinate, dextromethorphan)

1 1 ^ ^ ; ' Sl u!u l di rough my own research to be generally sate, ot no Hfl*

ous or long lasting side-effects, and which do not cause any internal damage ot
organs such as the hvei, kidiu v , etc. (Again, only tf used on a n gccaSiOIlM
owevtr, no long-term studies have been done on any ot these, so ont ' s '• 11
couraged not to abuse any substance, including caffeine, salt, or sugar, for ^
matter, for even too much of a good or safe thing can be bad

Mushrooms.- Also known as Stropliana cubensis, sh rooms, a n

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 57

T

S

I

s

*

t

magic mushrooms. A friend ot nunc told me about a publication that some-
times runs stones on hallucinogenic compounds, and which is sort of a con
sinner's guide to illegal substances. The name of this publication is “High
limes , and can be purchased in almost any magazine stand or convenience
store Having purchased a copy and going through the articles, i came across a
lull-page ad selling spores and magic mushroom’ kits. Under federal law I

have learned that the spans are not illegal in most states (always check with vo’ur
local authorities). '

Because of this, many individuals take advantage of this loophole in the law

•Ihis particular company sells kits that interested individuals can use in order to

grow their own shrooms-assunng quality and purity, as well as minimum nsk

from the authonucs. So this friend of mine ordered a ktt-under a fake name

and to a different address, just in case-plus a video on how to grow these
hallucinogenic mushroom species.

The cadeo turned out to be of invaluable help, for the proeess although
tehuvdy inexpensive, is highly involved. My fnend spent no more than a cou-
ple of hundred dollars, and as a result I had access to an unlimited supply of
magic mushrooms within only a couple of mouths '

I had read about this particular type of mushroom in many of Terence
kennas and Carlos Castaneda’s books, but nothing prepared me for the

r™ th |?' result f d fr0m m y experimentation with them. Especiallv when

b o the J Pl T“ aSSOClatcd particular plant reached are su£

pk. lu-auplanes, heavenly-like symphonies, and even choirs. P

chamcs'of cr!* mUCh ° f ‘ 1,C mformation 1,1 ,llls book regarchng the me-

ofmv exDenm Sa ,° USneSS ll , nd , 0f ph - vs,cal tlimension m general, is the result
this book while m a 0, | 7 , P^hedclic In fact, I wrote most of

ttomethorphin I sn 7 77 StatC ° f 151 ’’ and P sllo cybin, and also dex-

^t*al P 'H? bm “ d 100 mc S- LSD) together with photo-sontc, neu-

muid with newTh^ °f" ln orilt ‘ r to re-impnnt one’s subconscious

abilities flTiK - i ou 8 lt: patterns, behaviors, anti even creative and psvchic

“PcommgpuS!!' 'T t f l be <*™ d * It-’ngth in the near future on an
Based on mv s > cboc ybcrdy nanucs”. Check mvwebsiteZoe7.com)

ot| x*r psvchedclics— r‘ rCb * e bdieVe that psiloc >' bm and LSD— as well as all
kind bv the eoml j °"’ n morph,c resonance, which has been estab-

them — n asf nr 1 lnc consc iousness of every individual who has ever incest

Now ' P scnt and futu rc. ‘

ex penence. 'Hies per ^ lents psilocybin, I have encountered four ‘levels’ of

ata time The merh^i f Cpcnc * ent on ^ ow many grams of dried slirooms I ingest

friend harvest /h . t ^ >Uslu,1 8 tllls > s quite simple and it is as follows.

<- ps ocybes right after they have sprouted, and proceeds

158 INTO THE VOID

to immediately put them in a food dehydrator until they arc the consistency 0 f
soda crackers He then continues by pulverizing them with a coffee grinds
weighs them, and puts them in baggies of three grams each. These bags a*
then stored in an airtight container Finally, he stores this container in the
freezer, so as to keep the potency of the sh rooms for up to four months
(Similar tips as well as many shamanic recipes can be found in the book: “Psy-
chedelic Shamanism”, by Jim De Korne.)

1 usually mix tins psilocybin powder together with a glass of orange mice
and die psychedelic effects begin within tort) -five minutes of ingestion; and
any particular level is reached within another forty-five minutes (all together
within ninety minutes of intake) One can expect to linger on any one of the
reached levels for up to one and hah to two hours. 'The enure experience h.-,
about six to eight hours (sometimes a little longer, depending on the metabo-
lism of the individual). WTiat follows is a simple chart that illustrates the
amounts needed to reach any given level. (I hese, as well as all other amounts
given for other substances, are for a typical 1 50-lb individual.)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Level 4

1 to 2 grams

3 to o grams

6 to 7 grams

8 grams +

Level 1 Sinuses feel ns though they arc unclogging themselves One also expe-
riences a bit of agitation. There are some psvchedelic-likc abstract visuals at this
level. Oftentimes there is nausea and dizziness during the experiences Penile
erections and sexual desire are also common I usually use this level onlv tor

I W /

conscious and subconscious imprinting ot desired abilities and/or behavior
modifications.

Level 2 : Closed-eye visuals are definitively pronounced. One mav experience
tears in the eves, but not sobbing. Oftentimes the visuals are more organic than
geometrical or abstract in nature 1 ho habitual thinking process is equally di'
rupted. I liis levels mental effects are equal to a medium dose (350 to 500
meg.) of I-SD. I nhke I SD however, the effects on one s senses are not edgy or
accelerated Instead, they are sort of bhsstul and dreamy, yet kind ot l up Nh* 1 )
insights of a spiritual nature are common at this level.

— vel_3. At this level one begins to experience the unimaginable — .
tionakt) , and normality go out the window. Fntenng this level is like ex
a cosmic psy chological funhouse. I have even visited cartoon-Uke environtt'Ofl
at this level! Many tricks on one’s perception and thought processing a*-' eV P

nenrpfl nr....,.- „i i __ - . . ° « ■

ntneet niversal and cosmic insights are also common place at this

, my head ieels like it is exploding and having inioro-s 1
ZUrCS ‘ Buiaural frequencies intensify said feelmgs, as well as the visions.

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 59

Level 4 Weird At tins level I tend to loose my human identity, yet it seems
dut T assume other identities, much like as if I was channeling. It usually takes
me about two hours to get completely ‘here’, but when I do, it is like being ‘at
the edge of reality’ and just one step away from the Void. At times I have chan-
neled infonnauon from other levels of existence. I have also accessed this par-
ticular level by the use of high doses of ketamine and DXAI Tliis level appears
to be inhabited not by other beings (human or extraterrestrial), but rather by the
'concepts’ of music, art, and even mathematics. What I mean is that at this
level abstractions such as the ones I just mentioned, have a certain sense of
being and ‘personality’ I know it sounds crazy, and believe me it is hard to ex-
plain, but I give an example of what I mean (as well as examples of my experi-
ences with all other substances listed in this section) in the next chapter.

DMX- The chemical name for tins substance is N, N-Dimethyltryptaminc,
and it is a natural substance found in many tropical climate plants As inen-
noned before, it is also found in small amounts in the human brain as a neuro-
transmirter, where it is produced by the pineal gland. DMT is also produced
synthetically. It is important to mention that tins substance is not omih active so
it must be smoked or snorted. The shamans of Amazonian regions use a com-

J!riTn°\ f ^ n0U8 I DArr COnramin 6 P ]ants and mi * “ with harm a la alkaloids,

„ ma >' become or % active through MAO inhibition This is the
Drcu the} call ayahusca.

wt™ 1 have '!T d aboUt cmer P nsln g urban shaman, who prepare th>s
live Ther,.rn n0U |\ and dan ? 8 P s y chon »uts, I have never found them where I

-SstrTl 15 ,hC ***** kmd synthetic DMT produced

tees the S' m °* W “f“ “ lan LS ° ° r psiloc > b ‘" ° nce inhaled, one
The ditnemrn ^ tbey “* ^ 1 su P er mega-dose of LSD.

vety brief and evm access T r b> , thls halI udnpgen are not only bizarre, but also

rS. r t0 , brU,e back - Thc >' ran 8 e fairy-tale-like

Uc d by unnamab’le non hum! * ^ T 31 **.’ to P^ycliological realms inhab-

cx platn some of the thin J r i " essence ' tllm g s ’ Believe me, it is hard at best to
An interesting asnert^ r encountercd in these DMT dimensions.
hav ' apwmemcd L| d “e *! lbstancc 15 that unlj ke the other substances I
* llut one's human - .. thtt ^M ucinogen leaves one’s ego completely intact,

Escapes. But since one’ - h /J C! * n consciousl y e xp!orc these psychological
difficult for onc f ’ Uman P er s° n ality is not used to these realms, it is

lcl - 'be two tunes [ h„. 3 Way lo assoclale or relate them to anything. In

‘r? SCIOUs mind lacked,!' CXpenmcmed with DMT, I have felt as though mv

Si* 3 ' ,s by^S 0 ^’ '° ° pera ' e DMT ‘Program*

1C tWo mn i J inulKC,

°r drawbacks with this substance

arc that it is extremely rare

160 INTO THE VOID

(IYt come across it only once), and dint it must be smoked (I personally don't
like to smoke, and smoking DMT is kind of tricky, plus the smoke in and of
itself is very hard on die lungs. To me it tastes like badly burned glass).

Also, if one doesn’t get enough of the smoke in the lungs within twenty
seconds or so, then die experience will be more psychcdelu than hallucinogenic/
visionary (Those interested in experimenting with tins substance arc encour-
aged to visit websites that discuss methods and techniques by which rn

DMT'.)

In my experience, this substance is very hard to control. It is like going from
0 to 1,000 mph in a matter of seconds! Therefore, 1 would not recommend it
for neophytes As of tile date l am writing tins (early 1999), I have never com-
bined brain technolog}- with this substance (because of us scarcity) during an
exploration. I have found only tw o levels of effects with DMT and these arc

Level 1

Level 2

about 25 mg. to 50 mg.

about 65 mg to "’5 mg

Level 1 I mainly experienced LSD-like visuals at this level However, mi
senses along with my being seemed to explode into cosmic proportions. I can
best describe the intake of DMT as two them 10 - nuclear blasts going off simul-
taneously; one right in front of me, and another inside mv head I haw felt
nothing but total shock, horror, fear, and chaos with tins substance In add:
non, my heart loir as il it was about to pop out of ray chest. The experience
was triT. terrifying and had a Too muchness’ to it 1 recall seeing a land inhab-
ited hv cartoon-like ehaMdei but nn memon about tins psychedelic vovageb

almost completely gone

Level 2: Again, chaos and thermo nuclear blasts. Although after the explosion
I didn t just see the simple psychedelic visuals as in level 1. Instead, 1 was actu-
al!}’ ripped out ol my both and even roughed up by what mv consciousness
could only interpret as ancient non- human invisible entities But thank Led
that 1 have almost no memory ol said incident For these entities did everything
m their power to terrorize me This substance is just too powerful tor me to
fullv appreciate 1 hcrefore I wouldn’t recommend it for inexperienced p>'*

chonauts.

S a h r ia divinonim .- Tills is perhaps the best natural hallm mo. vn/dissociamt
that exists Not only for its varied effects, but also because at this time it is I10t
a Scheduled substance. (Always check with your local state and federal laws) U
can be purchased in almost any specialty nursery and even over the Internet
us plant teacher best bestows its knowledge and insights in total darkness a
silence. Therefore, I usually enter into a relaxed state of mind with or without

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 161

brain technology before ingesting the salvia (although interesting effects are
achieved using binaural frequencies during a salvia journey).

At high closes, salvia resembles the combined mental effects of ketamine,
dextromethorphan, psilocybin and DMT! What I mean by tins is that it leaves
the mind highly active and lucid, while it puts the body to sleep. It also appar-
ently engages episodes of REM sleep while one's consciousness is awake This
happens within only a few minutes of smoking (in a water pipe) a dried leaf of
sahia \5. Or, about thirty minutes after using a newly developed tincture

Note that X5 leaves arc to be only smoked and not used sublingually. Also,
the smoke must be inhaled very fast, and must be held deep inside die lungs as
long as possible (about thirty seconds) These hits must be preferably in suc-
cession, with only a couple of seconds in between each one of them.

For the sublingual method— which is my favorite— a newly developed ex-
tract developed by Darnel Siebcrt (lus website address issalvia.lycacuni.org)
is held under the tongue for about fifteen minutes. (Although this method of
ingestion is not a pleasant experience, for the tincture stings quite strongly.) One
must also fight die urge to swallow for fifteen minutes, so Uiat the salvinonn A
(the active pnnaple of salvia divinorum) can be absorbed into one’s blood
stream. These effects last between thirty minutes to about three hours.

Smoking will produce faster yet least-lasting effects, as opposed to sublin-
gual. Much like with DXM and ketamine, there are various levels of mental
effects associated with salvia divinorum and these are:

<SubIingual Method Using Daniel Stcbert’s Extract>

<Smoked X5 Lcavcs>

1 Level 7 .

Hi™!!™* 3-4 small hits

Level 3

Level 4

Level 5

2-3 small Hits 3-4 medium luts 3-4 large hits

^cc~of d * en | ta ^ e ^ Ccts arc vcr y muc h bkc those of cannabis. Increased appear-

DecfpH "'idth when appreciating or observing objects can be ex-

i usic is likewise enhanced

LtV»l y . 'T'L cr

tci m memo T CCt> most notlce< ^ an d predominant at this evel arc: a) short -
W to B°I an d> b) thinking process suddenly goes around in

undergo a dT intoxication the thought process begins to definitively

°nc may g^^ Uslona ^ )’ ct playful transformation. What I mean by this is that

Sci °usly tiym ° nCSe ^ act f° rm ing thoughts without actually con-

K to do so. In that sense one's mind will begin to manifest itself in

1 62 INTO THE VOID

the form of varied imagery. (This level and substance are excellent for hypna-
gogic imagery. Although one’s mental faculties such as focus and intent are mt
as strong as they arc when using small amounts of LSD together with hypna-
gogic training. Sec the LSD section.)

] cvc [ 3 Closed-eye visuals begin at this level. These arc not unlike those pro-
duced!^ a photo-some stimulator. This is an excellent level to experiment with
various types of brain technolog)' devices. (Again, these must be used prior to
the intake of this substance) I have had many memorable insights about the
nature of existence at this level.

Level 4 : This is the level where I have experienced lucid dreaming, and have
also encountered and communicated with disembodied spirits However, I
wouldn’t recommend it for neophyte psychonauts. Because some of these ex-
periences can be rather psychologically and emotionally disturbing

Level 5 The Void. Not for the weak-hearted At this level of intoxication sal-
via most resembles sub-anesthetic dosages of ketanune and large dosages of
dextromethorphan Level 5 experiences have, and continue to be, terrifying
Apparently, this dosage transports the user beyond reality, and even existence
itself Hus ‘place’ is very much like the one accessed by eight grams or more
o! psilocybin (level 4) The ‘atmosphere’ of this place feels extremely alien and
pnmal by our human /psycho logical / cmottonal standards; all of this being very
difficult to put into words l’he only way 1 can explain this, is that at this level,
one seems to experience anti even understand the illusion of die physical di-
mension from the ‘inward-outside’ In other words, one begins to awaken to
the realization that physical reality, including space-time, is only an illusion of
the human mind In tact, one may even begin to understand that oncselt an
illusion, w hich exists only as a thought within a thought, within a thought,
within a thought until infinity. T ct one comes to the realization that ‘infillin' ,
as such, is only a finite thought- construct within the human mind; and also as
such, infinity is something beyond what the human irund can comprehend et
even experience^ Sony, but that's the only whv I can describe this state. I have
also had the realization at this level ot salvia intoxication that even* expenencc
in in\ life is still happening, anil can there l ore be accessed in order to change

past events ..! Given all of this, I believe that what ix accessed at thi s level i"
flu web work behind the system of probabilities. In other words, 1 can actualh
go into the past and change it But by doing so, another part of mi l a
Q1 S\ LMP) is created, and thus a probable reality housing the new et<ent-seqtunet ^
instantly created. As you can see, this level is so psychologically bizarre, that if 1
would experience u more than twice a year, or if a neophyte psychonaut was m
accidentally experiment with it, I believe it would result in a psychological dis-
aster Therefore, only the more experienced psychonaut should approach it

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 63

Synthetic Psychedelics & Hallucinogens

LSD,- Also known as ‘acid’. I very much enjoy this substance for its truly psy-
chedelic and ‘cerebral’ qualities, as well as for its ability — in a high enough dos-
age — to open up repressed areas of the psyche. LSD usually comes in tiny
pieces of cardboard, blotter papers with colorful graphics on them, and even
gel tabs. The usual stuff I have experimented with comes in blotter paper; and
each tiny tab is about halt the size of a pinkie’s fingernail. There is no way of
really knowing how many micrograms one is ingesting. However, I have read
that the usual street dose can vary anywhere between 50 to (00 micrograms per
tab. With tins substance I have had some truly remarkable experiences. A cou-
ple of them are detailed later on chapter 5.

Note that the body builds a tolerance with this particular substance (also
with most of the other psychedelics, but not hallucinogens) lasung up to three
dai s In other words, if you take the same amount of LSD within three days of
the initial intake, it will not have the same psychic effects one has achieved with
the initial dosage Since we are now talking about the effects of I.SD, I wall take
this opportunity to present you with die breakthrough regarding RY, hypna-
gogic imagery, and OBII’s I had mentioned in chapter 2

In order to accomplish this specialized state of psychic functioning one
must keep in mind that before engaging in a hypnagogic imagery session one
lias to be sleepy, because LSD has a very ‘up’ quality to it. Therefore, the right
low dosage must be used, which in turn the brain will then adequately mix to-
gether with the tiyptamines that are released during this state of relaxed wake-
fulness and coining of light sleep. In my experiments, I have lound that eating
a small carbohydrate-rich meal in the afternoon will significantly induce enough
sleepiness (groggmess) for me to want io take a catnap 1 his is an optimal ume
for both the intake of a low dose of LSD (roughly about thirty micrograms or
1/3 of a tab of the blotter paper type) and engaging in hypnagogic imagery".

Again, the nght dose of DVD and state of groggmess/ sleepiness will have to be
experimented with, but once achieved, the hy pnagogic imagery session will —
within forty-five minutes, and provided vou (all into a state ot light sleep — give
wa y to a full-blown OBll exactly as the extended remote viewing experiences depicted m
Morehouse's booh. Tins type of neurochemical combination (a small dose ot LSD
and one’s own groggmess) and time of day (the afternoon hours), apparently
keeps one tocused to this PDFD and does not give way to the realm ot prob-
abilities. 1 hereby making it an accurate tool tor psychological time travel (PSP)

! >pe you can comprehend rhe significance of the discovery I have made.

In fact, this one discovery' alone is worth more than the price ot all the de-
%lccs * substances, and books I have bought and studied, plus the hundred of
knurs of my research, combined. As it turns out, I-SD — in mild doses was the
clement missing in the RV model 1 constructed and shared with you previous-
ly— not ketamine, dextromethorphan, or any of the other psychedelic and hal-

164 INTO THE VOID

lucinogemc substances I have experimented with. For your convenience, I have

taken die Liberty of posting again in tins section the now complete model of all

tlie elements necessary and/or involved in psychological time travel (in our

system of reality and not in a probable one):

#

a) Manipulation of biological functions = 1 hofeedback/ physiological relaxation

b) Manipulation of brainwaves = Ncurofecdbnck/mental relaxation

c) State of light sleep, yet conscious = Hypnagogia and/or Lucid dreaming

d) I lallucmogen-like altered state of consciousness - LSD (/;/ / / d dose)

e) Floating above target and seeing it = Out-of-body experience

ft Ability to probe the mind of human targets - ESP/Telepathy/psychody-
namic integration

Through mj experiments I have also discovered that lucid dreaming can
likewise be greatly enhanced if one takes a mild dose (just a little bit more than
the amount used for RV/OBE) right before going to bed for the night. For if
you take more, what will happen is that you will fall into a deep theta near delta
state of mind, but as soon as you begin to detach from the physical body’s con-
sciousness (hearing the wind- like /buzzing/ jet- engine-like sound), you wall most
likely snap out of it and awaken from the required state ol light sleep. Then-
fore, it is a must to only use a mild dose \pparently, LSD increases one’s per-
ception to subconscious processes — -OBD’s being just one ol the many.

One should expect to feel the effects within one hour ol ingestion during
the afternoon catnap. 1 have also used this method in combination with the
Dreamlighr or Super Nova Dreamer set up to give a sound and light cue flash
rate anywhere between 1 0 and 1 2 cycles per second (which is the frequency rate
of the high-alpha brainwave state), with both the volume and brightness set to
about fifty percent, and the cue length set to go on for about ninety seconds,
with outstanding results. The eitects are... well, out of this world. .

I have found three levels that can be access with LSD, but they are pretty
much all the same, except for the intensity that different dosages elicit in the
users psyche. Because of this, 1 prefer to combine this substance with other
mind/body techniques, substances (for a partial list of substance combinations
see the next chapter), and brain technology devices. The main factor and expe-
rience associated with this particular substance then, is the magnifu ation ot one>
psychic and mental abilities, as well as of one’s intention . In that regard, set, setting,

and intent play a very important role with 1 .SD— more so than with other psy-
chedelics.

MDMA .- Also known as Ecstasy, ‘X’, or *E*. It comes m capsules or pills ccm
taming about \fS of a gram I have to admit that although this substance t$ ni *

a hallucinogen— which are mostly my substances of choice for hypcrspatiat

w J

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 65

loration it is my favorite psychedelic : This is due to the fact that I have al-

ways had an awesomely spiritual, loving, insightful, and divine experience with
\IDMA Especially when I combine it with dual-binaural beats (Photosonix
PRO is my device of choice to use together with this substance) in the al-
pha/theta range or with hemi-sync tapes. Moreover, this substance is an excel-
lent entry-level psychedelic for neophyte consciousness explorers. Music is also
greatly enhanced, much like with LSD.

I should point out here that the psychic effects of MDMA and LSD are
manifested by making the brain release abundant amounts of serotonin. Al-

though in my experiments I have found MDMA to be a weak candidate for
OBE induction. I theorize that this is the case because this substance opens a
different ‘door’ within one’s psyche than LSD does. The full-on effects o>
MDMA usually last about an hour and a half, and the overall experience lasts
about four hours total. A very important point I'd like to make regarding this
substance is that studies have shown that it is neurotoxic when abused, ix\,
taken in multiple heavy doses, or when taken over a long period of time. Beware,
ludicious use then being key with all drugs — psychedelic or not.

By using MDMA one is apt to feel and even begin to understand the unity
and equality of all human beings and creatures It also imparts a sense of under-
standing about the nature o reality in those who are ready. Let me add that I
cannot comprehend the stupidity of the federal authorities in making MDMA
illegal, and stating that it is of no medical value to man. Yet, they keep other
substances, such as booze and cigarettes, legal. I’m sorry for repeating myself,
but this stuft just burns me up. Apparently, a small yet powerful group of indi-
viduals within our government prefers that we continue in state of ignorance
and hatred towards each other.

I mean take the presidential campaigns for example. Presidential and gov-
ernmental candidates — who should set an example for the rest ot us — bad-
mouth each other instead; in order to gather votes from the public Bui the
scar)* thing is that we have gotten used to these practices and vote for them! If
that isn t idiotic, childish, and pitiful then tell me what is. But that’s how low we
2S a society have sunk It’s as though we’re at war with each other Just take a
°°k at school massacres in the past few months But all tins is the result of
ignorance, and also of refusing to acknowledge our spiritual unity.

Moreover, if substances such as NfDNLA — when combined with profes-
^eoal psychotherapeutic counseling — can enlighten us and even awaken us to
. realization, then cl orts should be made towards more scientific research
even die legalisation ot it! I mean seriously, if FDA-approved psychotropic
such as WeUbutrin®, Prozac™, Valium™, and Zoloft® can be prescribed
^chiatnsts, then why can’t consciousness/love/ goodwill-enhancing sub-
^ 1 mcan , hey, psychiatrists are now even prescribing psychotropic

stcM SUC ” aS to children! 1 wish that governments of the world would

M n g about the benefits of psychedelics in the development of the human

166 INTO THE VOID

soul The current socio-political status quo has gotten way out of hand
Enough With the violence, wars, hatred, lies and deception .

Anyway, I have found that this one substance, which according to federal
authorities is of ‘no medical value to man’ and ‘extremely dangerous’ to the
ublic, has only one level; and what is encountered at said level are the follow-
ing unconditional love, goodwill, empathy and solidarity...

Ketamine.- Also known as ‘K\ ‘special K\ ‘vitamin K\ and ‘ktt-kaf This sub-
stance is a synthetic dissociative similar to PCP and is manufactured by Parke
Davis pharmaceuticals, and marketed as KctalarB Ketaset®, etc It is ‘disso-
ciative’ in action for when taken the mind is separated from the body Keta-
mine has been found to be a safe anesthetic — with rapid onset and minimum
recover)- time, along with a wide margin of safety. In fact, it was used as such
extensively during the Vietnam War. One interesting fact I’d like to mention is
dial tins substance, along with DXM — in high enough doses — and even PCP,
were at first thought to work on the sigma receptor of the brain, which is
thought to be involved in schizophrenia (Sigma activity has been associated
with drug-induced psychosis.)

However, it has been recently discovered that the major binding site for
ketamine — as well as for other hallucinogens — in the brain may be the same that
other endogenous neurochemicals, such as a pha-endopsychosin, bind to For
these receptors — NN DA, PC P2, and glutamate — are also thought to play an
important role in what psychiatry reters to as epilepsy and psychosis I here tore
they are believed to accept the ketamine, PCP, and DXM molecules. Alphi-
cndopsychosm — an endogenous neurochemical— is said to be secreted at mo-
ments of extreme stress and/or spiritual ecstasy Because ot this, many re-
searchers feel that it may explain OBE’s, astral-projections, NDE’s, alien-world
experiences, etc C )f noted interest is the fascinating research being conducted
(outside of the United States) by Karl L.R. Jensen, M.D , which suggests that
NDE’s (near-death experiences) and OBE’s can be cltnkully reproduced using low
amounts e>l ketamine. Because of all these factors, including my personal expe-
riences, I feel that ketamine is truly a shamanic voyaging substance

Since this substance enters the blood stream instantaneously when injected
(I usually inject ketamine into either of my upper thighs) one needs 10 lie down
immediately ITierc is always a dee p burning sensation as one injects the heu
mine, followed by painful soreness and even bruising for a tew days afterwards.

W hat tallows is a table that indicates the amounts needed in order to
achieve different mental effects, t hese ate given m milligrams anti ate m
injected intramuscularly . (Although I'm suggesting you don’t, ot course

Level 1

40 to 50 mg

Level 2
60 to 75 mg

Level 3

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 167

l-evcl 1 : Effects begin to appear very rapid— usually within two minutes of
injection. There is a marked dizziness and a feeling of ‘detachment 1 from rcal-
it>*. Motor coordination also begins to become somewhat disrupted. I haven’t
noted any visuals at this dosage, just the feeling of being slightly drugged I he
effects arc not unlike a level 1 dose of DXM.

Level 2 : Closed-eye visuals begin to appear. A heavily drugged and intoxicated
feeling is definitely noticed. All muscles become numb and eventually go to
sleep At this level visuals begin to resemble motion- pictures. However, I have
noticed that I cannot enter into these pictures as I do when 1 have injected a
heavier dosage, or have used LSD in the manner previously described At this
level I also feel as though a supernatural deity is observing me I have learned
that this deity is my Ovcrmmd. Apparently, the use of certain pharmacological
substances increases one’s conscious mind awareness to ‘its’ existence.

Level 3 : My thinking process undergoes bizarre changes at this level. Tins is
where the ‘maddening* but ‘fun’ experiences begin. At this level, I have entered
into the mental- or motion-picture constructions that are observ able at level 2
intoxication. Also at this level, I have encountered what I can only desenbe as
uny pinpoints of intelligent light. As it turns out, these tiny lights (QSYEMPS)
are other portions of my Ovcrnund, which are in charge ot my psycho-spin tual
development. T hey have shown me how creation is manifested, and how lan-
guage and thoughrs are formed According to what I have been shown, the
labnc of the physical space-time dimension was created, and is maintained, by a
species of hyperdimensional entities (Ovcmunds). Apparently, they are like
gods who control the formation of atoms, electrons, and other subatomic par-
ticles, as well as ol space-time as we know it. I have also come to learn that
some but not all — ot these god-like entities have never been human, and can
care less about human beings — in the human- emotional sense They experience
three-dimensional reality — which exists in their imagination — through us,
and find the human state of consciousness very amusing and entertaining... On
the next chapter 1 wall expand on some of my explorations under the influence
of this magnificent substance together with brain technology devices.

The Void. In one experience 1 believe that I almost completely sev-
ered my connection with physical reality and mental sanity. In fact, I believed
at had died, and clearly saw family and friends looking at me trom above —
as tf l was inside a casket. Then, within a few moments, 1 found myself inside a
U °mb. and later came to experience physical birth; but not into a human form,
13 u*' Ult ° of a reptile! In another experience, I merged my consciousness
VUt onc °f Universal Intelligence’s ‘programs’ on ‘existence’ and came to the
revelation that I had never existed as what 1 think l exist as. Instead, I exist and
Ve always existed as ‘someone* clsc’s thought and memory. .

1 68 INTO THE VOID

I also came to the realization that tins system of reality is one giant hologram,
like construct that exists as sort of a cosmic enicrtainiiu m interactive
game, inside Universal Intelligence’s imagination... Indeed, the experiences of
ketamine at level 4 arc cjuite bizarre I should mention that oftentimes at ihe
height of a ketaminc-induced experience, memory is almost completely eradi-
cated - returning in sporadic bursts. .And, because of this, the sense of ever

having been human completely disappears. In other instances, as I’m coming
down from the effects of this upper- level dose of ketamine, I have felt as other
than myself, and have therefore began having deranged, twisted, and even
murderous thoughts But more in a ‘primal’ sense, not in a hateful or vengeful
one I have also thought of taking m\ own life, for I have felt immortal Luck-
ily, my prior experiences helped me realize that dus was only momentary and
therefore l rode it out I must confess that after some of these level 4 trips, 1
swore-off all mv consciousness explorations with this substance. Indeed, words
cannot describe the emotional upset I have suffered from it Not only that, but
the aftereffects included delusional, psychotic, paranoiac, delinous and schizo-
phrenic-like episodes, accompanied by extreme nausea, vomiting, headaches,
and depression, and also terrifying nightmares for a few days. (One of these
experiences is detailed in the next chapter.)

DXM .- Dextromethorphan I IBi is the active ingredient tound in non-presenp-
uon, off-the-shelf cough suppressants. This chemical has been used as a psy -
chedelic/ hallucinogen for about 30 years without much publicity or harm
DXM is chemically related to opiates, but its effects are very similar to those ot
level 4 ketamine and PC IP At level 4 of intoxication, this substance alters and
breaks down the habitual and linear-thought construction process; leading to
psychosis-like and schizophrenia- like mental states. Again, DXM’s ettects van
with the dosage and the user’s body weight One >y important safety factor toot
must be noted ts that man } cough medicines contain other ingredients , such as comcidm
and acetaminophen, which t in uiuse adverse and even fatal reactions , including deal r

I'or that reason, individuals wishing to experiment with tins substance or

any other psychedelic substance, for dial matter- — must do research on it Xccp

in mind that all the sugar in the cough s\ rup may be hard on the liver, ktoneo,

and pancreas. So if one happens to be diabetic, then this substance should

definitely be abstained from for psychonautical purposes I tound a lot ot u?e

tul information on this substance and others on the \\ orld V ide VS eb I sU f?

gest to curious individuals that they do the same, if interested. A webuu that ®

entirely devoted to DXM, is frognet.net/dxm/ You may also visit m\
site.

Ihe commercial over-the-counter product I have experimented widi i> h
bitussin® Maximum Strength cough syrup. As mentioned before, other R° W
sm cough medicines such as Cold and Cough, DM, SE, DE, etc. all contain at “

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 69

ingredients that are extremely dangerous and even fatal! 1 herefore, the would-be
‘dextronaut’ interested in using this substance ( although I am suggesting
you do n!t) needs to read the labels and use a cough remedy that contains only
dextromethorphan hydrobromide in its active ingredients. Keep in mind what I
have said about high dosages of DXM acting as ketamine and even PCP !

Indeed, one is apt to encounter experiences at high dosages of this sub-
stance that one didn’t expect. While this may be okay with the more experi-
enced psychonaut, casual users or first-timers should avoid it.

For die most part, DXM tends to also offer experiences in stages or levels

(1-4) which are determined by the individual’s weight, and how much he/she
has ingested. (DXM also elicits heavy production of theta brainwaves.)

In order to ingest DXM containing cough syrup, I usually combine all of the
bottles in one large drink container Then, I drink an S-oz. glass of water prior
to the cough syrup ingestion After 1 ingest the water, I take a deep breath
through mv mouth, cover my nose by pressing my nostrils together with my
index finger and thumb, close my eyes, exhale half of the air out, and immedi-
ately gulp the entire qua nut)' of syrup down at a shiv yet steady pace Note that I
carefully keep my nostrils closed, and gargle with plain water three or more
times, afterwards, hollowing this, 1 gargle again with a soft dnnk a couple of
times, so as to get rid of the nasty cough syrup taste as much as possible. Fi-
nally, I begin to slowly breathe through my mouth and not my nostrils. Other-
wise, 1 will vomit For the taste of the syrup is truly disgusting. Alter a few sec-
onds of breathing in this manner, I resume normal breadiing. However, I will
stiH vomit all of the cough syrup m my stomach after an upper-level trip.

In that regard, the intake of this substance is definitively not an enjoyable
expenence. But such are the trials and tribulations of a psychonaut explorer l
have tried to purchase DXM in pure concentrated powder form from a couple
pharmaceutical companies, but 1 have not been success! ul (Although it is
sometimes available on the street in powder form) However, ll DXM HBr
powder is used one must be extremely careful and use a reliable scale and weigh
the powder in milligrams, so as to get the correct amount needed to achieve a
desired level of psychic effects according to one’s body weight. OtI erwisc, if
too much is taken, one risks brain damage Beware.

Tlie effects ot dextromethorphan begin within forty-five minutes to an
hour, reaching a particular dosage-dependent level within two hours One can
expect to remain at tins level for up three extra hours, with the cl Acts begin-
nm g t0 dissipate in the next hour or so. The entire trip lasts a total of approxi-
mately six to eight hours. Note that the dosages that follow are lor Robitussin
‘ oximum Strength cough syrup, which contains 5 ml. per teaspoonful.
ny 0 P rop) gM e this book, I mentioned that had ingested l,.iQ0 mg. ot
which translates to approximately two 8-o/ bottles of Robitussin cough
S f ynjp ‘ Por mor e detailed information on DXM dosages in gel caps or powder

form

)ou must visit the websites mentioned before. If you don t have a com-

1 70 INTO THE VOID

outer you may find one at a library or you may use a fnend s. However, / sugpji
' refrain from experimenting with this or any of the other psychedelic and halluanognic
substances mentioned previously. The information presented here is for educational purposes
out) This goes triple if you simply happen to be seeking a quick high, or you are
looking for something ‘fun* to do. Again, these pharmacological agents arc not

toys and are dangerous if not used properly.

An interesting and rather peculiar thing I noticed while watching the block-
buster movie: “The Sixth Sense”, starnng Bruce Willis, is that the writer and
director, M. Night Shyamalan, included in the movie a short television com-
mercial from the early seventies, I believe, for a cough suppressant (currently, dex-
tromethorphan is the only known cough suppressant available) Now, 1 have
no wav of knowing whether that rather odd addition to the movie was on pur-
pose or not, but from my experiences with dextromethorphan I can attest that
this particular substance sometimes has the ability' to engage one’s psychic
senses or ‘sixth sense’; and therefore elicit the perception of ‘hallucinations’
Now, was this ‘addition’ to the movie a coincidence? Or, was it on purpose'' * 1
(More about how the brain perceives 'real reality’ versus ‘hallucinatory realm '
in the section that follows, which deals with dimenhydnnatc.)

Another interesting thing I noticed m said movie is that Shyamalan himself
makes a brief cameo appearance as a doctor (a psychiatrist, I believe). The rea-
son I am pointing that out is because it is only as consequence of my research
and experiments — which in a way are ‘scientific’ in nature — that 1 noticed said
peculiarities m the film 1 wonder it Shyamalan knows — like l do — about the
paranormal effects that dextromethorphan elicits on the user...?

The following table shows the diflerent levels reached using specific
amounts (for a I St) lb * Individual) of the already mentioned cough syrup

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4

1 oz. to 2 oz. 2 oz. to 5.5 oz. 5-5 oz. to 1 1 oz. 1 107 to 16 or_

(Do not exceed 18 oz.!)

*(Adjust per 25 lbs. of extra body weight)

1 tsp. to 2 tsp. 2 tsp to 1 oz. 2 tbs p . to 2oz.

2 07

Level J One tends to fed slightly intoxicated. At this level music is f L
acoustically enhanced and therefore it is very enjoyable The sense ot b.vl.u- ce
and movement are also playfully distorted. Good for neophyte psychonauts.

Level 2 I he mental ettects at this level are not unlike being high on maniuaa
<>r intoxicated with alcohol Sound appears to be heavily modulated Short te
memory is somewhat disrupted, and one may easily forget the train ot tho 1 jV
being earned at a time. Although hallucinations are very rare at this kyk 1
do occur for some. (Itching ot the scalp and body are common with DXN

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 171

Level 3: At tills level the overall sensation in the body is one of a slow, yet
steady creeping numbness. Closed-eyed and sometimes open-eyed hallucina-
uons begin to appear, although this is very rare. 'Ihc overall dunking process is
disrupted from its normal daily routine. In many instances, while 1 have been at
this level of DXM intoxication, I have been unpleasantly disturbed by discar-
nate entities. However, once 1 remembered that I was in control of the experi-
ence, I could command them to leave me alone. Based on my experiences I feci
that only experienced psychonauts and dextronauts should experiment with
tins level and the next one. (Tins goes triple for another level — the U-Dead
2one — which is vastly different than the four levels Pm describing here. I’ll
discuss it in a bit.) In that regard, I prefer to use levels 3 and 4 only, because
they arc more introspective and have a \s ha manic feel’ to them. Levels 1 and 2
are, in a way, of a more ‘recreational 1 nature. This is even more so when com-
bined with music and/ or brain technolog)- However, levels 1 and 2 offer me
nodung in the spiritual/ exponential sense.

Level 4 The Void. 1 his is the stage that most resembles a sub-surgical dose of
ketamine. At this level of DXM intoxication, the mind is complete!) dissociated
from the body, and the result is OBE’s, NDE’s, and even psvchoportation/
psychodynamic integration episodes. Some of die places that one is apt to visit
at this level arc truly fantastical But details of what one experiences are almost
always forgotten However, I have gotten around this problem by combining
special neuro-visual and neuro-linguistic exercises (explained on chapter 6)
along with neuroelectrical stimulation As mentioned beiore, based on my ex-
pcnences I have come to find that the major drawback with using hallucino-
gens, such as this one and ketamine in order to induce altered states ol con-
sciousness, is that one’s overall thinking process although lucid, will oftentimes
become abnormal, sub-human, alien-like, and even deranged and psychotic
Beware For this reason, if individuals wish to attain psychonautical states and
the like by using pharmacological substances, then they must first prepare
themselves mentally, intellectually, psychologically, and emotionally so as to
ground themselves in the ‘human consciousness experience’, and properly lo-
cus their thoughts , emotions, and voyaging skills. In act, l feel that these upper-
levels are psychologically dangerous for inexperienced psychonauts, and there-
fore should definitely be avoided. However, it one has the spiritual ami psy-
chological stamina to venture tins far into hyperspace, then at least they should
have an experienced sitter with them. Again, and l emphasize: psychotic breaks and
schizophrenia are common with this substance at this level (as well as with ketamine at levels
3 mid 4). Beivarc . n the case of these two particular hallucinogenic substances,
under no circumstance should one go higher than this level (4), toi the only
* gs that can be expected to be encountered are coma, and then death.

^-&£3-d Zone... *7 here is also another level ol reality that can be reached.

172 INTO THE VOID

wluch I call the U-Dead Zone. Ii is vastly different than the previously men-
uonctl levels, for here lifelike hallucinations are encountered with the eyes open I
c ,]i lt r he U-Dead Zone because what is encountered here is the same that can
be expected if one was to die and become an earthbound spirit. Clear perception
and even communication with thoughtforms, discarnate entities, and alien beings
arc common place at this layer of reality. The way 1 access it is by ingesting
small booster’ doses in specific amounts and at specific intervals (depending on
one’s body weight). To access it I do the following: After a good night’s sleep,
early in the morning (for this method of ingestion will produce an immense
amount of sleepiness), I take a low level 2 dose 1 Exactly three hours later, I take
a medium level 2 dose I wait another three hours and i then take a final low level
3 dose. Following this last dose, and within one hour, 1 enter the U-Dead
Zone. Another interesting characteristic of this level is that one will begin to
understand not only the death ‘experience’, but oftentimes one will believe that
one has indeed departed from physical reality by dying, and one’s entire life in
the physical dimension will seem like a dream Psychologically this realm and
state of being is something utterly bizarre In tact, after I come back from this
altered state I get the sense that I have seen and felt things that “1 am not sup-
posed to’’ In many ways it feels as though I've watched psychic and psychology .it
pornography..,! (lake I said, this type of altered state is really weird.) I also get the
sense that tins layer of reality is not intended to be accessed and explored bv
the average “Joe” on the street. Let me point out that ingesting DXM in this
manner is very hard on the brain and it is dangerous Therefore, I only access
this realm no more than twice a year- — il that. Those curious about this level as
well as the other levels of DXM mav visit die highlv recommended website
frognel.net/dxm and look under “Plateau Sigma” for more details )

Dimenhydrin atc, Diphenhydramine. Cyclezine .- These substances are
mostly used m order to alleviate allergies, motion sickness, and induce sleep
Hie brand most often used by psychonauts is Drama nunc M Original hcrrstui.
The other substances (or formulas, such as non-drowsy) don’t work as well
When taken in normal doses these substances do exactly what they are ul_
tended to do. However, in higher than normal doses (anywhere between 4 and
30 pills of dimenhydnnate, tor this example), tlus pharmaceutical puts the brain
to sleep (lor it elicits the production of low- delta brainwaves), yet keeps both
the mind and the body awake. Basically, they leave one in a dream-hke state
while still remaining awake In that sense one starts dreaming while still awake
1 he psychoactive e fleets of dimenhvdrtnate last between 2 to 5 hours. The
trick to seeing three-dimensional-like objects, anti even people, ts to remain
awake and not tailing asleep. For this substance will induce a tremendous
of sleepiness. One must therefore fight the urge to fall asleep In a sense, the psy-
chic and visual effects are somewhat similar to DXM’s U-Dead Zone, but not

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 173

really- The mam difference being that one does not enter the earthbound spirit
world, but rather the world of dreams. Now, since I found the visual effects of
tins particular substance truly amazing — seeing lifelike ‘hallucinations* much
Iilic the one’s seen in nighttime dreams and OBI Vs but while remaining awake
m the daytime — I went and did some research on how the human brain per-
ceives and cognizes (secs) ‘real* three-dimensional reality.

As consequence of this research, I found that there are multiple areas in the
human brain specifically designated for processing (seeing) images 1 learned
that an object — any thing, person, etc. — elicits a particular kind of neuronal
pattern activity unique to each object, in which neurons fire in a particular rate
and frequency, thereby indicating what the object-image is to the conscious
mind.

For example, when you look at a car, a tree, a person, etc a corresponding
pattern of neuronal activity , which symbolizes or represents each of those visual
objects to your conscious mind, is evoked; thereby notifying other bram centers
and you of what it is that is being perceived. In that regard, this is how our
sense of sight constructs what we see.

However, what I found most compelling about this process is that when
our sense of sight perceives say a moving object, like a car (we’ll call this an
‘input’), all that the retina perceives is a senes of dots moving together 1 lie car
does not yet exist' (At Icasr not in objective terms, but rather subjective.) This
data (the moving dots) is then relayed to the bram centers which deal with depth
and motion , and which in turn relay this information to oilier brain centers re-
sponsible for detecting shape and color Then, all of this information is combined
together with everything we have ever learned about ears — which is stored in
our memory banks — and, consequently, all of tins sensory data is then con-
structed into a model (we’ll call this an ‘output’) which we finally come to per-
ceive and ‘see’ as a car (objective reality)!

In the case of imagined constructions however, I theorize that since there is
no input from the retina, the input originates from the subconscious mind, instead;
and then travels the previously given process baiku f ands> all the way back to the
primary visual cortex, leading to the perception of an output. \\ Inch means that
tins output (object, person, or event) then spawns from the subjective realm ot
the subconscious region of the mind . . Yet it is both seen and experienced as
objective reality! In this case — and in my opinion — die subconscious mind, die
dreamstate, and the hallucinatory states produced by hallucinogenic substances,
act as a gateways to alternate realities, winch exist ‘adjacent’ to tins one.

Another interesting piece ot information 1 came across in tins particular
phase of my research is that people who suffer trom what is known as Charles
bonnet syndrome — a neurological disorder — see fully formed three dimen-
sional Hallucinatory images. This leads me to believe that the human brain has
die innate ability to perceive (see) ‘hallucinations’. However, since these alter-
nate images arc both thought of and taught to be nothing more

174 INTO THE VOID

than mere hallucinatory

constructions, they are disregarded bv the conscious

Now, getting back 10 the particular substance we arc discussing, I have

ta ken up to 30 pills (50 mg. each, that’s 1,500 mg.) of diamenhydnnate in my

experiments Although I mil probably never experiment with it again, for it has a nastj
efjkt on one’s short-term memory (more about this in a moment) There were no
other heavy afterellccts after the experiences elicited by it, other than sleepiness
and slight stomach disturbances I lowcvcr, I did notice that my vision would at
times unfocus from what I was looking at or reading. And, because of tins, I
could see little swirls of flashing lights, and tclt as though I was not com-

pletely ‘grounded’ in physical reality 1 also experienced auditory flashbacks
These aftereffects — except for the short-term memory ones — usually lasted
about one day 1 also noticed that my hearing remained highly sensitive the day
after my experiments ! his was not uncomfortable, but it did make me notice
things that 1 would otherwise not pay attention to. For example, I heard the
wind move the branches of a tree that’s outside my apartment' In addition,
one’s overall sense of being becomes highly mindful and sensitive even after
the effects wear off Moreover, focus and concentration appear to increase for
at least a few hours after the initial effects begin to dissipate

The serious problem 1 have with this particular substance is that my short-
term memory is almost completely eradicated during and after mv expenments
at levels 3 and 4, sometimes for as long as three months! And this effect is even more
pronounced than with the orher hallucinogenic substances I have experimented
with. Beware.

You see, I usually record the cognitive effects 1 experience following the
intake o! a new substance every' fifteen minutes or so into my voice-activated
tape recorder However, approximately one hour after intake of dimenhydn-
nate, 1 noticed —later when I played back the tape- -that I could not get three
words into a sentence belore forgetting my train of thought. I would even tor-
get what it was that I was trying to do or talking about in the first place 1

Puzzled by the adverse effects on memory that this substance has, I decided

to hook myself up to the Mind Mirror and record a session while experiment
ing with a high dosage, so as to see what was going on brainwave wise When I
reviewed the results, I was shocked. There was almost no brainwave activity at
all, except heavy delta bands between 3 Hz. and .75 Hz. on both brain hemi-

spheres and one intermittent 38 Hz. (beta) signal on my left hemisphere Fvit
it l did not, and could not, register any other frequencies between 4.5 lh 3®
30 Hz (theta, alpha, and low/mid beta) at all, even though 1 was awake
cording to the readings 1 was literally both awake and asleep at the same time
One of my theories for this bizarre occurrence is that this substance some
how adversely acts upon the hyppocampus, along with other structures in *
iram stein, since these neurological systems are responsible tor memory
ot ltr possibility is that dimenhy donate suppresses the manufacturing of ncU

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 75

such as acetylcholine — one of the neurochemicals responsible

r K short- term memory— which carry information between the synapses. Not-
. j stl u gnd the effects of dimenhydidnate truly fascinating because

VVlt ' it flilnurs one to have a full lucid dream or OBE in an awake state (or
in a sense 11 auu „ i • ,

full awakening inside the hallucinatory dream construction we call physical
realm) In that sense, because of its ability to induce a sleep state on the brain
and not the body which is what ketamine and DXM do — one’s waking con-

sciousness has a firsthand opportunity to witness the mental effects and psy-
chic changes that take place as die brain goes to asleep; or rather switches from

this particular PDFD to the dream system.

This substance, unlike DXM — which exhibits levels according to one’s body

weight- elicits its psychoactive effects depending on bow much one takes re-

pjdkss of body wight. The effects of dimenhydidnate begin to manifest them-
selves within about forty-fives minutes or so. And, as men uo n cd p revio usly,
ihcv remain for about one hour. After this, they begin to wear off, but one can
expect to feel an altered state for up to three hours afterwards. What follows is
a table of dosages for a person ingesting pills that have 5(1 mg. each of diamen-
hydnante*.

Low Dose

Medium Dose

High Dose

Super Dose

3 to 5 pills

6 to 1 2 pills

1 3 to 20 pills

2 1 to 30 pills

♦(Adjust according to effects desired)

L o w Dose : Nothing is really seen at this dose. I hey only thing I noticed was a
slight altered state, similar to that of not being completely ‘here’ i lowever, the
inner-visual and psychoacoustic effects of brainwave synchronizers, as well as

0 audiotapes and CD’s embedded with binaural frequencies are radically in-
creased by taking a low dose approximately forty- five minutes prior to a tape or

g t and sound session. This dosage increases the stereo depth and separation
signals of music and psychoactive frequencies — giving them sort of a tliree-
*mcn 5 ,onal surround sound-like quality.

Minor open-eyed hallucinations are noticed with this dose,

0v «all fe A ^ P| n P olnts ot Ught, ‘breathing’ and movement of things, and an

Uccd tha^ V i ^ m8 UndCr tllC mfluencc °f a narcotic substance I also no-
kit as if j Cn wa ^ cc ^ atound my living room at this level of intoxication, it

stilts Anothp 5 S £ mdlOW P h y sicall y a bove my furniture — as thougli walking on

r e ect one can expect at this dosage is the slurring of words.

Higl^Dose. i .

1 m ean by the , u ° Sa8e ° ne can cx P cct to see pseudo-hallucinations. What

and *f one tnes t ^ ^ oftentimes see objects that are not really there,
Also, if 0nc , °,® et a 8°°^ l°°k at them, they will immediately evaporate.

tng at a picture or painting, it will change in subtle ways,

1 76 INTO THE VOID

such as a sudden smile on a serious face, or the objects within it will appear to
move, etc. Another cunous phenomenon 1 encountered at this dosage were
these bnght semi-blinding sparks of light, which appeared before me, but in-
stead of coming from an outside source, they originated from within my eyes
As already discussed, the only drawback with this dosage and the next one is
that short-term memory is almost completely impaired As previously men-
tioned, I cannot hold a train of thought for any amount of time.

Su per Dose : It is very hard to stay awake by ingesting this amount of dimen-
hydrinatc, but the efforts are worth it, for here is where the full-blown and life-
like hallucinations begin to manifest With the intake of this dose one’s sur-
roundings oftentimes appear to be enveloped by some type of translucent film,
which has a light green/aqua shimmering to it. These visuals will then change
into complete cities and space-like environments. Beings, as well as cunous-
Iookmg creatures, and even entire events will be seen In fact, these have seem
so real that I have not only talked with some of them (unfortunately 1 don’t
remember the subject matter), but I have also touched them and even felt tlicir
touch! In one memorable but brief experience, I saw the head of Albert
Lin stein — approximately six-foot in diameter — suspended in mid-air over mv
living room talking to me Since one’s memory is almost totally impaired at
fin point, u is easy to dunk that one is not hallucinating, but instead think that
what one is seeing is real. I have also had instances where episodes from my
immediate past have materialized right before my eyes. Ihese are lifelike in
nature And, because ol the way tins substance affects short-term memory, one
tends to forget that one is hallucinating. Because of this, in some aspects these
experiences can be thought of as terrifying. For one literally becomes schizo-
phrenic tor a few hours. Another disadvantage that tins substance has is that it
shortly after the hallucinatory phase has ended (about an hour and forty-five
minutes or so following intake) is that it bestows upon the user feelings of
resdessness and deranged thought patterns Now, I have found a way to retain
my short-term memory during these experiences — at least somewhat By using
a photo-some stimulator (binaural beats mode, no light stimulation, for forty*
lve minutes immediately following intake, set for a target rate of 10 Hz . which
is a p a) I have gotten decent results. I have tried using neuroelectrical stunu-
ation ut have met with failure. Apparently, some of the neurochemicals that

V!, ramiS causc ^ to please by using neuroelectrical stimulation interfere with
t e rain s perception of the images produced by dimenhydrinate. Sidc-cftects I
ave encountered with this substance are extreme depression to the point of
* toge tlier vvith over-thc-top anxiety and restlessness. Definitively not coo!

*

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 177

Yin/Yang

In experimenting with various psychedelics and hallucinogens, I decided to
vnarate them into two groups or categories, and these are Yin and Yang. Yin is
for the dissociative substances and Yang for the serotonergic. ’I his classifica-
tion is based in part on the ancient Chinese theory of die two universal forces
that are forever complementing each other and eternally in a state of flux. Yet
the two are an interlocking part of die whole. The ancient Yin/ Yang symbol,
which I’m sure most of you arc familiar with, is this;

Yin is:

* passiveness

* darkness

• negativin'

femaleness

* moon, etc.

* activity

* light

Positiveness

178 INTO THE VOID

• malencss

• sun, etc.

These forces are not dualisuc in nature; that is, they are neither opposite nor
separate That would be very much like saying ‘matter and energy’, or that light
is the opposite of dark But lliis is not the ca^-e at all. Because you see, at the
quantum level there is no such distinction Matter is energy (or made up of en-
ergy) So, in essence, Yin and Yang are all matter-energy that exists in the uni-
verse, and everything m the universe is in either stare of becoming the other
For matter is in a ‘potential’ state of becoming energy, and vice versa.

The Chinese philosophies have always taught that enlightenment would
never be reached by engaging in extremes — either positive or negative Lhi> i>
because extreme cold will kill, just the same as extreme heat. Therefore, the kev

4

to ‘be mg’ lies in the middle path But not in a neutral sense. Rather in a pliable
sense! Tilts is a very important fact that is not usually understood or even

grasped by the western mind. For as 1 have come to realize, western mentality
thinks in dualisuc and opposite terms Yin is the opposite of Yang. Light is

> >pposite of dark, etc. But this is not so Let me illustrate what 1 mean with
an example.

1 he stillest wood is the most easily cracked, right? \X hilc plywood will with-
stand bending. In that sense, softness or firmness without pliancv ts like a cup
that is already lull — it is of no use, because the usefulness of a cup is in its
emptiness. So an enlightened man (or woman) is both Yin and Yang Which is
to say, not completely yielding, not completely Firm Instead, he (or she) i>
both, but in a way that complements each other For that is the only wav that he is
of an) use and value to himself and others i Ie is as gentle as a dove, but wise
as a serpent Indeed, all of Ins experiences have led him to the tnte spintuahtv
of complementary hang Yet lie has not reached the apex of his learning, tor the
more lie learns, the more his mind is opened to additional learning possibilities
and experiences. Me is then in a state ot “perfect imperfection” or “imperfect
perfccuon . I feel that that is the true meaning of Ym and Yang

Now, to me, the Yin substances are all of the dissociative hallucinogens, tor
t ic\ produce their psychoactive ctfects by completely shutting down physical
perception; resulting in the unfocusmg of the physical senses from physical
ca it) sometimes leads to ego death. And one is more readily apt to
wit archetypes, enutics, and even alien species that exist in the hyperrj 1
nsional continuum Therefore, \ in l'' geared more toward psvchonautica

shamamc exploration.

On the other hand, the serotonergic substances, Yang, are very sensn.il
arbitrated by the physical senses. One then tends to mix both outer physic*!

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 79

Yl

, „ r mth inner-psychological abstract thought patterns— ending up
su als toge j hybrid-construction model of reality.

Texpcnnten” I have empirically come to find that one must follow

“ ”>■ ““"s *■ Ym/V “ g p °t

,CC l Unfe 1st outlined, one should be able to choose the corresponding tech-
P^ rath r effortlessly. For example, if one ingests a Yin substance, which is
£& nd dissoctanve m nature, it would then be wise to employ some type of
icchno-shamamc tool that would keep one's sense of awareness focused on
the exploration, and keep one from forgetting the experiences. In tins instance,

alpha stimulation with any bram technology is an excellent a le)

P I came to find tins thanks to the brainwave research by the late Maxell Cade
and his prodigy Ana Wise. What these studies have shown is that alpha
waves— in the proper amplitude— provide a ‘bridge’ lor subconscious material
to be brought out to the conscious mind. In my own experiments using t le
Mind Mirror to monitor my brainwave patterns, I have found that stimulation
ui the alpha frequency range enables my conscious mind to retain almost all
memory of expenenced and perceived transcendent events In I i although
beta, delta, and especially theta increase when my brain is metabolizing certain
psychoactive molecules, I have seen that alpha dramatically disappears iTiere-
forc, I have to agree with Cade’s and Wise’s theory, which states that there is a
definitive correlation between alpha activity and memory /recall.

On the other hand, Yang substances radically excite one s senses and in-
creases brainwave activity m the beta and alpha ranges. Therefore, it would be
helpful to use some ty pe of brain technology that causes the brain to produce
activity m the theta and delta range I should point out that as a rule, 1 never
combine serotonergic substances with dissociative substances, because Little is
known about their long-term side-effects. Immediate side-etfects however, in-
clude serotonin syndrome, which may give way to a number of nasty neuro-
logical eftccts such as confusion, agitation, days long headaches and dizziness,
diarrhea, low-grade fever, shivering, and neuromuscular abnormalities (sudden,
brief muscle spasms and exaggerated reflexes) In these cases medical interven-
tion may be required Consequently, I do not usually mix Yin and \ ang sub-
stances.

Instead, I mix Yin or Yang substances together with brain technology de-
uces in order to achieve similar results — as it I was combining substances. In
^experiments, these Sub /Tech combinations have yielded some good results.

at on the next page is a small chart with the principals we have just

gone o\ er Of course, you are always free to experiment. However, if you plan
mixin 8 substances (although I suggest you don’t) in other than the combi-
listed in tins book, then you must do your own research on the subject
P s > c ^pharmacology, which is beyond the scope of tins book.

1 80 INTO THE VI D

£> Sub/Tech Combos ©

Yin Subs t ances

ketamine

salvia divinorum (levels 3 & 4)
dextromethorphan (levels 3& 4)
cyclezine, dimcnhydnnate &
dime nhyd ramine

(♦'Together with*)
alpha/beta stimulation

Yang Substances

LSD

salvia divinorum (levels 1 & 2i

DMT
MDMA
psilocybin
(♦Together with*)
theta/ delta stimulation

Implications of Psychedelic and Psychic Research

As explained at the beginning of dus chapter, the ‘powers that be" and govern-
ment agencies such as the CIA, do not want scientists to engage in experiments
and research with these substances which the\ can’t control. Nor do they want
members of the general population having access to them, for they can disrupt
die cultural and socio-political programming inflicted upon our consciousness
since birth by our social upbringing.

Those in power did not, and do not, want the public to awaken from the
mass-hy pnosis the population has been put under since birth. In addition, ‘the
powers that be’ absolutely do not want indiv iduals in the public sector to have
*he ability to transcend space and time and observe whatever secret and clan-
destine activities are being engaged in behind closed doors bv these secret
agencies.

As I said earlier, that is the reason why almost all governments ot the world

Jcu> psychedelics, l or they can indeed change the psychological status quo ot

our times. Can you imagine, people of all races, cultures, and political creeds

empathising with one another and also discussing in solidarity what is best for the

human race as a whole? As opposed to what is best for ‘Americans’, ‘Chinese,
‘Russians *, etc.? W ake up,

Ci ranted, there are other reasons and considerations for authorities to re-
strict these substances to the general public, which I completely agree with
Because irresponsible use by minors or by unprepared individuals should defT
nitelj be enforced. I lowcver, research by scientists, and even by response
adults, should not prohibited under penalty of prison! That is ludicrous
(And I thought that the Spanish Inquisition and witch-hunting were barbaric)

Jum like pharmaceutical drug companies pay or volunteers, scientists
s iou d be able to do the same for psychedelic research. Moreover, the scientist,
tiemselves should first take these drugs, so as to acquaint their psyches
cureffects.lt is time for the general public to realize that rhere is almost

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 1 81

nothing that you or I know something about, which the government doesn’t
want us to know. And if by chance something like this happens to find itself in
the public sector, then agencies within our government will immediately use the
mass-media to ridicule it and debunk it.

In addition, based on my research and experiments with psychoportation, I
have to sav that the whole ‘expose’ on remote viewing was a well-orchestrated
ilmr. In fact, it was so well planed that even the individuals that participated in
it did not know they were part of the disinformation campaign! That’s how
clever those in ‘power’ are. Don’t buy into the notion that the boj s over at the
pentagon for example, are dumb or stupid, like the media portrays them to be
Believe me, dicrc’s a good reason why the United States is the most powerful
country in the world. It is not by chance, but rather by design.

In regards to remote viewing, and as depicted in an episode of ABC’s
“Nighthne”, according to our government the whole affair was looked into by
‘special appointed authorities’, and was found to have no merit and to be of no
operational use. Although the Navy, PHI, CIA, Arm), etc. used it for almost
three decades.

However, die fact is that the operational RY program that was started back
m die 7 's — STARGATE, among others— was a dewy* W hat’s more, the indi-
vidual responsible for its development, including lus students, were all part of a
public relations deception ploy, which the) themselves weren’t even aware of!
Moreover, the results, and even the “his ton ” of this group was put in place by
the secret intelligence community in an effort to pul a smoke screen in front of
the real group o; out-of-tbe body explorers who have the ability to witness — in full-

color, and \vidi all die bells and whistles’ — any event alone the space-time con-
tinuum.

Believe me, I don’t dunk that I’m such a genius to have uncovered the for-
mula for accurate psychological time travel, in my bedroom, with only a few
thousand dollars at my disposal, and the limited equipment I had access to. As
opposed to the Department ot Defense and Intelligence, which has millions of
. J , lr ' 11 ^ K lr disposal, and also any number of scientists they could ever want.

n act, as you have just read in tins chapter, these experiments have been tak-
m g place since the 50 ’s.

an "h \ ^ ' ° U ^ P s y c ^ uc m °dalities didn’t work for the spy trade — or for
Y * at dien why did the US government use it for over two decades?

cnce 0U [i ^° VernmCnt mamtains that ESP is not real, that it is a voodoo sci-
gram 1 ^ ** ^ ocsn 1 wor ^» an d that because of this, the remote viewing pro-
prof* Was ternuna ted. Yet according to my research, this happened only after the
a | n _ eca me known to the public... Then, to add insult to injury, a couple of
per’ C r< l mote vi^vrng schools sprung up, which taught the ‘pen and pa-

But I* 0 ** ° ^ ro Either confuse the public.

eg as |t ^ ” cre to te U you that out-of-body remote viewing or extended remote view -

was originally practiced by natural psychics, which had a predisposi-

182 INTO THE VOID

uon for OBE’s is still being practiced today, under the highest levels of

national security. In fact, die US government and odier countries, including the
Soviet Union and China, know that some gifted individuals can travel out of their
bodies, and travel to an)- point in spacc-timc and see tilings clearly. Moreover, they
do not have to relay on useless protocols and perceive low-grade psychic
information Instead, gifted and highly trained individuals can see any given
target as if they were physically diere.

However, what has been taught, and continues to be naught in commercial
RV courses further adds to the confusion and the common misconception that
psychic abilities are imperfect, and therefore cannot be relayed upon — at best
inconclusive. The truth of the matter however, is that humans — with the
proper training — can travel and sec across space and time; just as they can
engage in nightly dreaming.

As previously outlined, this type of specialised psychic training consists of
a) brainwave training, so as to produce specific amplitudes of brain-
waves — especially in the theta range (hypnagogia); b) subconscious re-
programming using MK-ULTRA brainwashing protocols, so as to re-
program an individual’s system of beliefs regarding space and time; c)
hypnosis along with map coordinates and specific dates and times of the
inquired event, so as to not view probable events; and, d) low dosages oi
LSD taken before entering a REM cycle in the afternoon ^catnap), so as
to also not slip into the realm of probabilities and view probable events,
as opposed to the events from our system of reality.

There you have it, the proverbial genie is out of the bottle. Since l can onlv
talk troni experience, I have to tell you that it is possible to view — to see in clear,
sharp, crisp, and complete de/ail — anything that has ever happened or that will
probably happen. In iact, on the next chapter, I will describe how using a
controlled form ot ( )BE together with ketamine (this was before I made my
I^SD breakthrough) I witnessed the murder ot jonBonet Ramsey. 1 will al>o
share what happened to me emotionally and psychologically as a result. As you
can imagine, ll 1 came out with this publicly I would be denounced as either a
lunauc or a bar, or both And, if I pointed my finger at the petpetrator(s), I
would end up being sued.

Therefore, as mentioned in the prologue of this book, I must be careful
with what I write or say. Believe me, 1 am not a martyr. Arad 1 dont cart t° r
having to endure any type of prosecution in the name of ‘truth’ and justice
Let s just say for now that I’ve already learned that lesson. Indeed, as tar as I am
concerned, I have contributed enough what I am now revealing, furthermore,
scientists and researchers may put to a test my findings and discoveries
come to tlmr own conclusions. *ITie truth of what I am saying and have di>co
cred is there for those who have the eyes to see it, the nund to coniprehent

and the psychological maturity to be responsible in using it. .i

Again, any type of ‘proof that OBE's and time travel can be done worn

CHEMICAL MYSTICISM 183

, *. Ve rv foundations of not only our concept ot real.!)-, but also ot the
S uholc legal system works. I hope that by now you can begin to com-
'‘ J ', 0U ) reason why the well-orchestrated cover-up. Indeed, the crime of
P dcr fo the purpose of ‘shutting one up’, for example, would be completely
i out Because thanks to out-of-the body travel there would always be a
present— at any crime, anywhere, and at any ume, which could later

tesufv in a new and revised court of law.

In that sense the law would no longer have to be blind; thanks to a group oi
professional ‘psvchic witnesses’, if you will, who would be rigorously trained
and have the ability to transcend space and ume and report and testify on what
thcv Jtt These psychic witnesses would even identify die perpetrators in ques-
con in a line up, for example. Indeed, the blmdfold that ‘lady jusucc’ wears
uould finally be lifted, and justice — as well as humanity' — would be made to see.

However, because of this, a lot of jobs would have to lie terminated. For
there would be no need for lengthy invesugauons, trials, appeals, lawyers, |unes,
detectives, forensic pathologists, profilers, DNA analysts, or anyilung of the
son In fact, the whole legal system as we know it would crumble. But maybe it
is time for change

Tbs should not seem as far-fetched as it may sound, for as you came to
learn in chapter 3, space and time are only mental illusions that can be tran-
scended Nonedieless, before any o this can come about, we as a society must
be willing to face such facts — that the abiliues o the mind 1 have been speaking
about arc rcaL But until we change ourselves, until we change our conscious-
ness, by engaging in our own search for who and what we really are, then we
will unfortunately continue stagnating in the current status quo.

CHAPTER 5

Into Tfie Void

“The scientists in my system of readily are intrepid explorers —
using their consciousness to conquer hyperspace , explore the corridors
of the mind, and access the infinite knowledge and information available

within the matrix of Universal Intelligence.”

Kzark Prcstidius

I his chapter deals exclusively with the devices and substance commnauons ,
have developed for my consciousness expansion and exploration of hyper-
space Let me stress to you that sometimes, while trying out the diflerent com-
binations, I achieved outstanding and life-changing results. But other umes, the
only things I got were severe nausea episodes and a splitting headache Note
that the combinations of substances 1 have experimented w ith are mainly from
the published reports I have gathered from many books, as well as from vin-
ous newsgroups and w ebsites on die internet. If you want to develop your own
substance combinations then you must do some research on their
Otherwise you arc asking tor serious trouble.

For the most part, the correct use ot brain technology together with kcu-
mme tor example, enabled me to better control, focus, navigate, and guide pat*
Ocular psychonau tic a 1 explorations. For instance, a predominantly delta brain-
wave state (together with ketamine) presented me with a ditterent ‘flavor and
type of exploration, than with say, an alpha brainwave state.

Likewise, the hemi-sync tape scries "Gome l lomc ’ together with ketamine,

iKWl * n' . . . . . j 1- JmM

J Civ L iv ? V J V/LI 1 f ^ | ! K, I 1 I IV- LI 1% * ■

enabled me to repeatedly have NDE’s/OBF’s (on the astral plane and in
systems) consistently and rather effortlessly. What follows then are my own
combinations ot brain technology devices and pharmacological substance
amounts and combinations, as well as the resulting effects and cxpenencc
emember that since we are all individuals these experiences may he dittcre

Z0E7 185

than if you were to try and repeat tliem,

\I$o I personally don’t necessarily like to combine Yin with Yang sub-
stances for I am mosdy into ‘faraway’ shamamc journeying, and a level 4 dose
of smoked salvia, or level 3 of ketamine (see the charts and read the level de-
scriptions in the previous chapter) will take care of that.

However, there are some curious synergies that do occur from the combina-
tion of sonic of these substances. Some psychonauts like to combine LSD, or
^C-B (another type of psychedelic) together with ketamine for example, in or-
der to retain their ‘identity’ throughout a ketamine- experience, as well as
memones of the voyage. In my experience however, this tends to ‘color’ my
perceptions. Therefore, I employ brain technology m the form of high beta
frequencies (30 to 40 Hz.), for more awareness and identity retention, and/or
alpha frequencies for memory and recall of the experience.

Please keep mind that:

♦ There is always danger when combining serotonergic substances, i.e., drugs
that stimulate or mimic serotonin activity in the brain ( I ,SD, psilocybin, and
DMT) together widi: tryptophan, harmine, harmnline.

One should not ingest any of these psychedelic/ ha lucinogeruc drugs if one
is taking presenpuon antidepressants such as: lithium, Prozac, Zoloft, etc

* DXM is a MAO inhibitor should not be taken at least five weeks before or

after taking any prescription noil-drowsy antihistamine. Otherwise, results could
be fatal 1

• Never combine MDMA (Ecstasy) with ketamine
potential blood pressure problems.

or DXM, tor there may be

h cm “’ f rr ' combln<; Yohimbe with DXM or ketamine for the risk of brain
hemorrhaging is great.

tenner 101 * U n (whatevcr that may be) of dmociatim definitely
1,11(1 on the bra, T ‘ hC anesthcuc level wi* these substances is

DMT, than with l* “ mUCh f^ cr to cx penmcnt with LSD, psilocybin, and

lth ketamine and DXM! Beware.

Ics ponsible fo r th^ ^ Slgma> I>CP ’ or receptors, which arc

^g-temiuse effert' k “tml interactions of dissociatives. Therefore

cnects arc unknown.

^ ne should alwa •

Yln tobstances. I Xnrim b<Xly a " d bram " me to tccover aftcr ingesting

°firntimes g,ve myself «/ hast thirty days or more before

186 INTO THE VOID

going on another psychonautical voyage.

• About 1 hour before ingesting Yin substances, I take a supplement of
Cocnzymc Q 10 and Gingko biloba in order to hopefully (!) prevent some
neuronal cell damage, as is the case when taking high dosages of these
substances. Theoretically, these supplements increase cerebral metabolism,
therefore causing cell waste products and such to be processed more

rapidly.

• Foods that should not be combined with drugs that are MAO inhibitors, are
aged cheeses, liver, soy sauce, red and w lute wine, pickled herring, avocados,
bananas, cream, coffee, yogurt, raisins, figs.

• Items that should not be combined with drugs that are MAO inhibitors are
narcotics, tranquilizers, amphetamines, tryptophan, alcohol, sedatives,
ephedrme.

• Dmgs that are MO A inhibitors are 1 \’M, 5-MKO-DM T, Harmala alkaloids

• Drugs that should not be combined with MAC ) inhibitors are Mescaline,

MD MA , 2C-B, 2C-T-7 and other ‘designer’ Phene thy larmne dmgs. Fora
most complete list of the Phene thy larmne family of drugs see the book

"PiHKAL”

l or those psychonauts and shamans who have already experimented with
brain technology devices and/or substances I’d love to hear from you You
may e-mail me at PsiWarp@mail.com.

*

1 he codes that follow' on the next page are given to the previously
substances and brain technology devices (discussed in chapter 2) so ;is to sin 1
ptify the reference to them in die next section.

Z0E7 187

SUBSTANCES

psilocybin mushrooms- P

DMT= DMT

salvia divinorum — S

LSD = LSD

MDMA = X

ketamine = K

dextromethorphan = DXM
dimenhydrinate = Di

DEVICES

D.A.V.I.D Paradise XL = DPXL
p hotosonic Nova Pro = Pi l u
Brain Tuner — BT-6

oasis = os

0r f 9 om P ac l , , Disc P) = H-T (plus the
» > L Going Home — Homecoming)

188 IhlTQ THE VOID

explorations

Pate: May 4, 1 997

Set: Mentally OK. Emotionally fine Physically tired, but not sleepy.

Setting: My bedroom, 3:30 P M.

Substance(s): S

Amount: 1/2 dried X5 leaf. 3 ‘hits’ (smoked)

Technology: D.A.V.I.D Paradise XL

Settings: Session: #11 Target Rate: ~ 8 11/ Intensity : 13 Volume: 18
Pitch: 10 Mode: Focus Sound: Binaural (on! j)

Stimulation Time: 1 5 min

M ethod: I smoke the- salvia leaf in three fast Pokes’ while already hooked up
to my DPXL. I then he down on my waterbed in my darkened bedroom

Code: S + (DPXL)

EXPERIENCE

Gradual and slow onset within three to five minutes, peaking after another ten
minutes. Stable plateau tor roughly fifteen minutes thereafter. Back to baseline
in about ninety minutes.

I am lying in bed almost hypnotized, due to the eyeset’s dashing strobe- like
light show that is playing behind my closed eyelids and the slightly ott p ltc ^
vibrato that the binaural frequencies produce through the headphones I
mate that have been in this state for about ten minutes, when suddenh 1 no
lice that the binaural trequencies or rather the vibrato s notes start getting
closer and closer in pitch, as il trying to converge into a single note.

Right at the point, when I hear the vibrato between die frequencies stop
both notes merge into a single tone, 1 feel both of my arms being sucked cut
waid anti upward, followed by both ot my legs, but in a rather violent main
At the same time this is happening, l hear an extremely loud and rapid^f^B^
sound, as it compressed air is suddenly released Much like when a cai tit

Z0E7 189

punctured.

To give you an idea of how violent the separation felt like, picture a deep
ocean diver, many hundreds of feet underwater, letting go of something full of
oxTgcn like an inflated Efesavcr or a balloon. As you can imagine, these objects
would rapidly and forcefully race towards the surface. That’s what my extremi-
ties felt like as they detached from my body. Ilien, once I exited my body and
started to walk out of my bedroom and into my hallway, I noticed that I was
still siting the flashing lights in front of me! This surprised me very much for
even though my physical body was lying in bed and had the eyesets on, some-
how my brain was transmitting this signal to my mind (my non-physical bodv),
which was now in the hallway.

Another queer happening was that as 1 was thinking about the phenomenon
1 was experiencing, I would instantly alternate between my physical body lying
in bed, and m\ non-physical body standing in the hallway. In fact, it felt as if I
was m both places simultaneously. At one point 1 even began seeing right
through my physical eyelids— and very clearly at diat— both the flashing lights
of the eyesets as well as my ceiling fan. I also saw die walls of die hallway and
my living room that follows it This experience left me perplexed And, because
of the unusual type of phenomena I was experiencing, I decided to reenter my
physical body and record the details of this very odd experience. Having fin-
ished, I tried to repeat the experiment, but fell asleep instead

COMMENTARY

mnttT,r n “ ICd I™ ‘° ttah2e that therc reaU y isn ’ c s P ace - dme * or even

T* P^ s,c,sts and scientists theorize about this, but I came to
cdine kn- ‘"‘’T ^ ]mCame P ainf '# obvious to me as I was seeing my

ifnl l 00 , -' ^ ^ e ? ekls - but 3lso *"*«»> *c eyesets I

the lialKv,,. IC .' arC adt ’ and n on-transparent! I was also standing m
room nelit .|, 1T1 \ n ^ )n "P '' slca ^ bod )’ and seeing the hallway and the living
0n At me poi nn t f '|. C L g hts of the eyesets that my />/*rW body had

*>n Channels I„,l .a , “ , , ugh was n M >,dl V switching between two televi-
b > Utah, abou , dth ;| ( '™‘ d ms,anta neously ‘click’ between both places, just

''"ae type of are goln B P erha P s dismiss this happening as perhaps

niUl °ns respond,!.. ? ,° pm8 P henomena > associated with the misfiring of

^ndpom tvuL , 10 7‘ tCrm a " d l0n8 ' term But talk -8 from

* 35 not die case. In ihef 1*1 * ° f memor >’-loopmg experiences, this

H w do with non I 7 " gly behevc that *is phenomenon had some-

Slty of 'He separation , f*^ bl loca,,on - As far as the violence and inten-
dttt this had been n« COnccme d- an insight I got following the experience

eccssary so that I would remain alert of what I was

190 INTO THE VOID

about to experience

Date: April 17, 1999

S et: Mentally drowsy. Emotionally fine Physically very relaxed. About to start
my second ninety-minute sleep cycle of the night.

Setting: My bedroom. 4:30 A.M.

Substance(s) : P

Amount: 2.5 grams

Technology 1 ': DPXL &: BT-6

Setting s: DPXL: Session: #15 Target Rate: 5 Hz Intensity: 14 Volume:

10 Pitch: 12 Mode: Focus Sound: Pulsed

BT-6: Mode A (7.83 Hz.) Pulse width: 550 microseconds

Stimulation Time: 45 minutes on the DPXL, and 48 minutes on the
BT-6.

Method: I ingest 2.5 grams of dry powered psilocybin together with 1 cup of
orange juice Ninety minutes later 1 dial-up a DPX L session (see settings) and
hook myself up to both the BT-6 and DPXL, so as to receive both photo-some
and neuroelectrical stimulation simultaneously.

Code: P + (DXL + BT-6)

EXPERIENCE

After sleeping lor about three hours (two sleep cycles), I ingest the psilocvb.a
and then go to the bathroom to empty my bladder. W hile waiting for
fccts of the psilocybin to commence, I begin reading a few chapters of m
book Hyperspacc”, by Michio Kaku, so as to prepare my mindset
OB E state. At the end of the ninety minutes, and right at the beginning °
third REM cycle of the night, I hook myself up to my DPXL and BT-6 This *
followed by a gradual but quick onset of mental effects after two munU^
peaking after another twenty minutes. I notice a stable plateau for about |*lt ’

minutes. Before the initial onset, I am already feeling drowsy andhavt

Z0E7 191

sonic opcn-cycd visuals in the form of light streaks. Tins is due to
^Tilocvbin. About forty- five minutes later both devices shut-off, but I don’t
^ ' this f or i have gotten lost in the visuals that arc now appearing before
"^mind's eye. So I calmly drift into hypnagogic reverie, and start seeing the
Tsual hypnagogic imagery (faces, buildings, weird-looking creatures, etc ) asso-
ciated with this altered state. Within moments of this, I commence to hear the
usual sound of turbulent wind. A second later 1 m catapulted from my body-
much like a cork coming out of a botde — and find myself floating above my
physical body Following tins, I gently glide toward the floor, but as always, I
never really reach the floor completely. Instead, I hover about an inch or so

above it.

As I’m standing in my physical bedroom I begin to carefully study it, so as
to make sure that I have not ‘slipped’ into a probable version of it (on a prob-
able universe). But everything seems to check out okay. Satisfied with that I
begin to head out of my bedroom. While I’m in the process of doing this, I
notice something very odd. An old automobile is parked in the same space
where one of my bookshelves should be! Standing next to it there’s a being
weanng a big smirk on his face. I Ie is an identical replica of me (I introduced
him at the beginning of tins book, in the prologue). Hence, I have nicknamed
him 'future me’, or FM for short. I should stress that tins encounter occurred
while 1 was in an OBE state, as opposed to the few other encounters I have
had wadi him while I’ve being physically awake.

FM: You better be careful, or your consciousness will end up shifting com-
pletely to a dream system.

Me: Uh? What do you mean?

FM: If you loose your focus and concentration, even for a few moments, your
phy steal brain — which is now in an extremely high level of chemical function-
m K an d psychic arousal — will start loosing and even distorting the data that
- our conscious rrund is perceiving and transmitting to it This will cause your
brain to hallucinate In other words, you will loose vour analytical faculties, for-
get what is really happening, and end up dreaming nonsense. Although in rcal-
jh s^d process is much more involved .

e - f tnm,.. I guess that explains the automobile in my bedroom. And 1 guess
UW also explains you.

hallu °* l ^ at ^° eS n0t ex P^ a ‘ n me As I’ ve already explained to you, 1 am not a
cmation. You are another version of me, just as I am one of you. I have

‘hvooth^ 3 k W °^ OUJ over th® P ast few years. And although I knew of your
actual] CtICa ex * stcnce king ago, it wasn’t until very recently that 1 started to
0 f co mect Ult k y°u, and present you with information regarding the nature
by Vou ;— s P l,L ‘ the fact that I’m sure much of it has been filtered
cv cntual] COnSCIOUS mmt ^ However, when this happens the conscious mind

Nonethel * rCmem ^ erS ^ lls ^ ata * n ^ orm °f scrambled ideas and thoughts,
e& s, it is me who gives you all of ‘your’ ideas about psyc hoportation

192 INTO THE VOID

and psychodynamic integration

Me: W ow You know, somehow what you arc saying makes sense to me Al-
though the previous time when I first saw you in my apartment, afterwards, I
began thinking of you as a product of my imagination and intoxication at the
time. Umm, I guess this must be the reason why recently I’ve had tons and tons
of thoughts, ideas, and insights m the areas of quantum physics, metaphysics,
shamanism and even philosophy, am 1 right?

FM: You are partially correct Let me put it to you rhis way: our scientific ten-
dencies and influences come from Doctor Kzark Prestidius, a psychophysicist
from another probable Karth; our philosophical insights come forth from the
mind of Ebhnous, a philosopher, my sac and priest, from another reality, and
our shamanic tendencies come from a shaman by die name of Jiebro, who ex-
ists in your version of reality but in the ‘past' In fact, he lives in a small village
in the country known toda\ as Peru There are five dominant personalities
within me at this time; you being the sixth. And all of these will, from your per-
spective, eventually merge into one I am that ‘new ’ and all-encompassing per-
sonality.

J

Me: !???! I don’t know if I got all that But, if that’s the case, you still look just
like me 1

FM: Of course. I am you. You see, ‘we’. I' bluious, Jiebro, Dr. Prcsudius, U*e
Steel, Max McCullan, and you, Joey, exist as separate individuals \s\ separate space-
time continuums — for now. Soon however, all of us will exist as a single but
multi dimensional synergy -personality cluster — me — on each one ot the reali-
ties that each of the individuals I have named, including you, exists. In essence,
each one of us is a probable version of each other. Yet as a ‘group’ or entity we
are one As far as my appearance is concerned, your neurological processing
gnxs me the appearance that you now see Consequently, the other personalities
also see me in their own respective physical image

Me: Jeez, man, all this sounds crazy ' Not only that, but ‘Lee Steel’ is just a
stage name I used back in my early twenties when ' was a musician in a band
That’s just a made up name!

FM: Said ‘name’ you ‘came up’ with back then is more than just that In tact, as

you may recall, at times you telt as though you became someone else on-stag 1

during your performances. In fact, you felt as though you became ‘hun ^ ou

thought ot this M ,ec Steel’ as your alter ego A ct this 'character’ you came up

with, had anti continues to have a valid as well as a physical reality m which «

exists. Indeed, Mister Steel is an alte rnate version of you, which you s irn P)

became aware of at the time you ‘created him.

Me: Woe...

FM; Is that too hard to believe?

Me. Well, now that you put it that context, l guess not ..'?! Hus
weird and so bizarre Is that Max guy I’ve psvchodvnanucally integrated xv
couple ol times also a probable me?

Z0E7 1 93

FM* Yes he is* indeed. There are lots of personalities or probable versions of

vlucli exist m other systems of reality; and which belong to our Overmind.
Not only that, but they are just as real as you and I, are; and some of the rcah-
cs m w hich they exist are not all that different than yours. Now getting back
to Max McCullan, he is a colorful personality also from another version of
plinet Earth. As far as his personality is concerned, lie doesn’t take anything
enouslv, whatsoever. Not even himself. He thinks of life as being nothing but
a big comedy production.

Although consciously, he does not yet believe in the multi-dimensional as-
pects of being In that regard, he is still asleep. Rut since there is no ‘time’ in
die not sense, or rather in the linear sense, he has already also recognized the
facts that I am now telling you. Usingjw/r ‘terminology’ then, he will ‘eventu-
ally’ come to the same conclusions that you are now coming into Thus be-
coming a part of ‘us’.

Me: Dude, this is too much... I-

FM: Ha, ha, ha, ha. Is it- 1 Ha, ha, ha, ha But there’s more, much more! Ha, ha,
ha Getting back to consciousness exploration, I myself have been w orking on
an extcnonzation method [PSP] for sometime now; and because of all mv

studies and experiments, knew of your ‘hypothetical' existence. So did Dr.

Presudius, Ebhnous, and to a somewhat lesser extent, }iebro. In that aspect,

those three arc psi-cxplorers by nature. The other personalities, including \ ou,

have a faint conscious awareness of all tins, as a result of psyclnc bleed-

through. That is nil except tor Max. I Ie is rather oblivious to all of this at this
particular time juncture.

It has been both very amusing and rew arding to finally meet some of my
pro able selves in the system of probabilities. There are millions of worlds and
tics in the probability' system alone, Joey — if you only consciously knew! I
ave een passing along this type oi information to many of mj* probable

e i I estimate that less than twenty-percent of this
° I" 12110 ” ^ as ^ Cen stained by their conscious minds — maybe even less. The

fw eU 1Cr bCCn f ° rg0tten ° r mtercd -

half &t CVcr \ In -^' 7r casc * if you continue to ingest the usual tw'o to three and a
tn conning 0 ""I l >sdoc > d>m powder twice a week for the next four months,
c °nscioiK CU ° n 7r t * 1Cta and sounc * stimulation, it will prevent your sub-
^ ec Pthatinm forgetting and/or filtering the information I give you.
psychic devcl^ 111 A s °’ bccausc °f jw/r particular level of psychological and
st »milauon vnU^ 1116111, ^ combination of dissociativcs and neuroelectrical

to merge with yours 0 ^^ thc ^ P crsonallti cs I have been talking about

^test isitir^H th t* c*

t0m s, as is the cas al ! m rnCrgLT Wl ^ not rcsult m multiple-personality symp-
bctn g used in the* ^ man y instances of transdimensional mtegrauon; ‘p>\ chic’

Phenomena rITu 11 antl wnwousms, and not as in relating to the

t us will only be the case if wc all remain integrated as a unit

194 INTO THE VOID

after the merger. However, if any one of us happens to focus intently on any
one aspect of each other’s personality, then said personality nms the risk of
becoming trapped in any of the six dimensions that each other inhabits.

Understand that the reason I am using the ‘future’ tense is purely because of
the constrains of 'jour English language. For in reality, this merger has ‘already’
‘probably’ occurred I am also attempting to help you understand concepts that
are quite alien to your present state of consciousness. An example of this being
the fact that at this moment, I am not only communicating with you, but also
with the others, simultaneously. This communication however, is taking place
from ‘outside of reality’. Again, because of language constraints, it is very hard
for me to explain some of these concepts to you

I should aho inform you that all of your research and experiments are
causing a neurological rewiring process to take place in your brain Likewise, I
theorize that bv me giving you all of this information and help now, we as a
unit, will become better developed upon our coming psychic integration Keep
in mind that personal, as well as world events, are always being rewritten The
past, as well as the future is open-ended, and therefore interchangeable And
we, at this very moment, are rewriting both our pasts as well as our futures' I la-
ha-ha-ha While we’re on the subject, I should also make known to you that all
of this is the basis for a book that you, or rather we, have written However,
you may, or may not, write it h ither way, it docs not change the tact that you
have written it already.

J

Me: Wait -wait- wait a minute. 1 ain’t no writer 1 don’t know the first dung
about writing a book. Besides, that doesn’t make any sense. How can you, 1
mean me, or rather we, write this book if I can’t or decide not to write it 3
FM: You are forgetting the fact that we are both probable versions of each
other, Joey Therefore, it you decide not to write die book, fail to publish it, or
what have you, there is another probable version of me, or rather ot “us*, wmc;:
does write it and also publishes it Then, at that moment, he becomes an actualir.
of me in the past You in turn, become a probability of me along our space- time
continuum. However, both you and I would also be a part ot him [the writer],
and he part of us. As well as ot the rest of the other personalities 1 ve alreaT
mentioned \i this moment m time however, you, the others, and l, arc on die
same probability continuum. But in order to remain in the same continuum,
each one of you must publish the book ui each of your respective svsteni'* ot
reality, and make it available to those who are ready The moment yon pnnt tin
book and start distributing it, you will become an actualized version of flu 111

your system of reality. I he same goes lor the others, understand 3

Me: I think so

FM. 1 will illustrate some ol what 1 am saving with the following exawpl
winch comes from the mmd of Kzark Prestidius. T his will help you better un
derstand how probability- shifts work. When one moves across a room u
physical reality', said motion takes the* form ol a series of quantum jumps*

Z0E7 195

, ica i rca bty system, nil the elections that makeup the physical body jump
thcpl _ e orblt to another in linear fashion, and the previous orbit sequence —
a physical manner — ceases to exist. Psycho-energeticaUy however, said
0 uence will always remain imprinted in the fabric of its own space- time con-
dnuum, forever. This fluid movement however, is a space-time illusion. Recall
U j' c cl *^ ct t h at is created by a rope of chasing lights. Each light is switched on
and oil in a particular sequence and at a specific speed, diereby giving the ap-
pearance of movement through space-time. Do you follow me?

Me: Uh-huh. I think so...

FM: To further elucidate tins concept think of a roll of cinema film. As you
mav know, twenty- four [or in some instances a few more] pictures arc taken
per second of any given acuon — for as long as a cinematographer wants. That
means thatif one second of your activity is filmed, the result would then lie 2-1
pictures or frames of yourself performing said activity. Now using that as our
analog;;, each one ot those irames represents an individual psycho-energedc
aspect of our greater Self In fact, each one of those frames houses one quan-
tum-psycho-encrgetic-meta-wave-particle [QPSYEMP for short]. And each one

ot those QPSYEMP’s either merges with the next one in the sequence, or it
splits from said space-time continuum sequence and forms its own continuum,
■ u a " 10 ^plore and consequently actualize a given probability. ! his, as you can
tmagrnc, results in a great number of sequences and QSYEMPS. Thus allowing
for an unlimited number of different probable outcomes to any one given
situation or event. Furthermore, said QPSYEMP’s may also reintegrate with
then previous and original Sourcc-QPSIEMP at any time

These alternate space-time sequences are what are known as probabilities.
* y integrations I just mentioned, result, as a probability becomes an
and rr? m any contmuum - Do k ^P m mind that QPSYEMP’s are alive

youandTr o hSVC thC P ° tCnQal of becoming self- reflecting beings, just as

which hot! * 1 ^ 1I ? P ° rtant tlllng y° u should know is dial these ‘frames*
house individual QPSYEMP’s— arc not sequential as m a roll of film, hr

are their mdiudml tn ™P°se< d one on top of another; and what separates them
M e; Man rtj r d C ° ded P s y ch o-cnergeuc thought- frequencies.

’ .ITT** Abs ° lutdy fascinating! This stuff is just mind-

blowing I 1 1 ‘ lascinaung! l nis st

bate ever imagined In^ac^V ^T 8 011 ^ Ir * S beyond an >' tllln g I could

universe 1 ' ’ 11 b lhou gh you were giving me the secrets of die

FM:]

that

T 1 - few years ago M9971 ’ ° r tlat l [ thc casc lndccd - In fact, you may recall

Thames „f cre ion U i ‘° r 3 dee P er ““dewtanding

NbjhJjt). trackj . , _ . _ Hub desire was then projected into a ‘future*

« a QPSYEMp \, .l , S Hnc Your consciousness then, subconsciously seat

r ,hm 8 s happened. Fustf sa.d
” 8 y des »ci). And second ,t ^ ?" ***""“* and ‘»firm<stion you

’ cled back m time to this moment-intersec-

196 INTO THE VOID

non m your space-rime contmuum, so ns to meet nnd gtve you said mformncon
r qPSYEMP. Let me emphasize however, that this split trom-and-

hack into your consciousness occurred instantaneously. In fact, the information
you requested traveled back into your consciousness at a speed exceeding that

of your speed ot light. . , .

' I Iowever, because of your limited neurological development at the time—

which is part of the illusion maintained by your PdS the information had to
take some tune’ m getting through to your conscious mind. Nonetheless, time
is an illusion. For all events are happening now — nght at this moment and at
once \s hard as it may be tor you to understand right now, the beginning ol
the universe — the ‘big bang’ as you call n— is talking place nght at this mo-
ment, for the fust time. So is everything that has ever, or will ‘probably’ ever
happen, occurnng at this moment for the fust ume Believe it or not, you are
right at this very moment commg out of your mother's womb. Yet you stand
before me as a grown man. Like 1 said, linear time is an illusion of the human

mind.

Our coming psychic merger is a thought-experiment thought up by Kcldam,
our Overmmd. One of the reasons for thi> is that all six of us are in the process
of becoming an Overmmd ourselves And, by engaging in this experiment, we
will better understand the mechanics of consciousness, existence and being. So
will Kcldam I will not get too much into that subject tonight however, for it is

rather involved

Me: Wow. I Incredible! l-I-don’t know what to say. But it all makes perlect
sense, man. Damn, you are a genius! 'Hus sending and receiving ot information
from the future to the past, simultaneous-time, non-locality', and the probability
shifts you’ve been describing are still pretty bizarre and hard to believe, though.
In a way, it s sort of like a p si- loop. ... I mm. 1 ley, listen, thanks for all this ui
formation I should go back into my body and record all ot rht< down while it >
still fresh in ray memory Not only that, but l aLo have to reflect on what it
means to me. To be honest with you. I’m perplex, confused, scared, and a n
lion other things, all at the same time. This is all just so strange. It s crazy! But
hey, when am I going to see you again- 1

FM: That depends, Joev There are a number of factors that arc necessary w
order to participate in these types of meetings But as long as you continue w
your current course ot action we will remain in the same rvr^kuhilm continuum

track. Therefore, you should proceed with your psychic development In o- 1
tmumg with your experiments and research Also, begin writing down a 1
these experiences. By doing this we will soon merge with one another
me give you a few words of warning: Be very careful it you happen to ^ ^
that other facets of your being — which in reality are fragmentary' uiuts 0
personalities of the individuals l just told you about — start dominating

I 1 ^ 1 V 0U t 1 *

thoughts after our commg integration. 1 mean, it is perfectly norma • ^

any other human being to at times feel as other than himself or het.e

Z0E7 1 97

acton those impulses. That is a normal and healthy way of being.

However, once you begin to focus on any one particular set of neurological
m combinations for more dian ninety minutes , you run the risk of creating
unbalances in your psychological and psychic structure, which in your case can
result in an acute case of what is known in your system of reality as schizo-
phrenia. That is the reason why I took it upon myself to close a number of
doors in your psyche long ago. Joey, do you remember your GI JOE’s?

Me: Oh shit! Yeah! Yeah! I remember! I remember my GI IDE’s! I remember
that I would hear them talk to me in my mind. But a doctor that my mother
took me to told her that those voices were simply coming from my imagina-
tion That they weren’t real!

FM: Well, by now you should know that what \ou think of as imagination and
realm are both one and the same. 1 mean, look at us now. . And here, feel my
hand... Now, feel yours... They both feel real, do they not?

Me: Uh-huh.

FM; Yet you know that at tins moment you're dreaming. And when vou wake
up in your \vakmg reality’ — your individual version of waking reality — you wiil
come to think of the hands of your waking body as the ‘real’ ones. But make no
mistake. ’1 here arc an infinite number of valid reahucs; and any one of them is
relative to all the others. Now, as I was saying, I dosed most of \ our psychic
doori by going back to my probable past and causing certain events that took
place back then, when you were 'our years old, that in turn resulted in your GI
JOE action figures being taken away from you The reason I did this is because
in order for me to become an actuality' in this probability' continuum — now — 1

, J° P revent myself, in this case you, from becoming schizophrenic ‘back
U*n Y« said incident did happen. Which is die reason why 1 took it upon

“l* m change it. And 1 use the term ‘change’ rather loosely, for the event
^ manifested in another probable reality. In fact, a probable version of us cur-

_ ) exists ° n a P r °b a ble Earth, wi nch indeed became mentally ill as a result
tw experiences with hts GI OE’s.

“1 * h4t mstancc the dolls nothing to do with the incident. For
us chose tn° n ' ^ a tn ^ er ‘ * n odlcr words, said version of you, or rather of
a means to ***? ex P enence oF suffering with a mental disorder, as

dom.,= ,• , le i CX P ore natlirc °f the human mind, just as you are now
For « adds ai/ 1 CrC q t Comext ‘ Yet said experience is still valid and necessary.

There fn r CXtra ? CI depdl * to our overall way of multi-dimensional
you C r°f nW VICW 11 in » light 1 know that 1 have

vouare ready for it h° informaUon tom ght But the reason for this is because
plausibly you Wl n r ° WCVer ’ 1 doubt that > ou wiU recall all ot ' « at once. Most

be,ter mternalize arnGn!” 10 ** ^ ^ and pieceSj wlllcF * m luni will help you to
^ soon exist as o ne ” U mt ° your consciousness - But remember: ‘We’

1 98 INTO THE VOID

COMMENTARY

-\s mentioned before, a lot of the experiences that 1 was having weren’t men-
uoned in the OBE or RV literature. Also, the information 1 was receiving was
ciinte bizarre. In addition, like I said earlier, much of this book was written
while 1 was in a mild psilocybin or USD-induced altered state of consciousness.
Therefore, much of the tunc 1 felt as though I was using a form of automatic
wnung. Although by tins ume, I knew that I was receiving tins information and
abilities from my ‘twin’, as well as from Jiebro, Dr. Prestidius, and Lbhnous,
whom 1 had encountered on various occasions just after lcawng my body, in
sort of a halfway in between realities zone. Whenever this happened, they
would always graciously answer any question that 1 had — especially FM. Of-
tentimes he would ramble on tor a long time

llns was rather ironic and amusing to me though, for many of die ‘masters’

I had encountered previously — while havuig out-of-body experiences would
always tell me that the answers to the questions I had, and always inquired
about, were already within me, and there tore 1 could answer them myself when
the uine was right In that regard, they always, afoqys emphasized self-expe-
rience. At the tune however, 1 taught that my questions were rather challenging
And that the reason they wouldn’t, or couldn't answer them, meant that 1 w*as
probably communicating with figments from mv ow n subconscious, and not
‘real’ masters Ironically, when I met FM, he started answering every question 1
ever had \\ Inch, if you think about it, meant that I was m tact answering them

myself...

Date: June 11, 1998

Set; Mentally Lucid Emotionally happy- Physically relaxed
Setting; My bedroom, 4:30 P M.

Substanc e (s): ketamine
Amount : 1 30 milligrams
Technolo g y; (2) DPXL’s and OS

Settings; DPXL #1: Session: #1 Target Rate: 18 1 lz

Volume: 12 Pitch: 4 Mode: Focus Sound: Bmaural & Surf
DPXL #2 Session: #4 Target Rate: 10 Hz. Intensity:
Pitch: 9. Mode: Focus Sound: Bmaural ( on /\ )

OS: 18 Hz. (Same as DPXL #1)

Intensity 1 8

S Volume 1

20E7 1 99

Stimulation Time: DPXL #1: 15 nun. DPXL #2: 12 min. + 10 nun. (By

pressing

Method* I connected die first DPXL into the second one by running a con-
nector cable from die DXPL #Vs headphone output jack into the DPXL #2’s
tf input ja A This was done with the specific purpose of getting two distinct
and itpmtt binaural frequencies (not dual binaural frequencies) into both of my
brain hemispheres. Hie first 1 ’XL is set to a target rate of 18 Hz. <bcta> and
the second DPXL is set to 10 Hz. <alpha> Note that the eyesets are connected
to die second DPXL, so as to have a predominantly alpha signal going to my vis-
ual cortex The headphones are connected to the second DPXL so as to get a
<;ound combination of both devices/ frequencies to my overall consciousness.
The OS is attached to both of my earlobes, and, in turn. I’m running a con-
nector cable from the output of the C >S to the eyesets socket input of the first
DPXL, so as to send neuroelcctrical pulses to my brain in the beta range. Hire
purpose of this is not only diat of maintaining complete awareness during the
exploration <beta>, but also to be able to bring information from die subcon-
scious to the conscious mind <alpha> (As stated previously, alpha brainwaves
provide a bridge for information transfer from die subconscious to die con-
scious mind.) After putting on all of my brain gear, I inject 150 mg. of ketamine
into m) left thigh muscle I tlccts begin within two minutes.

£sds K + (DPXL #1 <beta> + OS <bctn>+ DPXL #2 <alpha>)

EXPERIENCE

mu™™ s'tn** 1 ? tU ° ol Infection; peaking after another forty-five

hour? a c P ll ' au f° r about thirty minutes. Back to baseline in about two

W r i

tastic fractal rm^ 1 f ^ W . m “ lutes ot ln )ection, surreal space-like sounds and fan-
ny consaousn^f CS » Cgm sw “^ n 6 tllrou gh my consciousness It feels as though
pulsing effect of th Cnv . cl ° ped by a cosmic force field of some kind. TLc
nounccd. Because r!i~ 1 ^ rc H uc * ncie s inside my brain is extremely pro-

hands of the binaural f ^ b ° l 1 ° f my brain hemi spheres feel like putty in the
bra * They also s PP rec l ucncies T^se frequencies are now in control of my

now m control K 1° p0sses a personality* of some kind, and nor only are
15 1 ^ doing. Tins f r SOme low tblc y sccm to be conscious ot me and what it
“ a '«l the Lhintr hllT * S,gmficimtl >' cnhanc ^ by the neuroelectrical puls-
r- I a m C °. mi " 8 from the In some sort of strange

f CUn ” 1 cl »KwSsdf Und T^’ ***** ,s aU an fflbsioa IPs aU a
^derstanding’ that L menta %* Then, after a few minutes of this ‘sense

am experiencing. I begrn feeling as though Pm about

200 INTO THE VOID

'° In fact I come to undoubtedly know that my enure existence— at least the
human one— has been nodung hut a dream within a dream, within a dream,
within a dream All at once there’s an overall feeling of ‘strangness’ about my
human experience and my entire existence in general. “Existence, what a bi-
zarre concept'” 1 say to myself. Everything feels very strange now ‘Existing’
has become a strange thing “Indeed, “I” am a strange ‘thing’... My life, my
friends, and familv have been, and arc, nothing hut thoughts within my lmagina-
* »’ i con tinuc. After a few more minutes of these eene sensations and

thoughts, I notice that my body is paralyzed, as is always the case when I inject
myself with ketamine Sull, my mind is completely at ease, and my spirit, well; I
sense that my spirit is about to soar! Eventually the flashing lights, pulsing
sounds, and neuroelectncal pulses cause a neurological overload that makes my
consciousness explode into cosmic proportions As a result of this, I immedi-
ately sense changes taking place within my physical body s atomic structure

The next instant I’m above my physical body, looking down at it. However,

I don’t care about ‘that’ body anymore. I don’t want to be imprisoned inside ot
it For I now and forever want to be free — tree from captivity and lmpnson-
ment. Since I don’t care about my physical body anymore, 1 see that it slowly
begins disintegrating into crackling white- noisc-like particles. W ithin a matter
of seconds, 1 see millions of these pinpoints ot iridescent white and electric -
bluc light swirling in the space where my corporal body used to be in But the}
too eventually dissolve, and as a result, my body is no longer in existence M}
physical body has ceased to exist. My surroundings have also ceased to exiit.
The person I was in this life no longer exists. Yet 1 don’t care, at all.

An odd sense of calumet and abandonment comes over me, and I become
resigned with the fact dial there is nothing I can do about this ‘T don t matter
anymore; nothing matters anymore. The only dung that matters is this moment.

Yes, dus moment — 'the’ moment, in fact.

No longer being human 1 perceive many tilings in a whole new and dihcr
ent perspective. Ironically, I feel as though l have never been human . Wnat is
‘human’? Now my consciousness is pure light. "1 am pure light! What>

I am familiar with this state of being — ‘light’. “Oh, I now remember being kg t
I have always been ‘light ’! It is wonderful!” I continue to myself

I then sense that I have been transformed into a single, expanding an
glowing wavelength of light, which continuously expands and contracts
itself, ever so much. After a few moments of experiencing dns new state
being, I inadvertently collapse into nothingness. As a result, I, or rather son
pan of ‘me’, emerges in another place — although this place is located in "
somewhere between eternity and forever. The visuals encountered at this P
arc more phenomenal than anything I have ever seen be tore. There a ^ . t
d stardust-like mist that permeates this layer of hyperspace 1 t k" ct j r ^ ^
there isn’t a sense ot movement in this place, only expansion t

Z0E7 201

awareness. I enter this domain and am amazed at not only what is displayed
here but also at its infinite scope and size. Indeed, its size is beyond words —
beyond worlds and universes! Although I intuitively know that I have entered
the infinitely small, subatomic quantum realm.

Hus place is completely pitch-black, but, somehow an almost blinding
sheen emanates from its 'inhabitants’. These inhabitants turn out to be atoms,
electrons, protons, quarks, and countless other subatomic particles, which are
pulsating at incredible lightning speeds. Although scientists and physicists say
no one has ever seen subatomic panicles, somehow mv mind is doing so nght
now To me they resemble uny tornadoes or cyclones. Although from my per-
spective they appear to be as tali and large as New York City skyscrapers. T here
is a striking fast-paced yet syncopated some- buzzing that is produced by the
rapid pulsations that these particles arc involved in. And although I have no
emotions at this time, if I had them, I would be confused and terrified. Because
everything in this realm is so damn interne! However, I do feel a strange sense of
deja to from being here. What’s more, in some inexplicable sort of way it feels

as though I have come ‘home’— somehow 1 have been here before! Yet I have
no conscious recollection of it.

Strangely, the other subatomic particles acknowledge mv intuition They tc-
lepathically inform me that they have all been expcctfng me Thts doesn't sur-
pnwme, for , have been meaning to come here myself, although not con-

dXlteSL Id Ca t n t V ° VCr tHC feC ' tha ‘ eVer >' thm S m ,hls realm >s so

zatton that i\ i and . Un ~ huma “' As 1 P onder abcH " tUs, I come to the reali-
uno a duann, 00 Y, a£cn s P Innln g at great speeds; 1 have been transformed
imp, J n Y'Tr A 5 1 Sh ° clun 8 1 >' comc ro thj5 conclusion, the particles

4 fa, hi, V ^ C ° me herC t0 ex P enen “ aild 'v.f«ss some, lung

h ~ ~ — « «* n» » » £

age, and deSlSi e f enence , ls to be a gift for all of my effort, cour-

seetng and expenenem K ttuth ' Wlthout warning, every tlung I was

where one second 1 8 C ° mCS t0 an cnd h fccls like a city blackout—

reght, and the next serondTl WCIe ™ 1 !‘ 0nS of bright city lights permeating the
nothing ,o do with light h„, u ‘ S 0 "! y dilrkness - Although tins “blackout 1 has
Suddenly there ,r ’ “ r ' Cr w,th a wareness and consciousness.

■"we IS no space T|Y° parUclcs ' Thcre arc no sounds. There is no silence.

5 *at -exists 1 is a sense of *"?' * S nothln g— nothing at all. The only

^andbs 8 nothm B Nor J ' have , becorn£ an -- V... -it’... ‘it'... and ‘it’

, or an untold , 10n _„, 8 • ' CVCn a sm 8 le thought — Mothim.

|i p“‘ dre amtng. For Vdoes" WlUCh K “ notllm 8' V ‘sleeps’ unconsciously
no- Utc kna >”Mm, ms i s n0t £Xlstl preamtng does not exist. Nothing ex.

^ Vet there f * “ d has als ° beef its

, lor tune does not extst, either. Nor is there

202 INTO Th

‘space’ for ‘it’ to ‘sleep’ in, or ‘not exist’ in. Therefore, ‘it’ exists’ in an ‘un-
state’ of ‘non-existence’. Again, nothing exists. Creation does not exist— yet

Another no n- moment in non-eternity goes by, and some thing , inside it ,
somehow begins to become aware of its ‘non-awareness’ and unwittingly starts
to yearn for ‘something’ other than ns ‘non-awareness’. In this new and strange
state unfamiliar to ‘it’s’ non-consciousness, ‘it’ begins to discern tins desired
‘something’. Indeed, something inside ‘it’ wants to ‘exist’.

This peculiar ‘actualizing- want’, if you will, wants ‘it’ to ‘manifest’, to
‘actualize’, and to somehow ‘become’. In other words, it wants Tncs$\ In fact,
this peculiar ‘want’ wants to exist and become some ‘thing’ dirough ‘it’. Be-
cause of this, ‘it’ no longer becomes interested in ‘nothingness’.

Now ‘it’ desires this new and strange state of ‘so me thingness’, which it has
madvertendy become aware of Because you see, in some way ‘it’ has become
‘aroused’ by all of this Furthermore, ‘it’ now somehow knows that it can have

anything that it can create. But what is ‘create’. . .?

After pondering dus mystery, ‘it’ realizes that while contemplating dus puz-
zle it has somehow ‘created’ some ‘diing* widim use! I Much Like when one falls
asleep and begins to madvertendy create dream images Tins has led ‘it’ to un-
intentionally create a rudimentary form of ‘creation’! Thus, this newly acquired
‘creative ability’ enables ‘it’ to create other ‘constructs’ within ltsclt, and w nle
creating and playing with a number of these new and curious ‘thought-things
or 'thought-constructs’ ‘it’ has unintentionally created, ‘it’ becomes aware of
what it is doing; and by doing this — by becoming aware of itself — ‘it’ unwit-
tingly becomes an “I", for it has become self-aware or rather a sdj-awan unit of
consciousness Consequently, ‘it* comes to be 1 “I am; and hose thought-

constructs within ‘1-self’ that I play with ‘are’, also.” “I” thinks to itself.

Now 'I” has begun to ‘experience’. And because of dus, “I” is vet again
feeling something strange. Something that “I” has also come to create from ns
creation of ‘creation’ and ‘experience’. You see, “I” is now ‘feeling’. And 1 1
likes to ‘feel’! “I” likes to feel “I”! “I” likes to feel ‘like’ ‘T’—veiy much so
indeed. And also while doing this, “1” has inadvertently created joy’ 1 “I noU
rejoices in these intangible creations. For diey make “I” ‘rejoice’ in itself

“I” has never ‘felt* “I’ness” before. But now that it has, “I” likes this new
and peculiar ‘state of being’. In fact, I likes very much to ‘create’ and expen
cncc’ these curious Thought-dungs’. It is its favorite pasTdme’ Yet these | ^
liar qunliucs arc also begetting odier si milar qualities, which please **F ■ Because
of this, ‘I * comes to rejoice in these newly created qualities of being tor untok

non-eternities.

Another non-moment in non-eternity goes by, and ‘T is no longer content
with feeling, and being, and joy, and experience, and so on and so forth
see, I now wants more. Therefore, “1” decides to use creation for something
bigger and more awesome than what “1” has previously come to create. f^r

now wants something bigger and more awesome than itself, but can 1

Z0E7 203

i

I

t

this? Giving it some thought 1 ’ realizes that of course it can. For “I” has cre-
ated ‘creation’ and everything else so far in the first place!

“But what carfl create other than Tness', or being...?” “r ponders
for a non-moment Eureka! I shall create other Ts" for my company
and enjoyment! Yes! Yes! I will create additional Ts"...! Bu-but

hOW...?" “I” thinks to itself.

Going deep within itself, very deeply inward and into its ‘Tness” or core of
being, I realizes that besides the intangible constructs it has created within it-
self, there is nothing else that it can use to create other ‘Ts” For “I” and eve-
rything that has been created thus far ts inside, within “I”. While giving this
matter some thought for another untold non-eternity “I” comes to a moment
of ‘inspiration* and ‘revelation’— which “I” has also madvertendy and instanta-
neously created as a result! “I” therefore becomes very' proud of its creative-
ness And “I”— based on its previous thoughts— realizes that it can come to
create other ‘Ts” by ‘fragmenting’ and ‘separating’ itself into smaller ‘units’!

Indeed, if I somehow implode myself in my imagination “I” rea-

j Jf ~ J ■ ■ w* V I ft I ~ 2 \ ™

sons ; to .itself— I could then create other ‘Ts". And their 'separateness'
could be accomplished by the creation of yet another construct, which

nir.l!L COme if 1 C ? ate as wel1 as cal1 ‘space’! Yes! Yes! I will now im-
plode myself and come to create...” BOOMHHIL.

Ts’^tl'nfr" 1 "T f ountless! There ar e millions and millions of
XZ9 ,t~l « ?' «* - ««« me. -IV exist 'e"5

"All Ts" arefciTh 3 .°/ mw ty crcatt d “I’s” excitedly declare.

We and iov and u" sparkle with a bright luminescence of

I, before fragmeS Z iS this new Nought-construct which

company. | can nnu - <f h h h now have company! We all have

1 ^n finally communicafpTth T™* play ,ime with oth ers like myself.
In fact ihpAh u th others llke myself!

w «>ng W i,'h my metemomhL W fTh m ° ment ' * T : t+th ere is something
All of the “iv ,h,r 9 nt ° multi-being, and becoming individual ‘Ts’’!!!"

ous1 )' dunk to themsdveT thr ° U * hout ‘ s P ace ’ instantaneously and simultane-

1 1 1..... | * i * 1 1 1

, 1 : ; 1 1 1

1 1 I r' I I i I

1 1 1 1 1 L

^ * * * I I . . I . . , , * , 4 M t (

I J I,

204 INTO THE VOID

> < * » • * * #

I I I I I

j 1 1 | I I am still alone!!!" All of

the “Ps” shockingly conclude to themselves, instantaneously-simultaneously.

“All of these Ts’— which I have now become— are still that. T.J

For |f | f e ei joy, then all the ‘Ts" feel joy instantaneously-simulta-
neously! If I desire something, then all the ‘Ts" desire that same thing
instantaneously-simultaneously! If I dream about dreaming, it is still I
who is dreaming inside each one of my Ts"! If I create anything,
anything whatsoever, then all Ts” are creating it instantaneously-
simultaneously! For I’m inside every one of them! In fact, I am every
single one of them! Which means that even though I have fragmented
myself into all of these units, I am still alone... Because ‘Ts" are still

me r ’ All of the ‘Ts” cry out, instantaneously-simultaneously.

Feeling this w ithin their being, the ‘Ts” come to feel ‘disappointment’ for
the first time, instantaneously-simultaneously heeling this within their being,
the “IV' come to feel ‘sympathy’ for themselves for the first time, mstantane-
ously-simuhancouslv. Feeling this within their being, the “Ps” come to feel
‘sadness’ for the first time, instantaneously-simultaneously Feeling this within
their being, the “Ps” come to feel ‘anger’ for the first time, instantaneously-
simultaneously.

As a! 1 these new and never-beforc felt emotions and feelings were coming
to emerge — instantaneously md simu l taneous !! — all the “Ps” realize something
truly remarkable Indeed, “Ps” are instantaneously and simultaneously coming
to be more than what they were just mere ‘instants’ ago! That’s correct. The
Ps” are instantaneously and simultaneously further ‘evolving* through these
other newly created thought-constructs; disappointment, sadness, anger. In
fact, because of this phenomenon, all the “Ps” realize that they are now in-
stantaneous!) and simultaneously somehow coming to be more ‘complex
Consequently, the “Ps” go on to enjov themselves in this newly found psycho-
logical game of ‘being and becoming’ for non-eons of non-time What’s more,
they truly enjoy this ‘coming’ to be all of these different thought -things

Eventually, the “Ps” — now even more sophisticated than betort — come to
yet another brilliant idea — lnstantaneouslv-simultaneoush , of course Winch i>
this: Why not create another construct which would enable the “I s” to play b)
experiencing these feelings, concepts, and even other ‘to be’ thought* constructs
s-e-q-u-e-n-t-t -u-l - / as opposed to instantaneously-simultaneously? Perhaps this
nu\ even allow them to ‘savor’ each and every' 'moment' in eternity Judin- 1 - 1
ally in a way which the “Ps” had never done previously...! Giving this some
thought they decide to do it Consequently, all of the “Ps” instantaneously and
simultaneously desire, dream, and therefore come to create time’.

As it turns out, this new construct is a superb toy for all the “Ps lndt ^
this new thought-construct, time, will now enable the “Ps” to come to these
types ot insights and realizations ‘in’ tune, and not instantaneously 1 (Spice,

i i

Z0E7 205

V

\

on the Ollier hand, allowed them to come to these realizations individually, and
^ not all together and at once.) Furthermore, thanks to this new space and time
\ combination, ‘space-time’, experiences will now be vastly different than prcvi-
k ously for the “IV*.

v Growing more and more sophisticated than ever before — as now time went
bv — i he “IV* decide to create yet another construct for their continued playful
psychological enjoyment, One that would enable them to further challenge
1 their ongoing development of ‘Tncss” or being. And they decide that the best
way to play tins new “I in the space- tune playground game”, would be to
somehow ‘forget’ their genesis, ‘forget’ their nature, ‘forget* their wholeness,

I ‘forget’ their unity, and most importantly, ‘forget’ what the game was about in
the first place! You know, sort of like a game of ‘hide and seek’...

So, lull of inspiration, realizations, dreams and ideas, the “Is” ‘come’ to

create yet another one of their many constructs, another one of their toys if
you will This turns out to be ‘forgetfulness’...

And DKausc of tlus new thought-construct, forgetfulness, each anti even-
one of the I s would come to the eventual realization of what each truly was
or rather u. No. only that, but because of the two other newly created con-’
- n ets ^space and time, or rather space-time, this ‘realization’ would come to
each 1 at its own time and on its own individual space. Then, when each '“I”

Wy atnved at ^realization, or in other words, ‘re-memher’lthat’s correct

phvmtlwonltfoUndTl’l ‘° “ **** the >' had al > actually been

r uld eve rf ■ takc » iace - **

fo 7 At somc nme - And, at their own leisure

came 'to St P £T H ^ ^^truct, each one of the “I’s”
wh one ofohe “IV’-!!. 8 °' K °" btf ° re f ° rgc ' tful,u;ss was created. In turn,
f«l and do what Rood oHvYTr f later - would eventually come to
“Pen a nme... That's nnlit r1 'l ‘ dom ’ ln,tmI1 y— way back when, once

— «* of what hTdl "'°Z COme » -

^ IS “ ”">■

5 now had the gift an(] kn Z'Z ‘ There was no ™ s '>> you see. For die

^ d nve and £* was embedd^S^tT •«*

within their now ant j f orcyer

% that, but they
create, and come to re-member and re-

£ dce P down mside ZZ,^ 77° **** now a ° d forever!

ZZ l ; ad c,e ™r)' m ihichtolT! 7 w “r' Not on, y ,hat - b «

w wli,ch - play.
of s pace- time- J ^ wete * and ar <*

lhis being the greatest creation in all

206 INTO THE VOID

COMMENTARY

This experience lasted about thirty- five minutes, and was clearly and forever
embedded in my nnnd The only aftereffects present after this experiment were
the usual hangover and nausea, which vomiting and relaxing for a couple of
hours took care of. Although 1 must confess that I laid in bed for almost an
entire day, digesting all that had been given to me by Universal Intelligence
This whole experience was beyond anything I could have ever imagined. In
fact, throughout the entire day and night following the experience I shed lot-, of
tears. Indeed, this experience touched me very deeply; and I came to feel an
immense sense of lovingness, humbleness, and gratefulness for being part of
this ‘thing, which had at some point in the past become a state of being In
essence, 'God'.

My human emotions made me feel tenderness and sympathy for ibis ‘thing’
— Clod — who had been alone for cons of ; tme, even before time itself was cre-
ated 1 Consequently, I knew that all of creation — every single thing in existence — and
what we define as being ‘real’ and ‘reality’ art all inside die ‘thing’ or rather state
of hang wc call God. *1 hat’s correcr. Not outside, but ‘inside’ — within its imagi-
nation.

This made me look at life and the entire world of human and non-human
beings in a very different light, l or I came to truly understand and know that I
am part of everyone and ot everything And that ever y one and ever)' thing is also a
part of me I recall that while all ot these realizations were lingering in my
mind, 1 thought about: the great potential that the proper 1 use ot psychedelic sub-
stances filtered in the psycho spiritual development of human beings — those
human beings who arc ready to be ‘awakened*. However, this is not for every-
one Not everyone has or will have these types of transcendent experiences* —
unless and until their psyche is deivloped enough and ready to comprehend and accept them
1 now also understood that there are ditferent ‘roads’ leading to God —
even chemical ones! And the reason that all of them lead to God — eventually —
sc they w ere all created by God in the first place! Again, 1 was grateful
beyond words to have been led to the path in which 1 now found my self on

I have to say that tins experience was, and is, the greatest gilt ever given to
me. God, I love you.

Date: October 1 1, 1997

Set: Mentally kind of foggy and tired

sleepy and relaxed.

Kmotumally bland. Physically ven

/ *

Setting: My bedroom, 1 1:30 P.M.

Z0E7 207

&

Substancc(s): salvia, psilocybin, MDMA

Amount: S: 5 leaves (chewed) P: 2 grams MDMA: 1 /2 tablet

I # 3 IK

TVrhnoloffv: Photosonix Nova Pro

I I I I ‘ ? x! IBS I * ? ' 9” ■ 1 ■ 1 _ ‘ J

Settings: Session: #19 (dual binaural beats) Time: 23 min Volume: 50
I Intensity: 40 Tone: Factory Preset (FP) Frequency: (FP) Pitch: ([ !
Mode:(FP) Frequency Range: 1-14 Hz

Stimulation Time: 21 nun.

Method: I patiently chew and place the salvia leaves one by one in between
my gums and up against my cheeks. (At this time I had not yet come across
Darnel Siebcrt’s concentrated tincture.) The taste is bitter, and this process
takes about ten minutes. I wait another five minutes and proceed to ingest the

T 8,aSS of OIiU ^ < U1CC - Afterwards! I take
Ac MDMA, and while I wait for the effects of this admixture to begtn, I en-

focXhiir 3 ™ 2T P , ra) ' er , and mvoke U,c consciousness of die sabna plant
via effect! T , knowlcd 8 e - At this point I have begun feeling the sal-
, ft ' ° ' V* c]d y P ut the eyesets and headphones of the PHo (which

" * f ° r “ delB ~)' A^r this I immediately he down on my bed

«

&de: S + P + x + (PHo)

experience

af,er another 5 mmutes Shbl" ^ mmulcs of "‘gesting all substances, peaking

(somewhat!) in about 6 hours V* ^ f ° r ab ° Ut 50 nlulutes - Bi> ck to baseline
M ftom the bottom of ™ l* ft"* 3 pCCUllar numbness creeping up all the

sh °w associated with ohm ^ UP \° t0p ° f m >' head '^e usual
£? pbce in my brain ^ neurocb emical changes

? Ca w within moments ^ ,h , “ a lascr k S lu with my eyes

oft pa, “™ ** “ 1 reafec this - d >e sound

C ****** session’ , ” , ^ fas < to the end

. so as to catch up wtth my mental cognition!

208 INTO THE VOID

In hindsight, I estimate that the light and sound program had been over for
about a minute or so, and my brain, in order to catch up with my sudden reali-
zation of this, enlisted one of it’s memory banks — probably the one in charge
of short-term memory — to play back the sped up ‘recorded version’ of said last
minute of the light and sound stimulation program!

As you can imagine, this left me rather perplexed. Meanwhile, there is a fa-
miliar feeling at the pit of my stomach, which results from my ingestion of
LSD, This feeling is reminiscent of the ‘butterflies’ that one usually gets when
being in love. Although for tins experiment I have not ingested LSD. Instead
I’ve taken MDMA However, the reason for tins peculiar feeling might be the
intake of salvia together with die psilocybin and MDMA

Anyway, by this point, I notice that l have fallen asleep, or rather that mv
body has, yet I am cognitive But i am not out of my body, yet As I lay in bed
enjoying the geometric -like intricate patterns that are still dancing before my
mind’s eye, I commence to experience another odd sensation. I feci a very gen-
tle massage on my feet! But this does not scare me at all On the contrary, not
only does it relax me, but I also become intrigued bv the gentleness of the in-
visible soft bands I try to mentally communicate with whomever or whatever

is doing this by asking us name. But when I receive a replay mentally, I can’t
seem to make it out. So I ask again

Still, I can’t fully make it out It’s something like ‘Nelly’ or ‘Millie’, but that’s
not quite it In addition, I now find myself in a very playful mood thanks to the
font massage So again 1 ask tor a name, but this time I mentally project a
strong thought and desire Spell— it— out * 1 mentally' command,

M - N - E - M I - N - K - I - L - I - K. My name is Mne-
mmellie ”

To which I replay: “Ncmi .neliie?”

“( lose, very close ’’ The imageless voice said “MMMM - ne - mi - ne - llic

^ ou ha\ e to give emphasis to the MAIM- sound betore saying neimnellie. It’s

MMM-neminellie, in one quick spur.” [pronounced: urn - nah - me - nah - li (or
lee) |

“Oh, 1 got it, MMM-ncminellic! MnetninelUe! That’s a cool name.” I men-
tally shout back

Are you the salvia spirit 1 continued,

“No, l am not ’’ She firmly said. “What’s your name?”

. r^ 1 ! %C a simple name It’s just Joey Listen Mneminel-

can t stem to get out ot my body, or see you for that matter, can vou help
me out? •

Before getting to the last word ol the sentence I was mentally projecting, I
ee a pair of warm hands reach inside my physical body and puli me out from

I VaStt U £\k' 8**kbing unto my shoulders. As soon as this happens, the fe-
< ■ >icc c een talking to comes into lull view. 1 am pleasantly surprised to
at not only is die being I ve been communicating with an extremely at*

Z0E7 209

woman, but that she’s also completely naked!

_ * fr m « m

tractive young woman, uui uwi ^mpiuL.j ““^ui

I recall that she appeared to be in her late teens or early twenties. She was

tall, probably about five-seven or five- foot eight, voluptuous, and had long hair
with loose, thick curls. The color of it was bright burgundy red, and she had
krae cat-green eves and fair skin. Since this wasn’t the first time I had been
involved in a situation like this — being out ot my body with a woman that I
found myself attracted to — I grab her and ask her if she’s flunking what I’m
thinking,

‘I am; and I’d love to merge my energy-essence with yours.” She responds.
Having said that, we immediately embrace and begin to eagerly kiss rather
passionately; and within a few seconds of kissing, I notice that both of our
bodies are shimmering, lliere is an ‘ethereal’ quality to them now. I also note
that our skin commences to sort of phase in and out of focus. Wliat I mean is
that the ethereal shimmering that our bodies are displaying alternate between
flesh tone color and an ethereal-like substance quality. Moreover this body
change seems to take place according to our state of emotional intensity
I have to emphasize that the feel of her skin and of her touch was very real

;t,7! “ 1°“ and 7' as )' ou and *> «C. And she somehow knew exactly
h th “ bng and ™ c versa - for that's how we were communication T

7 “ *• 1 ’ — 1 f” - ■>-* - JKT 2 J
K 5 y ™r* A 'r a ‘ r ',r i **■ » <* * - «.

■* i» i, m T“‘ 7 ,ht

breasts. As I’m cniovin? if u i ° 1 P r °ceed to eagerly kiss her
*** is no safer sex £. wMe m ° a ™g ■

vvimt luuaning in

non-physical sex!” I inwardly chuckle to

hivc complexly rolfed out ^ appenin 8 to me - This is great!” By this time" I

*’ "Uc Mnemmclhe is sating onln of m \ imd “* nCxt to

^ " e b '> ond n ° n ‘ P y5,Ca ' b ° dy 11,6 ^clings 1

^know m "g“g our energy, essence’s out-tf

moving back andfoj “ tl. *7 T* “ h “’ rap ' d »V a "d

■W. ‘ an “credible lumin’esc as PowrfuUy gnndmg herself into

show ha

opening m my bedro

lumini

r^r 10 emanate her body,
om. *]q le Jk i° tIlCre 18 a fantast *c light
>rsts oflumm^r ' I s _ c ° n “ nuousl >' hghting up

,,th Swell a a • ,)tdro °'

**1 a fourth bursts of luminescence In '*.7 T*' 8 up

h. middl f Ul 7 cc ebn hon noino „„ " that scnse - « looks as if

e ot a ll tins coi
*'■' to mv hnrl

Hale enterti '° P

4a, 1 " lhe ** ofTurrm 00 801n8 0,1 WSlde «y bed^

famous S° my bed . on top of ole of "° dcC a cou P lc °f magazines

ad 'cnentli C enterta “ers, such as Carmen HI ,Stan<ls; wlucb feature various
y* m V carmen Electra ami u . . Ui

210 liMTO THE VOID

again, arc no more than a few inches a\va\ from me. Then, as Mnemindlie fi-
nally culminates her ‘light show’ in to what 1 can only describe as a huge super
nova, she leans over to kiss me, and then rolls over next to me, Still excited and
mentally aroused, 1 climb on top of her so as to ‘spark out’ myself

Looking down at her from above, I realize what a beautiful woman she truly
is As I begin imitating her earlier grinding movements and rhythmic motions, I

too begin to light up the room. But as I'm engaged in this activity, once again
the images of the magazines come into my sight and awareness However, this
time my naughty nature takes over, and as 1 am looking down at Mnenunel-
lie — while she is moaning, groaning, and beginning to light up and spark out
again — 1 ‘accidentally’ begin to think about the magazine images, and consc-
quendy they commence to appear before my mind’s eye This causes me to get
even more excited than before, and therefore causes me to light up and spark
out just like Mnemincllie is doing, but with much more intensity'.

Then, in the heat of the moment, 1 lean over and proceed to take one of
Mnc mine lhe’s breasts to my mouth again As I am savoring the ‘moment’, if
y ou will (as well as her right breast), one of the model’s unages from the maga-
zine^ again flashes through my mind Suddenly, 1 feel something very peculiar
Mncrmnellie s breast starts to not only taste different, but also begins to ‘move’
inside my mouth In fact, it becomes a bit smaller, and ns I open my eyes to see
the other one, I witness something startling I lie entire breast, including the
nipple, has morphed into a completely different breast! Backing myself up and
away from Mnennnelhc s chest to get a better view of it, I receive yet another
surprise Mneminellie is smiling at me, and is also in the process of completely

morphing herself, right before my eyes, into the woman in the magazine that
was on my mind just a few moments ago!

V ou like? She asks me with a knowing smile

\-\ -\eah, wow! I hat s unbelievable! I’m now making love to

! (Note. Insert here any movie star or Supermodel you like).

As you can imagine, my mind is now racing with multiple possibihnes No,
limitless possibilities; no, endless possibilitieslll While I’m flashing and sparking
out and catching on to what s happening — I start to remember- — and there-
fore imagining one of my ex -girl friends And, again, right before my eyes,
i hu mint 11 k begins to transform herself into her! This continues to turn me on
of course, so I keep kissing her even more passionately, and proceed to take the
newly produced and now larger breast and nipple to my mouth once more
bet me tell you that this was like letting a little kid loose inside a candy store!
nc ccc, no sooner did I think about an ex-girlfriend, or movie star, or Super-
model, and boom! There she’d be, nglu in front of me, hot and willing, and for
me to enjoy in all of her naked and sexual glory As my mind continued to

n ^ lnC woman a ^ tcr woman — an endless array, all shapes, colors and sizes . )
~~ u I " en ^ lclllc sh «uts, “Stop! Stop! You are an ass!”

m-I m-l*m sorry, Mnemincllie, I didn’t mean to hurt you in any way ” I

/ 4

Z0E7 21 1

Sj said apologetically.

«y e ah? M ‘Well go fuck yourself!” She countered,
i “I swear Mneminellie, I won’t ask you to do that changing thing again,
| r callv I mean it! I’m sorry'.” I continued still apologizing.

“Well ... That’s okay, Joey. I didn’t mean to lash out at you like that, either.
It wasn’t just you, you know? 1 was a willing participant too. Go ahead and
don’t stop... Oh, don’t stop. ! Tins energy - essence melding feels wonderful
don’t you agree?” Mneminellie finally concludes.

“Y-Ycs....!” Is my only utterance.

As I close my eyes from all of the pleasure 1 was again beginning to receive
and experience both from my thrusting into her as well as from the sexy
womanly sounds she was making — I open my eyes to share with her the deli-
cious and explosive light show that we’re about to become. But, when I do. 1
see sometlung that makes me scream in shock.

“AHHHHH !!!!!” I yell at the top of my lungs.

There it was. . An exact replica of me, right in front of me, where Mne-
mmellie had been ,ust a few moments ago. Except that tins replica of me had a

mfm! ‘inc 31 !™ 3 n that k>r dle paS ‘ fcw moments 1 had heen literally fuck-
di?th ,h° q T y and f° ckm8ly d,scr W “yself from ‘myselP. As I am

hhuiLneliie on« ^ ° Ut hyStenCaUy and ^ morphln g ««°

”rS J T’ l! USt C ° Uldn ’' rCS,St! You had “ comm S!” She said.

and start hughniB T ^ °" me ’ 1 COUattted . ’Touchfl”

and instantaneous return to m . 1 " 0r 7 natel >’’ tlus caU5CS an involuntary |olt
out my voice-activated t, 5 p ’> slcal awareness. Nonetheless. I quickly get

. activated tape recorder and save to tape what has just occurred

COMMENTARY

This is one of a

!°u have heard of rhTtcm 77*1 ^ e ? P< i ncnces IVe had *’ m sure that many of
'TP' of non-physi ca | sex was suml^ l!°° T SUI P riscd b >’ the fact that tins
Ut al1 Paranormal expenences ^ P 5 j SICa SCX ) though 1 firmly believe
tower's conscious nund I C colored — at least to a degree— by the per-

£** Process hallucmauomTT * 0 "* “* 1 “P^ctl earlier about

have never dreamed un if 1 ^ dl,ncnh >' dr,nate scct ‘°n). Nonetlicless. I

r -7 Details such as the 1 T «P«ence like the one I just shared
c“ °r me to have consciously m 8 j breasts and hnd V arc just too

ir t7 COme 8 ° od friends - 1 have even written a
2H* * turns ouq shCsIm T * ' bat she to my

at sound, )ust ii ke tI ra a r ^ lu )' s >stem called Sagittarius. (I

name of the horoscope symbol, but that’s the

212 INTO THE VOID

name she gave me) Apparently, all languages spring tmm the same source
Therefore, words and names that mean one thing somewhere, mean something
completely different elsewhere. I theorize that this maybe due to the fact that
all species are interconnected through a universal collective unconscious, which
encompasses all creatures and things.

Mnemmellie lias told me that she used to be human like I am now, and that
in order to meet with me she comes in her prior form — human. According to
her, she is from the next step m the evolution of the human species. When
communicating with her, I have asked her if there was a way we could meet
with each other it prearranged times L‘n fortunately, she has told me that this is
very difficult, for iicr sense of space and time is different than mine Moreover,
she stated that the only way to meet each other is by psychic svnchromcity, and
inside our respective dreamstates Which means that if I happen to think about
her intensely enough, during my dreamstate, and at the same exact ume that she
is thinking ot me (also in her dreamstate), then both of our mental and psyebh
feelings converge and form a type of ‘wormhole’ or tunnel, which can then be
used by us to travel through and meet each other in our dreamstates.

Although we both thought that our first meeting in m\ present lifetime was

accidental, I later learned that it had been arranged by our Overmind, Keldam,

simply tor the sake of the experience It was sort of a gift to both of us As you

can imagine, she is a bit more mentally and psvchicallv developed than me, for

her manipulation ot reality is much more advanced than mine is. indeed, it is
superb

I erhaps in the future I will share other encounters I have had with my dear
friend Mnemuiellie. By the way, the physical recovery time of tins particular
combination ot brain technology and psychedelic substances was a serious
drag I experienced extreme mental fuzziness for almost two days thereafter.

Date: August 2, 1 5, & 28, 1998

Set. Mentally aroused. Emotionally’ fine but a bit excited. Physically relaxed

My home office, 1 1:00 1\M
Substance(K); ketamine

Amount: 80 mg. (each time)

ledmology: Hemi-Sync CD: “TimeOut”

~ ttings: 1 rack 8 ( 7: 39) x 2, and Track 6 (7: 59) x 3

Z0E7 213

I I 5 . ‘ , j t S ) £ ft* , s [it : -

' Time; 37: 55 (thirty-seven minutes and fifty-five seconds)

I £ II ‘| I . n P ■ f n .

| Method; I program the CD player to play the secjuencc above, and then inject

the ketamine into my left thigh. After this, I immediately proceed to accommo-
j d ate myself conformably in my home office recliner.

Code: K + (H-D "TimeOut”)

EXPERIENCE

I, like most people m die United States, have come to hear about the JonBonet
Ramsey murder case And because of the experiments I was conducting at the
tune, I became intrigued and therefore went on to make three attempts at
finding out who murdered her, using the OBE state as a tool. In the following
narrative I will condense all three of my attempts, including an unexpected en-
counter I had with Jon lionet herself. Although I have to admit that at times I
elt compelled not include tins particular experience in my book, for I do not
want people to think I am doing it to sell books. In fact, I will refhse to talk
about these three particular expenences after tins book goes to print.

case 1 fd I thar T Smce 1 was cunous ^ough to involve myself with tins

and therefl 6151 fru Sh ° Uld bC h ° nest Wlth myself — first and foremost—
discretion rCSUltS °* lnvcsti g atIons I will leave it up to your

‘ S r Ld m Way - <*“«*•* wba * 1 said at the be-
: *tho*2f a OU ! haVU1 S t0 be ca refill about what I write or say.)

>oof rf, at Jri T h0 h f e not had an ©BE, and want “hard evidence” or

4 restdencl:^ tIU . C ' “ lbat I wa S in fact at the Ram-

you that OBE’s are real- u f ° sa ) r ^ at I cannot prove to

those of you who h i”' u WaS atj0,,Bonct ' s home - On the other hand,

obe '! “ « e.vc ~ *;

your own OBF’s lat SaW anc l ex P enencec

experienced was as real and valid as

“hnulism, and therefore 2 T? T''’ arC unfortunatel y m a state of naive
un,a pped mental abilities bear f ' l° aCCCpt **“* human bL ' ln 8 s have many

? Cats «' all interconnectedKm , , , 1 lla 8 lnablc ' Moreover, the human

, e acce ss to each other’s mi ,1 ? h coUecuve unconscious and therefore

C ,na>ly ' XU < Hoi Z h ’ n g and ‘ SeCretS ' ‘ Secrets ’ aa a uch then,
■ aad therefore do awly wtZ!! ^ S °° n 'S’™ when We can dcal w,th th ‘s
Vr , u ’ ’ cheating, an( i ev "f present le 8 al system, and even with lies,

Cd a ^ ma >' b c hZ Jm Z S ° Pr 7 lem m ° Ur Bccttuse

and free from illusory ~' n “ S ttUe form: “ncondi-

214 INTO THE VOID

In fact, the only reason why murder exists in our present society is because
we have condiuoneil ourselves into believing that a consciousness can be anni-
hilated and therefore silenced But in reality this is an illusion; just as space and
ume arc also illusions, and in reality nothing more than mental projections.

W ell, having said that, I will now present you with how J came to develop my
experiments at the time, and what I found during them.

I hinking about this event, 1 wondered if 1 could go back in time while in an
out-of-body state and witness what happened that fateful night of December

25, 1906. As mentioned earlier, this type of ability — psychological time travel

had become one of my major goals since coming to find that some of the mili-
tary' employed psychics had the ability to do this. As I mentioned previously,
psychics Pat Price and PS Army Major David Morehouse allegedly had the
uncanny ability io be at any location in the space-time continuum tiicv so de-

sired, via the JOBE state. And, ha\ ing had a number of OBE’s in the past mv-
sclt, I wondered if I could achie\ e a highly controlled and ‘uncolored ’ type of
earth bound QBE, which is what would be needed in order to collect highly
accurate and valid psychic data relating to this particular incident

Because of my previous research, I knew that the key to the OBE state was
in the dream state But I really could not use lucid dreaming, tor that meant that
I would become aware that I was out of my body after- the-faJ. And, after-the-
fact, meant I was no longer in the phy sical dimension, but rather on some other
^ nc oftentimes a dream sy stem or another probability continuum all together.
So, the trick here was to go into the dreamstate in full focused awareness. Because
you see, if I waited until 1 was sleepy enough in order to get my dreaming neu-
rochemical juices going (try ptarmnes among others), chances were I would
loose my focus, intent, and sometimes even sense of ego/identity. (At this
point, I hadn t made my breakthrough with LSD and hypnagogic imagery)
And, based on my previous experiments, I knew that this would cause me to

ocus away from our Earth s PdS. 1 lence, I would without a doubt see some-
thing odier than the actual event

(Ix*t me again remained you that I have found that small dosages of LSD
ta 'ui before an afternoon REM sleep cycle results in one’s mind remaining in
^ ^ ^ theorize that this may be due — at least in part — to the tact that
molecules resemble those of serotonin, and therefore the brain reacts, or
rat itr pcrcenes [sees] something that very much resembles its usual ncuro-
ansrruter percievtd reality more readily. As mentioned earlier, I believe that
° Ur ^ ^ ls m °stlv a serotonin-induced altered state of consciousness.)

1 all those parameters, I concluded that in order to achieve the

fe> y ocusi d ''late 1 desired, I had to disengage mv consciousness

nun us linear and then focus-point (August 8, 1998), and cause it to refocus

^ ^ Ulear space- time continuum and not on a probable one, at is 111 !

iTiwu? WOUld then be thc Nl 8 ht of December 25 or morning of December
* , roughly between 11 >.m. and 1 a m. — given the coroner’s estimated

Z 0 E 7 215

time of fonBonet Ramsey’s death. So, I concluded diat the only way for me to
accomplish this — again, at die time — was by the use of a medium low-level
dose of ketamine; which would enable me to become dissociated from our
physical reality continuum just a little bit — unfocused from it, if you will — yet
still retain my sense of human identity, awareness, and intended purpose. ! low-
cut, m order to obtam the visuals pertaining to the targeted event, I would have
to cause my brain to immediately release tryptamines (responsible for dream-
ing) And I reasoned that this could be accomplished bv using binaural R_EM
sleep frequencies, which induce this quite adequately. Hence, I would be able to

dream {see) in a highly focused manner an earthbound and state-specific space-
time event.

Hey, I figured the experiment was worth a shot. If it worked that meant
that I had ,ust cracked the code for the highly prectse out-of-body conscious
awareness that is needed tn order to transcend our mind-created War space-
time continuum (PDFD). Tins was something that I had been wracking my

theory a 'try. * “ $ °’ CXC “ ed b> ‘ h ° Se Im P llcauons . I decided to give my

^Amaapu- Alter putting on my headphones and as the pleasing hemi

made mvself cornSj 8 “ ** to ** e botb of my brain hemispheres, I
^rrawaZSkTt my ° mC ° ffiCe reClU,er - Next - 1 P-ceeded to
<® loud a bncf oudme m ’ hl81 '' 1 d,en he S™ » describe

"■wkout very will f or a it of r] , Z “Mentions m real-tune. (But this didn’t
■ta substance However this is not^h * bcC ° mC paral >’ zed when using

Then for a e V .‘ S not tl,c cas « with LSD.) 8

ketamine began — I pZprZZ^L^ -1 ^ ** pharmac « | ogtcal effects of

command: -'Go to the rngh, of n Z COmmg V0 W wi * *e following
eJi my eycs toU g L tects of ketamine began coming over me

f“ my normal s «te of tmnd 1, ‘J to spu > out of my

and '.iith„, U|UU1C ' cs hucanie tny only i.r. i contr °l- At this point the REM

forc e ih m ° ments > 1 became^nm' 1 ,^ C l ° my self ~ c °nscious awareness’

culminate d by forcefun" 8111 ^ Z * ravisbln 8 centrifugal

1CaSt ^ wZmy Znsf iUS **“ tha " "’ hat 1

* wf "' —

216 INTO THE VOID

comet or a shooting star. The speed was staggering, and, as usual, I could not
dose my eyes. A few moments later, hues of materiality began 10 become dis-
cernible within the ethereal-like mist that I was traveling through My speed
gradually began slowing down, and in a few more seconds, I glided into a
physical reality urban scene. I found myself floating above a number of houses
and began descending towards a large dark-colored mansion. Although tt was
nighttime, the entire area was somewhat illuminated from the Christmas light-
ing that adorned the town’s neighborhood homes, which made it possible for
me to see.

As my non-physical body went through the roof, everything went black, but
within one second or so I was hovering above a large living room area Al-
though it was dark, I had a sense of grayish night vision While 1 was expen-
encmg all of this I had the sensation of being underwater, for i had no weight
and felt no gravity to pull me down. This caused me to struggle up m the air a
bit for I was trying to reach the iloor and move horizontally — the way one
normally walks as opposed to the ceiling-lcvel floating I was experiencing
Hie achieving of this was imperative to me, for I wanted to have as good a
perspective of my surroundings as possible From what I had gathered so far,
the place I now found myself at seemed to be a two or three story' house After

1 oaUn , g away from the carpeted living room, I immediately came
to a large wooden floor hallway that had a stairway going up I did see at least
out floor rt st My problem was that I hud no idea where JonBonet s room was,
or whether she and her parents were even home yet. Because you see, there was
no way of me telling what time of night it was.

So I decided to check upstairs and see* it the bedrooms were there. As soon
as I had this thought, I instantaneously found myself in a small dark hallway,
w ich took me into an open area At this point I gave myself the mental com-
mand to start remembering derails about what I was encountering in the house

v\ Ve ooking for the bedrooms, for I knew that 1 only had but a few minutes
in this out-of-body state.

One of the things I clearly remember seeing was an American Indian-stvle

mou artwork that hung on one of the hallway’s walk I also remember seeing a

fireplace on an upper floor, which struck me as odd, because at least here in

no rid a— where I live— all fireplaces are on the ground floor Another thing I

emem er seeing was a room that had a very impressive and expensive- looking

I " father bound, stools and all. It also boasted a large number of

j 0r ° es * Along with this there was a large arcade st\ le video game on the
side of the bar.

However, I never got the opportunity to see what type of game it was, for

• , n * e P rocess of doing all of this, I started to feel like a thief in the night,

mg on someone elses home For 1 was doing this without the home-
1 * S edge or consent. But my purpose w as to see how JonBonct had

ered and who did it So I felt that mv non-physical prowling

Z0E7 217

, mstifiable m that sense. While in this non-physical phantom state if
11 Ca til something incredible dawned on me. The moment I see how thts child
y °“ murdered and who did it, I will become a witness in an ongoing murder
Lv instantly I found myself back in my body, lying on my home of-
f'e redner The binaural frequencies had stopped, and the CD player was on
Sc And although I still felt kind of groggy, I did my usual audiotape recording

of the exploration.

SccondAttetnpt.- I had to wait almost two weeks before engaging in another
^Z^ihTp^t. This was not only due to the sometimes adverse effects dia

ketamine has over my body and mmd, bur also to the way these fences

was pretty confident with what 1 knew about time, space and altered states of
consciousness I also knew what I was capable of, both mentaUy and psyc -
tally So there was no doubt in my mind that 1 had definitely been at the in-
tended target, and if there were some distortions— which 1 1 m sure ,here ' ve ^
they were minimal. But to actually reflect on what it was 1 was doing at the time

was a little lieavy’, if you will. _ .

In fact, after tins second attempt, which I will share with vou momen < »

part of me began to dissolve. This being my belief in the ‘supposed unb -

able barriers of space and time. Moreover, 1 now knew hist ant

personal experience as well as from intellectual research ttat space , ' -

product of the human mind. Sull, tins realization was )ust a hide too m

my conscious mind to handle at times. ,

' As a result of tins and other similar realizations, 1 knew that psy tWogW
I was now waaayyy different than the average individual— more so . . ‘

been in the past. This does not mean that I was better or worse *

vidual per se, it |ust meant that l was tUtUren nQnral ukc them, so

around ‘normal’ people, 1 had to consciously act . h interested in

- » I** <£«£. - — r- b « '.TiroL”

fnends, pohucs, current events, etc. None of those dungs interested me am

more — even though 1 was only thirty-two years old at tie t

t , . , . 6 , - V ' r mv i.f e aU I did was hook myselt up w >

« «■««, -a

most of my free time in hyperspace In f , having to do with the

enng, 1 was constantly working out theories in n y .

mechanics of consciousness and of the physica irr V _ - £ where 1 constantly
And because of this particular locus n got to r ^ tarcncss that I intuitively

had so much information coining in throug t ° . ‘ p ic time I never

knew til at I had to start writing it all ONV ’ n ' )Vcr I msdhctively knew
though these writings would turn into a book. Moreover,

218 INTO THE VOID

that somehow I was uncovering the secrets behind reality it seif, and that ‘some
thing’ within me was helping me along.

I know that that sounds weird. Perhaps also mad, delusional, and even ego-
tistical on my part. For how can I even dare to think that an individual such as
myself— with barely a high school education, let alone a science or medical
degree — come to do such a thing I Iowever, there was a deeply rooted biomm-
nesf within me that told me that that’s exactly what 1 was doing. And that under
no circumstance was I to stop it But the fact is that I did not want to stop it!

In fact, while doing all of these experiments I felt normal’. And even
though I was alone, 1 w asn’t lonely Even though I did not have female com-
panionship, I did not miss it. (Yet 1 must confess that I have always had, and
continue to have an extremely high libido ) Nonetheless, even without some-
body by my side, I felt whole. Indeed, at this one point m my life unlike any
other, 1 felt like myself That’s right; I felt like my SELF

Anyway, let me now continue with my second attempt On my next non-
physical visit tt> the Ramsey home, I found myself in a dark bedroom There
were two single beds in that bedroom, but the second bed was empty. What
struck me as odd however, was that I saw JonBonet’s mother lymg in bed
asleep, holding her son in her arms Then, as I was heading towards the door to
continue my search for JonBonet, I was suddenly startled by JonBonet herself
She w as wearing a white gown and thick fury flipflops. She was also earning
something that she held up to her chest with one of her arms. I could not make
out what it was, but the surprising thing however, was the fact that she could
see me! Because of this, 1 thought that I had fallen into a deeper stage of sleep

n le one 1 had been in on my previous exploration, and w r as therefore hal-
lucinating JonBonet, and maybe even the entire event

Nonetheless, I decided to give myself the benefit-of-the-doubt and go along

i u \ ^ aS ex P cncncin & So I kneeled down and carefully took JonBonet
by her little shoulders and said to her that I had been looking for her, that I was

Pf j to sec er, and that I wanted to find out what had happened Unfortu-

nately for me but fortunately for her— in a way— she did not realize that she

een murcered at least not at the particular space-time (or perhaps prob-
ability) window I had arrived in.

t W .^ e 1 was kneeing down talking to her, she kept touching my

, I I !LI 111 L IIU ^ X * ln ^ tT 111 n tncndly and play till maimer, .mil asking tne

i 1 °, WaS * ™ 11 t * 1:U 1 wantec * to know what had happened to her, what

I t T™ ' V , US ’ ant * VV, ^ laI vvas u l * iat l was doing in her house It then

n °" me ^ lat 1 was talklI1 g ^ a dead child. This realization abruptly anti
forcefully brought me back to my physical body.

I tC ^ ^ bat had happened and 1 proceeded to record the details, but

Bon -r ,“°, n ? ? Ct ^° Wn ^ ^ lc w bole experience I lad that really beenjoti-

I felt ni / ^ X | Cr ! * 1:l ^ ucmaUn g the whole thing? Since it was rather late ami
enta ly tired from the whole experience, I got up from my rechner and

Z0E7 219

went to bed Later on that same night I had a lucid dream with Ebhnous. In it I
asked him to tell me the reason why I couldn’t see the acnial murder taking
place. I also asked him why it was that I kept abruptly coming back to my body
every time I seemed to be getting close to witnessing the homicide — this being

the case so far on both of my experiments.

Ebhnous told me that the reason for this was because I had not yet devel-
Btfped a certain part of my psyche, the ‘dark’ part of it, if you will, that would
enable me to see, experience, and retain said act in my conscious mind’s mem-
on' banks, which my conscious mind interpreted as abominable. In so many
words he continued by saying diat human beings have an innate psychological
faculty embedded within them that has been programmed by the evolutionary
process to reject and avoid any possible prospects and threats of danger. Espe-
cially death, at all costs. He called this faculty die “survival instinct”.

I Le continued on by saying that if I wished to attain my intended purpose, I
would have to develop said part of my psyche so as to accept the psveho-ener-
genc data associated with the ‘concept’ of murder, terror, suffering, tragic
death, etc However, he said that I had already actually seen what had happened
to JonBonet on my first attempt (!), but that what had brought me back so
abruptly is a mechanism, which, according to Dr Prestidius is called the “psy-
chic data surge regulator” (PDSR).

Hus mechanism, which exists between the conscious and the subconscious
mind, acts as a protective censor that sluelds the conscious mind rom sudden
transfer of psychological data that an individual’s ego is not ready to assimilate
or accept; and which could otherwise overload, shock, and even damage the
delicate aspect of the ego And, also according to Dr. Prestidius this mecha-
nism, although not physical, acts on the brain in a physical manner

Supposedly, it inhibits the manufacturing ot acetylcholine, as well as stops
the temporal cortex from relaying data to the hyppocampus — resulting in sort
of a ‘psychic amnesia’. It was explained to me that tins mechanism could
sometimes be noticed right after regaining consciousness alter a dream or tran-
scendent experience.

Indeed, as it engages, I have felt diat die flow ot data from the subconscious
to the conscious mind is immediately closed down In a way it feels as though a
curtain is closed over die memory(s) of a particular experience (s). Nonetheless,
this information is stored in the subconscious mind; and can be retrieved, it so
desired, by putting said person under a state of deep hypnosis. Or, the data may
'-ur face to the conscious nnnd all by itscll when the ego ot said indivi ua
psychically and psychologically developed enough to accept it.

Ebhnous explained to me that the sensation of coming back to m \ -
was this mechanism engaging itself, and is what masked the 1 mmd ^

event from being transferred to my conscious nund <■ •> so * ( u hl j

•Hough there was nothing wrong with what I was attempting to do, still

to be extremely careful if I desired to continue

with tlus particular pha*e of m >

220 INTO THE VOID

development, for it could have adverse psychological effects on me Nonethe-
less, the visually encoded information of said event was already embedded in
my psyche, and the trick now was how to retrieve it. If and when I did retrieve
it, he said that this recall would take the form of me experiencing and seeing
the event again 'for the first time’

I lowcvcr, he repeatedly emphasized that since I had already been there in
the past, and at 'that' past, by me remembering this episode I would actually be
sending another facer of myself, or rather a QPSYEMP, back into my subcon-
scious mind to retrieve it; since said event had now become embedded in my
mind, as well as in my brain, as a neurological pattern. In fact, he added that
psychically 1 war now pari of the event! Furthermore, I would also be able to actu-
ally sec me (as the QSYEMP) there, in the past, at the event, witnessing ir, and
in essence there would be two of ‘us’ there?

As you can imagine, this left my mind reeling. When I proceeded to ask him
how it was that I could develop my mind in the way he had described, he ex-
plained that this could be accomplished in the same fashion I had trained my

consciousness earlier. Which was by the input of information regarding the
subject of interest.

When I awoke the next morning, said lucid dream and all of what 1 had
been told, was still tresli in my memory; so I proceed to record it on tape Later
on that same day 1 went to a bookstore and bought a couple of volumes on the
subject Two of these books were by FBI profiler John Douglas and novelist
Mark Olshaker, entitled: “Mind Hunter”, Inside the FBI’s Eke Serial Crime
Lmt, and also, “Journey into Darkness”, 'Lhc FBI’s Premier Investigator Pene-
trates the Minds and Motives of the Most Terrifying Serial Killers. The other

°°, W pt iw'*" ■’ *^ le $ ta lk er ” Hie Life and Crimes of Richard Rami-
rez, by Philip Carlo

So for the next week or so I not only devoured those books, but also be-

C ° S j SSC XVlt ^ lc faSi k °1 retrieving the information which supposedly
r 0f r m sl, bconscious mind — how and who murdered JonBonet

■ ' } me ^ ^ 1nt 1 came to find in those books not only scared the

o me ut also utterly horrified me. Indeed, the writers where verv
graphic and explicit at describing the gruesome murders. But the insights I got

i ] L ‘ P S ' C 1C ° * le k^ ers » provided by FBI profiler John Douglas in particu-
, were not only worth it, but they really achieved what 1 had intended.

nature * r i rcsu r °f u hat I \va s reading, a ‘part’ of me now understood the

mvsclF °\ C j rtC at °f mtcnts ai 'd purposes, I became a predator

mnnr . ! P *?* 101 ^ ho was out for ‘blood’. But tins lust for blood was not for
n victims; rather, it was for the tmth behind the murder of said child.

Drn m * °°ks, 11 ft- It :t> though I was installing a computer software

studies T 3 * :: ^ mc brain Furthermore, because of these new

weeks h-T * 1S n °. on S cr samc mnocent individual I had been just a tew
C ore. In fact, I had lost yet another layer of innocence, and had also

Z0E7 221

painfully aware of the horrors that the human mind is also capable of.
past 1 had come to know much beauty and childlike playfulness in my
° enenccs But now 1 had encountered the ‘dark side’ or opposite polarity of
consciousness Because of this, I was now aware of the ‘dark’, much as I had

experienced the ‘light . . ,

Unbeknown to me however, my overall consciousness was soon to obtain a
state of both Yin and Yang. Furthermore, I felt as though in some strange kind
of way I had ‘come of age’, if you will. In that regard, not only had my good
and playful nature been brought out by my prior studies, but, now because of
these recent ones, I felt as though my ‘dark side’ had come to surface seeking to
be recognised In that sense, ‘it’— allot it— was becoming unleashed.

Third Attempt .- Within moments of the separation I found myself hovering
above die murder scene in my phantom body. This eveni was taking place in a
darkened bedroom, as a result of electronically dimmed lighting. There was
only one person involved at the time with JonBonet, but will not describe
‘him/her’ or ‘his/her’ age lor obvious reasons. All 1 will say here is that said
person was engaged in a sexually explicit and perverted act of sorts with the
child The death of JonBonet Ramsey took place during die molestation and was
accidental. A murder was later staged, I go on record here by saying diat she was
not rapped, but rather molested. Almost all of the injuries and head trauma to
JonBonet were fabricated after the fact by another individual involved in the
cover-up in order to hide what really happened Sorry tor being so \ ague, but

that’s all I am going to say about it — eier Penod.

I also recall that while l was witnessing the event, I saw me there at t le
past hovering above the scene, just as Ebhrious said I would But that other

‘me’ did not notice me. Instead, he was looking at what \\ as 1 < nm &
tins was fascinating However, because of what was taking place below, I cou
not really fully enjoy the strange phenomena, as you can well understand. I
cannot begin to tell you how much this entire incident affected me, hot i emo

tionally as well as psychologically.

Because you sec, on the one hand I was experiencing the man c ous a ,
of the human mind, and on the other I was seeing and experiencing its e P_
cable and capable horrors. While all of this was happening, oun y
questioning the nature of God. As I witnessed the event I cringed ai t te per-
versions inflicted on die child. And 1 uncontrollably coed when the accidental
death resulted. Inwardly, as I wept in anger, 1 questioned defiant > .

“Is this what wholeness means? Must this horror exist

It is? Is this also the nature of you. God? Ah?!. Are y°« • ‘ u coukl

you’re supposed to be so omniscient and omnipotent, tobwl h * beU

you let this happen, ah?H It doesn’t make sh °' amusing to you? This

pen?’’ Why didn’t^/ stop .«•>!! You ^ fuckjng scnse!! Hus isn’t

just doesn t make any sense!!! It |ust aoesi

222 INTO THE VOID

right! What kind of intelligent and loving creator are you, uh?!! What kinda’ sick
fuck arc you, 'God?!!! Uh?!? You’re is sick fuck!! Fuck you! Fuck you! FuckJ

You!!!'!!'

While was shouting in defiance — full of anger and rage — I abruptly found
myself inside what appeared to be some kind of psychic whirlwind; and wit Inn
moments, I was back at my apartment hovering over my physical body Ihis
was strange to me, for I usually snapped right into it instantaneously. But this
wasn’t the case now. Then, without warning, I felt what I can only describe as
an extremely powerful and dark energy or force that was now in my apartment
with me. It was like a dark stonn cloud, which my consciousness tuned in to as
soon as I became aware of it.

This mysterious force proceeded to shoot a couple of laser-Ukc energy
beams towards me (in my non-physical body), and when one of the beams hit
me, ! blanked out for a split second, when l came to, 1 found myself m a dark
and cloudy abyss of sorts. It was sort of a vacuum that was permeated by ex-
tremely loud and dreadful screams and cries of horror and anguish, as well as
b\ graphically explicit and violent thoughts oi murder, rape, massacre, and just
plain tormented and anguished death.

As I was experiencing this, something inside me immediately told me that I
was now in grave danger. Ixrt me tell you that in all of my experiences I had
never before had this ty pe of feeling of dread come over me. Something had
gone wrong— way wrong. So 1 called out for help to Ebhnous, F\l, Jesus,
Buddha, Muhammad, even Muenunellie But nothing happened. No one came.
It seemed that I was on my own I then lelt an extremely potent pressure come
over me, which caused me to scream in terror, tear and confusion. The pres-
sure was unbearable. But an instant later, 1 was out of that horrifying dark hole
and was again back in my apartment — but still out of my body

Floating in my living room, above my physical body, I noticed that the dark
cloud of energy I was fighting with had now acquired a humanoid shape. In a
way, it resembled die bulky look ot an astronaut’s siut. It also had a translucent
jet black quality to it. In fact, because ot tins, n somehow s himm ered with
blackness. My first impulse/ re flex was of course to get back into my body, for 1
was afraid that tins thing wanted to enter it or attack it — as it had been at-
tacking me. But before I could even attempt to do this, the thing lashed out at
nu and pincti dul to bear hug me, thereby squeezing me so unbelievably hard
that I felt my life force literally come out of me.

I cannot express the feeling ot horror and anguish I was feeling by this tune
i orcovcr, I felt that I was not only lighting for my life, but also for my soul 1
tioug it to my si It that either I overcame this thing, creature, monster — what-
ever it was or this was my last OBE in tins lifetime. Moreover, because of the
egree angle of vision 1 have when in the out-of-body state, I could not
on y witness tin creature crushing me, but 1 could also see my physical body
lying on the recliner going into convulsions— with eyes rolled back and mouth

20E7 223

if open Images of some of my previous experiences, as we 1 ns the ones I
, " isi witnessed from the JonBonet incident came into my mind, and gave

hS Laurie sense that it was all coming to an end. It then dawned on me that
£ as j knew it, was about to be over; and was to be replaced by confusion,

ecief madness, and death.

h How could I have let it gotten so far out of hand? What was I doing:* What
the hell had 1 gotten myself into? What was I trying to prove? By this point in
time my mind felt as if it was reeling with all kinds of disjointed thoughts. In
that sense, it felt as a computer gone berserk. Full of terror, torment, anguish
and anxiety, I kept trying to pry myself loose from the entity’s clutches, but it
was to no avail 1 simply could not do it. Finally, when I no longer could con-
tinue die fight, I simply gave up and became resigned to my fate. At that very
moment sometlung else happened. Three bright flashes of electric blue light,
similar to die earlier ones, suddenly appeared in front of me and headed to-
wards the creature and I. Then, right on impact, dicy exploded both 01 us.

The next thing I knew, I was coming to inside my body. The first sensations
I regained were those ot my mouth muscles and the feeling of saliva going
down and wetting my dry throat. Nonetheless, I was still feeling the previous
terror I had just been through. And I could still hear the horrifying screams I

had encountered when I first entered the dark cloud’s vacuum.

As I swallowed a couple of times more, and while completely regaining my
physical consciousness, I saw a number of bright yellow and orange sparks-
similar to die ones you get from putting the two ends ot a set of jump cables
together while charging a battery^ — bouncing off the walls and circling m\
home office. I also heard extremely loud and powerful thumps, which I noticed
were moving through the various walls ot my apartment, as well as through m\
desk and recliner. Shocked, disturbed and horrified, 1 laid immobile on my re
diner, shivering. I was also sweating very profusely — but noticed dial m\ sweat

was ice-cold.

For the first time since my experiments had began, I did not record t e re
suits of my exploration right after it happened; tor 1 was in a catatonic .tate,
and could not bear to dunk about what I had just been through. cn y psy
chologicnllv to the point of a breakdown, 1 prayed tor understanding an
comfort. For I felt I was loosing it — completely loosing it. In addition, l te
stomach shaking uncontrollably, and had an incontinence episo e * ' Y,
Still, I remained motionless. I also remember that at P° . ^

screaming, and laughing, and running, and then ending it a > a ^

Nonetheless. I laid there on my recUner without £ I had

afraid of somehow ‘falling apart and into uny pieces . Let me s

never felt this way before in my life. m . ovcr me This

But after a few moments, a sense of calmness be®« - aranol d. As 1 was
somewhat relaxed me. Yet I was still extreme y *™“° ‘ ‘ | v i, cn I came to.

experiencing this, I lost my awareness for a moment.

224 INTO THE VOID

I began to discern what appeared to be a slow-moving transparent wave swirl

ing up in midair over my home office. ‘It’ seemed to be made out of the fabric

ot reality ltsdl I he closesr thing I can compare it to, is that weird transpar-

ent-Uke fume or blur that sometimes emanates from asphalt roads on hot
summer days-

Gradually, this vapor began to manifest into a being. It was my dead
mother. As she was coming into full materialization, I noticed that she had a
certain type radiance about her, similar to an aura, as well as die youthful ap-
pearance she had back when I was just a little kid. She was wearing a skv blue
long informal dress, which I distinctly remember was part of her wardrobe
when she was alive She also wore her hair just as she had back then.

i j S . mC ? bj thlS UnU a P r ° r ° und scnsc of calmness had come over me I simple
L-utl back on my ttclmer as she approached me— weanng a lender smtie on her

race. She then proceeded to gently sit on top of the armrest of the reclmer. As I
slowly sat up to greet her, she extended her arms and we embraced. I then wept
uncontrollably in her arms. 1 soil missed her— and now needed her— greatly ?

. 8°«* hug felt, and how much I really needed

her at that moment in my life. I was not at all shocked about her being there

nrcsenc^miT' T'ln \° P arucl P atm g ,n paranormal experiences. Her
Ll, , ,, ■ ' l ' ” lmlc Ch,ld a 8 am; as OPPOM to the wav I had been

1 mt£T W! agt>— ‘un-human’ After a few moments she started
.he I P " P ° n mC ,ha ' "^ ‘‘ttog was going to be all nghr-ius, as

t m thc C the fS I T WhC, I 1 bad g0tten mt ° troubk or gonen hurt in

rest 4c ‘e ure r-nT 11 “rr ? ^ '° ^ back down “"d B« »mc

V V 7Z ever nceded ** was bu, a thought away

smiled and k.ssed ™ on *e forrf^7£4 * ** reU3 “-‘d-she iovmglv
to me, and the comfort of her company f l" 8 comfortc d b y what she had said

P . couple ol hours later, she was gone. However her assurance ind
clo^ fCW d r And ’ b “ of this, I now feel

■hat a part of her win t^tor^ "‘‘T ^ "° W 1 ^

l>emg. . felt „ $ , T" "* ** * hUman

grown up. Yet I felt tint I hfd l«. ' , , " M,mc Mra,, K e s<,tt ot way I had

Finally, , recall that as the ZZT ^' ^

praying and asktng for understand, pence of ' 7
normality to come back, no, only toU. but oLc^into 'my ^

J

Z0E7 225

COMMENTARY

Following this event I took a different outlook on my consciousness develop-
ment. Because of it, 1 no longer believed that my experiments with altered
states of consciousness were for mv own good. Nor were they for my ill. In-
stead, they were just simply that — experiments. Everything in life I now real-
ized had some degree of danger — even crossing the street Although by my
actions 1 was in a sense throwing myself unto coming traffic. But I had the
power of choice, you see. For I could simply stop all ot my experiments at any
time. However, 1 knew that both the ‘positive' and ‘negative’ aspects l had ex-
perienced in this particular incident were part of the same ‘whole’ In time, 1
came to realize that this did not have to make an) sense to me, nor did I have
to accept it. It simply was’. Therefore, i could choose ro ignore it, or be afraid
of it, or embrace it, or feel nothing about it, for that matter. Again, it simply

was.

Eventually I came to learn from Ebhrious that the tiling that had attacked
was a thoughtform frequency — morphic in nature — that housed the informa-
tion/data of murder, torture, rape, etc. and which a number of human mmds
become attuned to for their own particular reasons — oftentimes resulting in
said actions. So you see, by engaging in this particular experiment, I had unwit-
tingly tuned in to said morphic field I guess n is pretty much like the cop who
after seeing and investigating a number of murder cases looses ir both emo-
tionally as well as psychologically.

In that sense, the same dung happened to me Except that my use o! keta-
mine — an extremely powerful hallucinogen — amplified and accelerated those
results. It’s like the old saw that goes: “If you play with fire, you’re gonna’ get
burned ” And boy did I get burned Moreover, lor the next tew days tollowing
tins incident, I began to start seeing hallucinations mixed together with my eve-
nday reality without me being in an altered state ot consciousness. In fact, I
began loosing touch with this reality I also began to ponder existence and how
it related to immortality. Because of these thoughts and ideas, I came vet)' close
to committing suicide, for now I knew that my consciousness was and is

immortal and infinite.

1 also became disenchanted with life in the physical dimension in general.
For I started to tlunk of tt as being ‘beneath* my God-Uke nature, ^ou see, I
now wanted to experience and explore the corridors of creation in their en
tirety — and do so full-time and forever. Besides, I wanted to create m\ o ^
universes and realities, for now I knew that I could do so...! In that |o ’
wanted to exercise my God-like nature. Not only that, but I aso e ^‘ . n j y
an intense longing for the disembodied state. Luckily, ese t ’ < ’ u ^
lasted a few days. Othenv.se, if they would have continued, ! don r tlunk ,

would be reading this book. . .. . . r i u t hc$e sub-

These are then some of the fundamental reasons why I fed

226 INTO THE VOID

stances should only be used by adult, experienced, and psychologically mature
researchers and scientists. Let me add that my ego and my nervous system were
also pretty damaged by this incident, l or after a couple of weeks following this
episode when I tried to resumed my OBE’s— I found that I could not re J
at all. Instead, as soon as I d close my eyes my enure body would immediately
tense up, my stomach would start throbbing, my heart and pulse would bemn
racing and even the tiny muscles in my eyelids would fight me so as to remfm
open. It was as though my body and conscious mind had a consciousness of

really Zd n °‘ Wam 10 P!,r, ‘ C,patC m m0fc ex P crlm< -'nts! It was

Rvcn by the use of dextromethorphan or ketamine (in the psychedelic
range) I could not completely relax my bod; or mind If anything mv bodv
would become paralyzed from the phnrmacologtcal effects of these tbsmee,
but also ice-cold wid, fear. THen, my consetousness would sunp V b.a To ut
I urthermore, my dreams became filled wtth horrific and grapluc scenes of Z'

Z!, 8 mU " a " rapc " aS thOU 8 h S0mctl ™g was still trying to break™
and 1 Z CVe that ,h ' S Was ba PP cnm 8 because even though my m.nd psyche

technolog;’ device —me, will ‘ with or without substances and/or brain

nothing hummed by thL M “£ consensus mmd*s curtain of darkness. I'd see

Mind Minor and came ' nn.!’'. 1 m 7 i ' ,V ‘blZ 77*7 " ^ 7

demonstrated bv a natfr»rr. ir« , , ,, Kal olock Hi is was accurately

mTZ^z rns- r p r- ^

travel in time! However, in order for nTbe " '°i 7^ ‘ ha ' COuld reall >’
able to engage in it on ~„,i„ , “ V * ablc °P uon - ™d for me to be

undertake a thorough psycliokjoinaL . reaS ° ned tllat 1 "ould probably have to

as a human being Besides, I bfheve'th^lfTw" anC ' rCCOnstructlon of btk ' fs

time travel on a regular basts, I could and • 77 '° ‘ ng: ' RC m P s J rcholo 8 ical
else entirely. I would not be’wselP V„„ 1 ould ’ eventually become someone
about it, you know? Who !?««« ° (>n 8 er * I just have this weird feeling

***. ' - ■«*. -v

sional psychedelic psycho t lie **** pcrha P s Wlth the aid of profes-
chobgicsdly developed enough so ° ne couId become psy-

regular basis, with minimum side-effertf n "l th ? C typeS ° f ex P ,oratlons on a

supply of pharmaceutical-grade I SI t ° f ^ ° ne woulcl nccd an ample

deranged thoughts abnormal n i n ° l ’ elam ine, since its side-effects are

Side-effects or long range efLts7fY'Z K °7 S ’ CIC '^ * 5ut wl ’° knows what the

b fci Cllccts of LSD and psychological time travel would

Z0E7 227

be?

For me this is not a viable option at tins time however, for I do not have
those resources. So I will have to wait. Again, perhaps in the future, and in an-
other country, of course. Even then, society may view this practice through the
filter o their beliefs, and feel that it is nonsense. Or, that OBE’s aren’t real.
Or, that the use of this type of ability is against the will of God, etc.

At any rate, after about four months of abstaining from all of my experi-
ments, I slowly began regaining my visuals while meditating. I even started
having lucid dreams once again.

So what did learn from all of this? Well, I came to understand that ‘evil’, or
what we call evil, is the human mind’s definition for what it does nor under-
stand The human maid, in coming to understand this, will realize that as such,
Vvil’ is just a quality of being. In fact, evil does no! know evil; ‘evil’ does not even
exist! Tins also goes for good, for as such, it docs not exist either. Thus, I have
come to learn that good and evil, wholeness and emptiness, happiness and sad-
ness, etc each need the relativistic qualification oi an observer, and not of each
other, in order to state-actualize as such— based on the observer’s perception;
which in turn is dictated by its state of consciousness.

Consequend} , with an observer , both £ good’ and ‘evil’ become either or, and
so exist as such. Without an observer, good and evil could not, would not, and do
not exist. W ith an enlightened observer however, they remain as diey are — which
are simply qualities of being’, neither good nor evil.

Sate: July 19, 1999

Set. Mentally alert, yet tired Emotionally excited. Physically very tired.

Setting: My bedroom, 10:00 A. M
Substance (s): LSD

^ffloiint* Aprox. 400 meg. (5 blots)

Igchnolopy: Hemi-Sync Tape: "‘Prospecting #3”— Null Point [from “Gate-
way Voyage”) & BT-6

Settings: BT-6. Modulation: 1 second on, and 1 second off. Pulse Width:

^ 50 microseconds

St imulation Time: Tape continuous (auto-reverse); Bi-6: 63 minutes
Method: i actually used the Dreaml.ight prior to the actual experiment (and

228 INTO THE VOID

ingesuon ot I -Si )) for three days and nights, so as to signal my assistant when I
was in a REM period The REM detector flash was set for zero minuies fnon
delay), which meant that as soon as I entered the REM stage us alarm would
go off Thereby preventing me from engaging in any dreaming if I happened to
fall asleep— for this signal would alert my assistant. However, 1 did sleep durum
the Inst tlurd night lor two hours-but did not engage in REM sleep thanks to
c DreamLight Also, I did not use any stimulants to stay awake for those
three days At the end of the thud twenty-four hour penod-as soon as ™
asststam left 1 took all the LSD blots together and hooked myself ^ to Z

^ a, ° Ut ' ,lrty m,nutes of "Oirodectncal stunulation, put on
the headphones and set the tape plater on auto-reverse and went to sleep al-
most immediately but in fu/i awareness.

LSD + (Bl-6 + H-T: “Prospecting #3”- Null Point)

EXPERIENCE

1 ltluii moments of closing my eyes I enter an expansive and ‘expandine’ un
duhtnng realtn IT* texture of the fabnc of space and teahtv in thTpamcX

■X" In ha P , C r CC t Tf ,leS ,hlCk bl " d “ ,notM 0,1 and somehow feet

biological organism This realm is tilled with what I ran „ ,| ,

inc gelatin-like r **IU tv.» , , 1 11 c ‘ ln on v describe as mov-

fuchsia in them. The ccU-hX ' 8 "* n “ C0 '° r Wlth *P«-U* hues of
tice tliat there are an infinite number nfmJ * °" throbbm 8 hum. I clearly no-

JSSZZjffT* T°> t ,h ' S - h,r m the

is apparently several mtles ‘in dTa^etcr IbcISI ** f' , th ‘ S f bod >' ° f Llnd

it appears to be breathing T i r is a dark shade ol crani^e, and

about the island * ° a dlffc “>« type of life form moving

Tliey'land'upnght CX , Cept 3 tet th,ckcr - a " d have no extremities.

of them is a different color mo-il"' "1°'' accor d m S 1 .'' I notice that each one

that none of them have eye’s or mmiths 7 l ' P <>f . lIuil sh ' ult s of grcy. 1 also note

eyes or mouth should be. 'flietr faces rcin.'T^’ ' h * VC " ?’ kll ' s where die
human fetus. As I continue off tho tl ”r ^ ^ mUch of an undeveloped

am traveling through-and into their ?^ , * ce “ wh,c,, '

begin approaching me thev comm ’ ’ * , U ' m na0ce me - As *ey

The communication betweXsT !° COmma ™™ me.

by using visual nic-tim^ i i . n nonv erbal form. I hey communicate

£ ezi xzr** ^

bled multi-colored swirls of com! 1 1 S ’ ° 8 ‘ VC 5,011 an ldea - thc >' rcscm '

ot comb-hke patterns, which emitted a senes of

Z0E7 229

.’Iodic and ‘oozing’ tones — as they changed in form in order to convey
meanly - 1 also sensed that the variation in the color intensity of these images
expressed a certain depth of meaning, indeed, the concepts they were displaying
before my mind’s eye were very deep and meaningful As they communicated
with me my consciousness somehow translated these visual feeling-patterns
into a form of language that I could understand.

“Our sense of being dictates that winch we arc. Not many humans are
aware of us in their ordinary states 01 consciousness, nor comprehend our
function. Yet we are what thoughts are made of. 'Hie realm of the unconscious
mind is our dwelling ground. Mindstuff permeates all that exists. Expression
results as we become a state actualized first in consciousness, and then in mate-
riality, by a sense ol desire and intent W e m fact created thoughts. Yet mind
created us.

Because ot us, races of consciousness such as the human kind can engage in
complex mental constructs such as ideas, transcendent thoughts, self-reflec-
tions. In tins manner we fulfill our intended purpose of existence, which is to
provide sentient beings with the ability* to self-reflect and evolve into higher
levels of self-understanding and universal consciousness.

Hie mind should be revered as the greatest of all creations. For unob-
>tructed, it allows any sell -reflecting consciousness to fulfill what ever desires it
may have. Mind creates worlds and universes; ‘mindstuff is what mind, as well
as everything else, is made up of. We arc said mindstuff.

You have been led here by your I -Self so as to communicate to others that
vtc nor only exist, but also must begin to be acknowledged, recognized, and
even become aware ol consciously, if at all possible tor your species at this
stage in your evolution. If humans recognized us — consciously— then die
world that you know would be filled with more sophisticated thought-

constructs than what it is at your present time.

constructs would

Ilf this was die rule rather than the exception, then your
not be based on circumstance or current state ol consciousness, but rat e
pure essence of form, which is state independent. And what v\e m ,
this is that form, in its purest of states, transcends all limitation* naM _ -

inflicted upon it by false, erroneous, or limiting beliefs ilw true c*s

form being formlesness. ... form is bom

We reiterate: mind creates form. Yet mind has no form. ■ therefore this
0111 of formlessness. Formlesness is the purest of all stares a ^ anything
state, or rather state of mind, has the innate poten

followed their instincts and

iiicinuers oi your speuca — , ( j uis COM ic to cieace

have come to recognize us, subconsciously at k <l - of genius’- I "hi 5 IS
' vh « is termed by your species 'masterpieces’ am ■ thelr [.Selves, and

because those individuals chose to go inward, «“■ , ea playful pun here
found us awaiting them in the ‘form’— and vvt ‘ are

tagmabl

e

230 INTO THE VOID

for in reality, at the core we are all formless — of concepts and inspiration
Human beings in your system of reality must understand that our intangible
and subjective way of being is equally and just as valid as their tangible and ob-
jective existence. Certainly we each serve our intended purpose for being In
deed, we exist, therefore we are Yet none of the infinite number of specie! dm
exist arc superlative. For we are all part of the same ‘whole’. I for

am a syntax entity; and are no better or worse than the music or ?
entities next to me. Io think otherwise is indeed ludicrous

We are not only concepts but have created the concept of ‘concept' so a, to
rand ha\c a way of being. Again, we reiterate: \\"c exist in every moment and
in every thought of any sufficiently developed self- reflecting species Wbl

are saymg therefore is that ‘being', as such, needs no .ust.ficaX X *an Z

through being. Yet ‘being' ,s also a concept. ^ X”

prX ol rXX"' bCmg L a conce P t -elf ‘Being', Sen £ £

Make no mistake: Being and mind | 1rnflr k c \
individual pans which makeup the ‘cLcl^o t’" T“ " aU

of us is a different facet of JXtcr v hole— a or ” ^ cach one

caily, this “whole’ is beyond conceptualization ' ^ °‘ bc “’ g ltonl -

-* ” * • »■ *-

with JTOir conscious and human mind vou wi'li’fmd' ‘ I ^ ' hM

we arc communicating to you For the 'tnic essfXf ‘m °u e '

meaning that one gives it. meaning bes within the

We certainly hope that by now you understand th . * , ,

in existence is but a thoufdu n ' 1 - and thc concept that everything

c,N is nothing t f >' W ° dd “ whlch -V and all specie!

As tiiese

shoulder coming from behindX Whci^oXT' '° T' ' ** * tap ° n my
sec FM standing there Without ntt n 10,1 mi to see who it was, I

.MW,; i » »

myself since becoming aware of th - * ^ ' U ' L ‘ toInc hcrc several times

learned much from them.” As l-M - CXJStcncc F th t? concept entities). I have

rizon where we see thousands of th'em-aU t? X ^ P °7‘ S “ P ,llC h °'

11 s ur > m ^ch like seeing multiple kinds nf l , ’ C ° 018 and ***** 1,1 a ' va >’»

diving. He continues. c cep ocean fish species while scuba

myself, ha-ha-ha... Whafl S ° mC VCry ^portant concepts

ideas and coincidentally concepts H?!? g l ° *^”1 you arc hlghlv advanccd

, concepts, that are needed by your consciousness in

Z0E7 231

a for it to merge with mine, so listen carefully. As the concept-entities were
even tiling exists in thought and nund only. In reality, everything that
cysts is nothing more than mind-created conceptual constructions, which in

your case exist in three-dimensional form
In fact, you, your family, your friends, the city you live in, the car you drive,

all exist in your mind only. You and 1 both exist in our own separate psycho-
!,,-k d space-time continuums or mind-spaces, yet paradoxically shared —
shared only by psychic agreement.

For example, when someone dies, whether it is someone close to you or
even a public figure, you choose to experience that person’s ‘death’ tor your own
reasons Hus may be done for the experience ol feeling sympathy, empathy, or
indifference, but nonetheless it is for your own experiential data gathering.
Death’ for example, is just one of the many prime directives that makeup the
consensus of many reality systems, including yours. These prime directives are
pan of the data embedded within the psychodynamic signal of your system of
reality, and which in turn, encodes the human consciousness with certain laws
such as gravity, speed of light, thermodynamics, ON* A structure, aging, self-
healing/ regeneration, biological growth, biochemical regulation, et cetera.

In other words, these ‘ailes’ are what a group of physical species and even
microscopic organisms in a parucular PDF!) follow in order to function there
And, it this knowledge were to be truly internalized by all ot the personalities
[individuals] ol an entity or Ovcrmind, then it would allow for readily psycho-
portation into the system of probabilities. In fact, once there the entity s per-
sonalities are no longer retjuired to be ‘reborn’ in a linear sense [reincarnation],
but rather, continue on with any chosen immediate probability.

As far as the illusion of death is concerned, one must realize that in playing
within the parameters of die material dimension’s system, one s family and
friends must collectively choose and agree whether or not to experience said
individual’s death. This is because all lives are nothing more than individual \et
collective self-created waking dreams, which are actualized m the rcincams

ttonal system by said individual’s ego/ personality

Therefore, we create all facets of our experiential reality, including circum
stances, joys, sorrows, challenges, happiness, et cetera. However, lt ^ lir °
ignorance and negative programming which causes us to get out o
that we may not want. Yet paradoxically, this ‘ignorance comes rom our owu
inner wisdom! For these seemingly failures that we ourselves create ‘

enable us to grow in experience — or as it is more common \ ca ' P _ •

Since you are now beginning to consciously understand that \ou ^ ^ ^ ^

»n when you are read) to u ,

to not die in the physical sense, then wuc. ^ • , to

from a particular space-time probability continuum, aru ^ N ^ n<V rhodvnai
so, you may simply shift to

cally integrate with any one ot your many "nd vour Overmind

own continuums — thereby continuing w ith \our o

pruuauuM, ncvehodvnami-

another probability continuum, >r

of vour many probable sdvo -Inch

232 INTO THE VOID

experiential development. In your particular case this may be done in either
system [reincamational or probabilities].

Not only that, but also in jour particular case, you may choose to go back to
any point in your current timeline and psych odynamically integrate with anv

U11C ot tllc V oar ’ of ‘hack then’ and impact any given ‘past’ event. In other
words, you can rewrite your ‘history’. And I mean that in a literal sense. Of
course, tins will take said timeline out of the reincamational system and into the
sjstem ot probabilities, These probabilities exist as a senes of psycho-energetic
pulses within one’s Ovcrmmd’s memory' banks. Much like memories exist in
one s mind. However, this rewriting ol one’s own history would only be possi
ble if an individual’s Overmind was finished with ns reincamational cycle.

Now, when you engage in said type of probability continuum shift, every
facet ot said lifetime will remain exactly the same; since all of your life experi-
ences are encoded and exist within your own and your Overmind’s nsveho-
magnedc field matrix {mind). What’s more, if you were to re-enter mto anv
timeline after you lctr [died] said evcnts-sequcncc [lifetime], then the characters
in your sphere ot experience [family, friends, et ] that experienced vour death
would be made to adopt this event sequence; so that the ‘gap’ that existed
between your death and your return would be filled. Thereby maintaining said
rea ku- s coherence. This would occur by your Overmind inserting an alternate
I • c J set ot memories into your family, friends, etc memory banks, so that it
would seem a though you never died. All of this being so because “realm”
must be coherent and have integrity in jour system of reality. ^

I Imvever there are other realities in which when people come back or re-
know that si.T ' i T^i ^ M,C characters m said individual's life wall

ntt*. Pr °^° r ‘ death> * * ^wn tbm is vastly different
I a u y° i{ r rcahty. This is somewhat approximated in the NDE’s
[near-death-experiences] you are familiar with.

Now, in most cases of these shifts we’ve heen , ,ii. t , i
you [those m nvr c . , . c bten about, no one around

■dea of what h^ happened^T^w^h^Td^ haVC lhC

shgh, 'inconsistencies’ of tins U / W) ™ y f 7

some tnshnrct. r„,. ... . 1 . . ^ nencea version ot physical reality. In

strange sense of VeJLss^bouI "wT 8 " a “ d P*' 1 * 1 * CVC " Ped J

different’ about you. Others close ,. ma> ,° therS sense Uus ‘ sometU, «

somehow you and your entire fihri T' * S ° "° UCC and even ftel that
these changes mav K * , n . c ° ' Vour rea kty have ‘changed’. Some of

n i g ' b ° re nottcea ble than others

rion. So is dieenSe arounc ^ >’ ou is of jour own mental construe-

and psychological aspectTyou^Wsh 0” M ^ rc ° Ver ’ you choosc whicb P h y s,cal

around you. ' J he v, dear locv ire «. cx P cno,KC trom the P co P lc

S Participants in your own self-created

Z0E7 233

t mutml waking-dream production In other words, you consciously and sub-
consciously choose the events you experience, fn diat aspect, those are the
rules that human beings agree ro ‘play’ by when the}' enter the physical dimen-
sion Of course this is only one of the many psychological games that you, as
consciousness, will continue to experience throughout eternity — being that we
are all timeless, eternal, and infinitely creative and playful sparks of conscious-
ness Our God factor or I-Self is indeed childlike in nature, in more ways that

/

one In fact, it is very much like the child who conjures up games in his mind,
so as to pass the tune in good tun. In mat sense, we are all imaginary constructs
m the mind ot God — ‘God’ being a child with an oveiactive imagination.

Overmind s are the primordial thought-units in the mind of Universal Intel-
ligence or God. And they seeded all universes and realities W e are their seeds.
>ut make no mistake; everything, including God, is a thought. We each exist
mthin God but on a separate continuums, which our Over min ds created for
us — complete with every tiling, circumstance, and inhabitant that coexists
within it, so as to experience beingness. In the course of tins, our Overminds
learn the ‘art ot being*, as Ebhnous so poetically calls it.

The last few sentences are of extreme importance for vour consciousness
development, and will help you wake up from your self-created waking dream
Furthermore, tins psychological construction [the physical dimension] is de-
pendent on your individual mental programming, at both conscious and sub-
conscious levels. That’s the reason why some people grow up to the age ot
seventy-five on one version ol planet Earth, for example Yet in another prob-
able Earth they don’t grow that old. This is because in the latter version oi re-
ality they chose to exit at an earlier age, for the sake ot experience and prob-
ability' probing. That is also the reason why some individuals are sick and others
are ill; why some are rich and others are poor It is due to the state ot their con-

sciousness.

So it you are lacking in any dung in hie — whether tulhlling emotional rela-
tionships, money, et cetera — it is because of the way you have been // 'inking
about said particular situations; oftentimes in a negative manner, both at con-
scious and subconscious levels. And, since thoughts are non-tangible concept>
that eventually create tangible forms (only as tar as the physical dimension is
concerned], then negative thoughts will result in very real negative uxcum-
'tance thought-constructs So, in order for you to change any facet ot your ktc
■vhich you may be less than pleased with, you must first change \our thinking?
eeling, and attitude toward it.

As I just told you, m probability slutts each individuals psyche has an en
■oded memory' of ail their event-seejuences I he re fore, when otu engager* in
hem, a specific set of data is transmitted to the DNA/RNA structures it
lewly created physical body, so that it can in turn function m sai rca sty ^ ^
ome instances, fragments ot this information are brought to tie c
ntnd of the personality [in the physical body] in cases ot psyc iosis

234 INTO THE VOID

pic personality disorder.

In your ease however, you are now having this experience with me and re-
ceiving this information because of your previous pharmacologically-induced
consciousness alteration /expansion experiment using LSD and REM sleep
depravation. Indeed, that was a very clever idea on our part — for it is I who
gave you die idea in the first place. Tins particular altered state enabled you to

go into deep ‘regions’ of your subconscious nnnd — which is where we now
find ourselves in,

Hus data may also be properly and beneficially recalled in controlled states
of transcendence; but it is dependent on one’s mental programming and avail-
ability of the necessary neuronal pathways. Once die individual engages in these
types of altered states, the data can then be accessed by the conscious mind.
Since we are on this subject, let me reveal to you that you yourself have died on
four different occasions throughout your current lifetime. In fact, relatively
recently, within die past fifteen years, you have experienced two deaths.

Me: Oh, mnn c’mon! 'Ilia-diat’s crazy! I’m not dead’ Jeez, man, I was kinda’
gettmg into what you were saying, but that Iasi statement just fucked everythin -
up \ ou see, in instances such as these, is when I start dunking that all of this

stuff you re telling me is nothing more than a crock-of-shit And diat I’m
probably just loosing my mind.

FM: My purpose is to enlighten you and not to deceive you in any way. Now

isten very carefully to what I am about to tell you, Joev Do you remember the

morning of September 28. 1 990 when you were davtng home from the night-
club you used to frequent at the time?

Me: No You arc asking me to remember something from almost ten years

Thcn 1 me tc&esh > our memory. Do you remember the
mennlhr 7" 7* nV “' g h ° me ff0m «*» nightclub while physically and

3 of , ' ' - C ,!T n ! “"consciousness because of your sleepiness and

the expressway^ * ’ rCSU,ted “ *** ‘° SS °‘ comro1 of >' our vchlclc on

d!ni 1,/,'V r 1 '- Yc , s! 1 : fmcmbcr now - Not °»ly do I remember that me-
fif . miles 1 r yS Wan , dered ’ OW m the hdl “ that I drove home almost

OZ S I"/ d ‘ Cn a 7 ktn “ ’"V * few hours later. Umm, yeah.'

tint si one n S : , , r r n > :'7 , '" U ' b,,S aml of that drive borne I swear

SH f fc 1 as lf , fdl -kep « the wheel, and because of tt, I almost
which nieht vo., aS * ° “ But * hen 1 madc 11 h °nie W ell, now that I know

die, man. That’s insane! . wnat about it? Because believe me, I did not

fcmiT^eId U „o‘ d 7,? al i C “ homc ,hat "Wht-at least nol m the physical
non and bee in P ens le m a ear accident, as a result of both vour inebna-
and bccause of emotional state-the result of the separation with

Z0E7 235

Ik'ii gulfncnd. In fact, as you may recall, you had a death wish at the time.
You even thought of committing suicide. For you felt that you could not live
,i I lencc your reckless behavior at the time. And the actualized event

[Vc been speaking about.

Me: Wait, wait, wait You are wrong KM. T did make it home that night. Other-
wise I would be dead now! Stop messing with my mind, man!

FM: My intention here is awaken you out of the illusion oi what you think and
Ivbae is ‘reality’. Joey. Because the mere belief makes it a reality in which you
C an exist — either alive or dead in that sense But make no mistake. You died
that night However, your consciousness did not Consciousness can never be
annihilated in any way other than in illusory states created by saio conscious-
ness to begin with In which case it may forget its creative hand in said con-
struction, for that ts the nature of the human dimension of consciousness. Joey,
you arc now dead, literally — D KAO. At this moment, July 10, 1999, you do not
exist, nor have existed in the system of reality' that you are going to re-enter
(This one, the remcamadonal system], in the near future. I repeat you have
been dead in every sense of the word since the night ot September 28, 1990.

This happened as a result of being expelled from your vehicle at the mo-
ment of impact with another vehicle. And, because ot this, you received infer-
nal head injury 7 in the form of brain trauma and hemorrhaging The other par-
ties involved were not seriously injured, but chose to participate in said incident
s0 as to later be monetarily compensated. The tact is, Joey, that you have been
living for some time now in between dimensions — in a psychological timeuarp

Moreover, ai the time of your death, or rather exit trom that particular prob-
ability continuum, you decided to give yourself the challenge to experiment in
probability shifis (psychoportation] ui the system ot probabilities, but lacke
the training. However, the only reason you could even attempr such endeavor
is because as I pointed out earlier, our Ovcmnind, Keldam, has complete
reincarnattonal cycle, and as its next endeavor, Keldam decided to expenmen
and therefore actualize itself in the system of probabilities. I his bving t c ca.
Keldam’s personality units have begun experiencing the system of pro a tie ,
so as to further evolve. Each one of those individual perso ties Jis •

token various guises and tasks. You, Joey, arc one of those units, and cecive ^
become a teacher at some 'time' in the ‘future’ and travel between t mi

or realities Hence our coming integration. , of

After this integration takes place, everyone that comes mto oi ^ ^

'7' K ‘ <>r |Ik ' <>!' knowledge.- and 1,1 1< >r "V“ “vr« accepts the

information in i, as plausible, both mtellecwalfy as wd I - %**££

because they themselves are also finished with the rttneama ion .

to shift mto the system of probabilities, also. , been living in a psy-

Now, going back to the subject of your deat i, > o“ point. You did

chological timewarp, so as to fully develop yourself up to P

236 INTO THE VOID

this because you arc an introvert by nature. But you will soon shift hack into the rein-

camational sy stem because of what you, or rather us, bare chosen to do, which is to give this

information to those who ate also finished with the mncamational system and an sukvn-

saously searching for a way out Furthermore, in the next two decades or so this

type of knowledge and information will be made available on a global scale in

different ways. This being the result of the major mass consciousness-shift

coming m the new millennium. [Tins event is described in the epilogue of this

boot] In fact, it has already begun appearing in various guises over the past
two years or so. ^ r

N °wJ Ct S S ° back 10 the concc P t of physical reality construction for a mo-
mem W lien you speak or interact with anyone— I repeat— anyone at all, you

are interacting with an aspect of your own mental construction. It has always

been this way. In tact, that’s how the physical dimension of consciousness

works You have simply forgotten this fact Yes, this is a fact. You are right

now and in a sense always been— all atom in your own self-created physical

reality continuum, which exists and seems “real” simply because you yourself

have blocked the memory of this fact in dre first place' But that’s what keeps it

eon, T/i a8am ’i ? 0nlV r0a5On ““*«>•” such is because you

continue to beBeve, at multiple levels of consciousness, that 11 ,s real.

reafafuFT “ ' V ° Uld n0t *Tl “* " Ucndcd P ilr P<»c, which is ,0 help vou
rcalvc ns illusory nature in the fust place' I la-ha-ha-ha ... That's the true psv-

chcdehc aspect of reality. Forge matter. Forget energy. Forget space Fori

th r " T :’ ,heSe “ Cntal con>m 'C's have no validity other than the ones
that arc placed upon them by any individualized consciousness that agrees to

vou or ralher wuh.n '• J a sec tct, because that’s how God— which is
’ . J OUl and 'vithm everyone and everything else for that

concpT^f so 0 u| S l° r arnUSt ; "? l( "'«">&<»* «emity-. Furthom^ torge, the
cept of'oul a S lX,l S0 7 r >r u ‘a h ' ghl >’ aild extorted. For the con-

does not exist The soul is not a WW* h* * c 7 ° ncous ’ absurd - and as such
of ‘becoming’ P duct , but rather a transdimensiooal process

one'Z .nts^r.T: ° ,hera arc ’ <*«*«. ** ~h

.0 as teachers or makers wft f TT™*

thought- creations Jthe physu ,1 > , , , sort ot dr0 P m on vour

mg on. Sometimes they take the guile f y °" ° f what ,s reaU >'

may also anoc.tr as mu. . 1 1 parents, fnends, or strangers. They

hallucinogenic plants and « h tf** 3S b ° oks ’ audlt>ta P es . psychedelic and

•vc. t™ ~-r~. £*» **

Tlie reason I -1 n iU give you hints of this cosmic fact!

reason I am telling you all of tins ,s because as you may recall, you took

4 / f m

Z0E7 237

Don, nanemb«r * rfl wl f at vou wish for because you might |ust get it -
devdy created: Be carctul ^ oh so cleverly ‘forgot’ that you did

Yes , that’s cow- P as ’ to serve as a trigger that would remind

right. And that time has come! I am simply re-
it-TIm .to in the process right now of explanung these

same concepts to the other b\c _ ^ h j cou ia come

back and tell you what you would ereutuaUi co Nonetheless,

But let’s not forget that in reality there , a l jtmenston of con-

VOU must keep in mind that ^ tQ b J e J e m ‘time’, and accept it

sdousness, you were programmed by * duncnslon; th ercby having no

as one die many prune direem cs of p J • _ access tQ sald mfor-

choice but to wait for some ‘tune to go ‘shortcut in ume’.

mauon... AAAAH! But you also ever so clever y exc^ ^ Jo „ aU u , th

You called this a timewarp. However, in rea ty should be called a

ume as such, but rather with mind. In that sense then, «

You created this warp in your particunn ^ called Wes ot

;uch a purpose. Because you see you hd lop! I. tQ chaUenge your-

space- tune reality ’ that exist, which again, ) __ to follow? And,

>elfl For what good is a game if there are no chat eng _ somct imes? Games
that's the real fun and satisfaction ol not winnn t,, a ] so with the goal of

ue played for both the enjoyment ot the txptne ^ thrown out the win-

winning, of course. However, the rules ot .v (ha| , h|4 can Ik- done W >>>

dow sort-of-speak once one come '• ’ a rca 4 * voll can do whatever yo

Because it's jMfrg^me in the first place Ant ^ ^ j v he done alter ok.u

want in it, whenever you so choo-e l ^ ut t U ^ p ot you cannot

a i _ 4 ^, t L.e M) and can be done. 7 _ discovered this,

after you realize that tni> is so a.n «ou, having ,

v vrm are not iwarc ot ^

experience mat which you arc not * ,-nneratulate you- ^ oll B

have won the game! TV~«»" ' have to congr
Game over Ha-ha-ha-ha.

, Then again, accord-

“■ ' r MWm „ out This IS so mmd-boggw. swce becoming

e: Oh man, I m freaking o j, gQ bacUarus about

> to you, which m reality is me. .... the sc 0 p

vad .t aU MCK ;; die sca ry pa« about

man. m th* »n of bizarre cosmic starring* "'***%*

sense now. I’m begmmng to wto » about d _

y true, but tfs what I *^££1 in die ^ *

lf f Uk= “God^dam. ; afe mvn rcaUty -. “Vfc « £ ^ row your

arc all one. , czc * r hvmc that goes. * . . a dream "■

- a even the nursery rhyme t> ^y ufe is but a
Lsion. , and- and c . t n i merrily, merni) >

nth- down the stream, mcmli . metrui

238 INTO THE VOID

It was all there right in front of me The clues were all there! I have been living
in a dream (Laughing) Physical reality is an illusion’ A fucking illusion! You are
correct, sir! Ha-ha-ha-ha-ha . .

FM: Indeed, Joey You literally forgot that you were dreaming! But don't forget

that because of your very level of advanced dev elopment, you became ‘trapped’

in a psychological timewarp in the first place But this served a purpose,

you see, for it helped you to further develop psychologically and psychically'

Moreover, if it weren’t for the fact that our Overmind was finished with its

remcarnauonal cycle, you would have had to start a new life as an infant after

your 1 990 death. Which, of course, would have placed you on an entirely differ-
ent probability continuum.

Me: That is unbelievable! Th-th- But-but it all makes perfect sense. ! What a
rush! What a fuckin’ high!” Ha-ha-ha-ha- I can’t believe it! I cannot believe it!
But I can see it clearly now. It all makes perfect sense! W ow! But you know, no
one is going to believe this.. This is just too wild Too bizarre 1 Too crazy! The
people I share tins with are going to think I’m nuts!

FM: You are forgetting that everyone that you share tins information with is of
your own mental creation. So how people react to tins depends on how you
c oose ro believe and create the reality that you will continue to manifest while
experiencing the physical dimension of consciousness— if you care to continue
experiencing it. Remember Joey, you create all o( it, everyone and everything;
and all of die other individualized consciousnesses that inhabit their own psy-
chological space- time continuums do the same. But the reason this seems so
i ogica . inconceivable, and impossible is because of the powerful illusion inflicted
upon the human mind by the physical dimension s psychodynamic signal.

In that regard the physical dimension’s PdS is similar to a very powerful
hallucinogenic or hypnotic substance that plays tucks on both the mind and the
physical senses. I Iovvever .t was purposely created that way. for that’s not only
the nature of thts particular cosmic game, but it is also the challenge we chose

?SZ r S ", n , W£ 5* declded “ cmer thls dimension — or rather en-

gage in this particular altered state ot consciousness

‘ S "i!"’ ,h ° 5C " djvlduals ln P°wer, and most people in general,
they nin th ‘ L S " >StanCCS ' “ ll>C) ' lnwart| ly know that bv mgesung them
on Hi ! A ° f ' 7 IUn V‘ P fr ° m ** dream that the phvs.cal dtmen-

1S the onK. S 8 T’ | ,he ° n y Way '° transccnd physical reality is to warp it; that
celn av y ' e l " T' ““ *«* had - be done bv folio wtng

~ Tr, T ° f T h,Cl ' y °“ havC -covered. Indeed, expansion of

cen m n "T H™ 8 , “ d •*»***». coupled with the .make of

hi ;" Ucm °i' l "' c snbstances — similar to the ‘archaic’ in.-

PdS and h / u Sha ' nanS - wdl a “™ "'f human maul to bypass the
cn«i mid " ** bey °“ d " ,C Vdi of dl,| ston that envelops the unenl.gl.t-

l must warn you however, dial all of the information 1 am now giving you

Z0E7 239

far f,. tc | ic d sometimes even more so than others. Again, this
will s< f" f “fo t h!C ’ h t i,e physical brain receives as it operates in the

js^r<s *• ““a"' '*»*• *•

si* inflicted by it themselves' ^ m naturc , lt can by-pass

Notwithstanding^

the id still needs the brarn m order con-

sion. Therefore, the ability of the mind is still ^tated > h mdlvldu .

necaons available to its physical continuum will each view

as wrong or false. This, however, is because all human b«^e be-P^

grammed by the physical dimension’s PdS to fee at ve •_ w hich is part
place! Therefore, this ‘sense of doubt’ is a natural p icno

of the human experience, mmd of said

I lowever, if you were to truly and thoroughly deprogra > fieW of ex _

insecurity, then evetyom who comes mto this in ®^^ n beeaiise 0 f the nature
penence will come to revere it as true anc va ' a philosophical giant

of its implications, you would then come to e rega Furthermore, I shall

not unlike Jesus, Buddha, Krishna, Zoroaster, ct ^ et ^‘ ^ t h e fust place so

now tell you this You created said philosop. urs anc * ^ on j.. , measure and
as to have ‘models’ and points of reference m ore c . t 1S no w takmg

create your own manifestations, but a created all or

phee Again — and I’m sorry if I sound like a broken reW-you

it’ It’s your world and yo »r reality 1 he work isjw^°> i earn about this?

Me: So you mean to tell me that no one is really going to

Only my own mental constructs? i nV ; s created. Although

I'M: Wait, I’m coming to that Here is w iere ^ ^ construct used in the
everyone in your space-time continuum is a _ r $aK j space- time contin-
gamc\ thev also exist in their own separate \c ccl (> f (heirs that inhabits

uum. But the inner-part, or rather psychology IK of their own accord, to
your space-time continuum creation, may e self-created space-time i 11

oh... how do I say this . oh! to «*** fmm jlu re « > • ^ ^ „ tllc * .
sion — which again, they have create __*** yjjjg u sa , J earlier, it > 5,0 ^ ^

pect of vou that .s aKo God also created ) oncsdf in a mirror You

like a feedback loop. It’s almos. the same »> r ,, llU< ,n selt-reflection.

being ‘you’, and the mirror being V' ur " , he wav*

Both figuratively and literally. ins i K hts will appear to o u

1 likewise, your insights an s

240 INTO THE VOID

1 lold you previously — be it a book, a movie, a friend’s comment, et cetera, but
only if they choose to participate in such a space- time event lor not every one-
wants to be awakened, y et. Some individuals wish to engage themselves in their
self-created illusions longer than others 'That is / heir choice. And as such, they
have the right to remain in it Therefore it must be respected But as | just said
to you, you are done with the game.

Me: Incredible FM, just incredible But it all makes sense You know, in hind-
sight, even the most screwed up situations that I have been involved m mv life
weren’t really that bad In fact, as you pointed it out, I learned a great deal from
them. But since in the past I thought that I couldn’t have or experience certain
things 1 really wanted to experience — because of the fact that 1 had been pro-
grammed to think they were outside my field of experience — now that I know
I can have anything I want. I’m sure as hell gonna’ wanna’ stay here a little
while longer and experience all of them!

FM: 1 know you are. And now that vou know it too, it will be so Bv the wav
this is our last meeting For we have just completed what we set out to do a few
years back In fact, shortly, when i his experience is over, 1 will merge with you,
as well as with the others. What’s more, I am having a similar discussion with

them right at this moment For in reality that is all that exists — one reality
within an infinite Now. . .

Nonetheless, I made it a point to explain these concepts to you and to our
comrades on an individual basis, so as to minimize the n^k ot multiple-per-
sonality symptoms Remember that we want to become a multi-faceted //«:/,
and not have any one dommattng sub-personality In that respect, tins is a new
experiment tor all ot us including our Overmind. So we will have to wait and
see what tlu results will be Do not be atraid or be worried about this psycho-
logical merger, for tlus psychody’namic integration will feel as a dream, or rather
a lucid dream from which you, or rather all six of you, will awaken as me, or
rather with ‘me’ within each one of your personalities. And this new personal-
ity, me, will be a composite of all six personalities

Again, each of you will now exist as a synergy composite of all six person-

alities. And as such, each of you will share in each other’s psychological as well

as physical traits. But most people around your will not notice am dramatic

differences in your respective waking states. Unless they are psychically devel-
oped.

Me. W mv, man. All of this is just so bizarre.. \\ hat’s going to happen after
t,us? xv,iar you —I mean me, or rather, we’— going to do?

FM. Now, now, Joey . You don t expect for me to ruin some great surprises
that are coining our way, now do you? Be patient You’ll see ...

Me. All right, man, 1 understand Although I have to admit I’m a little scared.
Make that a lot scared! You have helped me out so much. But vou know, all of
this is still a little hard for me to believe I swear to you that at' times I feel like
o t is is crazy I feel as though 1 m somehow just hallucinating all this

Z0E7 241

i ifinp it all up ui my mind! In tact, 1 fed as though 1 vc lost tny mind
ist aU my experiments! Especially ifl this particular expet ament ™th I-Sl)

iST™ vou before, that is going to happen because of die IMS.
•n i ; oh' sort of speak And who kmW Perhaps reality is mdeed a
W 1 thing... But I will have you know this! W hen consciousnesses begins to
sdf-reflect and ponder about the nature of its own existence, such as you ta ,
ins because the nine has come for said consciousness to awaken to Use .

Me: Wow. All ibis is pretty deep, “Joey". And all of it has been truly incrcdi-

blc. Hey, this merging isn’t gonna’ hurt, is it? R s .

FM: No. Not at all. / won’t feel a thing. . .1 l Ia-ha-ha-ha, lust )os i 1 !’

sured, it will feel just like waking up trom a dream... ( .

Me: Well, okay then Good-bye, “Joey". 1 mean, FM Or I p,ess helb Oh>

the wav, now that I know about this. I’ll definitively wntc a 00

even publish it myself if l have to! ( (

FM: I know you will And by the way, it $ not Joey, Joe), it s

A few moments later 1 awoke trom a very vivid aiul luud drum ^ ^
was very clear and lucid, and l tell simply great as it cc

J

world.

COMMENTARY

those persistent and daring enough will come to is on c do. - not

c in the evolution of each individual s conscious swllc |, , )r shifi from
e to ‘die* ... the physical sense, but, instead, one ^ u v „ u

set of immediate probabilities to auol ur Ixm’s furlher suppose that

e a choice whether to go on a vacation or n nllls tn to serious me-

t do decide to go. However, the aiqdani \ ^hultni; you, perukes

meal difficulties, crashes, and ev eryone on *>■'“ vim ', |, a vo u. go into

■ ivv , it i hi liappi n to be devel* >pv d uiotig , tlV ,. r 10 the asiul l’*' UK
c of confusion, panic, etc. and also have i. M ■> ^ , /,„«„,«/ torn**-

.e firs, place lire only ill experience. w „

-by boarding the airplane— is or |>f tel |„v for 1 * cn ,oy »'

lave all come to the P !u>,c;1 • Viueriainmeiit' that nil's • . ,|,at

sound, life ami dead, are a * «■ w , ( d, a 1

ronsciou. levels. Much .he same as pc 1

242 INTO THE VOID

depicts an airplane collision, car wreck, love story, etc for entertainment.

However, once one becomes aware of the other available choices — by in-
volving oneself m the accelerated development of consciousness, like for ex-
ample studying and internalizing works such as this one — then there is nothing
to ever, ctvr fear, including death 1 have also learned that the shifts that enable
us to switch between probabilities or probability continuums are not performed
in quantum jump or quantum leap fashion — for only particles can engage in
those In fact, if we were able to ‘quantum leap’ into another probability con-
tinuum we would then be doing so in a physical fashion. That however, would
not be psychoportation- — rather, it would be teleportation And presently, on
rhis probability continuum, such technology is not yet available. Nor is mv con-
sciousness sufficiently developed to perform said feat.

In psychoportation however, we switch between probabilities not in parti-
clc-Uke fashion, but rather in wave-like form. This enables our consciousness —
which is both wave -like and particle-like in nature — to travel faster than the speed
of light and warp space-time. Then, after said crossover has taken place, one may
choose to be an observer; or if preferred, one may become a participator by
psyihodjnamically integrating with a probable self Near death experiences are a
form of this probability probing/ psychoportation/ psychodynamic integration
I’ve been talking about.

Date: January 2, 1997

Set: Mentally alert. Emotionally excited. Physically ‘up*.

Setting : My home office, 1 1 00 AM
Substance ($); LSD

Amount: Aprox. 200 meg. (2 blots)

Technology: BT-6

Settin gs. Bl-6. Modulation: 111 1 lz.. Pulse Width: 550 microseconds;
Time: 63 minutes

Stimulation Time: (See above)

Method . I Listened to an audiotape that featured a speaker discussing God ant
the Universe. However, since this was the first time 1 was ingesting this sub
stance, and it looked so insigmficandy small and ‘homemade’ — it was a tin;
piece of gra\ cardboard laced with LSD — 1 decided to give it a boost by getting

Z0E7 243

c this I used my BT-6 neuroelectrical stimulator,

fSuuLl m, i« 0* iiidcntauon where the

ttZZlZZL. to the h-d. Vi. ... .peeetl electrode .« * -

back ot uic jaw i „t tpre d the experience, by tne wa>-

«« r«te experiment, I have ingested LSD M

Sccmcal stimulation, and have had entirely different experiences.

Code: LSD + (BT-6)

EXPERIENCE

first time I experimented with tins psychedelic, 1 experienced

was truly spectacular, beautiful, and blissful. A good tnen o ^ unV

ie, who at tunes has been my “Dr. Feelgood , g^ e ^ \f t er

ot this ‘infamous’ chemical. 1 remember that I couldn t \va effects

ig the LSD 1 laid down on my bed, in my darkened bL ^°^ uals cons isted
e on gradually and took less than one hour of the LSD was one

-ometnc fractal-like image patterns. Lhe feeling a [ 0 Uer coaster ride,

iticipauon Much like one feels right before going ° n * ^ entire body;

biologically, 1 felt an electric- like rush sweeping unclogging my

my head felt * f u ., «kih mnninc through u ant , .^j.non

felt an electric-Uke rush sweeping *'°“ 8 a ) u ” '^clogging my
as if burning acid was running ti g electrical stimulation
-s I his feeling was greatly enhanced by the neu ^ or discom-

brjun 1 1 - rKrt«» writs no sen^ i (

s I his feeling was greatly enhanced by the neur ^ (J r discom-

f brain was receiving. However, there was no s * n * roC \ 1cr nical changes
*n!y the awareness that definite and dramatic

king place in my brain. j , nto cosmic prop®*

M. at one point, 1 felt my consciousness ox pa yct so meh<>'v

td I came to feel ‘divine* 1 also felt detae ie experiment me

. . , , « 0 rhnnatme m 1 , . <H liman ex-

244 INTO THE VOID

I had also become die painter’s feelings, thoughts and imagination! These feel-
ings were sort of similar to joy and ecstasy, except multiplied by about a billion.
Even diat example doesn’t make it any justice, Indeed, what I was feeling was
truly beyond words As the painter painted on the canvas, 1 sensed that with
each stroke of the brush — -which I had become — die canvas— which I had also
become— sang with transcendent joy. I his, I came to realize, was because the
thought /images/ feelings in die painter’s mind/ heart/ soul, were finally finding
expression. But that’s not all I also realized dial the highest joy was nol in the
actuality of the thoughts and feelings finding expression by materializing them-
selves on the canvas, on the contrary, the ecstasy was in the process of almost
becoming... You sec, I sensed that once the thought-image was mandested in the
canvas it was no longer ‘divine’ No, once it actualized it became material, and
therefore mundane So the trick to it, if you will, and the joy of it, was to
remain in a state of almost becoming — and nol fully actualizing In other words,
flowing and savoring the experience, as opposed to ending it.

As I was experiencing this I got the urge to mentally ask, “What arc you?"
The replay I received was:

1 am.

“Am I love, you ask? No, I am not love."

“Am I all? No, 1 am not all.”

“Is love all? No, it is not.”

“Am I you? No, I am not you ”

“Arc you mc ) No, you arc not me.”

“Do you really want to know what I am?”

It so, I will tell you. 1 am ‘strangc-ncss’ ! am ‘weird-ness’ 1 am ‘nothing-ness’.
I am ‘all-ness’. I am love. I am hate. 1 am you. 1 am not you.”

I then interrupted: “Is this enlightenment?”

Tire answer to that was: “1 shall tell you that you will never come to the final
conclusion of what I truly am, nor to complete ‘enlightenment’ — as you so call
it For what I am cannot be comprehended, conceptualized, talked about, or
even desci bed W hat l am can only be experienced - — even in the most mundane
of matters) This experience is self-realization as “God”; and living, thinking,
creating, and nctingyfarw this state of being is ‘enlightenment’. Yet there is noth-
ing to experience, nor any enlightenment to be had! T he instant you understand
this, you will begin to discern what 1 truly am Yet 1 tell you this: The moment
you come to this realization, I will be something else.”

I don t know it any of that makes any sense to you, but that was my experi-
ence.

Z0E7 245

COMMENTARY

Apparently, psychedelics such as LSD trigger in the user's mind whatever psy-
cho-spiritual experiences they are prepared to assimilate Some of these experi-
ences may come not only from subconscious levels, but also from the cellular
level And what I mean by this is diat psychedelic substances may activate our
bodv’s cellular memory These experiences may vary from the horrific to the
divine, of course. As pointed out previously, these substances do not posses
any external characteristics, but rather at t as catalysts for whatever experiences
the psyche of the user is ready for and need.

However, if an individual is not intellectually inclined for example, t hen he
or she will not have any intellecaial or philosophical insights Again, these sub-
stances only act as a trigger that releases whatever latent abilities the individual
already has within.

Date: November 1 1, 1998

Set: Mentally alert. Emotionally ‘weird’— sort ot reluctant Physically aroused
Setting: My bedroom, 1 1:00 P.M.

^ihMance(s): Dextromethorphan, dimenhydrinate, LSD and bupropion 1 Id

^Oioiint: Dextromethorphan 8 oz., dimenhydrinate 450 mg.; bupropion 300
and LSD 80-100 meg. (I tab of blotter paper type)

Tech nology; Photo so nix Nova Pro and OASIS

Settings: PHo: Session: #46 (dual binaural beats & surf) Time: 60 min
Volume: 35 Intensity: 35 Tone: (EP) Frequency: (LP) Pitch. (I I ) Mode.

(I P) Frequency Range: 4.5-14 Hz. .

OASIS: Frequency Range: 4.5-14 Hz- in stereo (synchrom/td u nh u

.Simulation Time: 60 minutes x 2

Lthod:

_ I ingest 2.5 oz. of DXM at 1 1:00 P.M. (I took a
he afternoon, therefore I was well rested.) I w^t^tw^ iours at^ ^ ^ [ M

er 2.5

ernoon, therefore I was well res tea.; i 1 I ^

-r 2.5 oz. of DXM and 1 50 mg. of bupropion (a.k.a \\ c >« ^ 1 jW fcw

I.; and then proceed lo Imol, mv-t It op ll> fequenc.es I

neuroelectrical pulses were m xv _ ,mVM toeerher with

1 walt two more hours and mgest the :1m ;1IU | repeat the

mg. of dimenhydrinate and another ,

246 INTO THE VOID

same PHo session again, but this time without die OS At the end of the PHo
session — about one hour later — I ingest the LSD and proceed to he down on
my waterbed.

Code: DXM + Di + bupropion He I + LSD [at stated time intervals] + (PHo)

EXPERIENCE

] decided to try this combination and method ot ingestion (of DXM) because I
had come across some information on the Internet regarding a different type of
experience using low ‘booster’ doses of I )XM, as opposed to ingesting it all at
once Supposedly, this enables u^ers to not only increase the length of ume that
they are left at a particular level, bur also increases the psychoactive effects of
said level Thereby allowing for an entire!} new experience, and even entrance
to a different psychological realm than what is available in the regular way of
ingesting DXM. Coincidentally, I had come into some samples of the pharma-
ceutical bupropion I IcI, by the brand name Wcllbutrin SR, an antidepressant
similar to Prozac, which was prescribed to me as the result of the depression 1
sometimes had at the time, due to a work-related uijurv (low-back disk hernia-
tion).

According to what I had read about bupropion, when taken in conjunction
with dissociatives t he trip is prolonged in time as well as in intensity And the
reason I decided i;o combine these two particular drugs with dimenhydrinate
was because I knew that high doses of DXM mostly produces closed-eyed
visuals, while dimenhydrinate only produces open-cved visuals Therefore, I

t b) combining DXM with dimenhydrinate 1 would be able to see
hallucinatory constructions with my eyes either open or closed (I*or I usually
open inj' eyes when an experience gets too freaky for me to handle.)

In addition, by using LSI), I theorized that l would have more of a cerebral
experience, as opposed to a spaced-out one. Also, the combination of synchro-
nized photo-sonic stimulation together with neuroelec tncal stimulation always
provides me with a stronger brainwave entrainment. 1 ley, it all looked good on
paper. Although I have to say however, that this was the first and the last time I
will ever ingest this admixture. Indeed, nothing ever prepared me for a daylong
psychonauucal voyage...!

After the initial intake of my tirst substance, and for the first four hours, I
onlv e x | t. Mt need mild DXM level 2 effects. After ingesting the dimenhydrinate
and the bupropion, I started to experience mostly auditory 5 hallucinations, since
my eyes were closed most of the tune. These tones were utterly fascinating and
resembled high-tech sci-fi-like sounds. The intensive sleepiness associated with
dimenhydrinate was greatly diminished because of the bupropion. And because

of tins, when 1 was done with the PHo and the OASIS sessions and removed

Z0E7 247

evesers and electrodes, I clearly began seeing amazing visuals Large insect-
f cr eamres began appearing before me and glided all over my surroundings.
These insects— similar to flying barracudas — would come at me, but evapo-
rated as soon as I touched them. Therefore, these attacks did not produce any
physical harm, and to an extent were rather amusing. This experience super-
seded any virtual-reality technology that 1 know of In fact, it was like having a

lucid dream while awake. It was simply amazing.

However, when f took the LSD — and within forty- five minutes — all hell
broke loose. Three-quarters of an hour after having taken the LSD I felt my
consciousness alternating between two angles. These angles produced such a
powerful pull-effect on my consciousness that the perception of my surround-
ings was literally slanted. To give you an idea of what Pm saying, picture a
video camera image slanted about thirty degrees to the right, and ro the left, at
the same time. Then picture both images (right and left) superimposed onto
one another. That’s what I mean.

And, because of die way I was now perceiving my environment, my equilib-
rium, sense of standing reference point, and perceptual mechanisms were com-
pletely jumbled. I felt gravity pulling mv body down to the ground, while I felt
my consciousness raising out of my body, simultaneously Yet never prying
completely apart lrom each other In a way, iny brain exhibited a sense of both
pressure and lightness together and at the same time. W hile this was happening,
die top of my head felt as if millions of sharp pins were piercing it. Tins sharp
p ! v>sure produced an uncontrollable itch (associated with DXM intake).

At tins point I was completely bathed in sweat. And while I laid on the floor
of my bedroom, I found myself weepuig uncontrollably, tor I d forgotten what
door was, what ‘bed’ was, and what ‘bedroom’ meant. All of these tilings and
concepts’, were completely alien to me now. 1 would also experience blurred
vision every ten seconds or so. In addition, even tough my bedroom is 20 x
20, all of the objects in it — my bedroom furniture — seemed very distant re a
to me Not only that, but the ‘furniture’ was really scaring the shit out
me by this point! I was complete ly confused anti frightened by everything that 1
was seeing and experiencing. Moreover, I had not only forgotten that
vocabulary, but I’d also forgotten what ‘words’ were. Therefore the thougio tn
my head felt like entities, which 1 thought were invading my psyche.

Physiologically, I noted mv heart beating uncontrollably ^ ,

>op out oOny chest. My stomach musc.es ~

■» *. .... ~ — •

>crature on my apartment at around seventy degrees.) _ became solid to

he size of the insects I was hallucinating increase un ^ opposed to as
touch They became roughly about eight let t ^ ^ ^ no ,dea what

hen they first appeared— maybe one ^ ^ J** The uisects

nsects’ were, either I had forgotten t ,

248 INTO THE VOID

began attacking me and biting chucks of flesh our of me — complete with blood
squirting out of the wounds It was terrifying Tins however, produced no pain.
Only horror, which I felt, was worse than any pain I could endure When I
tried to get away from these creatures, to my dismay I realised that my extremi-
ties were not responding to my thoughts and mental commands. I simply could
not get a response from my legs or arms. So i started sobbing even more. 1 was
confused And the more I cried, the more panic would envelop me. After doing
this for some time I eventually passed out

Upon awakening a few hours later, I noticed something else My scope of
bearing was suddenly permeated with dozens ol screams and weeps. All of
these sounds made my inner-ear muscles quiver in terror! That’s correct, I actu-
ally felt the unv muscles in my ear expanding and contracting! I had inadver-
tently become aware of a whole new set of mechanisms not available to my
conscious mind. In a way, my eats felt hke radars tuning in to each one of the
sounds 1 was hearing Concurrently, my mind would present me with a visual
representation of each of those sounds And, eventually, the sounds became
visuals, and the visuals became people.

Suddenly, a group of people — some crwng, some laughing, and some
screaming in anguish and terror — surrounded me They also seemed con-
fused — -just as 1 was. I intuitively sensed that it was inside an insane asylum of
sorts — full of deranged, psychotic, and schizophrenic people. As I tried to fo-
cus on their features, ! noticed that their faces would elongate and retract in an
exaggerated manner It was as if their features were being manipulated through
a special-effects computer graphics program, thereby resulting in bizarre shape-
shilun ■ effects In addition, the facial distortions were in sync with the ‘flange-
like’ sounds I was hearing.

While lost in all ol this open-eyed imagery, 1 closed mv eyes for a few mo-
ments and immediately became startled Now 1 was seeing right though my
eyelids, but I was viewing something completely different I had somehow been
transported to a completely different realm The closest l can come to describe
it as is a world made out oi glass It was lull ol tall octagon and diamond
shaped structures; and the whole sky was bathed in a purplish shimmer. 1 low-
cvcr, there were no sun or moon that I could discern. MechamcaHike crea-
tures, similar in shape to C3PO (the android character, from “STARWAR S”),
inhabited this alien landscape Hie sc creatures were made out of glass, instead
nt metal 1 heir bodies were transparent, except tor their faces, which were
dark-colored similar to the mask coating on Siamese cats. And they all looked
exactly alike, identical, from what I can remember, they appeared to be busy

u'orking on what seemed to be the const ruction ot something resembling a
large structure.

As I was staring at them tor a lew moments, one ot them noticed anti
pointed at me. the others looked in my direction and stopped working. I hen,
all of them about fit ty — started walking towards me, as if curious. The one

Z0E7 249

that initially noticed me came up to me, slowly reached for my face, and took
m y chin in its hands. As the creature had part of my face in its hand, I just
stood there paralyzed with fear and horror. None of the creatures attempted to
communicate with me. They just seemed curious. In a way, they made me feel
as though I was some type of bug or something.

As this was taking place I remembered that 1 had closed my eyes, so decided
to open diem up and see what would ensue. When 1 opened them I was back
at the insane asylum which I have dubbed the dimension o psvchological
warps. Apparently, it s a psychological wasteland ot sorts — a junkyard for de-
fective minds. With this came tnc realization that either the opening or closing
ot my eyes would determine where my consciousness was focused. "

And, by doing piet lsely this, l shitted between these two worlds for almost
twenty -six hours! Eventually my nund and brain apparently came to the point
ot neurological overload, and I completely blanked out. Because oj this, much
ofmj memory of this particular experiment is gone. W hen I completely came
£o a ft er die twenty-six hours — I ielt that my personality was somehow set
3^de, and because of tins, I became aware of someone else’s ego / personality
inside my nund and body. I his umc my consciousness was not somewhere in
lyperspace merged with someone else*s. Rather, someone else’s consciousness
ad come into my reality and was now merged with mine! Tins other personal-
ity turned out to be Dr. Kzark Prestidius, who 1 have mentioned previously.

/ gain, he is a scientist who exists on a probable Earth.

Wliat follows is a transcript of some information that I channeled in the
°rm of automatic writing, after the end of my trip.

Dr . Kzark Prestidius on Neurological Resonance

T he human brain regulates the perception of quantized particle-reality through
1 ] 1 n d* Jiplun system In tin-* fashion the brain also decides which stimuli

to
many

l i?Lvi 1 1. in Lina la^UK/n niv. ULaiu anu

pay attention to. Endorphins affect the perception of incoming signals at
cv cls °f consciousness. These signals are transformed into neurological pulses,
which are then decoded by the conscious mind. Reality is filtered by whate\ er

neuro transmitters are being metabolized in the brain at any given time

In ncurochemical terms, normal counts of 5-Hydroxytryptamine or 5-HT
[serotonin] construct ‘physical* reference-point reality In contrast, 4-hydroxy-
N, N-Dimethy-ltryptamine [Psiloctn] or N, N-Dmiethyitryptamme |DMI |
both powerful hallucinogens — construct alternate reference-pouit realine.'
some of them non -physical in nature. A ratio disturbance of only ont mo " :
even the displacement of one position in the molecular rings IS e
disrupt the perception/construction of any one reality system Ly* asS the
,a *d alternate frequencies — now in ncurochemical form to j.
f nap tic clefts associated with tbiir particular reference-point ere

250 INTO THE VOID

For tins process to occur the brain can either metabolize ingested psv-
choactivc compounds, or, self- synthesize ncurochemicals, which is what allows
the pcrcepuon and/or access to alternate realities— both in dreams and in tran-
scendent out-of-body slates In fact, if too many of these ncurochemicals arc-
released while being somewhat cognitive but on the way to stage 1 sleep [which
is what happens when we enter heavy theta/ della consciously], it is possible to
see geometric patterns, hear strange sounds and/or voices, feel strange tremors,
and even sec people that are not from said re fere nee -point reality. In other
words, one is ‘hallucinating’ naturally, without the aid of pharmacological
catalysts.

As the focus of consciousness is shifting between psychodynamic frequency
domains, high-powered sounds and high-pitched frequencies may oftentimes
be discerned. This is due to the fact that human beings become sensitive to
internal physiological frequencies when they reach deep levels of psychophysi-
ological relaxation. Ilie reason for this being dial one’s consciousness becomes
sensitized as result of the activation of the parasympathetic nervous system.

As this is occurring, one becomes able to actually hear the pulsations of
electrons — which occurs when tryptamincs begin to undergo metabolizabon in
the neurological system. In tact, the brain’s neurochcmistry undergoes massive
fluctuations as it cycles through each one of the sleep cycles Each of the sleep

cycles resulting in a unique altered state of consciousness, tf lucidity is main-
tained.

1 here are also measurable physiological and electromagnetic changes that
take place as an individual undergoes this psycho-neurochcmical process. The
most notable one is the skin voltage potential which undergoes a polarity rever-
sal At ihi' point a two-way communication between the mind and the brain/
body is severed — which in turn signals the body’s consciousness to shutdown.
This is immediately followed by the 5-1 1 T receptors, in particular, beginning to
accept psychoacuve molecules that the pineal and pituitary glands begin to se-
crete Amine lc\cls in the brain also begin to increase and large amounts of
tryptophan are concurrently metabolized.

Biochemically however, what causes die brain to perceive alternate realities
or frequencies of consciousness, is the displacement ot serotonin from their
normal 5HT and 5HT2 receptor sites. These neurochemical and receptor ex-
changes arc what allow tor a shift in perception or focus to occur T lie chemi-
cal line tactions just described alter the flow ot signals through the limbic areas
of the brain and the neocortex, resulting in an almost complete suspension ot
physical sensory data construction/ perception. This causes the temporal lobe

and the occipital lobes to perceive non-physical data, which is then experienced
as reality.

Special complex h muonic overtones may be used to induce these neuro-
chemical changes Some frequencies modulate vibrations within deep structures
of each brain hemisphere, which results in vibratory sonic symmetry at

Z0E7 251

the quantum molecular level. The result of this neurological resonance is higher
corucal and psychic functioning, winch already exists in die neural DNA-RNA
matrix as electrically coded information.

Energized thought in the form of emotion, coupled with intention, act as a
conducting transducing circuit which activates paranormal functioning when
consciousness is sufficiently developed. ESP, telepathy and psyc Importation, to
name but a few psychic modalities, are then a by-product of this psycho-
neurochemical and neurophysiological process. .

DISCUSSION

I have to admit that at one point I began to tcel inwardly confused bv all of the
experiences I was having. By the tune Oi tins experience, I had experienced a
number of difterent personalities, which i knew spawned from somewhere
within my subconscious. "Ilianks to f T M’s insights, and my continuing research,
at times I could merge my consciousness with various probable selves of mine
(as in PD I) Once inside their minds, I had some access to their memory banks.
In a sense then, I would become whomever I was psvchodvnumienlly integrated
with. Yet I somehow still managed to retain a little bit of ‘me’ inside my host's
rouid. In this particular instance, 1 found that when I came to, my conscious
mind had much scientific information and/or insights that had not been avail-
able to my conscious mind previously In a sense, tins felt sort of like chan-
neling, because I immediately felt the urge to get a pen and a piece ot paper,
and write down these impressions. At times during this experience I even
spoke out loud some ot these ideas and concepts that were suddenly in mv

consciousness.

I attic is known about brain functioning. Even less is known about the con
sc, ous> subconscious, unconscious and super-conscious mind I feel that what I
have presented here so far, is an indication of this fact ITie mind still bolds
many mysteries; and the only way to make these ‘unknowns into know ns is b)
exploring the psychological landscapes that I, as well as others, have, and con
tinue to explore.

* * *
*

252 INTO THE VOID

As n side note I would like to share with you the following experience

PSi T.V.

The further I delved into m\ experiments, the more suspicious I became about
my experiences. In that regard there were many, many times when I wondered
if all of the experiences l was having with psychoporta don, and particularly
with psychodynamic integration, were simply nothing more than highly elabo-
rate lucid dreams. But the fact that everything 1 encountered while in this hy-
per-lucid altered state of consciousness was so Earth-like, and the fact that 1
could not fly or change my surroundings as I usual]} can on m\ regular lucid
dreams, led me to realize that I was experiencing something completely new
and different Still, I wanted more conclusive proof

One day I decided to test how real these alternate Earths really were So I
entered an altered state of consciousness using only 60 mg. of ketamine. Within
a few minutes I found myself floating above the living room of an average-
looking apartment. I intuitively knew that my shape was that of a pinpoint of
iridescent light From above i noticed a woman in her mid-twenties sitting on a

couch reading a magazine. Somehow I knew that this person was a probable
version of me.

I then decided to integrate my consciousness with her mind, so as to have a
physical body in which to operate in And, as soon as i made the necessary
mental commands, the letters of the magazine page started to come into focus
on my field of vision. ('Hie actual leeling-sensation of tins phenomenon is like
that of a false awakening within a dream. Except that it's very subtle)

Since I was still somewhat doubitul about whether I was having a lucid
dream or not, 1 proceeded to conduct a couple ot realm tests. After perform-
mg rhem with negative results, I was indeed satisfied that I was in fact tempo-
ral!} inside someone else s mind and body and on a probable Earth — and not

dreaming. Realizing ibis excited me greatly, for I knew that 1 had an endless
array of exciting possibilities at my disposal.

However, I knew that I had to mentally relax and locus mv thoughts one at
a time, or else I ran the risk ot an involuntary return to my physical body. I also
knew* that I had to keep repeating my name, age, occupation, date of the ex-
periment, planet /dimension ol oilgin, etc or else 1 ran the risk of total mtegra-
resulting in me forgetting that I was involved in an experiment in the
first place; thereby forgetting the entire expenence. (Note: As I have pointed
out previously, the type of data which is sometimes acquired through PD I
and/or 1 SI is stored in the subconscious mind, where it stays suppressed be-
fore reaching the conscious mind as a fleeting thought, idea, or, as ui my case,
total-recall). I then mentally started my PDI methodology.

My name is Joey, I am thirty-two years old, the year is 1079, 1 am... OOPS!

Z0E7 253

, .„ nt *1079* did not come from m, memory- banks^Tbe year

«bere I come from * I vcr51on Q f the Earth reaUty where my name

tboog h i' us E “? ' who cxist on this parucular version of Earth are et i«
joty.it seems that - dwn us _f or we did not have this type of fur-

oorc tcchnologica y a . j 079— or, perhaps people here keep

nisliing* and technology back in . ncv er mind that for now.

n i a different manner... I wonder u ...

Let’s see what else can me . rc(! ular-looking television set. I

As I looked around the room, '> • £9* ffl front ofmc . Without

also nouced a remote control on top of a tab > pressed a

jfving it a second thought, I this without giving « a

coace, mated drought is because if Jot «“ > ' j sol ^how momentarily

thing works in the probable Earth cltauts , and find that I

short-circuit the access I have to my host 0 j> m rr ying to

don’t know how to operate whatever common y y j n that

operate. In other words, I have to act without giving it a seco

sense actions must be reflex-like.) s ^ oW inwardly I’m

Anyway, after turning the set on 1 start watc & to se c how

saying to myself, “Wow, television from ano 1 _ r ' n< J find that there are

many channels 1 had access to, 1 start chann slir f ul g through a tew

quite a few-all with different programs in them ^ s 0 f this cartoon
stations 1 stop on a channel that is playing a c ‘ 1 ^ 1 Mickey Mouse cartoon,

is reminiscent of an old black and white Hetty ^ pictures tor a few sec-

shot on duck-stock grainy film As I stare at e Frankenstein’s monster

onds, I realize diat I’m watching what 1°° , _ nor resemble the classic

cartoon-Uke movie Except that the monMU : j 00 ks like a combination
creature played by Boris Karloff. Instcat, 1C t j ic prankenberry cctez

of the old Hammer House Frankenstein crea dcpicts t hc monster J nSld ®
character lhe part of tire movie I’m ** k colkcung vanous body P 1 ' 1 ';
cemetery, as he is digging up graves y [ here is also violin-

while weeping heavily and rather i c hoHc melody CL ° > e

While I’m watching this scene— _ ^ he really is- I« . ’ veva id;
that the monster is coming to gnp 5 __ Q f t he corps e> U1 , ’ Xs j lim

that each of lus body parts came ro and love ot A . T

, . i- r .u „ , Wn sense ot t> tlul & llt ,usual « n.ui>

e monster is conu.. & — 1 0 f the i ; im

ich of lus body parts came fro #oJ love <<* }^ , s As 1

; therefore feels a deep sense 1)0UI how unusua \ vatc hmg

- - - r°r:x£!X vs-yr

Uy processing this program,

*• “SSS kd. «**•'•*•

lat appears to be a traile

254 INTO THE VOID

depicted the story a grandmother and a dark-purple amplubious-like monster
that lives with her.

In watching some of the featured short movie clips, I gathered that a baby
monster — which in most scenes is the size of an eight-year old boy — landed in
the old lady’s backyard The creature was inside a meteorite that was actually an
egg. The old lady found the baby monster and raised it as her own. 1 also gath-
ered from the trailer clips that the creature lias the uncanny ability to shape-
shift into objects or people. On the last scene 1 recall seeing, the little mon-
ster — in the shape of an odd-looking kid — is at a schoolyard surrounded by a
couple of kid bullies. These kids are teasing linn, as well as teasing a little black
girl who had apparently befriended lum At one {joint the odd-looking kid
shape-shifts into a big gorilla/ sabertooth tiger type creature and scares the bul-
lies away Following this, he shape- shifts back into his regular boy appearance
and laughs with the little girl Finally, a title flashes across the screen: “Creature
Feature”. Now Playing.

As I’m watching dus, I conclude that what I am watching on television is all
real, and not my imagination at work. My consciousness is in fact receiving
perceptions in the form of audio-visual pictures from television stations that
exist in a probable version of Earth!

After this, I instinctively ger up and walk towards the kitchen area This
room resembled a kitchen just like the ones here on this I arth, and contained
much o( the same appliances. 1 remember seeing a refrigerator, a stove, and
what looked like a microwave I lowevcr, just to make sure that 1 wasn’t making
up am of tins, I remember opening the refrigerator to see what was doing I
was pleasant 1) surjJdsed to find a number o! containers that were completely
unlike the common ones that I am familiar with in my reality. In fact, one of
them appeared to be some type of soft drink by the name of “ZIPPY”. Fur-
thermore, the labels on all ol other containers were also unfamiliar to me.

Next, I turn to the microwave, since its appearance was rather odd (It was
clam shaped and pretty much resembled the new Apple S iMac desktop com-
puters) As I stared at it for a few moments, 1 noticed that part of my host’s
memory started coming in through to my consciousness. Within seconds, I
instinctively knew what this appliance was and how it worked. This was not a
microwave oven which uses microwaves in order to heat up food particles
Instead, this appliance is called a ‘food temperature conditioner’

1 he principal behind irs technology is that it uses certain harmonic frequen-
cies or oscillating waves that are phasc-mvcrsed. Apparently, they cancel-out
the cold or heat energy-waves that emanate from the food placed into it, by
reversing or rather phase-inverting the temperature waves into the exact mouth
temperature. For example, it you were to put a hot slice of pizza into it, the
lood temjierature conditioner will reverse its heal waves of say 1 10 degrees,
down to 98.7 degrees (mouth temperature) in about ten seconds. On the other

hand, if you were to put in a refrigerated and cold slice of pizza it would then

Z0E7 255

t , |k c old emanating from it and phase-inverse it to the desired hot tem-

use

Ct can imagine, the impUcations of ‘coming up* with ‘ideas’ in tins
_, r shoo ic mc down to the core ot my imagination, and I immediately

3 myself coming to in my physical body.

CHAPTER 6

An Hntroduc ioiri to
Psycfiocyberdy ; nalm Ics

lf\ ou Arc afraid of what’s inside your psyche
you .ire indeed in four of yourself. If you are
afraid of yourself then i no will fear Us. ”

Zoc7

As a result of my experiments, 1 have inadvertently structured a self-develop
ment program, which I have dubbed I’svchocyherdynamtcs It features a m.m
her of mental exercises, and begins with the use of brain technology device-
and minor' psychedelics, such as 2C-B and MDMA, which help one releast
psychological and emotional issues; and offers insights mto the nature of hu
man existence. It then continues on to other more potent psychedelics, such ai
LSD and psilocybin, which allow for more -cerebral' insights into the inner
workings of the mrnd EvenmaUy, one is developed enough to the point o,

dr ' 1!LT , mt ? kC r m °T , POWerful hall -'^ns, such as ketamine ane
. methorphan, which enable one’s psyche to transcend the boundancs ol

l>acc and ume and explore the interwoven webwork of hvperspace— includmc

o let worlds and realities, and even communicate and merge ones psyche with

able de " ^ T' hUman UU ‘' U « Cncc s P cc,t '- and bnng back understand-
ae descriptions and accounts of what has been found there (1 pom, tins on,

,e w , ^T y , I* Wh ° Wlth ^ these substances of-

ten times mn onlv verbilize whit tlim* tltiii ** i ^

i vin ii'i c , * . c ' tmc * 111 altered states with but a

handful of words such as: “\VowT, “Ob, my Cod." or. “I cannot bcltevc ,t.»
crea ! b> ° ° Wing th] " 1 *wve been able to develop and in-

men L„ rn m >’ ncur °- vls \> al •» 'veil as neuro-lmguts.tc capabthues Not to
en.ton my mtelhgence and depth of thought Thus, 1 have been able to ante

an introduction to psychocyberdynaniics 257

, altered nund-statc experiences in an intelligent and intelligible man-
i ' - onmion, it is my firm conviction that in the hands of responsible adults
ri'"ubstances allow for life-changing, keen, intellectual, and even spiritual
Lcnces worthy of scientific scruttny. Sadly, because of current poliacal
agendas, the program I have developed may never see the light of day here m

rhe United States. . . .

Now, an observation 1 have made is that many ‘ audionues on sublets

suc b as philosophy or religion, don’t really comprehend, understand nor incor-
porate the essence of these into daily life Instead, they recite statements. In that
'case, they have become mechanical and robot-like. The interpretation ot ac-
quired knowledge and feelings about what they have studied becomes a crutc i,
and without it they cannot walk. In Psychocyberdynamics however, one mat
say that the acquired information, mental re-conditioning, skills, and experien-
tial knowledge, which will result from its study, arc only to be use as a n g
to get one across to the other side; having arrived it is kit there ant not

drnetl nn nnp's

Training in Psychocyberdynamics is a process. But it is not so much a proc-
ess of learning, as tt is of ‘un- learning’. It is not a system of gui ^ me ‘
own specific and rigid set of protocols and rules that must be o owe

hered to. No, in fact, there is no structure, protocols, or ornul a 1 .iJLxnhies
this philosophy, art, science and set ot skills Instead, it uti iz cs ,l I tU)I1

sciences, techniques and methods, such as lucid dreaming, astra P
biofeedback, meditation, imagery, remote perception, quantum p , ,-| ierc .

cliopharmacology, and many others, but it is bound b) none o

hire a is neither ‘tins’ nor ‘that’. . i v nl j c j $

Indeed, ns philosophy is that it has no l ,hll ° S ° | 1 > However, don’t
‘hat there aren’t any; and its structure is the one w *

.m a m

•*« mere aren t any; anu ns Mimum wav strucrurtu

misunderstand and think that Psychocyberdynamics is in ture » aiu j * u n-

or as I said earlier: there is a difference between ac

tructured’ Again, one is stupidity. 'Hie other is to***"* vchocybeidyn^ 08 *
Although some of you my be interests m C ‘ in ‘ ^ yourself — >' our

i reality what you are seeking to learn is rea > ' ' _ ^ t | iat 1S needed

mmscient, timeless and infinite Self And in f orc a de-conditioning of

* the natural fluidity of the unconditioned mine . . nothingness Ucs potential

ae mind is at the heart of this ‘non-system , ‘ unconditioned once

cnee, the mind must dcccwu- . IUAV set <>i ‘

»ain. After doing so, it can then be k ,nl P !I1 ' 1 , compreheiuk and, nn'^

:fs, which m turn will enable one to tru * achieve, have, or

nportantly, W that there is nothing ha ^

.me, for L Self is limitless, infinite, and alU no J ^ ^ ^ * to lear«a>

Can gCl « possible. >
as much information as p

Se of the

uch as feasible from as many subjects . -

spect, one must l ill the mind ^

258 INTO THE VOID

wards however, one is to forget all of it! One is not to become imprisoned by
anything or anyone. Instead, one is seeking to unleash everything within oneself!
Consequently, this path of self-realization, or rather self-actualization that one
w 11 come to develop for oneself must not be rigid or structured in any way. Instead, it
must be like a good stick of bamboo: solid and strong, yet pliable.

As one internalizes all of these concepts and goes along with one’s studies
and self-development, eventually one will come to find that one is not acting,
nor dunking, or doing anything! Instead, it is doing it for you! And ‘it’ is one’s
true essence of being. In this state of being then, the mind will not become
absorbed or ocused on any one aspect of the whole For if this is done, then
the seeker wall loose die other aspects diat makeup the whole. Ideally then, one
should stand back , so as to see all die integral portions of one’s Self Then
and only then, will the seeker find wholeness ’

Psychocyberdynamics combines ancient as well as modem techniques, tools
and information that interested individuals can use in order to become profi-
cient at any endeavor diat requires high levels of mental and psychic stamina.
However, since tlus is a book on how 1 came to develop PSP and PDI and not
on Psychocyberdynamics per sc, I will presenr you with the facets pertinent

only to these two modalities Therefore, I will now continue by elucidating con-
cepts relating to PSP and PDI.

(Perhaps in the future 1 shall make Psychocybcrdynamics training available

in some orm or another to those of you who may be interested in it For now

however lets continue widi my story and experiences, which came before I
developed Psychocybcrdynamics.)

Hyperspace: The New Frontier

Human beings today have die unprecedented opportunity to acquire the skill,
needed m order ,o explore the corrtdors of the tntnd, as well as of the enure
webwork of creation simply by developing their consciousness. This can be ac-
complished without the need for practices masked and clothed behind auras of
mysticism or occult ioitiauons. 'Hie reason 1 say this , because 1

in my studies and research that many organizations and/or mystery schools
usuaUy require memberslup, and give “in, nations” to their smdems based on
the kngb of lime they have studied their doctr,nes_and the amount of money

■2C2S&SS r *- «— * *• ■»*

ever dus k H TT °/ u cha ^ amounts of money. How-

f „° fi,C * that Sa,d ^Sanixaiions require the income that their

" ‘° ^ SUCl ’ ‘ S ,hc ““ -,h churches, cults, or-

ganizations, etc. Of course, there is nothing ’wrong' with that. It just is.

an introduction TO PSYCHOCYBERDYNAMICS 259

wever the "knowledge” that these institutions disseminate does not be-
i toanv particular sect or school that has sprung up and exists in the physi-
ol dimension! No, this knowledge exists within our minds, and may be ac-
luircd by those willing and daring enough. Now don’t get me wrong, I agree
L som e books and other materials and tools are necessary for study, rhese
dunes cost money to produce here in the physical dimension. Therefore a hnr
amount of money should be charged for them. I Iowever, spending tens of
thousands of dollars for information that can be obtained for much, much,

much less is... Well, I’ll leave that up to you to ponder and decide.

At any rate, what one needs in order to engage in inter- dimensional explo-
ration is a well-developed mind, as well as the proper neurological connections
in the brain. And since this book deals with consciousness exploration wiU
present you with some exercises given to me as well as odiers dev elope } me,
which can be used so as to develop and train one s mind and generate le
cssary neural pathways in one’s bram that are necessary for psychic iunetton > g
In turn, this will allow one to bring back useful information from is or
perspatial explorations Having said that lets get down to die nitty gntn

When one psychoports — which basically means sending one s avv _ .
through space-ume as in earthbound exploration, or from one or i E _
ability to anodier, as in inter-dimensional exploration die tacit r ‘ ,

mines whether: the psychonaut is able to physically interact win ot ' • *

bemgs is the availability of a physical body for die psyc lonaut s . mf >l on 1S
ness /personality*. When tins psychic merger takes place the P . nabn .
similar to channeling, except that the individual does not et ano _ * mto

inhabit ns body. Instead, the psychonttu, channel's us «-n P e mto
someone clse’s body and mind (In tact, because ot tus, w en

PDI I called it retro-channeling.)

There are three types of psychoportauon and thc.se are

1- Earthbound Psychoportauon (passive, T‘ , ^SStoratK>n)

3.- Inter-dtmensional Psychodynanuc IntegraUon (mteracme ph> steal

exploration)

i will have a number ot
Usually, the probable or parallel Earth bun , <■ 1 t ntitv An Ownmnd

personalities which, combined, makeup an 1 u imm . H . uu lividuali/ed in
is inmally composed ot nine I -Selves, w uc 1 U j Source QPSN I ‘Ml

consciousness by fragmenting lhesc. fragment , exploring probability
and also have the ability to fragment o^YEMP-‘f « t

sues has theUy to ~ ** ^

fragmented or Subordinate QP^ EMP » 1
which are experiencing various space-ume cot

260 INTO THE VOID

One important thing I need to mention is that because of all my previous
research in the out-of-body and lucid dreaming phenomena, in a way I had
unintentionally programmed myself by what 1 had read about these methods
and their resulting experiences, and therefore had experiences along similar
lines. At first I believed that these distinct experiences (OBE’s and lucid
dreams) were occurring because I was visiting the astral plane or a dream-world
reality. Do recall that as pointed out previously, dream realities are PDFD’s that
arc very plastic in nature, and can therefore be easily and instantly molded by
one’s thoughts and beliefs.

I ; °r example, if a psychonaut flunks of himself or herself in a particular way,
or holds a particular self-image, then said image will be materialized in its corre-
sponding reality I lowcvcr, while this may be true in some instances for ex-

ample, if one happens to be visiting a ‘dream’ system— this is not the case if
one happens to find oneself on a probable Earth For in dream systems neither
the inhabitants nor the psychonauts are bound by a mass consensus, as is the
case in our physical reality. In fact, our physical reality is sustained b\ the con-
sensus of its tens of billions of inhabitants — past, present and furure!

Now, while exploring these alternate realities, I found that I was doing so in

various ways. In the first manner, I could psychoport to a probable or parallel

Earth (inter- dimensional psychoportaaon) or to this Earth (carthbound psy-

choportation) and therefore became simply an observer. Because of this, no one

would notice me, and I could pretty much move mv awareness wherever 1 so
desired.

In addition, I could have an aerial view of a target, and likewise see it from a
number of different camera-like angles. In the second state, I was no longer a
passive observer, instead, I was able to fully interact wadi individuals present at
the target, by merging my psyche with one of them. However, this was only
possible if said individual’s mind happened to resonate sympathetically with
mine which indicated that we were from the same Overmind. Furthermore 1
noticed that I could engage in tins activity only in probable and parallel Earths

Let mccx P lam aU of carefully. We’ll start off with carthbound psycho-
porta t ion (passive, non-physical exploration). Let’s sav that I intended to psy-
choport to my girlfriend’s house. I, of course, know what the place looks like.
So when I arrive at the house it should look the same way it does as when I am
lere in person, right? Well that’s right; and that’s also wrong! Because as I
came to discover, sometimes I arrived there not only on a different time wm-
ow (past or future), but also on a different probability window. As already
mentioned, these probability windows are alternate versions of our reality

winch never actualized in this version of physical reality. Let me give you some
examples. '

1 remember a umc for instance when I first started mv experiments (without
substances) and called up my then girlfriend, and asked her to set up a lame
object on top of her dinning table, which would be east to identify so that

AN INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOCYBERDYNAMICS 261

could psychoport there, see it, and later report it to her and see if they matched.
1 also asked her to leave it there at least for a couple of day*, for I did nor know
whether I would be able to induce an OBE on command or not.

Then, on die second night, I was lucky enough to have an OBE and there-
fore went over to her house Once there I immediately looked for the item that
she might have placed on top of her dining table for the experiment However,
I failed to see anything out of die ordinary. In fact, the only items I saw on top
of the dining table were her purse and two green pieces of paper. The following
day, when I reported my findings, she told me diat the experiment had appar-
ently failed because prior to going to bed for the past two nights (since my re-
quest) she had set up one of her dinning room chairs on top of the dinning
table; and if I had realty been there, there was no way I would have missed
something as odd as diat. Besides, she had taken her purse in to the bedroom
with her, and there were no sheets of paper on top ot the dinning table either.

Well, after hearing that, I was really down for days — wandering whether
OBE’s for the purpose of seeing real and verifiable events were at all reliable
Then, about a week later, when I dropped by to visit her, to my shocking sur-
prise I saw on top of die dinning table die same two lime-green sheets of paper
I had seen the previous week while psychoportmg! I hese turned our to be
]unk-mail fivers the mailman had delivered a few hours before. In addition, her
purse was also on top of the dinning table, for she had just come home from
work and had laid it there together with diat day’s mail As you can see, she had
completely forgotten about our previous experiment, but when I pointed it out
she was just as surprised as I was, especially at die implications. For I had ar-
rived at her house not in real-time (at the time ot the experiment), but, instead,

I had arrived at her house on an immediate- future /ww window!

Another early experiment that conies to mind is the time 1 targete a
friend’s house. On this experiment when I arrived there m the OBI' state, his
house did not resemble the one I was accustomed to seeing in real life. Uus
was due to the fact that the entire place was furnished in early American style,
and in reality it isn’t. So I thought I had hallucinated the whole experience A
few months' later however, when I was casually speaking with him (he did not
know about my experiments), he told me that at one time his mother ^
most bought the house he now lived in; but that at the last minute she had i e

cided against it, because all ot her furniture w

ould not tu in it. Conscijut-nih,

rather than parting with any of it— which she had considered doing— she de-

cided against buying the house. c . .

Instead, she showed my fnend (her son) the house, and since my nem •

his new wife were looking for a new place to move in to at the time he

Wife bought II llns IS the house— and its modtm furnishings \v uc ^ ^

miliar with. Intrigued by what he was telling me, c.imu > - l 11 \ m ertc in"
furniture his mother had To my amazement his re play W- f-_l A
So .hat tune around I had arm ed on a dillrwnt /»***> wrndow. and

262 INTO THE VOID

therefore visiting an alternate or probable universe' 'ibis means that if my
friend’s mother would have bought the house (my friend’s house) i would have
m fact arm ed on a current time window in this universe The whole point I am
trying to make here is that since that probability did not actualize here, in our
physical reality, it still manifested “elsewhere” and exists in an alternate reality! A

reality that is just as real as ours, and which is inhabited by alternate versions of
ourselves... Weird, isn’t it?

Now, so far we have looked at the two types of psychoportation On the
other hand, PDI is even more bizarre. In one of my OB P.’s 1 suddenly realized
that 1 was no longer just an observer but a participator Ixt me stress that if a
psychonaut happens to be m a dream system he or she can very well interact
with the environment (pick up things) and interact with the inhabitants (hold a
conservation), I hen, it lor any reason the psychonaut is not happy with his
exploration, he can then either fl\ away, or can manipulate and change his sur-
roundings mentally, I have done these things manv times in lucid dreams.

I lovvever, there were other times when I tried to fly or float up in the air, as
l do m many ol my dreams, but was surprised to find that l could not do it.
Nor could I change/ manipulate objects or my surroundings. But what I found
even more shocking was die fact that other people I was talking with were
calling me by a different name And, when I asked where 1 was, what year it
was, or who the current president was, they would give me different informa-
tion than the one I knew about; information which did not correspond with our
version of mass reality. However, when I would mention this to the people I
was interacting with — inside my ‘dream’ — they would look at me as though I
was out ol my mind. Consequently, I knew that I was having some weird tvpe
of lucid dream or QBE that I hadn’t read or heard about

At other times I found that I could have access to amounts ofinformation
that would enable me to follow a different line of thought and/or conversation,
which only my host (of the probable/ parallel Earth I was visiting) could other-
wise do In other words, it was as if suddenly, fragmented memories of my
host s mind would merge with mine. In that regard, tt felt as if I had two data
banks or ‘streams’ of consciousness from which to retrieve information from.
In one stream it was I, Joey, aware of the fact that 1 was psychodvnamicaUy
integrated and functioning on a probable Earth. On the other stream I was
someone else experiencing short amounts of missing-time. Simitar to when one
is engaged in conversation and then suddenly notices that one has not been
paying attention to the conversation for a few seconds, as a result of momen-
tarily being somewhere else, or lost in one’s thoughts. Vet these time lapses I

expertence are not ‘empty’; mstead they are foil of ‘someone elseV thoughts
and memories! &

In lad sometimes when Pm “here”, in this physical reality havrng a conver-
sation with someone, said person w.ll he astonished by certain dungs I will
suddenly speak out loud, and which are out of context with the conversation

an introduction to psychocyberdynamics

, rp havin p Then, nght after I say them out loud, I think to myself.
dU ‘ L’x bclfcvc I lust said that!” This does not alarm me too much how-
,JfK V or 1 started to nouce early on an immense change in my consciousness
C '“’| Resides mv enure life people have thought ol me as being a

. £4 . » » long.. - °< -5

. Hill or acting out of previously programmed thoug it
condinomng. Instead, I feel as if I am aware and functioning from high

^Indeed, 1 feel that I am in touch with and grasping the ^. m S" e j’ S

whole multi-faceted and multi-dimensional Self. I have also realize t *.

the result of mv somewhat short time of experimentation wit e ec ro

devices, binaural fluencies, flashing light and sound

and psychedelic/ hallucinogenic substances. Nonetheless,

research on the subject of muluple personalities and see ow

me and to what 1 was experiencing. 1 his is what 1 found

Multiple Personalities

i i i ciifferinc from multiple
irduig to psychiatrist Frank Putman, mdividua s „ . cxist ins idc of

mality disorder (MPD) report that alternate person ^ ^ memories, and
i. Each of these ‘sub-selves’ has lus or her own voices md meas ,

brainwave signature patterns. In fact, Dr. 1 [ornSj and found that

the brainwaves of people suffering Irom M deed UHUj ue in * ts ncLiro
of the personalities they claimed to have wa. brainwaves ot actors

al profile. To rule out a placebo he also ®*P3P stu Jics revealed that the
took on the role of another character, an t ic con ,rast, those aHlie tc c
*’s EEG patterns did not show any c ang ^ also demonstrat

MPD showed dramauc changes. cerebral M~hI to*.

lc physiological and psychologic^^ 1 ^^^ language, and J^Xee dif-
bulary, accent, hemispheric dom * c | t ffcrent personalities
ng In one case a woman ‘ anfl lvs,s-wh,ch

it menstrual cycles in a singh r med — -a voieepn

also read about another u s * ! x r someone suffering , '

. r .t_„ ..K- voices Ot SOI PU

icnstrual cycles m a smgic ** — rtnC d— a voicepn«* ; p u

„ ,V,J 2m »"‘7« 't, V"

led that each of the sub \< ces with P^ 1 alK ' ( - t j K . psych

1 -event In view of my ^ s „me ^Ul/ua-

« MPS is a red IjttS****^^

d^enc ... ~ V

MPD is but a glance at ^psychiatry tnodds^ 0 ^ symptoms of
ely, P r T r 'l a

;lv, currcm . to ,

nature, and tberetore u "'' | gening , sica | brn>'' s 1,rt ' ‘“i

spiritual and n.ulu-dn-» . „„ «at ' ' ' ning

lermorc, I bel.eve na.enabst.c ,

ructured — based on our

264 INTO THE VOID

from our PdS — they repress alternate neurological pulses, which in turn corre-
spond to alternate pcrsonalmes/idem tries, and which emanate from other re-
alities. However, these alternate pulses arc part of the webwork that connects
us to other tacets and versions of ourselves, as well as to our Ovcrmmd

As you may already know, human beings only use about 10% of rheir brain
capabilities. I feel that by engaging in PSP and POI, and more specifically Psy-
chocyberdynarrucs, individuals may be able to tap into unused parts of the
brain. Thus, I have learned that even' time I psychodynamicaily integrate with
someone else, I am in fact perceiving an alternate reality through said host’s
senses and bnun/mind This allows me, lor all intents and purposes, to have
some access to whatever psychological and psychic data that is part of said al-
ternate individual s mental and emotional makeup.

furthermore, a curious phenomenon I sometimes experience while in this
type of psycho-integration is that my mind translates whatever print matter I
we on a probable Earth into Ac English language In fact, this takes place right
lx fore my eyes. For example, if I’m looking at the writing on a book or prod-
uct label and n isn’t written in English, then within a few seconds, the print
matter morphs right before my eyes into letters and words found in the English
alphabet. (I must point out that I was already pretty proficient at looking for
- he w \ j .. i >\ subtleties’, such as different language characters, because when I
practiced lucid dreaming one of the many reality tests I performed consisted of
looking while I was dreaming— for numbers or letters, which could be
somewhere nearby, say on a billboard Then, if the writing happened to look
c erog \ p ucs or such, that meant that I was indeed dreaming So in that

sense my analytical brain had been trained to be aware of anything out of the
normal )

However, ever, though tins proved to be the ease m almost aU instances of
lucid dreaming, there were some instances in wluch as soon as I psychody-
namically integrated with someone, whatever print matter was before me would
morph into tile English language, which I could then read. Sometime later 1
was informed by Dr. Prestid.us that what I was experiencing was a neuro-visual
phenomenon. I he reason for this being that m my case I an. b, lingual (mv sec-
ond language is Spuush), and both my mind and my brain are ,.,iw to
translating one language into another.

•Hus makes perfect sense to me, for I am indeed used to sometimes thrnk
(or read) in Enghsh and then speak (or think) those same thoughts m Spanish
and vtce versa. In add, non, since I’m a right-brained individual (and proud of
t), I oftentimes think in images instead of words. An example being that if I

“Todav n “ 6 SUpe "™ rkct and to «** post Office, 1 won't inwardly say,

I’U see mvs 0iv '° ** “ T' SUpermarket and *•*> to the post office”. Instead,

I h 1 T , m my . mmd s eye ) at the supermarket and then at the post office

somethmn to ^ IT*’ C ° mbi " cd W “ h my '—I a and cxpcruLts. have
- tething do with these uncanny abilities during my OBE’s and other al-

AN INTRODUCTION to psychocyberdynamics

i ot consciousness.

. vou can sec how all of tins was quickly shattering my views about
WstcMreaktv, the mind, and existence in the physical dimension. It was as
jLh a blindfold was finally being lifted, and 1 was begmnmg to m tact see
nhif“rcabtv” reaUy was, and how it was constandy being created by the physical
.ones of the perceive r. Moreover, as 1 mentioned earlier, I was informed by
F M that the present life cycle 1 am currently experiencing is my last human

openence in the system of the physical dunension— probable and reincarna-

nonal For I have learned about its rules. Much like Dorothy— from “The Wiz-

ard of Oz — did. . , i

Indeed, just like Dorothy came to see by the end ol the movie that h

magic of the Wizard of Oz in reality was an illusion that was created and sus-
tained by a man behind a curtain, and that all of her problems an c i ^ cfl 8 es
were for her own benefit, and helped her grow in both experience as w -
wisdom, I too had also ‘seen’ how the PdS ot our PDFD sustame t 1 ^

of what we perceive, think and know as “reality Moreen cr, wit in t

lifetime, I had taken a quantum leap in

mv gathering of experiential knowledge and experiments in consaom n ^

' In fact, I have to say that all that I am today ts the result of my
Proper experimentation with psychedelic substances. As I v c a reac ) p^
diese substances are very much like "keys’ or passwords cre ^ ore these

3ut of the physical dimension, and into a much greater rea iu ^ ^ how-

uh t.uKA hould be treated with utmost care and nspeti ^ e d\ one » s state of
^ver, that these substances will only allow one to experience * ^ t j rc un-

’onsciousness is ready to experience, lhat s why I emp a

)ortance of study and self-re i lection. some weird reason

As a side note, I would like to include the follownig.^ ^ ^ chJJ In fact, it

never got the chance to watch “The Wizar o . oSt fouty - four years
wasn’t until a few months ago (as I m writing t is ^ m c tell you that

'kl that I ‘coincidentally’ got an opportunity to nlCt j^n made quire a

vatclung this movie was not only highly ^F 111 ‘ ess in that sen^ . 1 f

>sychological impact on my overall state of const in our respective exp^ 1 ’

hat in a way we are all like Dw>*l>h ^l^^atity *0""* -place’

nces (life) we will find ourselves tn j ,^ s a j tcr nate reality ls

0 the same realizations she did. Althoug ^ ,t v ou have,

>ut rather a state of mind. .f \ 0 u haven t. Anc ’ - tlvC

1 recommend that you watch lb* been “ t0 **

hen watch it again It will put a ku ‘

Multi-Oimen

sional Perception

In order to function in 111,11

. . Uv we should be as -'..locus
-physical reality. ‘ JcaU > ’

t d

266 INTO THE VOID

from physical reality as possible. Hits is due to the fact that m our normal
waking state our senses arc bombarded in every* direction with physical stimuli
In mm, OU r brain is efficiently making three-dimensional models of everything
around us, so as to properly function in everyday waking reality I Iowever, in
order for us to operate in alternate non-physical dimensions efficiently, I have
learned that it is imperative to dissociate from the ‘outward’ physical and in to

the ‘inward* non-physical. Otherwise, we will be susceptible to mental and psy-
chological noise Consequently, in order for us to keep this mental noise to a
minimum, we have to go into a meditative state, slow down brain activity, and
shut down the physical senses.

The reason I’m bringing tins up is because I have come to find that the big-
gest problem with conventional remote perception and L.SP in general, is that it
is almost always too ‘noisy* By notse I mean that it is prone to inaccurate target
related data. This is due to the fact that when die remote viewer is perceiving
data from the target, he or she ts in a normal waking state of consciousness,
and the data that is coming in is being processed through the same channels
(neurological wiring) that our senses normally use to process phy steal stimuli.
Thus, both sets of data mix, and the conscious mind, by trying to make sense
of it all, distorts the information.

However, this is not the case with PSP; for in PSP one always enters an al-
tered state of consciousness and makes use of the non-physical senses, which in
turn process information through completely different channels (in my case the
newly developed neurological wiring) and therefore I get virtually no noise. As
mentioned before, our perception of three-dimensional reality* ts dependent on
quantized, balanced, and exacting tmiroehemnal ratios that our brains must hold,
retain, and metabolize so as to properly function m physical reality .

Otherwise, we would theoretically be virtually “here”, and also psychically
overlapping into other PDl'O’s — all at the same time. I am certain that this is
the case with individuals labeled as psychotic or schizophrenic; for they report
that they see things that aren’t really there, or claim to see and be seen by peo-
ple that aren’t Tea 1 Psychiatrists claim that these people simply suffer from a
chemical imbalance and therefore what they see are nothing more than halluci-
nations. Of course, I disagree with this view. Because you see, although these
individuals may in fact be displaying a different neurochemical profile than the
rest of the “normal” population for some reason or another, said individuals
have also involuntarily tuned in to alternate dimensions or systems of reality as
consequence of this neurochcmical alteration Winch m this case is the culprit for
such ‘psychotic* episodes. Therelore, it is my firm belief (hat what separates
these psychotic individuals from mystics, shamans, and saints is that the latter
alter their neuro chemistry (enter an altered state) m a controlled manner.

Now, a problem associated with dream travel and out-of-body experiences,
is usually the rapid loss of memory right after the experience People generally
have poor recollection of their ( )BK’s But, as 1 have come to discover this is

AW INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOCYBERDYNAMICS 267

. , rc lhc B T-6 ’s important role comes into play. I have learned that by using it
f! about tlirce to four weeks the brain will increase the manufacturing o it
iroitansmmcrs responsible for both short and long-term memory. Also by
I™ Choline (which increases alertness, memory, and alpha brainwaves) in
coniuncuon with a theta session from a brainwave synchronizer (or from an
Jocasscttc/CD embedded with binaural frequencies)^ one will coax the bran

,o manufacture more of the ncurotransmitters responsible lor memor >.

Getting back to PSP for a moment, although one can project f
dreamstat'c to the realm were probable and parallel Earths exist, Ot e J>_ J
pose of developing PSP one must loam to go into the dream state at V
that one is doing so. The reason for this being that if one shifts from he phy st-
eal to the non-physical continuum, humans tend to almost immedia cly go
deeper’ altered states, and therefore further away from the p ysica . > .

reality. 'Iliat is why it is so important that any attempt at time ^ * _
mems within this probability' continuum be pertornu d in t # c#t .

posed to nighttime. For one tends to remain in this vicin

nap m the afternoon hours. „ r -~ n crimis-

Regarding EDI, at this pomt 1 have only been able *" .^'mnuies at a time
ness with other probable selves ot mine lor on y • ' tenc | s to be

fEarth-ume minutes). Thcretore, the data retrieve m s of ‘fill in

somewhat limited. Consequently, l must still use i > iragmen-

the gaps’ Not only that, but data acquired m this as non t “ideas”.

tary in nature, and resembles ver)' much wh * p^p ;im ] ppi. And

Nonetheless, I feel that I have a gigantic head Mari n ^ ba5 sincc the

I also firmly believe dial this is ihe way uut crcatiyi) ^ spring forth trom

dawn of creation What 1 am saving die re I ore « > UI h ,j H y have to he

probable Earths and even trom alternate rea ittes- _ ^ ^ ecomc both valid

actualized in our space- time continuum in or cr or j. > j n tb at sense, I be-
am! part of our ‘future’ Otherwise the) remain P r indeed, there is noth-
lieve that I have discovered the mechanic ^ ^ | t , rnl ( >r another

ing that we can conceive or imagine, w hie

haven’t already. , , i i,, s remote viewers, such a

It is therefore not surpriMiig to me that wor i - * ■ ^ ^ be used tor t ie

Joseph McMonagle, <datm that remote ptrec-p im nrc>Mons h°m Is ..

purpose of accessing the probable tuture am ^ n her hand,

U -n» "“r" ■»”»»"> *** rsitzS

allow some psychically-gifted mt t\i 1 * , mllK | with a p ro a f or t \-

Earth in the system »f probabilities, merge ^ slotc , or a VP*

ciiiisequenily enler a medical lal>. ‘ ""“‘A s . m ! data ,,. r ca n visit a

ample, see wlv.il is ihcrc, am l u' ■' . Kt mini, a sen.' 1 |)[( »nni M

concep.,,1 model On. he * U * * *"

fcaiurc, and bring back said data also. As you

268 INTO THE VOID

this are staggering.

Now, based on my experiments, I have found that stage 1 / delta 1 sleep is
the gateway to (our) EartlVs subphysical realm, and stage 2/delta _ sleep is the
gateway to the realm of probabilities, i c., probable Earths. In my experiments 1
have found that the first two REM sleep cycles are the optimal time to engage in
PSP for the exploration of the sttbpbysical realm, so as to explore events — past or
immediate future — on this system of reality and not on a probable one. (Al-
though I recommend that neophyte PSP explorers use the afternoon hours,
because the afternoon hours offer less chance for accidental shift into the realm
of probabilities or dream systems.) T he last two sleep cycles arc recommended
for PSP and PD I in die realm of probabilities. T hese two last sleep cycles may
also he used as a launching pad to other systems of reality, such as the astral
plane and/or dream systems.

In my experiments l have found however, that most times I sull have to use
pharmacological substances in order to achieve controlled altered states of con-
sciousness for the purpose of acquiring specific information Consequendy, as
my own rule of thumb, I now use mild dosages of LSD in combination with
REM cycles in order to explore this system of reality. On the other hand, 1 use
DXM, ketamine, and salvia divinorum to explore other realities

Understand that the two main reasons lor having to use pharmacological
substances are lack of mental programming — which would unpnnt the con-
scious mind with the ‘software’ or ‘program’ needed in order to increase its
own neurochemical ratios of particular chemicals such as tryptamincs; and be-
cause this may be the only way for our species at this point in tune to bring
back useful mfoimation from other reality systems 1 However, I cannot tell y ou
that dus is a safe or legal practice In fact, 1 advise you against it. Otherwise, I,
(and you), may be breaking the law Therefore the information ts being presented for
educational purposes only, tty reading this you assume all responsibilit y.

In the next wction I will share some of the exercises given to me for the
express purpose of constructing new communication channels/hemispheric
connectivity (neural pathways) m the brain, for the specific function of proc-
essing psychically acquired information.

Weuromorphosis

As mentioned previously, the human body is wired in crisscrossed fashion. By
this I mean that the left brain hemisphere almost always controls the right side
of the body, and the left side of the body is controlled by the right brain 1 have
been informed by Dr. Prcshdius that if a person is right-handed, believe it or
not, said person has only taught the left brain how to process analytical mlor-
mation! This presents a disadvantage to the right brain, for us analytical com-
munication skills are almost non-existent Consequently, in order to perceive

AW INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOCYBEROYNAMICS 269

not immediately available to the physical senses or to the conscious mind,

- and sensitive channels must be created and developed, so that said type of
non physically perceived information can be physically perceived and proc-

1 hiring a lucid dream experience. Dr. Prestidius explained to me that in or-
der to teach my right brain hemisphere how to express itself analytically, I must
Bain it in the same fashion as you would any young child. Moreover, since at
tins point I was interested in acquiring visual data, the first tiling I needed to do
was teach my right brain left brain communication skills. This could be
achieved by learning to unite with my left hand (Because I’m right-handed).

According to him, left-handed writing (right-handed if you are left-handed)
will aid in the building of new neurological connccuons in the brain, which will
open special channels oi communication between bodi brain hemispheres, as
well as between the conscious and subconscious mind !)r Prestidius then pro*
ceeded to illustrate on a piece ol paper how this was done L pon awakening a
few minutes later, 1 felt a rush of energy within me, and, intrigued by what had
ust happened, 1 took out some blank sheets ol paper and started working on
what I have dubbed, "Reversed Mirror Writing”. Tins technique, as the name

implies, consists of writing in dus fashion:

tow

If you hold that sentence up to a mirror you will be able to read it. 1 or the
exercise to be effective one must start writing the words ot the sentences back
ward from the last letter to the tirst, as well as from the last word to the first.

Again, the simple sentence:

The cat ran .

Would be commenced on die left side ot the paper with the letter W (re ' )

followed by the letters Cl and /* -space- tCIC -space- ehT and
would look like this:

.iUV* Utt

1 should stress that before starting a sentence, I have “ j

ow ft going to begin and end, but must thl .

intence in reversed form before wnting it down on paper. As

270 INTO THE VOID

exercise is of utmost importance, for I noticed that after about fifteen to twenty
minutes of writing in tins fashion my brain began automatical!}' reversing the
mental images of the letters! I began to see die letters already reversed on the
paper without any effort on my part. In fact, I only had to trace the images of
each letter without having to think about the letters themselves, for the images
appeared superimposed on the sheet of paper'

'I bus I began a complete training program of writing in this fashion; first b\

practicing with the alphabet, then progressing to writing words, and finally,

graduating to complete sentences It took lots of patience and diligence, bur I

was amazed at the results. Indeed, after just a few days of practice I began to

sense intuitive ideas, as well as see sharp images spring forth to my conscious

mind from prior PSP explorations. I wen hypnagogic imagery i lowed mm !
more easily.

Now, let me share another facer of my training As you may recall from
chapter 2, 1 wanted to increase my cognition of hypnagogic images, and for this
I trained in the method outlined previously (in said chapter); which consisted of
using a slide projector, remember? WeU, I also discovered that if I described the
images out hud 1 was also teaching and coaxing my brain to use its language cen-
ters. This, I believe, eventually enabled me to verbally and intelligently describe my

encounters and experiences in hyperspace, which most individuals for the most
part cannot put into words.

The way I trained myself for this was by doing the following: After ingesting
a psychedelic substance, I would start describing out loud details of the visual
and auditory effects I was experiencing. I also began doing the same while en-
gaged in non-drug induced hypnagogia. As I did this, I came to find that these

exercises gave me a marked edge when it came time to describe anti write about

my PSP experiences Also, the level of information and types of experiences I

began having after this type of training became much more intricate — as you
can see from tins book

Psychopoptation and Imagination

According to RV protocols, imagination ls detrimental to a session. ! low ever. I
have found dial imagination is an important component in the role, develop-
ment and practice of PSP! But as it turns out. I came to find that there are two

ol imagination These arc: condruoned and unconditioned. Bv
conditioned imagination I refer lo that pan of the mind dial has been pro-
grammed since birth to perceive ns environment through a senes of mental
images and even reflexes. These images have been efficiently constructed— and
retained in the memory banks— with the aid of the repeated and heav.lv fo-
cused use of the physical senses I his is what allows us to properly function in
physical reality, and without this programming or ‘indoctnnation’, if vou will

* d *

I

AN INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOCYBERDYNAMICS H71

,, n0t be able to efficiently operate in our three-dimensional physical
«* "^ L .n, (four-dimensional if you count Ume as a dimension). So in that

KSafd ’ ancP develop we are also ‘conditioned’ by the
, '”j lio-pohncal and religious belief systems of the societies we grow up
^Th, s’ of course influences our mental development hven in school our
Inluon is conditioned or programmed with a vast amount of knowledge
“Id mental file cards. Like for example: 7 x 7 = 49 » nothing more than a pro-
* ’ ed or conditioned mental reflex that we hold in our minds (imagination)

P N ow a well-known scientific fact is that we as infinite, are born with billions
of neurons, which will die before we reach the age ot two Also, the brains of
newborns contain many more neural pathways in the neocortex, which arc not
„ well defined or ‘carved’ than the number which will remain after they reach
the aC e of three or four. In that sense, it’s as though our brains are born with
potential neurological systems and structures that will never develop, due to the

fact that they go on neglected and unused

One possible reason for this neurological non-development might be that

we as infants, perceive physically as well as psychically, a number of d.tfercn

dimensions simultaneously, for we haven’t as yet learned or rather been teg

how to ‘correctly’ perceive, distinguish, or discriminate between mahues. 1

ever, as time goes by, we learn to shutdown most of the mu u-senson _

dimensional data that is coming in via the billions of extra neura pat iwav.

we arc initially born with. , lt i

An example of this being that jus, as older children someumesphy -h

imaginary fnends but are discouraged by therr parents

hungry, the non-physical beings that the m an, sees cannot nurse or feed
him/her, hu, die ZZe chmineT .if p~

dimensional physical reality. Howe ,

open, but are only is actively implemented

In my view, this sort ot ncur 1 5 1 nhvsical touch

m the biological development of ***. .hundant amounts of

and nourishment for example, cause y psychic uctivitv does not

But again, this does serve a P U JT> _ Therefore this aspect of our mind

physical species m the ph\Mt.i <• umn i mc s ot physical reality,

(imagination) is indeed ‘conditioned to work g

Hence its name. „™mnation is that part of the mind that

has not been conditione \

272 INTO THE VOID

example of this type of imagination is creativity (although Beethoven was horn
deaf, he was playing original music he heard ‘inside his head’ by the age of
four), or spontaneous intuitive flashes. For in most cases this ty pe of cognition
(as m hypnagogic reverie) uses modes of information processing not available
to die physical senses or to the conscious mind.

Therefore, unconditioned imagination-perception does not depend on tile
conditioned programming that has been implemented into die conscious mind.
Consequently, 1 feel that this is the type of ‘imagination’ that needs to be trained
and redeveloped, so as to be able to engage in PSP and optimal psychic func-
tioning in general.

The Future

lhe implications of die type of psychic functioning I’ve been describing in this
book are truly revolutionary. Indeed, certain gifted and trained individuals will
be able to go anywhere, as well as to any time , and sc: whatever type of informa-
tion or ideas they wish and bring them back with diem. Tliat means that some-

one like Henry Ford, Thomas Edison, Leonardo Di Vinci, Albert Einstein,
Mark 1 wain, Jules Verne and other creative types wall he able to go a probable
future (or past), and bring back in ibeir minds inventions, artistic and arquitcc-
tual designs, technological and mathematical concepts, formulations, stones,
pla\ s, tales, even philosophies, as finished working models.

But you sec, this is what creative individuals have always done! An excellent
example of this is the case of Edison — one of the most gif ted inventors In our
history. Except that, as mentioned earlier, most inventors and other creative
types oftentimes bnng back snippets or fragments of what they see in alternate
space-rime continuums m the form o! "ideas”. Most of them don’t even rc-
mcn icr seeing the complete working model or being in the system of reality
they visited, at all. Therefore, ‘creative’ individuals have to painstakingly recon-
struct what they perceived. An example of tins is Mr. Edison, who got Ins light
bulb to work properly after 10,000 combinations and experiments! (Ironically,

tins is almost identical to the way psychic data is perceived using remote view-
ing: in bits and pieces.)

In a sense then, human beings do not create, but rather replicate objects,
structures, works of art, etc. (even events!) based on actual working models that
already exist in alternate/ probable space-time continuums. However, because
of ‘neurological discrimination’ individuals usually tend to block out phases of
the “creative process”. Therefore, their conscious mind has to— through con-
scious trial and error— put together the bits and pieces of the complete model
that s already stored in their subconscious mind.

Let me digrtss a bit and say that I am ‘disgusted’ (remember that diere
area t any wrongs or rights, tilings just are) at the way so many individuals

an introduction

TO PSYCHOCYBERDYNAMICS 273

. , ith t hc so-called remote viewing training W- Somc
wete csplotted vnOxac ^ teaching the “technology of RV . In

RV w sttuctocs '"weine THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS for those mfamus
many students, if not aU, were lured by thc name remote

■protocols ; an J ^ across space an d time. Hey, I was one of

viewing’ and what « * ( J RV pro< - P css has nothing to do visual per-

*t on B l a d 1 m talking about’ the term Visual’ as in clearly seei% just as you

“'aowseemgthelettersinthisboolc S-E-E S-E-E

! ndCC ,V etdl the use of the physical eyes is both

0 °P? ‘ h "u cat an Ldy learn such ability? Well, after aU the data 1

have gathered, 1 would have to say definmvely NO.Wtf “ much like
not be taught talent. Yes, that s rig it. any body can play the pi-

ssffl ft « £ «* »■

the patience and diligence to apply myself to years P ^

who found herself lost in New York city, and asked a police officer how ge

to Carnegie Hall. “Practice”. The officer replayed of individual

In that sense, I guess you could say *at tt ak^ neurouc> f an , a sy

to be odd enough, strange, mtroverted, int > of psyc hological and

prone, creauve and weird enough, to engage , $ U ch as medicine takes

psychic self-development. I mean, any art or science ^ f ew that are

years to master, correct? Unless you happen o , casc 0 f c liild geniuses

born with a particular talent already develope as in as myself have to

or prodigies, But tor the most part however m become proficient at.

paticndy develop their skills at anything tie)

Again, that’s why it takes a lot oi iKlux - p<qp or pDl every day.

Even so, I have come to find that I cannot engag^ ^ because if 1 could
But why is this? Well, I have two theories: . pD j on a regular basis, I

and if I could I would not do so— engage in , dimension, as l have in

would rapidly become disenchanted wit 1 - u> be explored, and in a

the past. For there are millions of fascinating * p amse y incident). Fhe re-
way tins can be dangerous (remember m> . some type of subconscious

fore, 1 believe that these types of abilities a ; seco nd theory on why

or e ; c n superconscious control by our Overmutds Th ne „rochemt«l

1 can-, engage in PSP on a datly basts - ^ r eahty- or PDFD. And . -

states are what keep us focused to this p ^ would no t be able to P ^

were to alter this balance on a consis u earlier, in order to ‘ lcc ^ | . r

crly funcuon m phys.cal rcahty. A^td s.ates have to be altered, ch
worlds and dimensions our ne

274 INTO THE VOID

naturally (as in when we go to sleep and dream), or by using pharmacological
catalysts.

However, there’s a problem even with this Because you see, as I pointed
out previously, most of our lives our brains have efficiently kept adequate
amounts of neurochcnucal ratios, so as to function in tins particular focus of
consciousness lA*t me give you an example. WTicn someone gets drunk, or
stoned, the perception and processing of physical data gets disrupted, i.e ,
blurred vision and ghost images (very similar to those of a television receiver
that is not receiving a clear signal, etc ) But after a few hours however, the neu-
rochemistry returns to adequate levels, resulting in the proper processing of
physical data. ! Icncc, our senses begin working properly once again and we can
drive to work i hcrefore, our brains have been programmed by the evolution-
ary process to always return to its ‘home station’.

The reason I’m bringing this up is because recently, a few close friends of
mine have asked me if l could teach them psychoportation. i hey have also
asked if there was any piece of brain technology device, protocols, drug, man-
tra, or the like that could furnish them with this ability. To which I simply re-
played “There aren’t any! It’s your mind that’s the key!” Indeed, no one can

*■ * * * J *

teach talent, desire and determination Those faculties, which bv the way are
required to truly learn and become proficient at anything, are already within us.
So let’s rephrase the question from “Can anybody learn such abilities^” to,
“Can these type ot abilities be developed by those who are truly interested?”

Well, I have concluded that since human beings can dream — immerse
themselves in realms outside this system of reality — then PSP and PD! arc in-
deed natural faculties of the human and even ol non-human species I Iowever,
these faculties must be developed with a burning desire, intent, patience, de-
termination, anti most importantly, praitwe 1 tcel that this is the case indeed.
For we have die ‘talent’ to dream both figuratively as well literally. We also have
the ‘talent’ to desire something. We also have the innate ‘talent’ to be deter-
mined. Furthermore, I believe that our brains are like a computer that can run
any ‘program’ properly presented to it.

Now, 1 loresce sometime in the probable future that a place not unlike the
Juliard School of Performing Arts will come into existence Except that it won’t
be an art school Instead, it will be a privately funded school tor psychically-
gifted individuals. 11ns school s sole iiurpose will be that of the development of
the human mind for die continuing evolution of mankind. At this school, psy-
chically-gifted individuals who first of all would have to be accepted by un-
deigoing a thorough physical as well as a psychological evaluation, so as to in-
sure that they’re psychically qualified and of both sound mind and health—
would be assisted by trained professionals in a special psychological and

ps\ chic development program using a number nt ditterent modalities* including
psychedelic substances

1 Iowever, because of current archaic tederal laws when it comes to psycho-

an introduction TO PSYCHOCYBERDYNAMICS 275

IC i ants and substances, skepticism about the paranormal abilities of the
human mind, and the lawsuit mentality of a great percentage of individual? in
nr society, this facility would have to exist somewhere outside the United
States, Perhaps on an island, or even in a country like Switzerland — far away
from the ignorance of bureaucrats and the general population

This facility would participate in die psychological, psychic, and pharmacol-
ogical engineering of human consciousness. In other words, a school for mod-
ern-day shamans, whose voyages into hyperspace would be done witii the spe-
cific purpose of aiding in the development of their Tribes’ 1 sciences, politics,
philosophies, entertainment, psycho-spiritual healing methods, and even spiri-

tuality.

This facility would be equipped with technology such as different types ot
EEC’s, a CA f Scan, an MRI, bio feedback instruments, audio-visual synthesiz-
ers /synchronizers, etc. which would be used to further the study of the human
mind, as well as mera-develop it. Tins facility would also be equipped with
medical-grade psychedelics and hallucinogens, which would be administered by
professional and licensed— but most importantly .^. 77 ///^//)-/;;//;^/— psycho-
pharmacologists, psychiatrists, psychologists and scientists.

Tlie human being that participated in this type ot training would eventually
be transformed into something one step beyond human a metahuman . A
being of great levels of intellectual, philosophical, artistic, spiritual and univ ersal
intelligence Indeed, he would have gone from being a student to becoming a

Master.

Of course, all of this would be both very expensive and time-consummg-
Howevcr, grants could be financed anti even scholarships awarded to t ose
truly gifted individuals who would benefit both themselves as well as man
These moneys would come from all the financial gams that inventions, patent ,
and copyrights — -which would be acquired by the shaman-exp ore rs ^
earn in die world’s marketplace. A percentage, say 10%, would then be placet
in a fund for the financing and running of the facility. A ac ty w c w :
forever continue to further develop mankind into universal consciousness And
this development would eventually occur globally and naturally because of the

morp hie resonance/ critical mass principals. ,

Perhaps this may seem Uke sac, ice ficuon ,«> o you. lc me re

mind you .hat so were many now commonly accepted « eas ***

bulb, phonograph, space missions, moon basts, am it. £

democracy, Indeed. ~

oSradiea,, mad. irraliona,. e,

now. BuTthe “high pries, s” P .n

hidden from the ‘profane masses. And th >

please, please, wake up’

276 INTO THE VOID

As I said previously, said facility' already exists on a parallel universe, and
may be actualized here, if sufficiently desired and focused on by a critical num-
ber of this planet’s population I am referring to those of you who are tired of
the current status quo. Again, I firmly believe that some of the substances and
technologies I have experimented with, and have described in tins book, have
the potential of completely changing and forever altering the course of human
history — if used in l he proper con text and with the proper intent.

" Understanding others is wisdom.
Understanding yourself is enlightenment"

Lao Tse

tysical reality is a ‘tricky’ yet playful and creative altered state of conscious-
■ss which our Overmmds have created and expcnence through us Uva-
inds, which arc non-physical in nature, use physical vehicles (our human
idles) so as to experience this ‘sensual’ reality— a reality mediated by phi mc.i
B ut make no mistake. We arc timeless and infinite ‘drought-tilings
up of the same energy-essence that ‘It is; some- tiling t lat is >°

words and conceptualization. , .L. t

Hopefully, you have come to the realization that }ou can on v c ‘

which you already are ... It’s much like the innocent pet who by and

curiously chasing Us tale, after finally having caught it, realizes that thetal

been its own all along. Hence our little fellow was o } c lasmg a _ remind

yourself about the nature of reahty and of your true bemg. Aspo^ut pre

riously, you have, and continue to, create (lQm some ‘place’

Even die words that you are now reading and exist so as to

within jour Self, These words have always ^ # ^ That it’s

help you understand the cosmic and ^ sort> tV emuaUy brings you

all a psychological game. And that thi g. ^ . see m; nothing seems as
back to yourself— to your Self. Tbm^ . this logical and playful ’ms.m-
it really is. Yet isness is all there is. I 7 * . ot h c r hand, “intellectual

ity’, if you wdl, is sanity and enkghtenmen . non sense’ truly is

logic” is ignorance, blindness and ,t chough, is *»

You must remember that this . f pjg Yes, my dear find* •

grammed to begin with, and also because o.

278 INTO THE VOID

sense a great cosmic joke has been played on all of us Bui this has only been
done with the express purpose that we learn about it in the first place 1 All in a
very subtle and playful way, I might add. To some of you tins may seem funny.
To others this may seem cruel And still to others, this may seem ludicrous I

may even be accused of having lost my mind. Maybe I have. But the fact still
remains. Your interpretation about anything whatsoever is what gives said inter-
pretation whatever meaning you wish to give it in the hrst place

I know that some will come to think of tins hook as science fiction Others
will think of it as non-fiction However, remember that notions as well as other
tilings change with time As you may recall what was considered ‘science fic-
tion’ just a few centuries ago, and even a few decades ago, today has become
real. From Jules Verne’s ‘science fiction’ masterpieces “20,000 leagues Under
the Sea”, as well as “From Earth to the Moon”, to the portrayal of cellular
phones in the television series “Star I rek”, science fiction has indeed become
science fact In that sense — and as far as this book is concerned — 1 will let you
decide what this book is. Indeed, there are many hues from which vou ma\
choose to color your views and feelings about anything; including what I have
presented in tilts book That’s why hues exist in the first place So go ahead and
use them. But, when you grow bored of them — as i have — you may go ahead
and discard them all together.

individuals interested in the types of psychological explorations i have been
describing in this book are encouraged to first and foremost develop their in-
tellectual consciousness, in whatever way they choose, before attempting to en-
gage in psychedelic experiments. (Although I am suggesting you don’t.)
And if you happen to neglect my suggestion — for 1 can only offer sugges-
tions — I hope you are prepared to deal with what you mav find lurking within
your psyche. I guess you could say that the road to God is a lonely one But 1
will tell you this Eventually everyone will have to travel it. And nothing I say here
will ever take the place ot one’s own self -experience However, let me remind
\ ou that it took me years ot mind development betore getting to the point of
being ‘somewhat’ prepared for these experiences.

In my case, tor some strange reason 1 tell that it was my ‘duty’ to take the
dangerous health risks— both physical as well as mental — involved in these

tjpes of psychological journeys and experiments. But not only did 1 teel — per-
haps at a subconscious level at times — that this information had to be gathered,
but I was later told that in fact it also had to be shared with those who arc
read\ tor it ami so it is Now, it this information happens to strike a chord
within \ou and makes sense please don t try and shove it dow n someone else’s

throat. I 'or not everyone wishes to be awakened from his or her self-induced
and self-sustained illusory dream, vet

In lact, it is their right (and choice) to be in it and remain in it for as long as
thej wish. Remember, we are all here for the experience anti for entertainment
For what else could one do with eternity and ‘forever’ than experience it? And

EPILOGUE 279

, ot [ lcrs come to the point of being ready to leave this system of reality
belimcl they will also come to find this information, just as I — and now you —
have. As mv mother used to say “All in good time. All in good time.” If you
happen to be concerned about someone you know and wish to mention what
ou have learned in this book, you may casually mention small items about it
and see how they respond. But keep in mind that you will be talking to the soul
aspect in them. Therefore, this is a very delicate matter. In fact, don’t be sur-
prised if some individuals scorn you or become hostile when this mformauon is

presented to them.

If tlus happens it is because they do not want to be ‘awakened’, yet How-
ever, if they happen to inquire more specific information then you may directed
them to this body of work. Perhaps they arc ready to learn what you and I have
learned Possibly they are ready to ‘wake up’ But tor the most part however
and 1 expressly emphasize this — at this point in time tins book and the informa-
tion in it is for you and for you only.

The reason I am bringing this up is because bus ‘awakening experience I
have been talking about, is very similar to that of a cluld finding out or figuring
out that Santa Claus, behind his beard and costume, in reality is his uncle Bob,
or lus dad, or whomever In essence stung through the illusion. Thus loosing
another layer of innocence, but in the process gaining one of knowledge and self
experience. Didn’t we all believe and participate in said make-believe and pre
tend game? Well, dear friends, as hard as it may be for some of }OU rca g
this; it is the same with the human experience and the physical dimension, n
psychedelic substances will enable one to see behind their illusion an come to

discover what’s beyond them. ,

Now, another thing l have learned Irom all of rm studies an expene
that there , s no such thing as a ‘fixed 1 future. However. I have learned from

Jiebro (the shaman that is now within my personality) cornet iu% t

' t i • . I -U f™ I „n on record with the following state-

perauve I share with you 1 here tore 1 go on re

ment.

i sometime between midnight

“On the night of December 2lst, 2012, somen , he

and 6:00 a.m. a massive and li ^ n Cha "^"^ h X”lnd the fabric of space-
collective unconscious. Humankti * * . Because of this

time reality itself, will ^ . .VV*. t°t ho AVs el ve s inaparallel universe (ami

therefore on a probable Earth) that wt c °" 7been experienced or

untold natural disastets-thc like w htch hu '^ djsasters will continue

— «' “,r: - - »»- ■ - *•

for the entire 21st century. v chaos and destructio ■

few remaining will be left in a wa ^ r ‘* f m d themselves on

On the other hand, the * ec ° n . n ^ natural disasters wi

able Earth where only a few and rather

280 INTO THE VOID

These will have very minimal impact. This group will also find them-
selves going into another ‘Golden Age* that will reign throughout the
21st century. These people will experience untold happiness and fulfill-
ment. Technological as well as spiritual advancement will be theirs.
Why? Because they chose to expand their consciousness and knowledge,
which automatically allowed them to tunc in to or rather psychoport to a
reality which they themselves created in the first place. Those who chose
to remain ignorant of higher truths created their reality also.”

You see, tins has already occurred, for there is no ‘rime’ (in a linear sense).
That is how Jiebro has come into this information. How ever, whomever ac-
cesses it must be sufficiently developed mentally and psychically m order to
understand it Again, I repeat. “Ever) one's consciousnesses on planet Earth
will psychoport on the night/ morning of December 21st, 2012, into cither one
of two versions of planet Earth But the illusion created by the human PdS
however, will ‘mask’ the actual occurrence ” Therefore, most of the human
population on the planet will not notice anything different or dramatic when
this mass event occurs — except for a few sensitive individuals Instead, for the
most part, they will wake up or make a transition from the night of December
21st, 2012 to the morning of December 22, 2012, and unbeknownst to them find
themselves in either version of mass reality.

So the answer to the question that you probably have by now, which I’m
sure is, “How do I go to the universe and probable Earth which doesn’t experi-
ence all of the disasters you mentioned?” is diis: By consciousness expansion
through study\ self-reflection, and whatever other means you deem necessary,
are comfortable with, and desire Let your higher-self (Overmind) be vour
guide Tins is the only way to expand one’s consciousness.

In addition, this expansion will not only dictate but will also create your expe-
rience You, I, and everyone for that matter, will only learn through self-
expcncncc What those experiences will be are entirely up to each one of us.
Bur make no mistake , you are the creator of them, as well as of everything else
in jour life You are your own teacher To know this is to know truth and to
know freedom So let go of fear and doubt. Free your mind 1

Again, I have been given this information and pass it along to you I low you
use it, if at all, is entirely up to you. Believe me, ! really dislike making predic-
tions because 1 know that the future exists only as a probability, and is there-
fore actualized out of a number of potential states. I iowever, when it comes to
mass events, such as the one 1 have described, a number of factors come into
play hav mg to do with moi [due resonance and critical-mass principals; which in
turn affect their materialization/ actualization.

I lus coming event is a psychological one Yet it will have physical ramifica-
tions Remember that everything in existence was spawned from the inner do-
main of the mind There is nothing that can be done about this coining event.

EPILOGUE 281

, , mniral part of the evolutionary development of the collective psyche of

' 15 and simply another step m die unfoldment of our spirituality I

° tl !ko have you know that this mass event comes as a result of the con-
ousness-shift that has been taking place in tins planet for some time now.

° In fact the Internet and other mass-media channels are responsible for
toe the minds of the inhabitants of this planet for said coming event Planet
Eartlms a sentient entity, similar to a global brain/mind, if you will, which is
gradually becoming self-aware and therefore about to obtain self-realization.
However, in order for an organism such as the brain to achieve said self-rcal-
irauon it must fust have a certain amount of intelligence Now, from my
studies of neuroscience 1 have learned that the number of links, or rather
neural connections available to a brain dictates the level of its intelligence. In
turn, this results in a more efficient and faster way of transmitting information

between its brain cells. . , ..

Taking that same analogy, we the human race are the global brain s ce s,

and the mass-media channels are its neural connections. (Are you beginning to

get the picture?) Even' living organism including the human brain engages m

dreaming. And, as I have previously explained, dreaming is die res ^ 1 °

brain’s manufacturing and release of endogenous (sell-manu actxire ) neur

chemicals, which are chemically and structurally related to certain psvc etc

and hallucinogens. To complete said analogy then, tins book am t c in ^

tion contained in it, is like a powerful ‘dream nmuung pb\eie e c u j

similar to dimethyltryptamine (DMT), which is being releasee > t g

brain so as to 'possibly’ dream itself into another state of being

This honk then serving as a psychological bridge between realities or dt

mens ions.

Now let me divert just a bit, and also teU you d m m order

ticipate in consciousness experiments bfce ^ & Remcmb er that

to access this ty pe of information f or tnbe enga ges ui the same

every tribe has a shaman. Not every ini ivi ua ^ s ; „ v l |;mgerous and in

ntes lhai die Shuman does. As it """ ^T’sh’miTi oficnmnes appoint* himself
some instances even fatal l herd, re brine back information

or herself with die task of shamamc voyaging s ° , XV am of po-

ihat wfll help the tnbe in its evolution and dev do nun., •> ^ ^ aml have
tential dangers. In that sense, I cons.de r hrm a p how pco ple react <o ih.s
therefore appointed myself with ihese tasks But again, II

information is entirely up to them ^ dan gers involved l " s0 ™ 0 °

The reason I am bunging >P ' l am now wn.ing these

, 1 am bringing up the ^^"'^TXnng .hose words, almost

ypes of experiments, is because as • m . tK . mg some rathe.

s» — "■> “Tr™:;™ 5 »» »■*- » ** *”

hes accompanied by extreme

282 INTO THE VOID

symptoms arc, I do not know, I am also experiencing slight episodes of miss-
mg- time, as well as what I have coined ‘alternate consciousness symptoms’.

This is not the same as multiple personality disorder, however. For I am not
only m control of my sense of being, but recognize heir origin and can even
integrate all of them into a single unit of being, as well as into my consciousness
and personality. TTiese psychic symptoms manifest themselves as thoughts and
ideas, which I sometimes speak out loud, or write, but which arc not ‘mine’ In
that regard, what 1 am feeling and experiencing is probably something similar
to the phenomenon known as channeling.

Given my current condition, I will abstain from my pharmacologically/ tech-
nologically induced psychonautical journeys for at least the next six months —
maybe longer As I said at the beginning of this book, 'I will present all sides
on the subject of psychedelics and hallucinogens — the good, the bad, and the
ugly” So there you have them. 1 sincerely hope that you may benefit from what
! have learned Remember that there are no studies on the long-term effects of
combining neuroelcctrical and photo-sonic stimulation together with the sub-
stances i have experimented with. Especially the combination of nctirockdncal stimu-
lation and dissoaatives In that aspect, I have been walking on new ground. There-
fore, I advise you to refrain from tins practice I mean don’t get me wrong, age-
old plant teachers such as psilocybin and salvia divinorum used in the right con-
text (remember set and setting, as well as intention), are excellent choices and
'allies' in the development of one’s higher states of consciousness As arc mod-
ern ‘sacraments’ such as LSD and MDMA.

However, synthetic substances such as ketamine and dextromethorphan are
indeed curious keys that have the ability to unlock weird places in the mind, as
well as in m\ opinion, the infinite Believe me, 1 never imagined that 1 would
come to encounter what I have in my experiences and experiments. 1 never
bargained lor ‘tins’ Yet ‘this’ is now inside of me, and therefore 1 have to deal
with it Who knows what’s going to happen to me in the coming months and
years as a result of my experiments. However, I am not afraid. Because what
ever the consequences ot my experiments anti actions are, are tor my own con-
tinued self-experience. Therefore, 1 take full responsibility.

Now, I am not so naive as to think that all of you will heed my suggestions.
But please, again, it you are thinking about engaging in these types of experi-
ments do rake the necessary precautions and prepare yourself psychologically,
emotionally, and philosophically before you dare to venture into the deep re-
j^ions of hyper sp. ice I have described Especially into the I oid. Understand that
it would be irresponsible of me to not give you this warning

To those of you who are looking tor a cheap and recreational high you are
liereb) advised to look lor some other way to get your kicks. Messing with vour
brain and mind is something that should definitively not be played around with

and should be avoided. But you have to make that decision and choice l feel
that that is your right.

EPILOGUE 283

I P %

Finally, to those of you who are sincerely interested in your Self develop-
ment please proceed with caution. That is what I did. Well, sort of. Still, I de-
I cidcd to sail into uncharted territories and must now face the consequences of
rtosc actions, whatever they may be. Hopefully, the negative neurological ef-
fects I am experiencing will go away as 1 let both my brain and min d recover
iiom everything I have put them through while gathering the information pre-
sented here. But only time will tell Perhaps sometime in the future mainstream

pharmacology, neuroscience, and especially our government will allow these
types of studies and experiments to be conducted in medical laboratories under
professional medical and scientific supervision, as opposed to in the bed-
rooms and basements of intrepid, modern-day shamans
To the bold and courageous mind explorers who wrote the books I so
much enjoyed, and which eventually made me into an explorer myself, I am
forever grateful. No words can elucidate my sense of gratitude. Because of
your courage and vision, as well as the many insights you offered me about the
nature of the human mind and of the physical dimension, I constandy felt as
though I had a guide that I could follow and learn from. Thanks lor going
through what I now know — hrst hand — you all went through in order to make
those books and information available to individuals such as my myself, who
both needed and were ready for them. To the rest ot the new breed ot shamans
uho quietly continue to explore the interior realms ol the psyche and hyper-
space such as 1 have been doing for many years — I hope that my findings
help you in some way. Indeed, l salute you.

In closing, understand that all of the work, ideas, theories, and mechanical
models offered in tins narrative have been gathered by a single individual. An
individual, who dared to question the current status quo, took it upon himscl
to seek out his own answers, and because of it, found himself beyond the point
of no-return. Therefore having no other alternative than to boldly venture m-
War d and uito the Void.

***

*

• j . vott about the na-

\s you sit there pondering on what has been revea e . 2oe7, hope yon

' of the physical dimension and ol the human muu * ^ rea j]y exist as

e come to realize by now that everything around you t <* .

Go ahead and look around you for a few monu ^ ^ ^ ged you are

-ook at, and even fie/ the chair you are now sllt , ^ , j )CV abide Also, pa)
g on. Notice the room or the surroundings n\ ^ sr nelb you nU >

e attention to the sounds you may be ^anng S akva you swallowing

iving. l ed .he breath* y <>» 1 i,sl ‘' ]l|s ' In „;,rdly «w' ,c,a,c

■y caress the book you arc holding in your hands.

284 INTO THE VOID

words you are now reading, but do it. Slowly. .. Yes. . Just - like - this Perhaps

even get a good look at the people that may be in your vicinity; and realize that
they are not really what your senses tell you they are.

Instead, they are quantum fields of energy, which arc at the moment simply
coalescing into existence inside your mind, by interacting with your brain syn-
apses through your senses. Ol course, your ego and physical senses try and
negate all that We are telling you. But they too are nothing more than imagin ir.
constructs, which again, coalesce into existence inside your reality by your ex-
pectations and belief in them. I here tore, they exist only in your imamtatfon .
Your imagination turns these intangible, subjective, and non-existent ‘ideas’
into what you tlunk they are or believe they should be. Your imagination brings
them into being. But in reality, just as We have been explaining to you, thev
simply do not exist They are ail hallucinatory constructions Just as are all spe-
cies and all realities, and all things. Indeed, all ‘objective reality’ is norlung more
than an ephemeral dream... ' &

, As >' ou can sec ’ > our mAnd to play tncks on you. It has been playing
these tncks all along But, then again, the mind likes to plav with itself It en-
joys playing’ with itself... Always has, always will— W/ mays...

As you continue going deep within yourself; deep within yourself; very

deep., \\ithin. . Your. . Self... As you have now done, you will come to realize
that what \ve are saying is true.

M promised at the beginning of tins book. We said that by the end of it vou

“ lear " 5 our naturc-who or more appropna'.elv

you really are. And, since we have been emphasizing experience aU along
let Us now present you with what We promised ^

s - - Js. -■ ;

Nothing is real. Nothing exists. No-tbing. Not even you. The only
thing that exists is a thought... 7

A thought within a void of nothingness...

f

But the thought itself is the Void...

Indeed, the Void... is... you.

INTO

ZOE7

|NT 0 THE VOID 295

ABOUT the AUT HOR

. combination of philosopher, mystic, artist, visionary and scientist,
- ‘ 7 1S a twenty-first century shaman and cartographer of altered states ot co -

olness His expenntents ^th combmations of pharmacological substances

H bnin technology devices have enabled his consciousness to warp and even
tear-apart the fabnc of space-time reality, propelling him into P« v ‘ou^ un-

spice. These explorations are becoming legendary m psychic unda-
ground and also in the digitized corridors ot cyberspace Into The Void
his first book in a continuing trilogy. The next two in the senes are

The Void”, and “Beyond The Void”. . , . r „ ent]v

At the moment he resides in the sunny state of Flonda, and has recently
completed two screenplays, both based on his first book. He is also workingo
a number of pro)ects including music, television, and consumer products
of them gathered from probable Earths and alternate realities he has visited ana

explored. To keep abreast of the latest developments in the e o con. c
ness research, expansion and exploration, you may \isit us we

Zoe7.com

Acid Dreams - Martin A. Lee <& Bruce Shlain

Adventures Beyond the Body - William Buhltmm

Ageless Body, Timeless Mind - Depak Chopra

Altered States of Consciousness - Charles T, Tart

The Archaic Revival - Terence McKenna

The Assault on Medical Freedom - P. Joseph Usa

The Awakened Mind - C Maxwell Cade & Nona Coxhead

The Body Electric - Robert 0. Becker c’r* Cary Shelden

Beyond the Brain - Stanliv Grof

Beyond Biofecdback - Timer & Alice Green

Biofcedback - George D. Fuller

Biochemical Basis of Neuropharmacology - Jack R. Cooper
Floyd E. Bloom , Robert H. Roth

Bndgrng Science and Spirit - Norman Friedman

A Brief History of lime - Steven W. Hawking

The Cambridge Lectures - Steven W. Hawking

The Celestine Prophecy - James Redjield

Center of the Cyclone - John C Lilly

Conversations with God I, II, & III - Neale Donald Walsch

Cosmic Journeys * Rosalind A. McKmght

Cosmic Voyage - C ourtney Brown

Cross Currents - Robert 0. Becker

The Dancing Wu Li Masters - Gary Zttkav

Dialogues with the Master - Paul Twitched

Dream Gates - Rober Moss

Hie Dreaming Universe - Fred Alan Wolf

Dream Yoga - Namkhat Norbu

DXM FQA - Bill White

Edison - Neil Baldwin

I he Einstein Factor - Win Wenger & Richard Poe
The Essential Psychedelic Guide - DM. Turner
Exploring the World of Lucid * ) reaming - Stephen LaBerge
G Howard Rheingold

I he Far Country - Paul Twitched
Far Journeys - Robert A. Monroe
hood of the Gods - Terence A4cKenna

From Chocolate to Morphine - Andrew Weil & Winifred Rosen
The Future of the Body - Michael Murphy
The I Iolographic Universe - Michael Talbot
I he I Iolotropic Mind - Stanliv Grof

INTO THE VOID 298

The High Performance Mind - Anna I Vise

Hyperspace - Michio Kaku

I low I Learned Soul Travel - Terrill Wilson

Infinite Mind - I r alerie Hunt

In Search of Schrodinger’s Cats - John Gnbbin

In Search of Schrodinger’s Kittens - John Gribbin

journeys Out of the Body - Robert A. Monroe

LSD; My Problem Child - Albert Hofmann

LSD Psychotherapy - Stanliv Grof

Lucid Dreaming - Stephen LaBerge

The Nature of Personal Reality - Jane Roberts

Notes From die Underground - Grade & Zarkov

A New Science of Life - Richard Sheldrake

Many Lives, Many Masters * Brian L Weiss

Mega Brain Power - Michael Hutchison

Mind Hunter - John Douglas Mark 0 /shaker

Mind Trek - Joseph Mcmoneagk

The Night Stalker - Richard Carlo

The Orgone Accumulator I Iandbook - James DeMx
Parallel Universes - Fred Alan Wolf
Parapsychology - Richard S. Broughton
Phantoms in the Brain - I '.S. Ramacbandran &
Sandra Blakeslee

Pihakal - Ann & Alexander Shu fyn
Practical i D Manufacture - Uncle t ester
1 he Presence of die Past - Rupert Sheldrake
Psychedelics Encyclopedia - Peter Stafford
Psychedelic Shamanism - Jim DeKome
Psychic Warrior - l hind More house
Quantum I lealing - Dipak Chopra
Quantum Reality - Nick Herbert
Radical Spirituality - Dick Sutpben
Receptors - Richard Restak
Remote Viewers - Jim Schnabel
Rewriting the Soul - fan Hacking
A Separate Reality' - Carlos Castaneda
Tlie Scientist - John C. Lilly
Seth Speaks - Jane Roberts
Hie Shaman - Piers Vitebsk y

Shamanism & Personal Mastery - Gini Graham Scott
Stalking the Wild Pendulum - Itzhak Benton
Super-Learning 2000 - Sheila Ostrander &

Lynn Scbroeder with Nancy Ostrander

SUGGESTED READING 299

Synchromdty - H Damd Peat

'Hie Tao of Physics - Fritjof Capra

Ten Thousand Whispers - Ijynda Madden Dahl

The 3- Pound Universe - Judith Hooper & Dick Terr si

Tales of Power - Carlos Castaneda

The Teachings of Don Juan - Carlos Castaneda

The Tibetan Book of the Dead - W.Y. Evans-Went~

Tihkal - Ann & Alexander Sbulgn

Traveling widi Power - Ken Eagle Feather

The Ultimate Journey - Robert A. Monroe

The Ultimate Time Machine - Joseph Mcmoneagk

Vibrational Medicine - Richard Gerber

Voyages into die Unknown - Bruce Moen

The Way of the Explorer - Edgar Mitchell with Dwight Williams

Wholeness and the Implicate Order - David Bohm

Zen & the Brain - James H. Austin

WEBSITES OF INTEREST

artbell.com

bluehoncy.org

brainmnchincs.com

dcoxy.org

dism fo rmarion . com

druglibrary.org

dmtlycaeum.org

cmpatliogens.com

frognct.nct/ dxm

hofmann.org

leri.org

lycaeum.org

nepenthes.lycaeum.org

maps.org

membe rs. tripo d. com/ ~inarezine /

monroeinsritutc.org

paradigm-sys.com/ firedocs

probablefuture.com

psychonaut.org

rhodi um . lycaeum.org

salvia lycaeum.org

sighthmgs.com

smartbotamcs.com

tctrahcdron.org

third-plateau.lycaeum.org

users.lycacum.org/~cnskieri/homc.html

zoc7.com

ZON

mum m

"leading the New Edge

What exists beyondwhaz we perceive as light and darkness, reality
and fantasy, madness and sanity, identity and personality, brain

and mind, yin and yang? - *

Oddly enough the Void is anything but nothingness

find yourself in the dangerous and

i^npept- entities that inhabit the

rn alien worlds

New Edge/Science/Philosophy